C C 2015 PDF

WOOD
CONSTRUCTION
CONNECTORS
2015-2016
C-C-2015
(800) 999-5099
www.strongtie.com
Our
Commitment
For nearly 60 years, Simpson Strong-Tie has steadfastly

served the needs of its customers. During that time, our
commitment to leading the construction industry in research
and development, product testing and customer service has
never wavered.
Today, that promise continues to be delivered worldwide from our manufacturing
facilities to the jobsite. Our commitment to maintaining the highest standards of
quality and service can be seen when we help educate engineers on applications and
specifications, or when we answer questions from contractors or building officials
or help train them on a proper installation. Were there to ensure our dealers get their
questions answered and to help their customers receive the best service possible.
You can expect Simpson Strong-Tie to be there to assist you. For our more than 2,000
employees, its not about doing business, its about our commitment to your success.
Wood Construction Connectors
AAngle.......................................................... 207
A34/A35Anchor...........................................206
ABA/ABU/ABWPost Base.............................. 56
ABLAnchor Bolt Locator............................... 41
ABSAnchor Bolt Stabilizer............................. 41
AC/ACEPost Cap............................................ 66
AHEPAdjustable Hip-End Purlin.................. 165
AMAnchorMate Bolt Holder...................... 41
APGArchitectural Products Group.......228 232
ATAnchoring Adhesive............................... 44
AT-XPAnchoring Adhesive......................... 43
BHanger.................... 84 85, 89 91, 120, 125,
........................ 127128, 130 132, 235, 240
BAHanger......... 84 85, 91, 120, 124 128, 235
BCCap/Base................................................... 65
BCSCap/Base................................................. 65
BPBearing Plate.....................................40, 228
BPSBearing Plate........................................... 40
BTBrick Tie...................................................227
CBColumn Base.....................................63, 230
CBSColumn Base........................................... 62
CBSQColumn Base........................................ 62
CCColumn Cap.......................................69, 230
CCCColumn Cap............................................ 71
CCCQColumn Cap.......................................... 70
CCCQMColumn Cap............................. 184 185
CCOColumn Cap............................................ 69
CCOBColumn Cap.......................................... 69
CCOSColumn Cap.......................................... 65
CCQ/CCOQColumn Cap................................. 68
CCQMColumn Cap............................... 184 185
CCTColumn Cap............................................ 71
CCTQColumn Cap.......................................... 70
CCTQMColumn Cap............................. 184 185
CF-RForm Angle/Shelf Bracket...................220
CHCComponent Hoist Clip.......................... 172
CJTConcealed Tie........................................229
CMSTCoiled Strap....................................... 189
CMSTCCoiled Strap..................................... 189
CNWCoupler Nut............................................ 39
Continuous Load Path................................ 244
Corrosion Information........................... 13 15
CPSComposite Standoff............................. 232
CPTZConcealed Post Tie......................... 57 58
CSCoiled Strap............................................. 189
CSCClip........................................................ 109
CTSCompression Tension Strap.................222
DETALTruss Anchor............................. 180 181
DJTZDeck Tie............................................... 216
DPTZDeck Tie............................................... 214
DSDrywall Stop...........................................220
DSCDrag Strut Connector........................... 157
DSPDouble Stud Plate.................................205
DTCRoof Truss Clip..................................... 169
DTTDeck Tension Tie........................ 8, 46, 209
DU/DHU/DHUTFDrywall Hangers........133, 134
ECC/ECCUColumn Cap.................................. 69
ECCLColumn Cap........................................... 71
ECCLQColumn Cap........................................ 70
ECCLQMColumn Cap...........................184, 185
ECCLQMDColumn Cap.........................184, 185
VALUE ENGINEERED
ECCQ/ECCOQColumn Cap............................. 68
EGHanger.................................... 104, 235, 242
EGQHanger.................................. 122, 235, 242
EPBPost Base................................................ 58
EPB44PHDGPost Base.................................. 59
EPB44TPost Base.......................................... 59
EPCZPost Cap............................................8, 67
EPS4ZColumn Base....................................... 61
ET-HPEpoxy................................................... 43
E-Z Base(FPBB44)................................... 219
E-Z Mender(FPBM44E)........................... 219
E-Z Spike(FPBS44).................................. 219
FHanger....................................................... 100
FAPFoundation Plate..................................... 28
FBFence Bracket.......................................... 219
FBRFence Bracket....................................... 219
FCFraming Clip............................................227
FGTRGirder Tiedown................................... 183
FJAAnchor..................................................... 28
FPBB44(E-Z Base)................................... 219
FPBM44E(E-Z Mender)............................ 219
FPBS44(E-Z Spike)................................... 219
FSAAnchor..................................................... 28
FSCStrap...................................................... 193
FSSStrap...................................................... 109
FTAFloor Tie Anchor.................................... 194
FWAZFoundation Wall Angle......................... 32
FWANZFoundation Wall Angle...................... 32
FWHRigid Tie............................................... 221
GAAngle.......................................................208
GBHanger............................103, 105, 235, 240
GBCGable Bracing....................................... 171
GHHanger...................................... 37, 235, 238
GLBBeam Seat............................................. 106
GLBTBeam Seat........................................... 106
GLSHanger.......................... 104 105, 235, 239
GLTHanger............. 86, 89, 104 105, 235, 239
GLTVHanger................................ 122, 127128,
..................................... 130 132, 235, 239
HHurricane Ties.......... 178 179, 196 198, 201
Hanger Options...................................233 243
HBHanger.................... 120, 127132, 235, 240
HCAHinge Connector................................... 107
HCPHip Corner Plate............................. 97, 138
HCSTRStrap................................................. 195
HDHoldown.................................................... 50
HDBHoldown.................................................. 50
HDCHoldown.................................................. 48
HDQHoldown.................................................. 47
HDUHoldown.................................................. 46
HETATruss Anchor............................... 180 181
HETALTruss Anchor............................. 180 181
HFNHanger................................................... 100
HGAGusset Angle........................................ 201
HGAMGusset Angle............................. 178 179
HGBHanger..........................103, 105, 235, 240
HGLBBeam Seat........................................... 106
HGLSHanger........................ 104 105, 235, 239
HGLTHanger........... 86, 89, 104 105, 235, 239
HGLTVHanger.............................. 122, 127128,
..................................... 130 132, 235, 239
HGTGirder Tiedown.............................182, 204
HGUGirder Hanger...............102, 117, 234, 243

HGUMGirder Hanger................... 176, 234, 243
HGUQGirder Truss Hanger...................149, 234
HGUSHanger........................... 76 77, 101, 111,
........................ 115 116, 146 147, 234, 237
HHHanger.....................................................203
HHBHanger.......84 85, 89, 103, 105, 235, 240
HHDQHoldown............................................... 47
HHETATruss Anchor............................ 180 181
HHGUGirder Hanger.............102, 117, 234, 243
HHRCHip Ridge Connector............................ 98
HHSUQSevere Skew Truss Hanger.............. 150
HHUSHanger....................76 77, 111, 115 116,
..................................... 146 147, 234, 237
HITHanger............118 119, 126, 128 129, 235
HLStrap Tie................................. 194, 230 231
HLHeavy Angle.................................... 208, 232
HMHurricane Tie.................................. 178 179
HPAPurlin Anchor.......................................... 54
HRCConnector.......................................98, 135
HRSStrap Tie........................................ 186 187
HSHurricane Tie.......... 178 179, 196 198, 201
HSCNWCoupler Nut....................................... 39
HSSStud Shoe..............................................223
HSTStrap......................................186 188, 230
HSUR/LHanger..............96, 135 136, 175, 234
HSULC/HSURCHanger..................................234
HTStrap Tie................................. 194, 230 231
HTCHeavy Truss Clip................................... 169
HTHGQTruss Girder Hanger................ 158 159
HTHMQHeavy Truss Hanger........................ 163
HTPZStrap Tie...................................... 186 187
HTSMTwist Strap......................................... 182
HTSQTwist Strap..........................................203
HTSTwist Strap............................................202
HTTTension Tie.............................................. 49
HTUHanger.......................... 148 149, 234, 237
HUHanger.................74, 76 79, 81 82, 8790,
................. 101, 105, 111116, 175, 234, 236
HUCHanger........................... 74, 76 79, 81 82,
............................... 101, 111116, 175, 234
HUCITFHanger.............................................235
HUCQHanger........................ 75, 7779, 81 82,
............................... 101, 111, 115 116, 234
HUCTFHanger..............................................235
HUITFHanger.......................127128, 235, 242
HUSHanger........................... 76 79, 81 82, 87,
....................................... 89, 111, 115, 146
HUSCConcealed Hanger............ 76 79, 81 82,
............................................ 115, 146, 234
HUSCTFHanger............................................235
HUSTFHanger................................................ 85
HUTFHanger.................................. 85, 235, 242
HWHanger................................86, 89, 91, 103,
..................................... 105, 121, 235, 241
HWIHanger...................126 129, 131132, 235
HWUHanger................. 86, 103, 121, 127128,
..................................... 130 132, 235, 241
ICFVLLedger System..................................226
ISInsulation Supports.................................225
ITSHanger.................... 118 119, 124 128, 235
IUSHanger............................ 110, 112113, 234
J/JPJack Pier............................................... 221
This icon indicates a product that is preferable to similar connectors because of

a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
C-C-2015 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/14
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
JBHanger.................................... 84 85, 87, 90
JBAHanger.......................................... 8, 84 85
KBS1ZKnee-Brace Stabilizer....................... 217
LAngle..........................................................208
LStrap Tie..................................................... 194
LBHanger............................84 85, 87, 90, 235
LBAZHanger................................8, 84 85, 235
LBPBearing Plate........................................... 40
LBVHangers................ 120, 124 130, 235, 240
LCBColumn Base........................................... 63
LCCLally Column Cap.................................... 65
LCEPost Cap.................................................. 66
LEGHanger..........................104, 230, 235, 242
LFTAFloor Tie Anchor.................................. 194
LGTGirder Tiedown..............................183, 204
LGUGirder Hanger................102, 117, 234, 243
LGUMGirder Hanger................... 176, 234, 243
LMAZMudsill Anchor..................................... 31
LPCZPost Cap................................................ 66
LRUZRafter Hanger..................................92, 93
LSAngle........................................................208
LSCLight Stair-Stringer Connector............. 215
LSSUHanger...................................95, 137, 234
LSSUIHanger................................................ 137
LSTAStrap Tie...................................... 186 187
LSTHDHoldown........................................ 51, 52
LSTIStrap Tie....................................... 186 187
LSUHanger.....................................95, 137, 234
LTA2Truss Anchor............................... 178 179
LTBBridging................................................. 224
LTHJAHanger.......................................154, 234
LTHMAHanger......................................151, 234
LTPFraming Anchor.....................................206
LTSTwist Strap.............................................202
LTT/LTTITension Tie...................................... 49
LUHanger......................74, 76 78, 81, 83, 234
LUCHanger...........................74, 76 77, 81, 234
LUSHanger..........76 79, 81 82, 146 147, 234
MAMudsill Anchor......................................... 31
MABMudsill Anchor...................................... 31
MASAMudsill Anchor..............................29 30
MASAPMudsill Anchor............................29 30
MASBMudsill Anchor.................................... 31
MBHAMasonry Hanger.............. 178, 235, 243
MBHUMasonry Beam Hanger..................... 177
MEGHanger.........................104, 230, 235, 242
METATruss Anchor.............................. 180 181
Metric Conversion....................................... 19
MGTGirder Tiedown............................182, 204
MGUGirder Hanger..............102, 117, 234, 243
MITHanger................... 118 119, 124 130, 235
MIUHanger........................... 110, 112114, 234
MLAngles..................................................... 216
MPMending Plate........................................227
MPAIPurlin Anchor...................................... 139
MSCHanger..........................................123, 235
MSCPTHanger.....................................164, 235
MSTStrap Tie....................................... 186 188
MSTAStrap Tie..................................... 186 188
MSTAMStrap Tie......................................... 181
MSTCStrap Tie..................................... 186 188
MSTCBStrap TIe.......................................... 193
MSTCMStraps Tie....................................... 181
MSTDMarriage Strap..................................... 48
MSTIStrap Tie...................................... 186 187
MTHMQ/MTHMQ-2Hanger.......................... 156
MTSTwist Strap...........................................202
MTSMTwist Strap........................................ 182

Multi-Ply Screws........................140 142, 160
MUSHanger..........................................146, 234
Nails Bulk...................................................... 23
Nail Conversion............................................ 22
NCANailless Bridging.................................. 224
NS/NSPNail Stopper....................................222
OCB/OCCCap/Bases..................................... 231
OHAHangers................................................. 231
OHUHangers.................................................229
OL/OT/OHL/OHTHangers.............................. 231
OUHangers................................................... 231
OS/OHSHangers........................................... 231
PAHoldown/Purlin Anchor......................53 54
PABAnchor Bolt............................................. 38
PAIPurlin Anchor......................................... 139
PB/PBSPost Base....................................60 61
PBVPost Base.............................................. 232
PCTPurlin Cross Tie.................................... 195
PCZPost Cap..............................................8, 67
PFHanger...............................................94, 235
PFB/PFDBHanger.......................................... 94
PGTPipe Grip Tie......................................... 218
PGT2APipe Grip Tie..................................... 218
PGT2EPipe Grip Tie..................................... 218
PGTICPipe Grip Tie...................................... 218
PPBZPost Base.............................................. 64
PSStrap................................................ 186 187
PSCL/PSCASheathing Clip..........................220
PSPNZProtective Plate................................222
Quik Drive..................................... 2425, 160
RBCRoof Boundary Clip.............................. 207
RCRipper Clip............................................... 132
RCWBWall Bracing......................................225
RFBRetrofit Bolt............................................ 39
RPBZRetrofit Post Base............................8, 55
RPSStrap Tie................................................223
RRConnector................................................220
RSPStud Plate Tie........................................205
RTA/RTB/RTC/RTC2Z/RTF/RTR/
RTT/RTURigid Tie ...................................... 221
RTCPost Cap..........................................66, 221
SAStrap Connector...................................... 190
SBAnchor Bolts.......................................33 34
SBVShelf Bracket.........................................220
SCNRRing-Shank Connector Nails............... 23
SDConnector Screw....................................... 27
SDSHeavy-Duty Connector Screw..........26 27
SDWWood Screw................................. 140 142
SDWCTruss Screw...............................199 200
SDWFFloor-to-Floor Screw................. 191192
SDWSLog Screw.................................. 210 214
SDWHSSTimber-Hex Screw................210214
SETAnchoring Adhesive............................ 44
SET-XPAnchoring Adhesive....................... 43
SM1Strap Holder........................................... 41
Software and Apps.................................2021
SP/SPHStud Plate Tie..................................205
Special Order Plates..................................228
SSStud Shoe................................................223
SSPSingle Stud Plate..................................205
SSTBAnchor Bolt.....................................35 37
STStrap Tie.......................................... 186 187
STCRoof Truss Clip..................................... 169
STCTRoof Truss Clip................................... 169

STHDHoldown.......................................... 51 52
StrapMateStrap Holder............................. 41
Strong-Bolt 2Wedge Anchor..................... 43
SUR/SULHanger.................... 96, 135 136, 234
SURC/SULCHanger......................................234
TStrap Tie.................................................... 194
TAStaircase Angle....................................... 216
TBTension Bridging..................................... 224
TBScrew......................................................... 25
TBDTruss Brace........................................... 166
TBETruss Enhancer............................. 167168
TCTruss Connector...................................... 168
THAHanger.................................... 99, 143, 235
THACHanger................................. 99, 143, 235
THAIHanger......................................... 117, 235
THAR/LTruss Hanger.....................99, 151, 235
THASR/LTruss Hanger.........................144, 235
THDTiten HD Screw Anchor...................... 44
THGB/THGBHHanger.................. 162, 234, 238
THGBV/THGBHVHanger...... 160 161, 234, 238
THGQ/THGQHHanger.......... 158 159, 234, 238
THGWHanger............................................... 162
THGWVHanger..................................... 160 161
THJAHanger.........................................155, 234
THJMHanger................................................ 157
THJUHanger................................ 152, 234, 237
TITENScrew.............................................. 173
TJCTruss Connector................................8, 153
TORQ-CUTAnchor...................................... 43
TP/TPATie Plate...........................................227
TSTwist Strap.............................................. 190
TSBRTruss Spacer....................................... 166
TSFTruss Spacer......................................... 165
TSPStud Plate Tie........................196 198, 205
TSSTruss Seat...................................... 180 181
TWBWall Bracing.........................................225
UHanger............................... 74, 76 79, 81 83,
......................... 111112, 114 115, 234, 236
UFPFoundation Anchor................................. 28
VBKnee Brace.............................................. 198

VGTVariable Girder Tiedown...............183, 204
VPAConnector....................................... 97, 138
VTCRValley Truss Clip................................. 170
WHanger............................ 86 87, 90 91, 121,
..................................... 125, 145, 235, 241
WB/WBCWall Bracing..................................225
WEDGE-ALLWedge Anchor........................ 44
WIHanger.....................................125 126, 235
WMHanger........................... 86, 103, 121, 145,
..................................... 173 174, 235 236
WMIHanger..........................173 174, 235 236
WMUHanger.......... 86, 103, 121, 173 174, 236
WNPHanger.................86 87, 89 91, 235, 241
WNPUHanger.......................................235, 241
WPHanger...........................103, 121, 124 126,
129 130, 145, 235, 241
WPIHanger...................................126 131, 235
WPUHanger.......................... 86, 103, 121, 124,
..................................... 127130, 235, 241
WSNTLScrew.........................................25, 160
WTWedge Form Tie....................................... 40
ZClip.............................................................208
5
SUBJECT INDEX
CONCRETE CONNECTORS
Anchor Adhesives.................................. 4344
Anchor Bolts.......................................... 3339
Anchor Bolt Holders..................................... 41
Beam Seats.................................................106
Bearing Plates...................................... 40, 228
Column Caps......................................184185
Coupler Nuts.................................................39
Foundation Anchors.....................................28
Hangers.........................................37, 173178
Holdowns................................................5153
Hurricane Ties....................................178179
ICF...............................................................226
Ledger.........................................................226
Mudsill Anchors.................................... 2931
Purlin Anchors..............................................54
Truss Anchors....................................178181
Truss Seats.........................................180181
Wedge Form Ties..........................................40
HOLDOWNS & TENSION TIES
Floor Tie Anchors...............................193194
Holdowns............................................... 4653
CAPS & BASES
Post/Column Caps and Bases...............5571
SOLID SAWN LUMBER CONNECTORS
Adjustable Hangers............................... 9599
Concealed Joist Ties..................................229
Face Mount Hangers............ 7483, 230231
Rafter Hanger........................................ 9293
Rough Lumber Face Mount Hangers..........83
Sloped/Skewed Connectors............9596, 98
Top Flange Hangers............................... 8491
ENGINEERED WOOD & STRUCTURAL

COMPOSITE LUMBER CONNECTORS
Adjustable Hangers.................... 117, 135138
Face Mount Hangers.......................... 110116
General Installation Info.....................108109
Purlin Anchors............................................139
SDW/Multi-Ply Members...................140142
Sloped/Skewed Connectors...............135138
Top Flange Hangers............................ 118132
GLULAM BEAM CONNECTORS
Cross Tie Connectors.................................195
Face Mount Hangers..........................101102
Hinge Connectors.......................................107
Top Flange Hangers............................103105
PLATED TRUSS/TRUSS CONNECTORS
Adjustable Hangers....................143144, 151
Bridging/Spacers/Braces...................165166
Special Order Plates...................................228
Face Mount Hangers..........................146150
Gable End.................................................... 171
Girder Hangers.......................... 149, 158162
Girder Tiedowns........................ 182183, 204
Multi-Member Hangers......151157, 163164
SDW/Multi-Ply Members...................140142
Top Flange Hangers....................................145
Truss Bearing Enhancers...................167168
Truss Clips..........................................169170
MASONRY CONNECTORS
Brick Ties....................................................227
Column Caps......................................184185
Fastener......................................................173
Hangers...............................................173178
Hurricane Connectors........................178179
Straps.................................................. 181182
Truss Anchors....................................178181
STRAPS &TIES
Angles & Clips................................... 206208
Hinge Connector Straps.............................107
Hurricane Ties........................... 196198, 201
Straps........................ 186190, 193, 222223
DECKS & FENCES
Angles.........................................................216
Deck Post Connectors........................209, 214
Fence Products...................................218219
Joist Tie.......................................................216
Staircase Angle...........................................216
MISCELLANEOUS
Brick Ties....................................................227
Bridging.......................................................224
Compression Tension Straps.....................222
Custom Steel Plates...................................228
Drywall Stops.............................................220
Framing Clips..............................................227
Floor Beam Leveler.....................................221
Hip Connectors...................... 9798, 135, 138
Insulation Supports....................................225
Knee Brace..................................................198
Mending Plates...........................................227
Nail Stoppers..............................................222
Panel Sheathing Clips................................220
Ridge Rafter Connector..............................220
Rigid Ties....................................................221
Shelf Brackets.............................................220
Stud Shoes.................................................223
T & L Strap Ties.........................................194
Tie Plates....................................................227
Variable Pitch Connectors.................... 97, 138
Wall Bracing................................................225
ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS
GROUP (ORNAMENTAL)...................... 228232
HANGER OPTIONS.............................. 233243
POST CAPACITIES.............................. 245246
KEEP THIS CATALOG IT IS VALID FOR TWO YEARS

Simpson Strong-Tie publishes the Wood Construction
Connectors catalog every two years. In an effort to continue
to provide our customers with current information on our
ever-expanding product line, we publish an addendum on
years we dont print a catalog. The addendums contain
new product information, updated testing information and
any other information needed to keep our customers up
to date with our product line. As always, please be sure
to visit our website regularly for updates that occur
throughout the year www.strongtie.com.
6
FASTENERS
Nails (Bulk and Collated)....................... 2223
Fastener Types..............................................22
Fastening Identification................................23
Screws............................22, 2627, 140142,
.................................... 199200, 210214
Quik Drive Systems................... 2425, 160
Concrete/CMU............................................173
INTRODUCTION
For nearly 60 years, Simpson Strong-Tie has focused on creating structural products that help
people build safer and stronger homes and buildings. A leader in structural systems research
and technology, SimpsonStrongTie is one of the largest suppliers of structural building products
in the world. The Simpson Strong-Tie commitment to product development, engineering, testing
and training is evident in the consistent quality and delivery of its products and services.
For more information, visit the companys Web site at www.strongtie.com.
The Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
No Equal pledge includes:
Quality products value-engineered for the lowest installed cost at the
highest rated performance levels
Most thoroughly tested and evaluated products in the industry
Strategically located manufacturing and warehouse facilities
National code agency listings
Largest number of patented connectors
in the industry
Global locations with an international
sales team
CONNECTOR SELECTION KEY
Products are divided into fifteen general categories,

identified by tabs along the pages outer edge.
Fasteners &
Quik Drive Systems
22-27
Concrete Connectors
& Anchors
28-44
Holdowns &
Tension Ties
45-54
Caps & Bases
55-71
Solid Sawn
Joist Hangers
74-100
Glulam Beam
Connectors
101-107
Engineered Wood &

Structural Composite
Lumber Connectors
108-142
Plated Truss
Connectors
143-172
Masonry Connectors
173-185
Straps & Ties
186-208
Decks & Fences
209-219
Miscellaneous
220-227
Architectural
Products Group
228-232
Hanger Options
233-243
In-house R&D and tool and die professionals

In-house product testing and quality
control engineers
Support of industry groups
including AISI, AITC, ASTM,
ASCE, AWC, AWPA, ACI,
AISC, CSI, CFSEI, ICFA,
NBMDA, NLBMDA, SDI,
SETMA, SFIA, STAFDA,
SREA, NFBA, TPI, WDSC,
WIJMA, WTCA and local
engineering groups.
Maple Ridge, BC
Kent, WA
Eagan, MN
Enfield, CT
Addison, IL
Columbus, OH
Stockton, CA
Pleasanton, CA
Jessup, MD
Baltimore, MD
Kansas City, KS
Gallatin, TN
Riverside, CA
High Point, NC
Chandler, AZ
McKinney, TX
Houston, TX
Jacksonville, FL
Naples, FL
Canada
Brampton, ON
Northwest
Northeast
Southwest
Southeast
THE SIMPSON STRONG-TIE

QUALITY POLICY
GETTING FAST
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
We help people build safer structures

economically. We do this by designing,
engineering and manufacturing No Equal
structural connectors and other related
products that meet or exceed our customers
needs and expectations. Everyone is
responsible for product quality and is
committed to ensuring the effectiveness
of the Quality Management System.
When you call for engineering technical

support, we can help you quickly if you have
the following information at hand. This will
help us to serve you promptly and efficiently.
Which Simpson Strong-Tie catalog
are you using? (See the front cover
for the catalog number)
Which Simpson Strong-Tie product
are you using?
What is your load requirement?
What is the carried members width
and height?
What is the supporting members
width and height?
What is the carried and supporting
members material and application?
Karen Colonias
Chief Executive Officer
WE ARE ISO 9001-2008 REGISTERED

Simpson Strong-Tie is an ISO 9001-2008 registered company. ISO 9001-2008 is
an internationally-recognized quality assurance system which lets our domestic
and international customers know that they can count on the consistent quality
of Simpson Strong-Tie products and services.
800-999-5099 | www.strongtie.com
All Rights Reserved. This catalog may not be reproduced in whole or in part without the prior written approval of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
NEW PRODUCTS FOR 2015
PCZ/EPCZ
Post Caps
The new PCZ/EPCZ post caps enable one size to accommodate several post
sizes. With post and header flanges now in-line, one PCZ or EPCZ model
can accommodate several 4x or 6x post sizes for a variety of lighter-duty
applications, including patio covers, trellises and interior framing.
See page 67 for more information.
DTT1Z
Deck Tension Tie
The DTT1Z deck tension tie was designed to satisfy a new 2015 IRC provision
that allows for four 750 lbs. lateral connections, instead of connecting to the
floor joists in the house. The DTT1Z attaches with a 38" screw fastened into
wall plates or studs, thereby eliminating the need to access the joists within
the house.
See pages 46 and 209 for more information.
JBA and LBAZ
RPBZ
Retrofit Post Base
The new RPBZ retrofit post base serves as reinforcement for many post
applications, such as braced patio covers, car ports, trellises and other
structures. RPBZ can be installed in conjunction with the CPS composite
plastic standoff to meet a 1" post standoff code requirement. A single
RPBZ can be installed on a post that is flush to a corner, and two RPBZs
can be installed at away from edge conditions to fortify the post base
connection to resist both wind and seismic forces.
TJC57
Jack Truss Connector
The new TJC57 extends this line of versatile connectors for jack
trusses. Adjustable from 0 to 85 degrees (shipped with 67.5 degree
bend). Nail hole locations are placed for easy installation.
JBA
(LBAZ
similar)
Top-Flange Hangers
The next-generation version of the JB and LB top-flange hangers,

respectively, the JBA and LBAZ provide higher loads to accommodate
2x10, 2x12 and 2x14 members. New nail locations allow for use with
nailers. The 14 gauge LBAZ may be welded to steel headers.
DISCONTINUED PRODUCTS
Products that will be discontinued in 2015
Simpson Strong-Tie is dedicated to continuously expanding our line of structural connectors with innovative new products
that address the changing needs of our customers. As new connectors are introduced that improve upon older designs, it
becomes necessary to discontinue the old versions in the name of efficiency and product-line simplicity.
The table below lists products that are no longer included in the Wood Construction Connectors catalog as well as the
products recommended to replace them. While technical information for discontinued products will be maintained on
our website for a number of months, Simpson Strong-Tie asks that our customers begin to substitute the replacement
products shown below in their designs and inventories. While it is hard to say when they will no longer be available from
our distribution partners, production of some of these connectors ended in 2014 and others will be phased out of
production in 2015. Verify with Designer prior to substituting replacement product for specified product.
For the most current information on discontinued products visit www.strongtie.com/discontinued. If you have questions
about any of the products shown below, please call (800) 999-5099 for assistance.
DISCONTINUED PRODUCT
REPLACEMENT PRODUCT (C-C-2015 Page #)

HANGERS
F JB210
(JB212 and
JB214 similar)
LB210
(LB212 and
LB214 similar)
JB210
JB210A
(Limited availability)
(page 84)
JB212
JB212A
(page 84)
JB214
JB214A
(page 84)
LB210
LB210AZ
(page 84)
LB212
LB212AZ
(page 84)
LB214
LB214AZ
ITS1.56/9.5/11.88
(Available until
12/31/2015)
ITS2.56/9.25
(Available until
12/31/2015)
ITS2.56/11.25
(No availability)
ITS2.56/11.25
JB214A
(JB210A and
JB212A similar)
LB214AZ
(LB210AZ and
LB212AZ similar)
(page 84)
N/A
LBV2.56/9.25
(page 125)
LBV2.56/11.25
(page 126)
LBV2.56/9.25
(Others similar)
(Others imilar)
ITS3.56/9.25/11.25
(Available until
12/31/2015)
IUS2.56/9.25
HIT3518, 3520,
326, 426
(page 127)
IUS2.56/9.25
U310
(No availability)
(page 78)
HIT3518,
3520, 326, 426
MIT or B Series
(No availability)
U310
LBV3.56/9.25/
11.25
(page 125)
MIT
Series
B Series
DISCONTINUED PRODUCTS
DISCONTINUED PRODUCT
REPLACEMENT PRODUCT (C-C-2015 Page #)

RIGID TIE
RTC2Z
RTC24
(page 221)
RTC2Z
RTC24
TWIST STRAP
MTS28C
MTS24C, ... 30C
(Available until
12/31/2015)
MTS28C
HTS28
(page 202)
HTS24, ... 30
HTS28
(page 202)
MTS24C
HTS30
(Others
similar)
(Others
similar)
POST CAPS & BASES
(AC6R similar)
AC4RZ, AC6RZ
(page 66)
PBS44R, 66R
CB44R, 66R
(page 63)
PC44, 44-16; 46,

46-16; 48, 48-16
PC4Z
PC44R, 44R-16;
46R, 46R-16
PC4RZ
PC64, 64-16;
66, 66-16; 68
PC6Z
PC64R, 64R-16;
66R, 66R-16
PC6RZ
(Available until 12/31/2015)
(page 67)
PC84, 86, 88
PC8Z
(page 67)
PC88R
PC8RZ
(page 67)
EPC44, 44-16; 46,

46-16; 48, 48-16
EPC4Z
EPC44R, 44R-16;
46R, 46R-16
EPC4RZ
PBS44R
(PBS66R
similar)
PC66-16
(Others similar)
EPC66-16
(Others similar)
10
(page 67)
(page 67)
CB66R
(CB44R similar)
(page 67)
(page 67)
EPC6Z
EPC64R, 64R-16;
66R, 66R-16
EPC6RZ
(page 67)
EPC84, 86, 88
EPC8Z
(page 67)
EPC88R
EPC8RZ
(AC6RZ similar)
(page 67)
EPC64, 64-16;
66, 66-16; 68
AC4RZ
PC4Z
(Others similar)
(page 67)
(page 67)
EPC6Z
(Others similar)
AC4R
AC4R, AC6R
HOW TO USE THIS CATALOG

VALUE ENGINEERED
NEW PRODUCTS
New products are shown with the

symbol. There are also many new
sizes within existing model series.
This icon indicates a product that is preferable to similar connectors because of

a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
EXTRA CORROSION PROTECTION
CHANGES IN RED
This icon identifies products that are available with additional corrosion protection (ZMAX ,
hot-dip galvanized, stainless steel or double-barrier coating). Other products may also be
available with additional protection, contact Simpson Strong-Tie for options. The end of the
product name will indicate what type of extra corrosion protection is provided (Z = ZMAX,
HDG = hot-dip galvanized or SS = stainless steel). See pages 13-15 for information on corrosion,
and visit our website www.strongtie.com/info for more technical information on this topic.
Significant changes from last years

catalog are indicated in red.
STRONG-DRIVE SD CONNECTOR SCREW COMPATIBLE
This icon identifies products approved for installation with the Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive
SD Connector screw. See page 27 for more information.
HOW WE DETERMINE ALLOWABLE LOADS

Allowable loads in this catalog are determined by calculations and test criteria
established by industry, such as ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria, IAPMO UES
Evaluation Criteria and ASTM test standards.
Connectors are typically evaluated in accordance with ICC-ES AC13
Acceptance Criteria for Joist Hangers and Similar Devices. Evaluation is based
on a minimum of three static load tests in wood assemblies. The published
allowable load is the lower of the tested ultimate with a safety factor of 3,
load at 18" deflection or the NDS fastener calculation limits.
Holdowns and tension ties are tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC155
Acceptance Criteria for Hold-Downs (Tie-Downs) Attached to Wood Members.
Allowable loads are based on the lower of three static load tests with a safety
factor, deflection limits or NDS fastener calculation limits. Static load tests
include holdown testing on steel jigs and wood assembly tests.
Cast-in-place concrete products are tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC398

Cast-in-Place, Cold-Formed Steel Connectors in Concrete for Light-frame
Construction or AC399 Cast-in-Place Proprietary Bolts in Concrete for
Light-Frame Construction. Threaded fasteners are evaluated per AC233
Alternate Dowel-Type Threaded Fasteners.
Where a test standard is unavailable, testing is conducted per sound
engineering principles. Some tests include only portions of a product, such
as purlin anchor tests only the embedded hook is tested, not the nailed or
bolted section of the strap, which is calculated. Testing to determine allowable
loads in this catalog is not done on connection systems in buildings. Testing
is conducted under the supervision of an independent laboratory.
For detailed information regarding how Simpson Strong-Tie tests specific
products, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
CATALOG DEFINITION:
Deflection: The distance a point moves when a load is applied.

Model No.:
This is the
Simpson
Strong-Tie
product name.
Nails: This
shows the fastener
quantity and type
required to
achieve the
table loads.
Model
No.
EPB44A
EPB44
EPB46
EPB66
3916
3916
512
512
3
314
3516
512
EPB44A
EPB44
EPB46
EPB66
3916
3916
512
512
3
314
3516
512
Allowable Design Loads: The maximum load

that a connection is designed to provide. There
may be multiple design loads acting in different
directions (up, down, lateral, perpendicular,
etc.) imposed on a connection.
Uplift
Down
Allowable Loads
Non-Cracked
Cracked
Download
Uplift
Uplift
Wind and Seismic Design Category A & B
238 8-16d
1120
785
2670
2516 8-16d
1035
725
3465
3
12-16d
1035
725
3465
3
12-16d
1035
725
3465
Seismic Design Category C-F
238 8-16d
940
660
2670
2516 8-16d
870
605
3465
3
12-16d
870
605
3465
3
12-16d
870
605
3465
H
Nails
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long.

See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
Throughout this catalog a footnote will
typically be provided indicating the required
nail diameter and length.
All installations should be designed only
in accordance with the allowable load values
set forth in this catalog.
Code
Ref.
Wind or Seismic: Some cast-in-place

concrete products have different load ratings
based on wind or seismic design category.
I28
L
H
2"
I28
6" ent
dm
Embe
All EPBs
4" Min.
3"
Dimensions W, L, H:
This shows the product
dimensions (width, length and
height in this case) referenced
in the product drawing.
Code Ref: See page 12 for the Code

Reference Key Chart, to determine which
code reports include this product.
Product Drawing:
Provides a graphic
presentation of the product
with dimensional
information (often cross
referenced to the table).
11
CODE REPORTS
CODE REFERENCE KEY CHART
The alpha-numeric Code Reference numbers that appear in the Code Reference
column in load tables throughout this catalog are intended to identify products listed
in evaluation agency reports, typically called code reports, and the specific reports
that cover them. The letter designates which evaluation agency from which the
report was obtained. The Code reference column, used in conjunction with the chart
at right, indicates which code listing applies to a product. The reference numbers
also clearly identify:
AGENCY
CODE
LISTING
CODE
REF.
ICC-ES
ESR
ESR-1161
ESR-2203
ESR-1622
ESR-2105
ESR-2236
ESR-2330
ESR-2549
ESR-2551
ESR-2552
ESR-2553
ESR-2554
ESR-2604
ESR-2605
ESR-2606
ESR-2607
ESR-2608
ESR-2613
ESR-2614
ESR-2615
ESR-2616
ESR-2877
ESR-2555
ESR-2611
ESR-3046
ESR-2920
ESR-2320
ESR-3096
ESR-3050
I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6
I7
I8
I9
I10
I11
I12
I13
I14
I15
I16
I17
I18
I19
I20
I21
I22
I23
I24
I25
I26
I27
I28
RR 25711
RR 25712
RR 25713
RR 25714
RR 25910
RR 25718
RR 25719
RR 25720
RR 25725
RR 25726
RR 25800
RR 25801
RR 25462
RR 25803
RR 25804
RR 25806
RR 25807
RR 25814
RR 25818
RR 25827
RR 25828
RR 25851
RR25906
RR25907
RR25952
RR25962
RR25985
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
L9
L10
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
L16
L17
L18
L19
L20
L21
L22
L23
L24
L25
L26
L27
Products submitted for evaluation report listing (160)

Products with no evaluation report listing (170)
Products not submitted because they have no load rating and
an evaluation report listing is not necessary (180)
Products that meet prescriptive or conventional construction
code requirements (190)
Product is tested per code; testing is not required (200)
Where a model has been submitted for listing (160) or does not have an evaluation
report listing (170), Simpson Strong-Tie can supply complete test data to support
our published loads. Please contact us for a copy of our product test documentation
at (800) 999-5099. Product acceptance may be obtained through the Alternate
Methods and Materials section of the applicable building code.
Some loads and applications may not be covered in the code report and specific
reductions and restrictions may be required by other product evaluation agencies.
Visit www.strongtie.com or visit the product evaluation agencies web sites for the
current evaluation reports.
Simpson Strong-Tie products are listed by several product evaluation agencies.
Agencies that list our products include ICC-ES; IAPMO UES; UL, FM, the City of
Los Angeles, California; and State of Florida.
Simpson Strong-Tie currently maintains more than 60 ICC-ES ESR and IAPMO UES
ER reports evaluated to the 2006/2009/2012 IBC and IRC. We continue to submit
product information to ICC-ES in order to update reports or receive additional
reports for products in compliance with the latest codes.
To quickly determine which of our stamped and welded connector products are
listed in ESR reports, we have obtained ICC-ES ESR-2523 index report. This report
is a reference document to other ESR reports held by Simpson Strong-Tie and
will be updated frequently by ICC-ES as new stamped and welded connector
evaluation services reports are issued. Please visit www.strongtie.com for the
latest information or contact ICC Evaluation Service at www.icc-es.org.
IAPMO Uniform Evaluation Service has been evaluating products for more than 80
years and has the same ANSI accreditation as ICC Evaluation Service for evaluating
structural building products to the building codes. IAPMO UES began evaluating
structural building products in 2004, utilizing licensed structural engineers to
perform quality reviews. To quickly determine which of our stamped and welded
connector products are listed in ER reports, we have obtained IAPMO UES ER-102
index report, which will be updated frequently as products are added to ERs. Please
visit www.strongtie.com for the latest information or contact IAPMO Uniform
Evaluation Service at www.iapmoes.org.
In November 2010, the California Division of the State Architect, issued a revised
IR 23-1. The revised Interpretation of Regulation (IR) addresses and clarifies issues
relating to Pre-fabricated Wood Construction Connectors. IR 23-1 defines the
Purpose and Scope and clarifies Listing Requirements, Acceptable Load Capacities,
Design Requirements, Installation Requirements Connector Fabrication (which
addresses corrosion resistant material and/or coatings), and testing requirements.
Also IRA-5, updated in October 2012, addresses product and evaluation report
acceptance. Please contact the DSA at www.dsa.dgs.ca.gov/Publications/default.htm
for more information.
City of
Los
Angeles,
California
On October 1, 2003, the State of Floridas Statewide Product Approval System

became effective. The purpose of this system is to provide a single product evaluation
and approval system that applies statewide to operate in coordination with the
Florida Building Code. This Florida product evaluation and approval system is
governed by Florida Statutes, Chapter 553, Section 553.842. Since this law specifies
that the product approval system is to apply statewide, Notice of Acceptance is no
longer necessary where a product has a statewide approval that is applicable in
the High Velocity Hurricane Zone (HVHZ) and is installed in accordance with its
conditions of use.
To access pertinent code reports related to Simpson Strong-Tie products, you
can access our Code Report Finder Software at www.strongtie.com/software.
12
AGENCY
CODE
LISTING
CODE
REF.
IAPMO
UES ER
ER-112
ER-130
ER-143
ER-192
ER-262
ER-280
IP1
IP2
IP3
IP4
IP5
IP6
State of
Florida
FL10849
FL10852
FL10854
FL11496
FL10441
FL10655
FL10447
FL10531
FL10856
FL10444
FL10860
FL10861
FL10446
FL15895
FL10864
FL10456
FL10865
FL10667
FL10866
FL9589
FL11166
FL11169
FL11468
FL13904
FL11478
FL11470
FL11473
FL12708
FL13326
FL13628
FL14101
FL13975
FL14571
FL15957
FL2355
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
F16
F17
F18
F19
F20
F21
F22
F23
F24
F25
F26
F27
F28
F29
F30
F31
F32
F33
F34
F35
Call us for
Submitted
Status and
for Listing
Test Data
160
No Code
Listing
Call us for
Test Data
170
No Load
Rating
180
Prescriptive
Code
190
* Because code reports can be issued throughout the year, we encourage
the user to visit www.strongtie.com, www.icc-es.org, www.iapmoes.org,

www.ladbs.org, www.dsa.dgs.ca.gov, and www.floridabuilding.org for the
most current information, call Simpson Strong-Tie at 800-999-5099, or
contact the code agency directly.
Code Reference Column in Load Tables
CORROSION INFORMATION
Understanding the Corrosion Issue
Many environments and materials can cause corrosion including ocean salt
air, fire-retardants, fumes, fertilizers, preservative-treated wood, de-icing
salts, dissimilar metals and more. Metal connectors, fasteners and anchors
could corrode and lose load-carrying capacity when installed in corrosive
environments or when installed in contact with corrosive materials.
The many variables present in a building environment make it impossible to
accurately predict if, or when, corrosion will begin or reach a critical level. This
relative uncertainty makes it crucial that specifiers and users are knowledgeable
of the potential risks and select a product suitable for the intended use. It is
also prudent that regular maintenance and periodic inspections are performed
especially for outdoor applications.
It is common to see some corrosion in outdoor applications. Even stainless
steel can corrode. The presence of some corrosion does not mean that load
capacity has been affected or that failure is imminent. If significant corrosion
is apparent or suspected, then the wood, fasteners and connectors should
be inspected by a qualified engineer or qualified inspector. Replacement of
affected components may be appropriate.
Some wood-preservative chemicals and fire retardant chemicals and

retentions pose increased corrosion potential and are more corrosive to
steel connectors and fasteners than others. Testing by Simpson Strong-Tie
has shown that ACQ-Type D is more corrosive than Copper Azole Type C,
Micronized Copper Azole, and CCA-C. At the same time, others have shown
that the inorganic boron treatment chemicals, specifically SBX-DOT, is less
corrosive than CCA-C.
Due to the many different chemical treatment formulations, chemical
retention levels, moisture conditions and regional formulation variants,
selection of fasteners has become a complex task. We have attempted
to provide basic knowledge on the subject here, but it is important to
fully educate yourself by reviewing our technical bulletins on the topic
(www.strongtie.com/info) and also by reviewing information, literature
and evaluation reports published by others.
Treatment Use Categories and Exposure Conditions

The American Wood Protection Association (AWPA) identifies 12 Use Category
designations (UC) for wood treatment chemicals that are based on protection
of the wood material; the Use Categories are based on service conditions and
environments and agents of deterioration. At the same time, the building codes
require specific corrosion resistance for connectors and fasteners that are
in contact with chemically treated wood, and the corrosion resistance is
independent of the service environments and treatments that are the basis
of the AWPA Use Categories. From the building code perspective, fastener
corrosion resistance is provided by hot-dip galvanization applied following
ASTM A153, Class D or a corrosion resistant base metal, such as stainless
steel, silicon bronze or copper regardless of exposure. Connectors in contact
with preservative-treated wood require a minimum of ASTM A653, Type G185
zinc-coated galvanized steel, or equivalent.
COATINGS AVAILABLE
Finish/Material
Gray Paint
Powder Coating
Standard G90 Zinc Coating
Electrocoating
(E-Coat)
Some exceptions are provided in the International Code Councils (ICC)

International Residential Code (IRC) for mechanical galvanization applied
to screws. The International Building Code (IBC) has exceptions for plain
carbon steel fasteners, nuts and washers in SBX/DOT and zinc borate
preservative-treated wood in interior, dry environments.
The International Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-ES) implemented
AC257 as a method to evaluate alternate corrosion resistance mechanisms
for fasteners used in wood construction where hot-dip galvanization (ASTM
A153, Class D) is used as the benchmark performance. Under AC257,
fastener corrosion resistance is qualified for one or more of four exposure
conditions with no salt exposure: (1) treated wood in dry-service; (2) clean
wood in a salt air dry-service environment; (3) treated wood in a wet-service
condition; with no salt exposure; and (4) general use with no limitations.
Not all products are available in all finishes.

Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for product availability, ordering information and lead times.
Description
Level of Corrosion
Resistance
Water-based paint intended to protect the product while it is warehoused and in transit to the jobsite.
Low
Baked on paint finish that is more durable than our standard paint and produces a better looking finished product.
Low
Zinc galvanized coating containing 0.90 oz. of zinc per square foot of surface area (total both sides).
Low
Electrocoating utilizes electrical current to deposit the coating material on the fastener. After application,
the coating is cured in an oven. Electrocoating provides a minimum amount of corrosion protection and is
recommended for dry, non-corrosive applications only.
Low
Galvanized (G185) 1.85 oz. of zinc per square foot of surface area (hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A653 total both
sides). These products require hot-dip galvanized fasteners (fasteners which meet the specifications of ASTM A153).
Medium
Products are hot-dip galvanized after fabrication (14 ga. and thicker). The coating weight increases with material
thickness. The minimum average coating weight is 2.0 oz./ft 2 (per ASTM A123 total both sides). These products
require hot-dip galvanized fasteners (fasteners which meet the specifications of ASTM A153). Anchor bolts are
hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F2329.
Medium
Type 410 Stainless Steel

with Protective Top Coat
Carbon martensitic grade of stainless steel which is inherently magnetic, with an added protective top coat.
This material can be used in mild atmospheres and many mild chemical environments.
Medium
Mechanically-Galvanized
Coating, Class 55
Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SD Connector screw is manufactured with a mechanically-applied zinc

coating in accordance with ASTM B695, Class 55 with a supplemental overcoat. These fasteners are compatible
with painted and zinc-coated (G90 and ZMAX) connectors.
Medium
Double-Barrier Coating
Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screw is manufactured with two different finishes
that together provide a level of corrosion protection that equals that provided by the previous HDG coating.
Medium
Connectors are manufactured from Type 316L stainless steel, and provide greater durability against corrosion.
Stainless-steel nails are required with stainless-steel products, and are available from Simpson Strong-Tie.
See Corrosion Information for more specific performance and application information on these finishes.
High/Severe
13
Simpson Strong-Tie General Recommendations
Simpson Strong-Tie has evaluated the AWPA Use Categories (AWPA U1-13)
and the ICC-ES, AC257 Exposure Conditions and developed from that evaluation
a set of Corrosion Resistance Recommendations. These recommendations
address the coating systems and materials used by Simpson Strong-Tie for
connector and fastener products.
Dry-service (or damp-service) environments lead to wood moisture contents
less than or equal to 19%. The corrosion potential, even in chemically treated
wood, is reduced in these conditions. These conditions are typical of AWPA
UC1 and UC2 for wood treatment and AC257 Exposure Condition 1. See the
Corrosion Resistance Classification Table for the Simpson Strong-Tie assessment
of corrosion needs in these conditions. The AC257 Exposure Condition 2
reflects the presence of air-borne salt in a dry-service environment and
corrosion hazard to exposed metal surfaces; it does not include effects of
treatment chemicals.
Outdoor environments are generally more corrosive to steel either because
the moisture exposure is elevated (greater than 19%) and/or the treatment
chemical retention level is higher than for interior service. The AWPA classifies
exterior above ground treatments as Use Categories UC3 (A and B) depending
on moisture run-off; and for ground-contact levels of protection, it has Use
Categories UC4 (A-C). ICC-ES considers the exterior exposure to be limited by
the type of chemicals and retention level of the chemicals in the qualification
testing and whether the exposure includes salt exposure. In general, The
AC257 Exposure Condition 3 includes AWPA Use Categories UC1 (interior dry)
to UC4A (exterior ground contact, general use).
Types 316/305/304 stainless steel, copper, silicon bronze and hot-dip galvanized
(Class-C) are the most effective protection against corrosion risk, where Type
316 is the best choice for salt marine and chloride containing environments
regardless of treatment chemicals or wood species. If you choose to

use hot-dip galvanized (Class-D), mechanically galvanized (C3, N2000,
or Class 55), double-barrier or Quik Guard coated fasteners on outdoor
projects (e.g., a deck), you should periodically inspect the fasteners or
have a professional inspection performed, and regular maintenance is a
good practice. See the Corrosion Resistance Classifications Table for the
Simpson Strong-Tie assessment of the corrosion resistance associated
with materials and coatings and an appropriate level of corrosion resistance
for various environments.
Due to the many variables involved, Simpson Strong-Tie cannot provide
estimates of service life of connectors and fasteners. We suggest that all
users and specifiers obtain recommendations on corrosion from the treated
wood supplier or for the type of wood used. As long as Simpson Strong-Tie
recommendations are followed, Simpson Strong-Tie stands behind its
product performance and our standard warranty applies (page 19).
Simpson Strong-Tie does not recommend painting stainless steel fasteners
or hardware. The reason behind this recommendation is that sometimes
painting can facilitate corrosion. Stainless steel is stainless because it
forms a protective chromium oxide film on the surface by passive oxidation
with air. The paint film on the stainless steel surface may be imperfect or it
can be injured during service, and in either case the metal may be exposed.
Microscopic-sized film imperfections and scratches facilitate collection of
dirt and water that can be stagnant and degrade or block the passive
formation of the protective chromium oxide film. When this happens,
crevice corrosion can initiate. Crevice corrosion eventually becomes visible
as a brown stain or as red rust. This is the reason that painting usually
does not improve corrosion resistance of stainless steel.
Guidelines for Selecting Corrosion-Resistant Connectors and Fasteners

Evaluate the Application
Consider the importance of the connection.

Consider these moisture and treatment chemical exposure conditions:
Dry service: Generally INTERIOR applications and
includes wall and ceiling cavities, raised floor applications
in enclosed buildings that have been designed to prevent
condensation and exposure to other sources of moisture.
Prolonged exposure during construction should also
be considered, as this may constitute a Wet Service or
Elevated Service Condition.
Wet Service: Generally EXTERIOR construction in
conditions other than Elevated Service. These include
Exterior Protected and Exposed and General Use
Ground Contact as described by the AWPA UC4A.
Elevated Service: Includes fumes, fertilizers, soil, some
preservative-treated wood (AWPA UC4B and UC4C),
industrial zones, acid rain and other corrosive elements.
Uncertain: Unknown exposure, materials, or treatment chemicals.

Ocean/Water Front: Marine environments that include airborne
chlorides and some splash. Environments with de-icing salts are
included.
Treatment Chemicals: See AWPA Use Category Designations.
The preservative-treated wood supplier should provide all of
the pertinent information about the wood being used. The
information should include Use Category Designation, wood
species group, wood treatment chemical, and chemical retention.
See appropriate evaluation reports for corrosion effects of
treatment chemicals and fastener corrosion resistance
recommendations.
Use the SimpsonStrongTie Corrosion Classification Table

If the treatment chemical information is incomplete, SimpsonStrongTie recommends the use of a 300 series stainless steel
product. Also if the treatment chemical is not shown in the Corrosion Classification Table, then SimpsonStrongTie has not
evaluated it and cannot make any recommendations other than the use of coatings and materials in the Severe category.
Manufacturers may independently provide test results of other product information; SimpsonStrongTie expresses no opinion
regarding such information.
14
Evaluate the Exposure
CORROSION RESISTANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
Low
Medium
High
Severe
Type 304 stainless steel,

Type 305 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel,

Hot-dip galvanized
(ASTM A153-Class C),
Silicon bronze,
Copper
Type 316L stainless steel
Type 316L stainless steel
FASTENERS
Phosphate (gray, black),
Clear (bright) zinc (ASTM F1941),
Heavy electro-galvanized
(ASTM A641-Class 1),
Yellow zinc (ASTM F1941),
Electrocoat (E-coat),
Type 410 stainless steel
Mechanically galvanized
(AS 3566.2-C3, N2000,
ASTM B695-Class 55),
Quik Guard coating,
Hot-dip galvanized
(ASTM A153-Class D),
Double-barrier coating,
Type 410 stainless steel with
protective top coat
CONNECTORS
Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint

Powder coating
Standard G90 zinc coating
ZMAX (G185)
Hot-dip galvanized
(ASTM A123 - Class D)
CORROSION RESISTANCE CLASSIFICATIONS

Material To Be Fastened
Untreated
Wood or
Other Material
Dry Service
C-C-2015 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/14 (This page has been updated since printing)
Environment
Preservative-Treated Wood
SBX-DOT
Zinc Borate
Chemical
Retention AWPA,
UC4A
Chemical
Retention > AWPA,
UC4A
ACZA
Other or
Uncertain
FRT Wood
Low
Low
Low
High
High
High
Med
Wet Service
Med
N/A
Med
High
High
High
High
Elevated Service
High
N/A
Severe
Severe
High
Severe
N/A
Uncertain
High
High
High
Severe
High
Severe
High
Ocean/Water Front
Severe
N/A
Severe
Severe
Severe
Severe
N/A
1. These are general guidelines that may not consider all application criteria. Refer to
product specific information for additional guidance.
2. Type 316/305/304 stainless steel products are recommended where preservativetreated wood used in ground contact has a chemical retention level greater than
those for AWPA UC4A; CA-C, 0.15 pcf; CA-B, 0.21 pcf; micronized CA-C, 0.14 pcf;
micronized CA-B, 0.15 pcf; ACQ-Type D (or C), 0.40 pcf.
3. Testing by SimpsonStrongTie following ICC-ES AC257 showed that mechanical
galvanization (ASTM B695, Class 55), Quik Guard coating, and Double Barrier
coating will provide corrosion resistance equivalent to hot-dip galvanization
(ASTM A153, Class D) in contact with chemically treated wood in dry service and
wet service exposures (AWPA UC1-UC4A, ICC-ES AC257 Exposure Conditions
1 and 3) and will perform adequately subject to regular maintenance and
periodic inspection.
Interior Dry
4. Mechanical galvanizations C3 and N2000 should not be used in conditions that

would be more corrosive than AWPA UC3A (exterior, above ground, rapid water
run off).
5. If uncertain about Use Category, treatment chemical, or environment, use
Types 316/305/304 stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper.
6. Some treated wood may have excess surface chemicals making it potentially
more corrosive than lower retentions. If this condition is suspected, use
Type 316/305/304 stainless steel, silicon bronze, or copper fasteners.
7. Type 316 stainless steel, silicon bronze, and copper fasteners are the best
recommendation for ocean salt-air and other chloride-containing environments.
Hot-dip galvanized fasteners with at least ASTM A153, Class C protection can
also be an alternate for some applications in environments with ocean air
and/or elevated wood moisture content.
Exterior
Severe
UPDATED 05/01/15
15
IMPORTANT INFORMATION & GENERAL NOTES

WARNING
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. structural connectors, anchors, and other
products are designed and tested to provide specified design loads. To obtain
optimal performance from Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products and
achieve maximum allowable design load, the products must be properly
installed and used in accordance with the installation instructions and design
limits provided by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. To ensure proper
installation and use, Designers and installers must carefully read the following
General Notes, General Instructions for the Installer and General Instructions
tor the Designer, as well as consult the applicable catalog pages for specific
product installation instructions and notes.
Proper product installation requires careful attention to all notes and instructions,
including these basic rules:
1. Be familiar with the application and correct use of the connector.
2. Follow all installation instructions provided in the applicable catalog, website,

Installers Pocket Guide or any other Simpson Strong-Tie publications.
3. Install all required fasteners per installation instructions provided by Simpson

Strong-Tie Company Inc.: a) use proper fastener type; b) use proper fastener

quantity; c) fill all fastener holes; d) do not overdrive or underdrive nails,
including when using gun nailers; and e) ensure screws are completely driven.
4. Only bend products that are specifically designed to be bent. For those

products that required bending, do not bend more than once.
5. Cut joists to the correct length, do not short-cut. The gap between the

end of the joist and the header material should be no greater than 18"

unless otherwise noted.
In addition to following the basic rules provided above as well as all notes, warnings
and instructions provided in the catalog, installers, designers, engineers and
consumers should consult the Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. website at
www.strongtie.com to obtain additional design and installation information, including:
Instructional builder/contractor training kits containing an instructional video,
an instructor guide and a student guide in both English and Spanish;
Installers Pocket Guide (form S-INSTALL) which is designed specifically

for installers and uses detailed graphics and minimal text in both English
and Spanish to explain visually how to install many key products;
Information on workshops Simpson Strong-Tie conducts at
various training centers throughout the country;
Product specific installation videos;
Specialty catalogs;
Code reports Simpson Strong-Tie Code Report Finder software;
Technical fliers and bulletins;
Master format specifications;
Material safety data sheets;
Corrosion information;
Connector selection guides for engineered wood products
(by manufacturer);
Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector software;
Simpson Strong-Tie Autocad menu;
Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Wall Selector software;
Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Tiedown System Selector and
anchor-related software; and
Answers to frequently asked questions and technical topics.
Failure to follow fully all of the notes and instructions provided by Simpson
Strong-Tie Company Inc. may result in improper installation of products.
Improperly installed products may not perform to the specifications set forth
in this catalog and may reduce a structures ability to resist the movement,
stress, and loading that occurs from gravity loads as well as impact events
such as earthquakes and high velocity winds.
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. does not guarantee the performance or
safety of products that are modified, improperly installed or not used in
accordance with the design and load limits set forth in this catalog.
GENERAL NOTES
a. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. reserves the right to change specifications,
designs, and models without notice or liability for such changes.
b. Steel used for each Simpson Strong-Tie product is individually selected
based on the products steel specifications, including strength, thickness,
formability, finish, and weldability. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for steel
information on specific products.
c. Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in inches, loads are in pounds.
d. Unless otherwise noted, welds, screws, bolts and nails may not be
combined to achieve highest load value. 8d (0.131"x212"), 10d (0.148"x3"),
and 16d (0.162"x312") specify common nails that meet the requirements
of ASTM F1667. When a shorter nail is specified, it will be noted
(for example 8dx112). Refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Nailing Guide,
NDS (National Design Specification) and ASTM F1667 (American Society
of Testing and Materials) for more nail info.
e. Do Not Overload. Do not exceed catalog allowable loads, which would
jeopardize the connection.
f. Unless otherwise noted, allowable loads are for Douglas Fir-Larch under
continuously dry conditions. Allowable loads for other species or conditions
must be adjusted according to the code. The section from the AC13 criteria
indicating the range of specific gravity reads as follows: 3.2.3 The species
of lumber used shall have a specific gravity not greater than 0.55 as
determined in accordance with the NDS. This chart shows specific gravity
and perpendicular to grain compression capacities for the different
wood species:

16
Species
Douglas Fir-Larch (DF)
Southern Pine (SP)
Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF)
Hem Fir (HF)
Glulam
LVL (DF/SP)
LSL (E=1.3x106)
LSL (E1.5x106)
Parallam PSL
Fc
Specific Gravity
625 psi
0.50
565 psi
0.55
425 psi
0.42
405 psi
0.43
650 psi
0.50
750 psi
0.50
680 psi
0.50
880 psi
0.50
750 psi
0.50
g. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. will manufacture non-catalog products

provided prior approval is obtained and an engineering drawing is included
with the order. Steel specified on the drawings as 18", 316", and 14" will be
11 gauge (0.120"), 7 ga (0.179"), and 3 gauge (0.239"), respectively. The
minimum yield and tensile strengths are 33 ksi and 52 ksi, respectively.
h. All references to bolts or machine bolts (MBs) are for structural quality
through bolts (not lag screws or carriage bolts) equal to or better than
ASTM Standard A307, Grade A.
i. Unless otherwise noted, bending steel in the field may cause fractures at
the bend line. Fractured steel will not carry load and must be replaced.
j. A fastener that splits the wood will not take the design load. Evaluate splits
to determine if the connection will perform as required. Dry wood may
split more easily and should be evaluated as required. If wood tends to
split, consider pre-boring holes with diameters not exceeding .75 of the
nail diameter (2012 NDS 11.1.5.3). Use a 532" bit for Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws and a 332" bit for Strong-Drive
SD9/SD10 Connector screws.
k. Wood shrinks and expands as it loses and gains moisture, particularly
perpendicular to its grain. Take wood shrinkage into account when
designing and installing connections. Simpson Strong-Tie manufactures
products to fit common dry lumber dimensions. If you need a connector
with dimensions other than those listed in this catalog, Simpson Strong-Tie
may be able to vary connector dimensions; contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
The effects of wood shrinkage are increased in multiple lumber connections,
such as floor-to-floor installations. This may result in the vertical rod nuts
becoming loose, requiring post-installation tightening. (Contact Simpson
Strong-Tie for information on Takeup Devices.)
l. Top flange hangers may cause unevenness. Possible remedies should
be evaluated by a professional and include using a face mount hanger,
and routering the beam or cutting the subfloor to accommodate the top
flange thickness.
m. Built-up lumber (multiple members) must be fastened together to act as
one unit to resist the applied load (excluding the connector fasteners).
This must be determined by the Designer/Engineer of Record.
These general notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products and must be followed fully.

GENERAL NOTES (cont.)
n. Some model configurations may differ from those shown in this catalog.
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
o. Hanger Options (Simpson Strong-Tie Hanger Options Matrix and
Hanger Option General Notes pages 233-235) some combinations of
hanger options are not available. In some cases, combinations of these
options may not be installable. Horizontal loads induced by sloped joists
must be resisted by other members in the structural system. A qualified
Designer must always evaluate each connection, including carried and
carrying member limitations, before specifying the product. Fill all fastener
holes with fastener types specified in the tables, unless otherwise noted.
Hanger configurations, height, and fastener schedules may vary from the
tables depending on joist size, skew and slope. See the allowable table load
for the non-modified hanger, and adjust as indicated. Gauge may vary from
that specified depending on the manufacturing process used.
p. Simpson Strong-Tie will calculate the net height for a sloped seat. The
customer must provide the H1 joist height before slope.
q. Truss plates shown are the responsibility of the Truss Designer.

r. Do not weld products listed in this catalog unless this publication
specifically identifies a product as acceptable for welding, or unless
specific approval for welding is provided in writing by Simpson Strong-Tie.
Some steels have poor weldability and a tendency to crack when welded.
Cracked steel will not carry load and must be replaced. See Simpson
Strong-Tie Hanger Options Matrix and Hanger Option General Notes
on pages 233-235 for hangers that may be welded.
s. Unless noted otherwise, all references to standard cut washers refer to
Type A plain washers (W) conforming to the dimensions shown in ASME
B18.22.1 for the appropriate rod size in accordance with 2012 NDS
Appendix L. Some products require SAE narrow washers (N) to fit in a
tight space and are noted accordingly.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE INSTALLER
These general instructions for the installer are provided to ensure proper selection and installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products and must be
followed carefully. These general instructions are in addition to the specific installation instructions and notes provided for each particular product, all of which
should be consulted prior to and during installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products.
a. All specified fasteners must be installed according to the instructions in
this catalog. Incorrect fastener quantity, size, placement, type, material, or
finish may cause the connection to fail. Prior to using a particular fastener,
please consult the Fastener Guide in this catalog.
16d fasteners are common nails (0.162" dia. x 312" long) and cannot be
replaced with 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 314" long) for full load value
unless otherwise specified.
Unless otherwise noted screws may not be used to replace nails in
connectors unless approved and recommended by the Designer/Engineer
of Record. Unless stated otherwise, Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and
does not make any representations regarding the suitability of use or
load-carrying capacities of connectors with screws replacing nails.
When using stainless-steel connectors, use stainless-steel fasteners.
When using ZMAX/HDG galvanized connectors, use fasteners that
meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A153 or other fasteners
allowed in this catalog.
b. Fill all fastener holes as specified in the installation instructions for that
product. Refer to page 23 for the requirements of the various shapes
of fastener hole.
c. Do not overdrive nails. Overdriven nails reduce shear capacity.
d. Use the materials specified in the installation instructions. Substitution
of or failure to use specified materials may cause the connection to fail.
e. Do not add fastener holes or otherwise modify Simpson Strong-Tie
Company Inc. products. The performance of modified products may be
substantially weakened. Simpson Strong-Tie will not warrant or guarantee
the performance of such modified products.
f. Install products in the position specified in the catalog.
g. Do not alter installation procedures from those set forth in this catalog.
h. The proper use of certain products requires that the product be bent.
For those products, installers must not bend the product more than
one time (one full cycle).
i. Bolt holes shall be at least a minimum of 132" and no more than a
maximum of 116" larger than the bolt diameter (per the 2012 NDS,
section 11.1.3.2 and AISI S100-07, Table E3a if applicable).
j. Install all specified fasteners before loading the connection.
k. Some hardened fasteners may have premature failure if exposed to moisture.
These fasteners are recommended to be used in dry interior applications.
l. Use proper safety equipment.
m. Welding galvanized steel may produce harmful fumes; follow proper
welding procedures and safety precautions. Welding should be in
accordance with A.W.S. (American Welding Society) standards. Unless
otherwise noted Simpson Strong-Tie connectors cannot be welded.
n. Pneumatic or powder-actuated fasteners may deflect and injure the

operator or others. Pneumatic nail tools may be used to install connectors,
provided the correct quantity and type of nails (length and diameter) are
properly installed in the nail holes. Tools with nail hole-locating mechanisms
should be used. Follow the manufacturers instructions and use the
appropriate safety equipment. Overdriving nails may reduce allowable
loads. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie. Powder-actuated fasteners should not
be used to install connectors.
o. Joist shall bear completely on the connector seat, and the gap between the
joist end and the header shall not exceed 18" per ICC-ES AC261, ASTM D1761
and ASTM D7147 test standards (unless specifically noted otherwise).
p. For holdowns, anchor bolt nuts should be finger-tight plus 13 to 12 turn
with a hand wrench, with consideration given to possible future wood
shrinkage. Care should be taken to not over-torque the nut. Impact
wrenches should not be used as they may preload the holdown.
q. Holdowns and Tension Ties may be raised off the sill as dictated by field
conditions to accommodate an anchor mislocated no more than 112". The
holdown shall be raised off the sill at least 3" for every 14" that the anchor
is offset from the models centerline. Anchor bolt slope shall be no greater
than 1:12 (or 5 degrees). Contact the Designer if the holdown anchor is
offset more than 112" or raised more than 18". Raised holdown height is
measured from the top of concrete to the top of the holdown bearing plate.
r. Fasteners are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates when
approved by the Truss Designer in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1-2007,
Section 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2. Installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Strong Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws through metal connector
plates requires the plates to be pre-drilled using a maximum of a 532" bit.
Do not drive nails through the truss plate on the opposite side of single-ply
trusses which could force the plate off the truss.
s. For cold-formed steel applications, all screws shall be installed in
accordance with the screw manufacturers recommendations. All screws
shall penetrate and protrude through the joined materials a minimum
of 3 full exposed threads per AISI Standard for Cold Formed Steel
Framing General Provisions, section D1.3, if applicable.
t. Nuts shall be installed such that the end of the threaded rod or bolt is
at least flush with the top of the nut.
u. When installing hurricane ties on the inside of the wall special
considerations must be taken to prevent condensation on the inside
of the completed structure in cold climates.
v. Unless otherwise noted, connectors shown in this catalog have been
designed to be installed at the time the framing members are installed.
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for retrofit suitability of specific connectors
including those manufactured in accordance with the hanger options
section of this catalog.
17

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE DESIGNER
a. The term Designer used throughout this catalog is intended to mean a

licensed/certified building design professional, a licensed professional
engineer, or a licensed architect.
b. All connected members and related elements shall be designed by the
Designer.
c. All installations should be designed only in accordance with the allowable
load values set forth in this catalog.
d. Unless otherwise noted, connector allowable loads published in this catalog
are limited to the lowest of: average recorded test load at 18" deflection,
lowest ultimate recorded test load of 3 tests specimens divided by 3
(or the average of 6 specimens divided by 3), or the calculated value
based on steel, wood bearing, and/or fastener capacity.
e. When a connector is loaded simultaneously in more than one direction,
the allowable load must be evaluated as shown here. For all connectors
use the following equation:
Design Uplift/Allowable Uplift + Design Lateral Parallel to Plate /
Allowable Lateral Parallel to Plate + Design Lateral Perpendicular
to Plate / Allowable Lateral Perpendicular to Plate < 1.0.
The three terms in the unity equation are due to the possible directions that
exist to generate force on a connector. The number of terms that must be
considered for simultaneous loading is at the sole discretion of the Designer
and is dependent on their method of calculating wind forces and the
utilization of the connector within the structural system.
As an alternate, certain roof-to-wall connectors (embedded truss anchors,
pages 180 and 181, seismic and hurricane ties, pages 178-179, and twist
straps, page 168) can be evaluated using the following: The design load
in each direction shall not exceed the published allowable load in that
direction multiplied by 0.75.
f. Loads are based on the 2012 National Design Specifications (NDS) and
AISI S100-07 if applicable, unless otherwise specified. Other code agencies
may use different allowable loads.
g. Duration of load adjustments as specified by the code are as follows:
FLOOR and DOWN (100)no increase for duration of load.
SNOW (115)115% of design load for 2 month duration of load.
ROOF LOAD (125)125% of design load for 7 day duration of load.
EARTHQUAKE/WIND (160)160% of design load for earthquake/
wind loading.
h. Unless otherwise noted, wood shear is not considered in the loads given;
reduce allowable loads when wood shear is limiting.
i. Simpson Strong-Tie strongly recommends the following addition to
construction drawings and specifications: Simpson Strong-Tie connectors
are specifically required to meet the structural calculations of plan. Before
substituting another brand, confirm load capacity based on reliable
published testing data or calculations. The Engineer/Designer of Record
should evaluate and give written approval for substitution prior to installation.
j. Verify that the dimensions of the supporting member are sufficient to
receive the specified fasteners, and develop the top flange bearing length.
k. Some catalog illustrations show connections that could cause cross-grain
tension or bending of the wood during loading if not sufficiently
reinforced. In this case, mechanical reinforcement should be considered.
18
l. For holdowns, anchor bolt nuts should be finger-tight plus 13 to 12 turn

with a hand wrench, with consideration given to possible future wood
shrinkage. Care should be taken to not over-torque the nut. Impact
wrenches should not be used as they may preload the holdown.
m. Simpson Strong-Tie will provide upon request code testing data on all
products that have been code tested.
n. The allowable loads published in this catalog are for use when utilizing
the traditional Allowable Stress Design methodology. A method for using
Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) for wood has been published
in ASTM D5457. A method for using LRFD for cold-formed steel has
also been published in the AISI S100-07. When designing with LRFD,
reference lateral resistances must be used. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie
for reference lateral resistances of products listed in this catalog. For
more information, refer to the 2012 NDS Appendix N, which contains a
conversion procedure that can be used to derive LRFD capacities.
o. For joist hangers, Simpson Strong-Tie recommends the hanger height
shall be at least 60% of joist height for stability.
p. For cold-formed steel applications, as a minimum all screws must
comply with Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J78,
Steel Self-Drilling/Tapping Screws, and must have a Type II coating in
accordance with ASTM B 633, Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on
Iron and Steel. Screw strength shall be calculated in accordance with
AISI S100-07 Section E4, if applicable, or shall be based on the
manufacturers design capacity determined from testing.
q. Local and/or regional building codes may require meeting special
conditions. Building codes often require special inspection of anchors
installed in concrete and masonry. For compliance with these
requirements, it is necessary to contact the local and/or regional
building authority. Except where mandated by code, Simpson Strong-Tie
products do not require special inspection.
r. Holdown and Tension Tie allowable loads are based on installations with
an anchor rod length of 6" from the concrete to top of holdown seat,
yet these products may be raised to any height with consideration of the
increased deflection due to additional bolt elongation. For cases where
the anchor bolt is offset, Simpson Strong-Tie offers recommendations,
subject to the approval of the Designer, which permit holdowns to be
raised up to 18" maximum with a corresponding horizontal anchor bolt
offset of 112". See General Instructions for the Installer (page 17
note q).
s. Throughout the catalog there are installation drawings showing the
load transfer from one element in the structure to another. Additional
connections may be required to safely transfer the loads through the
structure. It is the Designers responsibility to specify and detail all
necessary connections to ensure that a continuous load path is
provided as required by the building code.
t. Top flange hanger allowable loads are typically based on testing
with solid headers. Load reductions may apply when using headers
comprised of multiple plies of dimensioned lumber or SCL.
See technical bulletin T-MPLYHEADER for more information.
These general instructions for the Designer are provided to ensure proper selection and installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products and must
be followed carefully. These general instructions are in addition to the specific design and installation instructions and notes provided for each particular product,
all of which should be consulted prior to and during the design process.

LIMITED WARRANTY
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. warrants catalog products to be free from
defects in material or manufacturing. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
products are further warranted for adequacy of design when used in accordance
with design limits in this catalog and when properly specified, installed,
and maintained. This warranty does not apply to uses not in compliance
with specific applications and installations set forth in this catalog, or to
non-catalog or modified products, or to deterioration due to environmental
conditions.
Simpson Strong-Tie connectors are designed to enable structures to resist
the movement, stress, and loading that results from impact events such as
earthquakes and high velocity winds. Other Simpson Strong-Tie products are
designed to the load capacities and uses listed in this catalog. Properly-installed
Simpson Strong-Tie products will perform in accordance with the specifications
set forth in the applicable Simpson Strong-Tie catalog. Additional performance
limitations for specific products may be listed on the applicable catalog pages.
Due to the particular characteristics of potential impact events, the specific
design and location of the structure, the building materials used, the quality
of construction, and the condition of the soils involved, damage may

nonetheless result to a structure and its contents even if the loads resulting
from the impact event do not exceed Simpson Strong-Tie catalog specifications and Simpson Strong-Tie connectors are properly installed in accordance
with applicable building codes.
All warranty obligations of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. shall be
limited, at the discretion of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc., to repair or
replacement of the defective part. These remedies shall constitute Simpson
Strong-Tie Company Inc.s sole obligation and sole remedy of purchaser
under this warranty. In no event will Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
be responsible for incidental, consequential, or special loss or damage,
however caused.
This warranty is expressly in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or
implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular
purpose, all such other warranties being hereby expressly excluded.
This warranty may change periodically consult our website
www.strongtie.com for current information.
TERMS & CONDITIONSOFSALE

PRODUCT USE
Products in this catalog are designed and manufactured for the specific
purposes shown, and should not be used with other connectors not
approved by a qualified Designer. Modifications to products or changes in
installations should only be made by a qualified Designer. The performance
of such modified products or altered installations is the sole responsibility
of the Designer.
INDEMNITY
Customers or Designers modifying products or installations, or designing
non-catalog products for fabrication by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
shall, regardless of specific instructions to the user, indemnify, defend, and
hold harmless Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. for any and all claimed loss
or damage occasioned in whole or in part by non-catalog or modified products.
NON-CATALOG AND MODIFIED PRODUCTS

Consult Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. for applications for which there
is no catalog product, or for connectors for use in hostile environments,
with excessive wood shrinkage, or with abnormal loading or erection
requirements.
Non-catalog products must be designed by the customer and will be
fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie in accordance with customer
specifications.
Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and does not make any representations
regarding the suitability of use or load-carrying capacities of non-catalog
products. Simpson Strong-Tie provides no warranty, express or implied,
on non-catalog products. F.O.B. Shipping Point unless otherwise specified.
CONVERSION CHARTS
Metric Conversion
Imperial
Metric
1 in
25.40 mm
1 ft
0.3048 m
1 lb
4.448N
Bolt Diameter
in.
mm
If Common Rafter
Roof Pitch is...
Rise/Run
Slope
Then Hip/Valley Rafter

Roof Pitch becomes...
Rise/Run
Slope
9.5
1/12
1/17
12.7
2/12
10
2/17
15.9
3/12
14
3/17
10
19.1
4/12
18
4/17
13
23
5/17
16
3
1
US Standard Steel Gauge Equivalents

in Nominal Dimensions
Approximate
Decimals (in.)
Min. Dimensions
Ga Thick.
Uncoated Galvanized ZMAX
(mils) in.
mm
Steel Steel (G90) (G185)
3
229
6.0
0.239
171
16
4.5
0.179
0.186
10
118
64
3.5
0.134
0.138
0.140
0.125
1 Kip
4.448 kN
22.2
5/12
1 psi
6895 Pa
25.4
6/12
27
6/17
19
11
111
3.1
0.120
0.123
7/12
30
7/17
22
12
97
64
2.7
0.105
0.108
0.110
8/12
34
8/17
25
14
68
64
2.0
0.075
0.078
0.080
Use these Roof Pitch to Hip/Valley Rafter Roof

Pitch conversion tables only for hip/valley rafters
that are skewed 45 right or left. All other skews
will cause the slope to change from that listed.
9/12
37
9/17
28
16
54
10/12
40
10/17
30
18
43
11/12
42
11/17
33
20
33
12/12
45
12/17
35
22
27
16
1.6
0.060
0.063
0.065
64
1.3
0.048
0.052
0.054
32
1.0
0.036
0.040
0.042
32
1.0
0.030
0.033
0.035
Steel thickness varies according to mill standards.
19
Click
and Build
Simpson Strong-Tie Apps Are Designed to

Help You Do Your Job Faster and Easier
At Simpson Strong-Tie, we believe the principles for introducing new software are no different from designing
a new connector. We leverage the latest technology to help Specifiers and builders create safer, stronger structures
in less time than ever before. Our unmatched variety of product selector and calculator apps help you find the
best product, information and resources needed to do the job right the first time. And they are all free!
Visit www.strongtie.com/software to learn more about our technology offerings.
Find the Right Joist Hanger Fast
The web app enables customers to quickly and easily
select the most appropriate and cost-effective hanger for their
projects based on the type of installation, type and size of lumber
and loads.
Match Your Anchor with the Right Connector

Our Connector-Anchor selector software helps discern the
required embedment depth of our anchoring products when used
with a Simpson Strong-Tie holdown or post base product.
Select the Right Holdown

The Holdown Selector is a quick and easy tool that selects the
most cost-effective holdown connector based on the type of
installation, demand load and wood species.
Get Simpson Strong-Tie Knowledge

on Your Mobile Device
Need to find out how many Simpson Strong-Tie
adhesive cartridges you require for a job? Perhaps
youre looking for some literature to learn more
about a new product? Simpson Strong-Tie now
delivers exciting mobile apps to your iPhone,
iPad or Android mobile device. Simply
download and easily access information
about our most popular products and even
find the closest Simpson Strong-Tie dealer
to purchase them.
CONNECT WITH US!

Now you can connect with
Simpson Strong-Tie through several
social media channels, including
our Structural Engineering Blog.
Apple, the Apple logo and iPad are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. Google Play is a trademark of Google Inc.
Fasteners &
Quik Drive Systems
Fasteners & Quik Drive Systems
FASTENER TYPES
Fastener Types and Sizes Specified for Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors
Many Simpson Strong-Tie connectors have been designed and tested for use with specific types and sizes of fasteners. The specified quantity, type
and size of fastener must be installed in the correct holes on the connector to achieve published loads. Other factors such as fastener material and
finish are also important. Incorrect fastener selection or installation can compromise connector performance and could lead to failure.
Simpson Strong-Tie does not offer all of these fasteners. For more information about fasteners, see our Fastening Systems catalog or access our
Fastener Finder software at www.strongtie.com/software.
SD Screw
SD Screw
16d
16d
10d
8d
#10x2"
#9x2" Common
Common Sinker Common
16dx2" 10dx2"
N54A
SD Screw
#10x1"
SD Screw
#9x1"
10dx1"
8dx1"
SDS Screw
" x various
lengths
1
0.161"
0.131"
0.25"
0.131"
3
3
Fasteners are drawn to scale

Nail diameter assumes no coating.
Screw diameter refers to shank diameter.
See technical bulletin T-NAILGUIDE
0.148"
0.148"
0.162"
DE
0.148"
GNED F
SI
0.162"
0.161"
0.131"
OR
0.131"
0.148"
NECTO
The Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive

SD Connector screw is the only screw
approved for use with our connectors.
0.25"
In some cases, it is desirable to install Simpson Strong-Tie face mount joist hangers and straight
straps with nails that are a different type or size than what is called out in the load table. In these
cases, these reduction factors must be applied to the allowable loads listed for the connector.
Load Adjustment Factors for Optional Fasteners Used with

Face Mount Hangers and Straight Straps
Catalog Nail
Replacement
16d common (0.162"x312")
10dx112 (0.148"x112")
10d common (0.148"x3")
12d common (0.148"x314")
16d sinker (0.148"x314")
16dx212 (N16) (0.162"x212")
10dx212 (0.148"x212")
16d common (0.162"x312")
22
16d common (0.162"x312")

10d common (0.148"x3")
10d common (0.148"x3")
16d sinker (0.148"x314")
10d common (0.148"x3")
16d sinker (0.148"x314")
10d common (0.148"x3")
8d common (0.131"x212")
10d common (0.148"x3")
16d common (0.162"x312")
16dx212 (N16) (0.162x212)
10d common (0.148"x3")
16d sinker (0.148"x314")
10d x112 (0.148"x112)
8d common (0.131"x212")
8dx112 (0.131"x112")
Allowable Load Adjustment Factor

Face Mount Hangers Straight Straps
0.64
0.849
0.84
0.84
1.00
0.85
1.00
1.00
10dx112 (0.148"x112")
0.77
1.0010
10dx114 (0.148"x114")
0.64
1.0010
16d sinker (0.148"x314")

8dx112 (0.131"x112")
8d common (0.131"x212")
1.00
0.85
0.83
1.00
1.00
0.83
SD#10x112 (0.161x112")
1.005
1.00
SD#9x112 (0.131x112")
1.005
1.00
Double-shear nailing
should use full length
common nails
Shorter nails may

not be used as
double shear nails
1. Allowable load adjustment factors shown in the table are based on

calculated reduction factors and are applicable for all face mount
hangers and straight straps throughout this catalog, except as noted
in the footnotes below.
2. Some products have been tested specifically with alternate fasteners
and have allowable load adjustment factors or reduced capacities
published on the specific product page which may differ from the
values calculated using this table.
3. This table does not apply to SUR/L hangers or to hangers modified per the
Hanger Options described on pages 233-243, or steel thicker than 10 gauge.
4. Unless noted otherwise, fasteners shorter than 3" in length may
not be substituted for specified joist nails in double-shear hangers
(i.e. LUS, MUS, HUS, HHUS, HGUS). For applications involving
pneumatic nails, refer to technical bulletin T-PNEUMATIC.
5. Strong-Drive SD Connector screw substitutions in this table do not
apply to sloped, skewed or double-shear hangers. For additional infor mation and specific allowable loads, refer to www.strongtie.com/sd.
6. Nails and Strong-Drive SD Connector screws may not be combined in
a connection.
7. Do not substitute 10dx112" nails for face nails on slope and skew
combinations or skewed only LSU and LSSU.
8. For straps installed over sheathing use a 212" long fastener minimum.
9. Where noted, use 0.80 for 10 ga, 11 ga, and 12 ga products when
using SPF lumber.
10. Where noted, use 0.92 for 10 ga, 11 ga, and 12 ga products when
using SPF lumber.
FASTENER DESIGN INFORMATION
Fasteners &
Quik Drive Systems
FASTENING IDENTIFICATION
Round Holes
Purpose: to fasten
a connector.
Fill Requirements:
always fill, unless
noted otherwise.
Speed Prongs
Used to temporarily
position and secure
the connector for easier
and faster installation.
Obround Holes
Purpose: to make
fastening a connector
in a tight location
easier.
Fill Requirements:
always fill.
Purpose: to increase a
connectors strength or
to achieve Max strength.
Fill Requirements:
when the Designer
specifies Max nailing.
Purpose: to fasten a
connector to concrete
or masonry.
Fill Requirements:
always fill when
fastening a connector
to concrete or masonry.
Dome Nailing
Positive Angle
Nailing (PAN)
This feature guides the

nail into the joist and
header at a 45 angle.
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
Provided when wood

splitting may occur, and
to speed installation.
Diamond Holes
Triangular Holes
Hexagonal Holes
Purpose: to
temporarily fasten a
connector to make
installing it easier.
Fill Requirements:
none.
Pilot Holes
Tooling holes for
manufacturing purposes.
No fasteners required.
Double-Shear Nailing
ITS/IUS Strong-Grip
The nail is installed into the joist

and header, distributing the load
through two points on each joist
nail for greater strength.
The Strong-Grip seat allows

the I-joist to snap in securely
without the need for joist nails.
STRONG-DRIVE CONNECTOR NAILS
Simpson Strong-Tie nails and structural fasteners have

been developed as the optimum fasteners for connector
products. Special lengths afford economy of purchase and
installation, and depth compatibility with framing members.
For pneumatic nail use, see Instructions to the Installer,
page 17 and visit www.strongtie.com for technical bulletins.
Nails Sold by the Pound

Nail
8dx112"
8d Common
Retail Packaging
10dx112"
10d Common
16dx212"
1 lb. Retail Tub
16d Common
5 lb. Retail Bucket
Simpson Strong-Tie hot-dip galvanized nails are packed in

1 lb. and 5 lb. plastic retail containers for easy handling.
N54A
Simpson
Model No.
N8
SSN8
SS8D
N10
SSN10
10DHDG
SS10D
N16
16DHDG
SS16D
Dimensions
Wire
Finish
Gauge
0.131" x 112"
(3.3mm x 38.1mm)
1014
0.131" x 212"
(3.3mm x 63.5mm)
1014
0.148" x 1 2"
(3.8mm x 38.1mm)
0.148" x 3"
(3.8mm x 76.2mm)
HDG
SS
SS
HDG
SS
HDG
SS
0.162" x 212"
(4.1mm x 63.5mm)
Bright
0.162" x 312"
(4.1mm x 88.9mm)
N54A
0.250" x 212"
N54AHDG (6.4mm x 63.5mm)
HDG
SS
Bright
HDG
1. HDG = hot-dip galvanized;

SS = stainless steel;
Bright = no finish.
2. For pneumatic fastener info,
request additional technical
information.
3. Use HDG nails with ZMAX
and HDG products.
4. 16d sinker with GV finish
is not acceptable for ZMAX
or HDG applications.
5. HDG nails sold by Simpson
Strong-Tie meet the
specifications of ASTM
A153. Stainless-steel nails
are type 316 stainless.
COLLATED STRONG-DRIVE CONNECTOR NAILS
Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SCNR Ring-Shank Connector nails are designed to provide installers a
pneumatically-driven alternative to hand-driven nails. The nail is approved for use in many popular Simpson Strong-Tie
products and serves as a replacement for 8d, 10d, and 16d hand-driven common nails in a variety of Simpson Strong-Tie
connector applications. Available in 25-nail, paper-collated strips in both carbon steel and stainless steel.
MATERIAL: Heat-treated carbon steel, hot-dip galvanized, stainless steel
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners;
Nominal Diameter
Length

see General Notes.
Model No.
Size
(in.)
(in.)
Follow the manufacturers instructions and
use the appropriate safety equipment.
Hot-Dip Galvanized
Tools with nail hole-locating mechanisms
N8HDGPT500
8d
0.131
112
should be used.
8DHDGPT500
8d
0.131
212
Overdriving nails may reduce allowable loads.
N10HDGPT500
10d
0.148
112
Compatible with a wide variety of popular
N10DHDGPT500
10d
0.148
212
pneumatic nailers. For more information,
access our Fastener Finder software or
N16HDGPT500
16d
0.162
212
download the Simpson Strong-Tie Fastening
Stainless Steel
Systems catalog at www.strongtie.com.
T9A150MCN
10d
0.148
112
For applications involving pneumatic nails,
T9A250MCN
10d
0.148
212
refer to technical bulletin T-PNEUMATIC.
Strong-Drive 33
SCNR Ring-Shank
Connector Nail
23
FASTENERS
See our Fastening Systems catalog

(C-F-14) for more information or
access our online Fastener Finder at
www.strongtie.com/fasteners.
QUICK DRIVE AUTO-FEED SCREW DRIVING SYSTEMS
FASTENERS FOR QUIK DRIVE SYSTEMS
The systems offer several easy-to-use attachments bringing speed and

reliability to applications that require the fastening power of screws.
Our attachments provide tough, reliable performance in specific
fastening applications.
Featuring patented collation technology, these fasteners

are designed to meet or exceed industry standards for strength
and longevity while offering easy-to-load, tangle-free strips
for efficient performance in auto-feed systems.
For more information, visit www.strongtie.com
Fasteners &
Quik Drive Systems
24
Fasteners &
Quik Drive Systems
STRONG-DRIVE FASTENERS
Strong-Drive WSNTL SUBFLOOR Screw
2" or 3"
Fasteners for the Simpson Strong-Tie Quik Drive auto-feed screw driving systems offer superior
performance and reduced installation time in subfloor applications. The holding power of screws reduces
the gaps that cause floor squeaks and the tool extension enables stand-up-and-drive installation.
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-1472; City of L.A. RR25661; Florida FL 13731
2" (WSNTL2LS)
212" (WSNTL212S)
3" (WSNTL3S)
Allowable Shear (in Pounds per Foot) for Wood Structural Panel Diaphragms
with Framing of Douglas Fir-Larch or Southern Pine for Wind or Seismic Loading
Panel Grade
Minimum
Nominal
Panel
Thickness
(in.)
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
Structural 1/OSB
32
15
Sheathing single
floor, and other
grades covered in
DOC PS1 and PS2
BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS
Screw spacing (inches) at diaphragm boundaries
(all cases), at continuous panel edges parallel to load
(Cases 3 and 4), and at all edges (Cases 5 and 6)6
6
4
2127
27
Screw Spacing (inches) at Other Panel Edges
6
6
4
3
270
360
530
600
300
400
600
675
320
425
640
730
360
480
720
820
240
320
480
545
270
360
540
610
255
340
505
575
285
380
570
645
290
385
575
655
325
430
650
735
320
421
640
730
360
480
720
820
Minimum
Nominal Width
of Framing
Members at
Adjoining Panel
Edges and
Boundaries (in.)4,5
16
32
15
32
19
1. Minimum fastener penetration of 114" into the framing

member is required.
2. For wind design, shear capacities may be increased 40%
per section 2306.2.1 of the 2009 IBC and section 2306.2 of
the 2012 IBC.
3. For shear loads of normal or permanent load duration as
defined by the AF&PA NDS, the values in the table above
must be multiplied by 0.63 or 0.56, respectively.
4. The minimum nominal width of framing members not located
at boundaries or adjoining panel edges must be 2 inches.
Screws spaced 6 inches, maximum,

at support edges6
Case 1 (no unblocked
edges or continuous
joints parallel to load)
All other configurations

(Cases 2,3,4,5 and 6)
240
265
285
320
215
240
230
255
255
290
285
320
180
200
215
240
160
180
170
190
190
215
215
240
5. Framing at adjoining panel edges must be 3 inches nominal or wider, and

screws must be staggered where both of the following conditions are met:
(1) screws having penetration into framing of more than 112 inches and
(2) screws are spaced 3 inches o.c. or less.
6. Space screws maximum 12 inches o.c. along intermediate framing members
(6 inches o.c. where supports are spaced 48 inches o.c.).
7. Framing at adjoining panel edges must be 3-inch nominal or wider, and
screws must be staggered where screws are spaced 2 inches or 212 inches
on center.
8. See ESR-1472, Table 1 for illustrations showing Cases 1 through 6.
Strong-Drive TB WOOD-TO-STEEL Screw
ift
Upl
Simpson Strong-Tie Quik Drive auto-feed systems with TB series

screw strips are a fast and reliable way to fasten wood to steel
members. Available in loose and collated options. They are
self-drilling so no predrilling is required.
UNBLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS
112" Min
.
9. See ESR-1472 for allowable

shear loads for high load
diaphragms.
10. WSNTL withdrawal and
pull-thru values exceed
those for a 10d common nail.
11. See ESR-1472 for high
load diaphragm design
values.
Shear
Shear
112" Min.
in.
4" M
16"
16"
in.
3" M
"
516
x.
Ma
4" Min.
TB Allowable Loads DF and SP Lumber

Attachment to Steel (Steel Members 16 ga - 516 " Thick)
Model
No.
TB1460S
Length Nominal
Steel
Wood
in.
Thickness
(mm) Thickness mil (ga)
238"
(60)
2x
TB1475S
3"
(75)
54 (16)
68 (14)
97-312
(12 - 516")
54 (16)
68 (14)
97-312
(12 - 516")
112" Min.
DF/SP Allowable Load

Uplift
Shear
CD = 1.0 CD = 1.6 CD = 1.0 CD = 1.6
195
195
210
335
225
225
210
335
245
390
215
345
195
225
195
225
210
210
335
335
245
390
215
345
1 . For use with structural steel members

up to 516" thick or cold-formed steel
members 54 mil (16 ga.) or thicker.
2. Standard product available in a black
phosphate, yellow zinc or N2000 coating
for additional corrosion protection
(TBG1460S or TBG1475S).
3. For use with 2x (112") DF/SP only.
4. For use with Quik Drive HSD60 or
HSD75 Tool.
5. Use increased allowable loads (CD = 1.6)
only when resisting wind or seismic forces.
WARNING: Industry studies

show that hardened fasteners
can experience performance
problems in wet or corrosive
environments. Accordingly,
use this product in dry,
interior, and noncorrosive
environments only.
Designing with Steel?

If you are designing a structure using Cold-Formed Steel, comprehensive design information
on using connectors, Simpson Strong-Tie anchoring products and Quik Drive screws in
your project can be found in the latest issue of the Simpson Strong-Tie Cold-Formed Steel
Connectors catalog You can access this information via the web at www.strongtie.com.
Have you tried our new Simpson Strong-Tie CFS Designer software? It gives cold-formed
steel (CFS) Designers the ability to design CFS beam-column members according to AISI
specifications and to analyze complex beam loading and span conditions. To learn more,
visit www.strongtie.com.
25
STRONG-DRIVE SDS HEAVY-DUTY CONNECTOR Screw

The Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screw is a 14" diameter structural wood screw ideal
for various connector installations as well as wood-to-wood
applications. It installs with no predrilling and has been extensively
tested in various applications. The SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screw is improved with a patented easy driving 4CUT point and
a corrosion resistant double-barrier coating.
The #8x114" SD Wafer-Head screw is ideal for miscellaneous
fastening applications. The needle point ensures fast starts and
deep #2 Phillips drive reduces cam-out and stripping.
Center screw
in middle of
rim board
Screw
per table
Sole plate per table
Thread Length
Identification
on all SDS
screw heads
Wood structural
sheathing fastened
per code
Length
Fasteners &
Quik Drive Systems
(14"x3" SDS
shown)
Minimum
penetration
Rim board
per table
Thread Length
Length
SDS FEATURES:
The patented 4CUT point has a square core and serrated
threads to reduce installation torque and make driving easier
with no predrilling and minimal wood splitting.
Available with a double-barrier coating or in Type 316 stainless
steel. Carbon steel loads apply to corresponding stainless
steel models.
38" hex washer head is stamped with the No-Equal sign and
fastener length for easy identification after installation.
MATERIAL: Heat-treated carbon steel, Type 316 stainless steel
FINISH: SD8x1.25Electro Galvanized;
SDSDouble Barrier (all lengths);
SDSType 316 Stainless Steel (112" thru 312" lengths)
CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
The 4CUT
point reduces
installation
torque and
makes driving
easier.
Strong-Drive SDS
HEAVY-DUTY CONNECTOR Screw
Sole-to-Rim Connection
Strong-Drive
4"x3" SDS HEAVY-DUTY
CONNECTOR Screw
WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can

experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments.
Accordingly, the SD8x1.25 should be used in dry, interior, and
noncorrosive environments only.
Wafer-Head Screw
(Not for structuralapplications

see note 8)
U.S.Patent 6,109,850;
5,897,280; 7,101,133
These products feature additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS HEAVY-DUTY CONNECTOR Screw and Wafer-Head Screw
Size
(in.)
Model
No.
32 x 114
4 x 112
1
4 x 2
1
4 x 212
1
4 x 3
1
4 x 312
1
4 x 412
1
4 x 5
1
4 x 6
1
4 x 8
SD8x1.258
SDS25112
SDS25200
SDS25212
SDS25300
SDS25312
SDS25412
SDS25500
SDS25600
SDS25800
SPF/HF Allowable Loads4

Code
Ref.
170
I5,
L1,
F20
Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS HEAVY-DUTY CONNECTOR Screw Allowable Shear Values for Sole-to-Rim Connections
Size
(in.)
Model
No.
Sole
Plate
Nominal
Size
4 x 412
1
4 x 5
1
4 x 6
SDS25412
SDS25500
SDS25600
2x
2x
2x or 3x
26
Minimum
Penetration
into
Rim Board
(in.)
2
2
2
Allowable Loads
2x DF/SP
Rim Board
2x SPF/HF
Rim Board
114" Minimum LVL

Rim Board
114" Minimum LSL

Rim Board
DF/SP
Sole Plate
SPF/HF
Sole Plate
DF/SP
Sole Plate
SPF/HF
Sole Plate
DF/SP
Sole Plate
SPF/HF
Sole Plate
DF/SP
Sole Plate
SPF/HF
Sole Plate
250
250
250
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
220
220
220
190
190
190
1. Screws may be provided with the 4CUT or Type 17 point.

2. Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws install best with a low
speed 12" drill with a 38" hex head driver.
3. Values are valid for connections between two members with full thread
penetration into the main member. For other wood side plate values, see
Fastening Systems catalog (C-F-14) pages 317-321.
4. Allowable loads are shown at the wood load duration factor of CD = 1.00.
Loads may be increased for load duration per the building code up to a CD = 1.60.
5. Withdrawal loads shown are in pounds (lbs.) and are based on the entire threaded
section installed into the main member. If thread penetration into the main member
is less than the Thread Length as shown in the table, reduce allowable load by
172 lbs. x inches of thread not in main member. Use 121 lbs./inch for SPF.
Code
Ref.
I5,
L1,
F20
6. Fasteners per Carton represent the quantity of screws that are available in
bulk packaging. Screws are also available in mini bulk and retail packs. Refer
to Simpson Strong-Tie Fastening Systems catalog (C-F-14).
7. LSL wood-to-wood applications that require 412", 5", 6" or 8" SDS screws are
limited to interior-dry use only.
8. SD8x1.25 requires 34" minimum penetration. DO NOT USE SD8x1.25 wood
screws with structural connectors unless specified and stated in this catalog.
9. Where predrilling is required for Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws, predrill diameter is 532".
10. Minimum spacing, edge, and end distance requirements are listed in
ICC-ES ESR-2236. For smaller requirements, please contact Simpson
Strong-Tie engineering.
DF/SP Allowable Loads4
Shear (100)1
Shear (100)
Thread Fasteners
Withdrawal5
Withdrawal5
Length
per
(100)
(100)
Wood Side Plate3
Steel Side Plate
Wood Side Plate3
Steel Side Plate
Carton6
(in.)
14 ga & 10 ga or Wood or Steel
14 ga & 10 ga or Wood or Steel
134"
134"
1
1
1 2 "
16 ga
16 ga
1 2 "
12 ga Greater Side Plate
12 ga Greater Side Plate
SCL
SPF LVL
50
50
50
45
45
45
1
1500
250 250
250
170
180
180
180
120
114
1300
250 290
290
215
180
210
210
150
112
1100
190
250 390
420
255
135
180
280
300
180
2
950
280
250 420
420
345
200
180
300
300
240
214
900
340
340
250 420
420
385
245
245
180
300
300
270
234
800
350
340
250 420
420
475
250
245
180
300
300
330
234
500
350
340
250 420
420
475
250
245
180
300
300
330
314
600
350
340
250 420
420
560
250
245
180
300
300
395
314
400
350
340
250 420
420
560
250
245
180
300
300
395
STRONG-DRIVE SD CONNECTOR
Screw
Strong-Drive SD10 CONNECTOR Screw
OR
(SD9 similar)
U.S.Patent 7,101,133
DE
GNED F
Simpson Strong-Tie offers the Strong-Drive
SI
SD Connector screw for use with our connectors.
Designed to replace nails in certain products, the
load-rated Strong-Drive SD Connector screw has been
tested and approved for use in many popular Simpson
N
NECTO
Strong-Tie connectors. In certain applications screws
are easier and more convenient to install than nails, and
the single-fastener load values achieved by the SD9 and SD10 exceed those
of typical 10d common or 16d common nails, respectively. In addition,
the galvanized coating makes the Strong-Drive SD Connector screw ideal
for interior and most exterior conditions.
The Strong-Drive SD Connector screw features an optimized shank,
specifically designed for capability with the fastener holes in Simpson
Strong-Tie connectors. The hex head virtually eliminates cam-out and
helps avoid stripping of the head during installation. The sharp point of the
screw enables fast starts, and the patented serrated threads reduce torque
for improved drivability.
FEATURES:
Tested and approved for use in many of our best-selling
connectors for both interior and most exterior applications
The single-fastener steel-side-plate load capacity of the SD9
exceeds the capacity of a 10d common nail, while the single-fastener
load capacity of the SD10 exceeds that of the 16d common nail
Ideal for use in tight spaces where using a hammer is inconvenient
Optimized heat-treating for ductility and strength
Mechanically galvanized coating meets ASTM B695 Class 55, is
recommended for use with certain preservative-treated woods and
recognized as an alternate to hot-dip galvanized in ESR-3046. It is
compliant with the 2006, 2009, and 2012 International Residential
Code (2006 Section R319.3, 2009 and 2012 Section R317.3.1)
14" hex drive included
Head identification
MATERIAL: Heat-treated carbon steel
FINISH: Mechanically galvanized (ASTM Class 55)
Fasteners &
Quik Drive Systems
Identification on all
SD screw heads
(SD10212 shown)
These products feature additional corrosion protection.
Product Information
Model No.
Shank Size
Length (in.)
SD9112R100
112
SD9112R500
SD9112MB
SD9212R100
#9
(0.131")
Since testing of the Strong-Drive SD Connector screw is

ongoing, Simpson Strong-Tie continues to add connectors to
the approved-connector list. For the most current list
of approved connectors, load values and applications,
visit www.strongtie.com/strongdrive.
Simpson Strong-Tie has evaluation report approval for most
of our Strong-Drive SD Connector screws. Check withyour
local building department to determinewhether
the correct size of Strong-Drive SD Connector screw
may be used as a suitable substitute for nails.
212
SD9212R500
SD9212MB
SD10112R100
112
SD10112R500
SD10112MB
SD10212R100
#10
(0.161")
SD10212R500
212
SD10212MB
DF/SP Allowable Loads (100)

Size
(in.)
Model
No.
Thread
Length
(in.)
Shear
Steel
Side Plate
20 ga - 12 ga
#9x112
SD9112
171
#9x212
SD9212
200
#10x112
SD10112
173
#10x212
SD10212
215
Withdrawal
173
173
SPF/HF Allowable Loads (100)

Shear
Steel
Side Plate
20 ga - 12 ga
112
112
138
165
Withdrawal
122
122
Code
Ref.
I24,
I27,
F31,
L5,
L24
1. Withdrawal loads and steel-side-plate

shear loads are based on testing
per AC233.
2. Allowable loads are shown at the wood
load duration factor of CD = 1.00. Loads
may be increased for load duration per
the building code up to a CD = 1.60.
3. Withdrawal loads are based on the
entire threaded section installed into
the main member.
4. Visit www. strongtie.com for
wood-to-wood shear values and
wood-side-plate details.
27
Concrete Connectors & Anchors
UFP Universal Foundation Plate

The UFP provides a retrofit method to anchor the mudsill to
the side of the foundation in applications where minimum vertical
clearance exists. The UFP is also designed to perform when the
mudsill is offset from the foundation up to 212" or extended beyond
the foundation up to 12".
The UFP may be used in place of the FA, HFA and FAP connectors.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. May be ordered HDG, contact Simpson

Strong-Tie. See Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes.
Loads are based on test results using Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive 14"x3" SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws,
which are supplied with the UFP10.
Alternate lag screws will not achieve published loads.
10"
634"
ax.
212" M
1 2"
Max.
UFP10 installed
on a Straight Foundation
with 12" Offset Mudsill
UFP10 installed
on a Straight Foundation
U.S. Patent
5,732,519
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on
this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model
No.
Max Spacing to
replace Anchor Bolt
1
2 " or 58" dia.
UFP10-SDS3
6'
Fasteners
Anchor Bolt
Plate
Qty. Dia.
2
Allowable Load DF/SP

Parallel to Plate
(160)
Code
Ref.
1340
I20, L10, F19
5-SDS 14"x3"
ax.
212" M
20 Max.
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed;
reduce where other load durations apply.
2. Each anchor bolt requires a standard cut washer, see technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for more information.
3. Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment.
FAP/FJA/FSA
UFP10 installed on
a Trapezoid Foundation
Foundation Anchors
The FAP Plate connects the mudsill to the foundation, and

is designed to provide lateral load resistance.
The FJA Foundation Joist Anchor nails or bolts directly
into floor joists, providing a direct connection between the
foundation and joist to resist uplift and lateral forces.
FSA Foundation Stud Anchor nails or bolts to floor joists, or
nails to the stud. Plywood sheathing may require notching
with stud-to-foundation installation. See technical bulletin
T-ANCHORSPEC for anchoring solutions.
MATERIAL: FAP7 gauge; all others12 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. May be ordered HDG, contact

Simpson Strong-Tie. See Corrosion Information,

pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION:
Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes.
FJA and FSA may be bent along bend line up to 20
to accommodate installation. Bend one time only.
Typical FAP
Installation
Foundation
to Mudsill
FJA/FSA
FAP
(screws not included)
FSAIN
Add a shim between plate and sill

when space is between 316" and
112". When space exceeds 112" use
the UFP. The shim must be fastened
to the mudsill by means other than
the FAP SDS wood screw.
Fasteners
Max Spacing
Model to Replace Anchor
Stud/Joist/
No. Anchor Bolts
Bolt
Plate
1
5
2 "
8" Qty. Dia.
3-SDS 14"x 212"
FAP
512'
4'
2 12
+ shim thickness
FJA
FSA
28
2
2
Allowable Loads DF/SP

Code
Ref.
(160)
Uplift
F1
F2
950
365
8-10dx112
1205
185
60
2-12MB
690
185
60
8-10dx1 2
1205
2-12MB
690
2" Min
im
to Boum
Centelt
r
Typical FSA
Installation
Foundation
to Joist
I20,
L10,
F19
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading

with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern.
2. For redwood mudsills, reduce F1 on FAP to 840 lbs.
3. Spacing to be specified by the Designer.
4. FAP shall use a minimum Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screw
length of 212" plus the shim thickness.
5. The shim must be fastened to the mudsill by means other than the FAP
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screw.
6. FAP may be installed with 14" HDG lag bolts. Follow code requirements for predrilling.
7. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
A23
Optional
Typical FSA Installation

Foundation to Stud
F2
F1
Typical FJA Installation

Foundation to Joist
Bend
Line
MASA/MASAP Mudsill Anchors

Emb
(Top edment lin
of co
ncret e
e)
This product is preferable to similar connectors because

of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower
installed cost, or a combination of these features.
Mudsill anchors have always been a time-saving

alternative to anchor bolts, and the MASA anchors provide even
greater load-carrying capacity alternative for 58" and 12" mudsill
anchor bolts on 2x, double-2x and 3x mudsills. It also eliminates
the need for 3" square plate washers for seismic design and, in
some cases, has load capacities that meet or exceed the parallel
and perpendicular to plate shear capacity of other cast-in-place
anchors. Two versions of the MASA are available the standard
MASA for installation on standard forms and the MASAP for
panelized forms.
The MASA and MASAP are code listed by ICC-ES under the
2006, 2009 and 2012 IBC and IRC and have been tested to
meet the requirements of ICC-ES acceptance criteria AC-398 for
cracked and uncracked concrete.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized, all available in ZMAX coating.

See Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.
MASA/MASAP
- Concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2500 psi.
- SpallingFull loads apply for spalls up to a maximum
height of 114" and a maximum depth of 78". Any exposed
portion of the mudsill anchor must be protected against
possible corrosion.
- For prescriptive anchor spacing refer to page 30.
- Testing shows that these mudsill anchors can be used
in lieu of code required anchor bolts and square
washer in high seismic zones. Refer to flier F-MASA
for additional information.
- Minimum MASA end distance is 4" and minimum
center-to-center spacing is 8" for full load.
- For continuous load path, MASA should be installed on
the same side of wall as uplift connectors.

ICC-ES ESR-2555, City of L.A. RR 25851; Florida FL13326
Embedment line
(Top of concrete)
3 3 8"
414"
MASAP
U.S.Patent
D656,391S
4"
MASA
U.S.Patent
D656,391S
6" Min
Typical MASA
Installation in Concrete
Allowable loads reduced for one
leg installed vertical (see table)
Typical MASAP
Installation in Concrete
2x4, 2x6,
3x4 or 3x6
Mudsill
Typical
MASA/MASAP
Installation on Sill Plate
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Fasteners
Model No.
Sill Size
MASA or MASAP
2x4, 2x6
3x4, 3x6
MASA or MASAP
2x4, 2x6
3x4, 3x6
MASA or MASAP
2x4, 2x6
Allowable Loads
Non Cracked
Cracked
Sides
Top
Wind and SDC A&B 5,6
SDC C-F 6
Wind and SDC A&B 5,6
SDC C-F 6
Uplift
F1
F2
Uplift
F1
F2
Uplift
F1
F2
Uplift
F1
STANDARD INSTALLATION Attached to DF/SP Sill Plate
3-10dx112 6-10dx112 920 1515 1095 745 1235 1045 785 1515 910
660 1235
5-10dx112 4-10dx112 650 1215 725
550 1020 725
495 1215 725
415 1020
ONE LEG UP INSTALLATION Attached to DF/SP Sill Plate
6-10dx112 3-10dx112 785 1005 995
660
845
995
595 1005 965
500
845
7-10dx112 2-10dx112
815
685
815
685
TWO LEGS UP INSTALLATION Attached to DF/SP Sill Plate and Rimboard
9-10dx112
810
1150
900
740
965
755
665
1150
DOUBLE 2x INSTALLATION Attached to DF/SP Sill Plate

MASA or MASAP Dbl 2x4, Dbl 2x6 5-10dx112 2-10dx112 875 1075 785
735
900
785
660 1075
STANDARD INSTALLATION Attached to Hem Fir Sill Plate
2x4, 2x6
3-10dx112 6-10dx112 790 1305 940
640 1060 900
675 1305
MASA or MASAP
3x4, 3x6
5-10dx112 4-10dx112 560 1045 625
475
875
625
425 1045
ONE LEG UP INSTALLATION Attached to Hem Fir Sill Plate and HF/SPF Stud
2x4, 2x6
6-10dx112 3-10dx112 675
865
855
565
725
855
510
865
MASA or MASAP
3x4, 3x6
7-10dx112 2-10dx112
700
590
700
TWO LEGS UP INSTALLATION Hem Fir Sill Plate and HF/SPF Rimboard
MASA or MASAP
2x4, 2x6
9-10dx112
700
990
775
635
830
650
570
990
DOUBLE 2x INSTALLATION Attached to Hem Fir Sill Plate
MASA or MASAP Dbl 2x4, Dbl 2x6 5-10dx112 2-10dx112 750
925
675
630
775
675
660
925
1. Loads are based on allowable stress design (ASD) and include the
load duration factor CD (with CD = 1.6) for wind/earthquake loading.
No further increase is allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
2. Minimum concrete compression strength, f'c is 2500 psi.
3. Allowable loads are based on a minimum stemwall width of 6".
4. For simultaneous loads in more than one direction, the connector
must be evaluated using the Unity Equation.
Code
Ref.
F2
765
640
I22, L22,
F29
810
I22, L22,
F29
660
560
965
550
I22, L22,
F29
785
555
900
785
I22, L22
785
625
570
355
1060
875
660
550
170
830
430
725
590
695
170
565
480
830
475
170
675
555
775
675
170
5. Per Section 1613 of the 2009 and 2012 IBC, detached one- and two-family dwellings in
SDC C may use the Wind and SDC A&B allowable loads.
6. For designs under the 2009 and 2012 IBC, sill plate size shall comply with the shearwall
requirements of the 2008 Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic.
7. MASA/MASAP may be installed using 7-nails when being used to replace a 12" diameter
sill bolt for use on a 2x mudsill. Install minimum 3-side fasteners.
8. NAILS: 10dx112" = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
29
MASA/MASAP Mudsill Anchors

Prescriptive Spacing for MASA/MASAP to Replace Sill Anchor Bolts
Anchor Bolt
Size
DF/SP 2x Sill Plate
HF 2x Sill Plate
Anchor Bolt
Spacing
Wind & SDC A&B
SDC C - E
Wind & SDC A&B
SDC C - E
6' o.c.
6'-0"
6'-0"
6'-0"
6'-0"
4' o.c.
4'-0"
4'-0"
4'-0"
4'-0"
6' o.c.
5'-7"
4'-7"
5'-4"
4'-4"
4' o.c.
3'-9"
3'-1"
3'-6"
2'-11"
2" Diameter
8" Diameter
1. Prescriptive denotes designs per the IRC or conventional provisions of the IBC for wind speeds
100 mph or less, or for Seismic Design Category D and less (SDC E and less in IBC).
2. Detached one- and two-family dwellings in SDC C may use the Wind & SDC A&B spacing.
3. Spacing is based on the parallel to plate load direction for MASA Standard installation only.
4. 58" diameter AB required in SDC E.
5. When replacing 12" diameter sill bolts use 7-10dx112" nails for standard installation.
1 out of 3 MASAs (33%) may be installed in One Leg Up installation along a wall line.
6. When replacing 58" diameter sill bolts use 9-10dx112" nails for standard installation.
1 out of 5 MASAs (20%) may be installed in One Leg Up installation along a wall line.
7. Per Section 1613 of the 2009/2012 IBC, detached one- and two-family dwellings in SDC C may use
the Wind & SDC A&B spacing.
ALTERNATIVE MUDSILL ANCHOR INSTALLATIONS

ALTERNATE INSTALLATION
FOR INSIDE OF WALL CONTINUITY
FOR BRICK LEDGES
Full catalog loads apply.
Full catalog loads apply.
Nail duplex nails

into top of form board
2x4 Plate
STEP 1:
Attach MASA 312" from inside of form.
After concrete cures, remove nails and
bend straps up 90
STEP 2:
Place mudsill on concrete
and nail MASA over mudsill
FOR RIM JOIST OR BLOCKING
Blocking required
attached to sill with
A35Z (not shown)
or per Designer
Max. 12" Sheathing

30
Alternate MASA Installation

for Brick Ledges
Alignment
mark assures
proper anchor
locating
LMAZ/MA/MAB/MASB Mudsill Anchors

Mudsill anchors provide an alternative to anchor bolts. They
easily mount on forms and make finishing easier. The unique
design provides installation flexibility, eliminating problems with
misplaced anchor bolts. Suitable for stem wall or slab foundations,
mudsill anchors are one piece so there are no more nuts and
washers to lose.
LMAZan economical replacement for 12" sill plate anchor bolts
MAfor slab or stem wall construction
MABanchors mudsill to concrete block, poured walls or
slab foundations
MATERIAL: LMAZ, MAB18 gauge; MA/MASB16 gauge
FINISH: MA, MAB, MASBGalvanized (some available in ZMAX
coating); LMAZZMAX only. See Corrosion Information,
pages 13-15.
LMAZ/MA/MAB:
- CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi and
concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2000 psi.
- Not for use where a horizontal cold joint exists between
the slab and foundation wall or footing beneath, unless
provisions are made to transfer the load.
- Not for use in slabs poured over foundation walls formed of
concrete block or with brick and 4" masonry block stemwalls.
MASB:
- Fill CMU cell with concrete grout first, then place MASB
into the grouted cell and adjust into position. Attach
mudsill to anchor only after the concrete grout cures.
- CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi.
- The MASB Mudsill Anchors were tested in standard 8" CMU.
358" 58")
6Z - 5
(LMA
41
(LM 2"
A6
438")Z -
458"
LMA4Z
(LMA6Z similar)
MA4 and MA6
MAB
Typical MASB Installation
Typical LMA/MA
Installation
(in concrete with framing)
Sill
Size
Sides
MASB (Standard)
MASB (One Leg Up)
2x4,6
2x4,6
2x4
3x4
2x6
3x6
2x4
3x4
2x6
3x6
2x4,6
2x4,6
2-10dx1 2
3-10dx112
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
LMA4Z
LMA6Z
Fasteners
Model
No.
MA4
MA6
MAB15
MAB23
Top
1
6-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
Allowable Loads1 DF/SP (160)

Parallel to
Perp. to
Uplift2
Plate (F1)
Plate (F2)
130
930
410
960
360
905
675
520
905
675
520
905
825
650
1110
825
650
830
575
430
915
680
430
915
680
430
915
680
430
565
500
500
565
500
500
1. Loads have been increased for short-term loading.

2. For uplift loads, provide attachment from mudsill to buildings structural components
to prevent cross-grain bending.
3. MA installed attached to the stud has no load reduction for parallel loads, has a
perpendicular load of 670 lbs. and an uplift of 835 lbs.
4. LMAZ installed attached to the stud has no load reduction for parallel and perpendicular
loads and an uplift of 600 lbs. for LMA4 and 835 lbs. for LMA6.
5. For concrete stemwall applications, allowable loads are based on a minimum concrete stemwall width of 6".
Prescriptive Anchor Spacing

Model
No.
MASB
LMA4Z
LMA6Z
MA4
MA6
MAB15
MAB23
O.C. Spacing
O.C. Spacing
To Replace 12 "
To Replace 58"
Anchor Bolt 6' O.C. Anchor Bolt 6' O.C.
(160)
(160)
5'-6"
4'-8"
3'-8"
2'-7"
4'-6"
3'-2"
3'-2"
2'-2"
3'-9"
2'-7"
2'-9"
1'-11"
2'-9"
1'-11"
MASB
Minimum
Concrete
End Distance
Minimum
CC
Spacing
334"
712"
458"
914"
458"
914"
612"
12"
13"
24"
1. Prescriptive denotes designs per the IRC or conventional provisions of the IBC for wind
speeds 100 mph or less, or for Seismic Design Category D and less (SDC E and less in IBC).
2. Spacing is based on parallel to plate load direction only.
3. Place anchors not more than 12" from the end of sill and splices per code.
4. CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi and concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2500 psi.
5. Spacings apply to DF, SP, and HF sill plates.
Code
Ref.
170
170
170
6"
n.
Mi
MAB
Misinstallation
(MAB straps
must be
separated
before the
concrete is
poured)
170
Typical MAB15
Installation
in Concrete
(MAB23 similar,
with 15" minimum
embedment)
Not applicable for
concrete block
installation
M 7"
Eminimu
bed m
me
nt
Typical MAB23
Installation in
Concrete Block
(MAB15 similar)
MAB23 provides a two
block embedment, if
required by the local
code jurisdiction.
Concrete installation
similar.
31
Foundation Wall Angle

3"
4"
4"
5 8
5 8
"
"
Special Features:

Compatible with solid sawn joists, I-joists and floor trusses.

Testing performed on most common rim materials and types.

Addresses design needs set forth in Section 1610.1 in the IBC and
Section R404 in the IRC.

Eliminates the need of costly cantilevered foundation designs.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: ZMAX coating. See Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.

Connectors must be fastened directly to the outside face of the
rim board with 5-10dx112 (0.148" dia. x 112") long nails.

Connectors must be located within 4" of adjacent joist/blocking
for floor joist spacing up to 48" o.c. and may be centered
between joists/blocking for 16" o.c. floor joist spacing.

When floor joists are parallel to the rim board, full depth blocking shall
be used in the first two bays of the floor per 2006 IRC Section R404.1.

Splice joint not permitted on rim board in same bay unless blocking
is placed on both sides of the splice. The maximum sill plate thickness
to be used for the FWAZ only shall be 112".

FWAZ onlymust be anchored to the foundation wall with 58"x6"
mechanically galvanized Titen HD heavy-duty screw anchor (included).

Cast-in-place anchor bolts may not be used as a substitute.

When I-joist rim material is used, backer blocks must be used.
Installed per manufacturers recommendations.
CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Refer to IBC 1610.1.
3"
FWANZ
Rimboard
Sill anchorage
by others
21
4"

FWA foundation anchors connect the foundation or basement walls to the floor
system to resist out-of-plane forces imposed by soil pressure. The FWAZ attaches
through the mudsill into the foundation using the Simpson Strong-Tie Titen HD
heavy- duty screw anchor, eliminating the need for separate anchor bolts into the rim joist.
The FWANZ fastens to the mudsill with nails, relying on other anchorage (by Designer) to
anchor the rim joist to the foundation. The spacing of the FWA anchors is independent of
the joist spacing, allowing for a multitude of options based on soil pressures.
21
4"
FWAZ/FWANZ
FWAZ
Typical FWANZ
Installation
F2
Rimboard
F1
F2
Typical FWAZ
Installation
Model
No.
Fasteners
Rim
Foundation
Wall
Concrete Thickness
6"
1- 58"x6"
Titen
HD
FWAZ 5-10dx112
Anchor
(Included)
8"
Model Sill
No.
Plate
Fastener
(QuantityType)
Sill Plate Rim Board
2x4,
2-2x4,
(8)
3x4, 10dx112
4x4
(5)
10dx112
FWANZ
2x6,
2-2x6,
(11)
3x6, 10dx112
4x6
32
(5)
10dx112
Rim
Board
Material
1" OSB Rim
134" I-joist Rim
118" OSB Rim
2x Rim
114" LSL Rim
134" LVL Rim
1" OSB Rim
134" I-joist Rim
118" OSB Rim
2x Rim
114" LSL Rim
134" LVL Rim
Concrete
f'c=2500
psi
705
880
880
880
880
880
705
880
880
880
880
880
Allowable Lateral F2 Loads

Concrete
Concrete
CMU
f'c=3000
f'c=4000
f'm=1500
psi
psi
psi
705
705
880
880
880
880
880
880
880
880
880
880
705
705
1000
1000
1050
1050
615
1055
1170
1055
1280
1055
1280
Allowable F2 Load
(DF/SP Sill Plate)
Allowable F2 Load
(HF Sill Plate)
Rim
Board
Material
(90)7
(100)
(160)
(90)7
(100)
(160)
1" OSB Rim

118" OSB Rim
134" I-Joist Rim
114" LSL Rim
2x Rim
134" LVL Rim
1" OSB Rim
118" OSB Rim
134" I-Joist Rim
114" LSL Rim
2x Rim
134" LVL Rim
895
945
945
945
945
945
895
1110
1135
1220
1300
1300
895
970
1050
1050
1050
1050
895
1110
1135
1220
1440
1440
895
970
1275
1315
1410
1485
895
1110
1135
1220
1445
1645
815
815
815
815
815
815
895
1110
1120
1120
1120
1120
895
905
905
905
905
905
895
1110
1135
1220
1245
1245
895
970
1275
1315
1345
1345
895
1110
1135
1220
1445
1645
Code
Ref.
170
1. Lateral (F2) loads are based on load

duration factor CD = 0.90 with no further
increase allowed.
2. FWAZ spacing shall be per Designer.
3. FWAZ must be located within 4" of adjacent
joist/blocking for floor joist spacing up to
48" o.c. and may be centered between
joists/blocking for 16" o.c. floor joist spacing.
4. Maximum sill plate thickness shall be 112".
5. The Titen HD heavy-duty screw anchor used
in the FWAZ to resist the out-of-plane (F2)
forces may also be used to resist in-plane
shear forces provided the Designer determines
the Titen HD heavy-duty screw anchor
allowable loads (refer to C-SAS catalog) and
evaluates the combined loading condition
with the published F2 loads.
6. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.
See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and
information.
1. FWANZ may be used to transfer F1 loads
Code up to 310 lbs. No further increase in load

Ref. permitted.
IP1
2. For simultaneous F1 and F2 loads, the

connector must be evaluated using the
unity equation (see page 18).
3. Designer shall evaluate rim board and sill
plate design based on demand load.
4. FWANZ spacing and sill plate anchorage
to be specified by the Designer.
5. FWANZ must be located within 4" of adjacent
joist/blocking for floor joist spacing up to
48" o.c. and may be centered between
joists/blocking for 16" o.c. floor joist spacing.
6. When floor joists are parallel to the rimboard,
Designer must ensure proper load transfer
from rimboard into diaphragm.
7. Values based on a load duration factor
CD = 0.90.
information.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page
may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
SB Anchor Bolt
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads,
c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
6"
(standard on
all models)
The SB58x24 anchor bolt offers a load-tested anchorage solution that exceeds the capacity
of all of our holdowns that call for a 58" dia. anchor. Similarly, the SB1x30 covers holdowns
utilizing a 1" diameter anchor that exceed the capacity of our SSTB bolts. The SB78x24 is designed to
maximize performance with minimum embedment for holdowns utilizing a 78" dia. anchor.

SB anchor bolts are code listed by ICC-ES under the 2009 and 2012 IBC and IRC to meet the
requirements of ICC-ES acceptance criteria AC 399. ICC-ES ESR-2611 is the industrys first code report
issued for proprietary anchor bolts evaluated to the criteria of AC 399.
Special Features:

Indentification on the bolt head showing embedment angle and model

Sweep geometry to optimize position in form

Rolled thread for higher tensile capacity

Hex nuts and plate washer fixed in position

Available in HDG for additional corrosion resistance
MATERIAL: ASTM F-1554, Grade 36
FINISH: None. May be ordered HDG. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
INSTALLATION:
SB is only for concrete applications poured monolithically except where noted.
Top nuts and washers for holdown attachment are not supplied with the SB; install standard
nuts, couplers and/or washers as required.
On HDG SB anchors, chase the threads to use standard nuts or couplers or use overtapped
products in accordance with ASTM A563, for example Simpson Strong-Tie NUT5/8-OST,
NUT7/8-OST and NUT1-OST, CNW58-OST, CNW78-OST and CNW1-OST.
Install SB before the concrete pour using AnchorMates. Install the SB per the plan view detail.
Minimum concrete compressive strength is 2500 psi.
When rebar is required it does not need to be tied to the SB.
30
Length
Embedment
Line (Top of
Concrete)
le
SB1x30
(Other models similar)
134" Min.
Edge Distance
Embedment Line
(Top of concrete)
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page
may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
3" to 5"
SB Bolts at Stemwall
Dimensions (in.)
Model
No.
SB 8 x24
SB 8 x24
24
18
SB1x30
30
24
24
18
6675
#4 rebar
(may be
foundation
rebar)
Code
Ref.
SDC C-F
Corner
End Wall
6675
5730
5730
6675
6675
10470
9355
6820
8795
7855
5730
13665
9905
7220
11470
8315
6065
Footing
I23,
F30,
L20
Midwall
16" Min. return
Corner
Midwall
#4 rebar
3"- 5"
from top
414" Min. (SB58 and 78)

5" Min. (SB1)
414" Min. (SB58 and 78)

5" Min. (SB1)
Endwall
114" Min.
114" Min.
Corner
Perspective View
End Wall
STEMWALL PLAN VIEWS
Corner
Installation
Non-Corner
Installation
Corner
Installation
(Install with arrow

on top of the bolt
oriented as shown)
(Bolt may be
installed @ 45 to
135 as shown)
(Install with arrow

on top of the bolt
oriented as shown)
24
Anchor Bolt
(Typ.)
Outer Edge of Concrete (Typ.)
24
Locate
approx. 45
to 90
from wall
2 x le
Min. rebar length
2 x le
or to end of wall
134" Min.
Place SB arrow
diagonal in corner
application
24
#4 Rebar
Typical SB Installation
2x le min. rebar length
2 x le
Min. rebar length
1. See page 34 for notes to the Designer.
1.5 le Min.
Allowable Tension Loads
Min.
Wind & SDC A&B
Length
Stemwall
Embed.
Dia.
Width
Midwall
Corner End Wall Midwall
(le)
Plan View of
SB Placement
in Concrete
33
SB Anchor Bolt
SB Bolts at Stemwall: Garage Front
Dimensions (in.)
Model
No.
Stemwall
Width
Dia.
Length
Min.
Embed.
(le)
Wind & SDC A&B
Code
Ref.
SDC C-F
Step-Down End
Corner
Step-Down End
Corner
SB78 x24
24
18
7225
7660
6070
6435
SB1x30
30
24
11305
9635
9495
8030
I23
134"
Length
Corner
Step-down end
8"
4" min (SB78)

3" min (SB1)
1114" max
le
Stemwall
Garage Front
Perspective
View
8"
4" min
(SB78)
3" min
(SB1)
16" min (SB78)

12" min (SB1)
Plan View
SB Bolts at Slab on Grade: Edge

Dimensions (in.)
Model
No.
Footing
Width
Dia.
Length
Min.
Embed.
(le)
Wind & SDC A&B

Midwall
Corner
Code
Ref.
SDC C-F
Midwall
Corner
SB 8 x24
12
24
18
6675
6675
6675
5730
SB78 x24
12
24
18
13080
12135
12320
10190
SB1x30
12
30
24
17080
15580
16300
13090
Midwall
Corner
1114"
max.
Slab
4"
Corner
112"
134"
Slab not
shown
for clarity
4" min
(SB58 and 78)
3" min (SB1)
12"
Slab Edge
Perspective View
12"
Midwall
Cold
Joint
1.5 le
Two-Pour Installation
Plan View
SB Bolts at Slab on Grade: Garage Curb

Dimensions (in.)
Model
No.
Curb
Width
Dia.
Length
Min.
Embed.
(le)
Wind & SDC A&B

Step-down End
Corner
Step-down End
SB78 x24
24
18
9175
11075
7705
9305
SB1x30
30
24
15580
15580
13090
13090
Step-down end
1"
Length
le
1114"
max.
112"
Corner
I23
Slab not
shown
for clarity
Corner
6"
Plan View
12"
Slab
Garage Curb
Notes to the Designer:
34
Code
Ref.
SDC C-F
Perspective
View
4" min
(SB78)
3" min
(SB1)
16" min (SB78)

12" min (SB1)
4" min (SB78)

3" min (SB1)
1. Rebar is required at top of stemwall foundations but is not required for Slab-on-Grade Edge and Garage Curb, or Stemwall Garage Front installations.
2. Minimum end distances for SB bolts are as shown in graphics.
3. Multiply the tabulated ASD wind or seismic loads by 1.6 or 1.4, respectively, to obtain LRFD capacities.
4. Per Section 1613 of the IBC, detached one- and two-story dwellings in SDC C may use Wind and SDC A&B allowable loads.
5. See ESR-2611 for additional information.
6. Midwall loads apply when anchor is 1.5 le or greater from the end. For bolts acting in tension simultaneously, the minimum bolt center-to-center spacing is 3 le.
7. Full catalog loads apply for two-pour installation for slab-on-grade: edge.
Length
134"
le
I23
SSTB Anchor Bolts

This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation,
b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
Identification
on the bolt
head showing
embedment
angle and
model.
Embedment
Line (Top of
Concrete)
Embedment
Line (Top of
Concrete)
Length
Length
The SSTB anchor bolt is designed for maximum performance as an

anchor bolt for holdowns and Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Wall
shearwalls. Extensive testing has been done to determine the design load capacity
of the SSTB when installed in many common applications.
The Simpson Strong-Tie SSTB anchor bolts are now code listed by ICC-ES under
the 2009 and 2012 IBC and IRC to meet the requirements of ICC-ES acceptance
criteria AC 399. ICC-ES ESR-2611 is the industrys first code report issued for
proprietary anchor bolts evaluated to the criteria of AC 399.
Special Features:
Identification on the bolt head showing embedment angle and model
Offset angle reduces side bursting, and provides more concrete cover
Rolled thread for higher tensile capacity
Stamped embedment line aids installation
Available in HDG for additional corrosion resistance
MATERIAL: ASTM F-1554, Grade 36
FINISH: None. May be ordered HDG; contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
INSTALLATION:
SSTB is suitable for monolithic and two-pour concrete applications.
Nuts and washers for holdown attachment are not supplied with the SSTB;
install standard nuts, couplers and/or washers as required.
On HDG SSTB anchors, chase the threads to use standard nuts or couplers
or use overtapped products in accordance with ASTM A563, for example
Simpson Strong-Tie NUT 58-OST, NUT 78-OST, CNW58-OST, CNW78-OST.
Install SSTB before the concrete pour using AnchorMates. Install the SSTB
per the plan view detail.
Minimum concrete compressive strength is 2500 psi.
When rebar is required it does not need to be tied to the SSTB.
Order SSTBL Models (example: SSTB16L) for longer thread length (16L= 512",
20L = 612", 24L = 6", 28L = 612"). SSTB and SSTBL load values are the same.
SSTB34 and SSTB36 feature 412" and 612" of thread respectively and are not
available in L versions.
CMU
One horizontal #4 rebar in the second course.
One vertical #4 rebar in adjacent cell for 58" diameter SSTB.
One vertical #4 rebar in an adjacent cell and additional vertical #4 rebar(s) at
24" o.c. max. for 78" diameter SSTBs (2 total vertical rebars for end wall corner,
3 total vertical rebars for midwall).
SSTB16L
SSTB16
(other models similar)
(other models similar)
See pages 36-37 for additional installation details.

Embedment Line
(Top of concrete)
4"
Slab
#4 Rebar
Effective
Embedment
Cold Joint
Footing
Two Pour Installation

(SSTB20, 24, 34 and 36)
For two-pour (4" slab)

installation loads:
When using the
SSTB20, use the
equivalent loads of
the SSTB16.
When using the
SSTB24, use the
equivalent loads of
the SSTB20.
When using the
SSTB34 or 36, use
the equivalent loads
of the SSTB28.
SSTB Bolts at Stemwall

Dimensions
Model
No.
Stemwall
Width
(in.)
SSTB16
SSTB20
SSTB24
SSTB28

Min.
Embed.
(le)
Midwall
Wind & SDC A&B
Dia.
(in.)
Length
(in.)
17 8 (16L = 19 8)
12 8
3610
2158 (20L = 2458)
1658
4315
Code
Ref.
SDC C - F
End Wall2
Midwall
3610
3610
2550
2550
2550
4040
4040
3145
2960
2960
Corner
Corner
End Wall2
2558 (24L = 2818)
2058
5025
4470
4470
3740
3325
3325
2978 (28L = 3278)
2478
9900
8710
7615
8315
7315
6395
3478
2878
9900
8710
7615
8315
7315
6395
3678
2878
9900
8710
7615
8315
7315
6395
SSTB34
SSTB36
I23,
F30,
L20
2 x le
or to end of wall
134" Min.
Locate
approx. 45
to 90
from wall
Place
SSTB arrow
diagonal
in corner
application
16" Min. return
Corner
Midwall
5"
Corner
STEMWALL PLAN VIEWS
Endwall
#4 rebar
3"- 5" from top
5"
134" Min.
Midwall
2 x le
Min. rebar length
#4 Rebar
2x le min. rebar length
2 x le
Min. rebar length
1. See page 36 for notes to the Designer.

2. SSTB28, SSTB34 and SSTB36 with 378" end distance allowable loads are 6605 lbs. (Wind and SDC A&B) and 5550 lbs (SDC C-F).
1.5 le Min.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this
page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
134" Min.
End Wall
Perspective View
35
SSTB Anchor Bolts

SSTB Bolts at Stemwall: Garage Front
Dimensions (in.)
Model
No.
Stemwall
Width
SSTB28
Dia.
Length
Min.
Embed.
(le)
2978
2478
Wind & SDC A&B
Code
Ref.
SDC C-F
Step-Down End
Corner
Step-Down End
Corner
7015
7045
5895
5920
I23
134"
Length
Corner
Step-down end
8"
1114" max
le
8"
Stemwall
Garage Front
Perspective
View
4" min
4" min
16" min
Plan View
SSTB Bolts at Slab on Grade: Edge

Dimensions (in.)
Model
No.
Footing
Width
SSTB16
SSTB20
SSTB24
SSTB28
SSTB34
SSTB36
12
12
12
12
12
12
Length
Min.
Embed.
(le)
Midwall
Corner
Midwall
Corner
8
8
5
8
7
8
7
8
7
8
17 8
2558
2558
2978
3478
3678
12 8
1658
2058
2478
2878
2878
5355
6550
6675
13080
13080
13080
5355
6550
6675
13080
13080
13080
3780
4785
5790
11060
11060
11060
3780
4785
5790
11645
11645
11645
5
5
134"
Wind & SDC A&B
SDC C-F
Slab not
shown
for clarity
1114"
max.
12"
112"
12"
Perspective
View
Slab Edge
4" min
Plan View
SSTB Bolts at Slab on Grade: Garage Curb

Dimensions (in.)
Model
No.
Curb
Width
SSTB28
Dia.
Length
29 8
24 8
Length
le
1"
12
Code
Ref.
SDC C-F
Step-Down End
Corner
Step-Down End
Corner
10085
12375
8475
10395
Corner
I23
Slab not
shown
for clarity
6"
12"
Slab
Garage Curb
Notes to the Designer:
36
Wind & SDC A&B
Step-down end
134"
1114"
max.

Min.
Embed.
(le)
Perspective
View
4" min
4" min
16" min
Plan View
1. Rebar is required at top of stemwall foundations but is not required for Slab-on-Grade Edge and Garage Curb, or Stemwall Garage Front installations.
2. Minimum end distances for SSTB bolts are as shown in graphics.
3. Multiply the tabulated ASD wind or seismic loads by 1.6 or 1.4, respectively, to obtain LRFD capacities.
4. Per Section 1613 of the IBC, detached one- and two-story dwellings in SDC C may use Wind and SDC A&B allowable loads.
5. See ESR-2611 for additional information.
6. Midwall loads apply when anchor is 1.5 le or greater from the end. For bolts acting in tension simultaneously, the minimum bolt center-to-center spacing is 3 le.
Length
I23
Midwall
Corner
le
Code
Ref.
Dia.
SSTB Anchor Bolts

Horizontal
projection
of SSTB bolt
134"
Min. Edge
Distance
#4 Rebar
Corner
Installation
Non-Corner
Installation
Corner
Installation
(Install with arrow

on top of the bolt
oriented as shown)
(Bolt may be
installed @ 45 to
135 as shown)
(Install with arrow

on top of the bolt
oriented as shown)
6" Min.
8" for
dia.
SSTB
Anchor Bolt
(Typ.)
7 8"
Typical SSTB Installation

in Concrete Foundation
Maintain minimum rebar
cover, per ACI-318 concrete
code requirements
Foo
d ting
by esign
oth
ers
Outer Edge of Concrete (Typ.)
Plan View of SSTB Placement in Concrete
Min.
1.5 le
SSTB Bolts in 8" CMU

Model
No.
Allowable
Min.
Tension Load
Code
Embed.
Corner/ Ref.
(le)
Midwall
End Wall
Dia.
(in.)
Length
(in.)
1758 (16L = 1958)
1258
4780
1850
21 8 (20L = 24 8)
1658
4780
1850
2558 (24L = 2818)
2058
4780
1850
2978 (28L = 3278)
2478
6385
4815
3478
2878
6385
4815
3678
2878
6385
4815
SSTB16
SSTB20
SSTB24
SSTB28
SSTB34
SSTB36
170
Typical SSTB
Installation in Grouted
Concrete Block
1. Loads are based on a minimum CMU compressive strength, f'm, of 1500 psi.
2. Minimum end distance required to achieve midwall table loads is 1.5 le.
3. Minimum end distance for corner/end wall loads is 414".
4. Loads may not be increased for duration of load.
One vertical #4 rebar in adjacent cell

for 5/8" diameter SSTB. One vertical
#4 rebar and additional #4 rebar at
24" o.c. max. for 7/8" diameter SSTB.
(2 total vertical rebars for endwall,
3 total vertical rebars for midwall)
GH Girder Hangers
A girder-to-foundation wall connection.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint, hot-dip galvanized, specify HDG.

Insert four 16d commons into girder.
H = girder height mudsill thickness. Measurement is top of steel to top of steel.
112" clearance hole accommodates rebar or anchor. This is not required.
OPTIONS: GH hangers may be skewed to a maximum of 45 with no load reduction; bevel cut required.
Specify GHD for saddle-style hangers. GHD may not be skewed.
Model
No.
Girder
GH46-6
GH46-8
GH48-6
GH48-8
GH410-6
GH410-8
GH66-6
GH66-8
GH68-6
GH68-8
GH610-6
GH610-8
4x6
4x6
4x8
4x8
4x10
4x10
6x6
6x6
6x8
6x8
6x10
6x10
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
512
512
512
512
512
512
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
Dimensions (in.)
H
H
2x Plate 3x Plate
4
3
4
3
534
434
534
434
734
634
734
634
4
3
4
3
534
434
534
434
734
634
734
634
S
6116
8116
6116
8116
6116
8116
6116
8116
6116
8116
6116
8116
Fasteners
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
Allowable Loads
Floor
Roof
(100)
(125)
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading.

2. A mudsill on top of the GH is required to achieve the table loads.
3. Models listed are for a 2x plate, specify H dimension when ordering for use with a 3x plate.
4. Uplift loads do not apply for this hanger.
5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
Code
Ref.
GH
I20,
F19
170
Typical GH Installation
37
PAB
Pre-Assembled Anchor Bolt
The PAB anchor bolt is a versatile cast-in-place anchor bolt ideal for high-tension-load applications,
such as rod systems and shearwalls. It features a plate washer at the embedded end sandwiched
between two fixed hex nuts and a head stamp for easy identification after the pour.
Available in diameters from 12" to 114" in lengths from 12" to 36" (in 6" increments)
Available in standard and high-strength steel
Head stamp contains the No Equal sign, diameter designation and an H on
high-strength rods
MATERIAL: Standard Steel ASTM F1554 Grade 36, A36 or A307 Fu = 58 ksi
High-Strength Steel (up to 1" dia.) ASTM A449 Fu = 120 ksi
High-Strength Steel (118" and 114" dia.) ASTM A193 B7 or F1554 Grade 105 Fu = 125 ksi
FINISH: None
The Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Designer Software analyzes and suggests anchor solutions
using the ACI 318 Appendix D strength-design methodology (or CAN/CSA A23.3 Annex D Limit
States Design methodology). It provides cracked and uncracked-concrete anchorage solutions for
numerous Simpson Strong-Tie mechanical and adhesive anchors as well as the PAB anchor bolt.
With its easy-to-use graphical user interface, the software makes it easy for the Designer to identify
anchorage solutions without having to perform time-consuming calculations by hand.
5 L
H
The diameter
code on the
head is the
same as that
used for rebar:
4 = 12", 5 = 58",
6 = 34", etc.
Length
High Strength
designation
(blank on
standard-steel
models)
58" diameter
anchor rod
PAB Anchor Bolt Standard Steel

Diameter (in.) Plate Washer Size (in.) l1 (in.) Root Model No. Lengths (in.)
3
1
PAB4-XX
2
8 x 112 x 112
118
1
5
8
138
PAB5-XX
2 x 134 x 134
1
3
4
112
PAB6-XX
2 x 214 x 214
12" to 36"
1
7
8
158
PAB7-XX
2 x 212 x 212
(in 6"
5
increments)
1
178
PAB8-XX
8 x 234 x 234
1
5
1
1
1 8
2
PAB9-XX
8 x 3 4 x 3 4
3
114
214
PAB10-XX
4 x 312 x 312
PAB Anchor Bolt High-Strength Steel

Diameter (in.) Plate Washer Size (in.) l1 (in.) Root Model No. Lengths (in.)
3
1
118
2
8 x 112 x 112
PAB4H-XX
1
5
138
8
2 x 134 x 134
PAB5H-XX
1
1
3
1
1
1 2
4
2 x 2 4 x 2 4
PAB6H-XX
12" to 36"
1
7
158
8
2 x 212 x 212
PAB7H-XX
(in 6"
5
increments)
178
1
8 x 234 x 234
PAB8H-XX
5
2
118
8 x 314 x 314
PAB9H-XX
3
214
114
4 x 312 x 312
PAB10H-XX
How to specify
and order:
When calling out
PAB anchor bolts,
substitute the
desired length
for the XX in the
Root Model Number.
Plate washer
l1
For a 58"x18"
anchor bolt, the
model number
would be PAB5-18
(or PAB5H-18 for
high strength).
Heavy hex nut
PAB
1. Lengths longer than 36" available

as a special order.
2. Plate washers are designed to
develop the capacity of the bolt.
de
Design Diameter
Criteria
(in.)
Anchor
Bolt
PAB4
PAB5
PAB6
PAB7
Wind
PAB7H
PAB8
PAB8H
118
PAB9
114
1
2
5
8
PAB10
PAB4
PAB5
PAB6
PAB7
Seismic
1
38
PAB7H
PAB8
PAB8H
118
PAB9
1 4
PAB10
2500 psi Concrete

Dimensions (in.)
Tension Load
de (in.) F (in.)
ASD
LRFD
412
7
4270
6405
4
6
4030
6720
6
9
6675
10010
512
812
6500
10835
712
1112
9610
14415
6
9
7405
12345
9
1312
13080
19620
9
1312
13610
22680
14
21
27060
40590
8
12
11405
19005
1012
16
17080
25565
1012
16
17150
28580
1612
25
35345
53015
9
1312
13610
22680
1212
19
21620
32430
14
21
26690
40035
5
712
4270
6405
612
10
6675
10010
712
1112
9060
12940
8
12
9610
14415
9
1312
11905
17010
10
15
13080
19620
1412
22
25350
36215
1512
2312
27060
40590
11
1612
15996
22850
1112
1712
17080
25625
17
2512
33045
47205
18
27
35345
53015
1212
19
19795
28275
1312
2012
21620
32430
1412
22
25350
36215
15
2212
26690
40035
3000 psi Concrete

Dimensions (in.)
Tension Load
de (in.) F (in.)
ASD
LRFD
4
6
4270
6405
4
6
4415
7360
512
812
6675
10010
5
712
6175
10290
7
1012
9610
14415
512
812
7120
11870
812
13
13080
19620
812
13
13680
22805
1312
2012
27060
40590
712
1112
11340
18900
10
15
17080
25560
10
15
17460
29100
1512
2312
35345
53015
8
12
12495
20820
12
18
21620
32430
1312
2012
26690
40035
412
7
4270
6405
6
9
6675
10010
7
1012
8945
12780
712
1112
9610
14415
812
13
11970
17100
912
1412
13080
19620
1312
2012
24650
35215
1412
22
27060
40590
1012
16
16435
23480
11
1612
17080
25625
16
24
32720
46740
17
2512
35345
53015
12
18
20255
28940
1212
19
21620
32430
14
21
26190
37415
1412
22
26690
40035
2F Min.
Design loads are calculated using a
full shear cone. Coverage on each
side of the bolt shall be a minimum
of F or reductions must be taken.
PAB5H-12
Naming Legend:
PAB
Anchor
Bolt
Diameter*
and Grade
Length
(12", 18", 24",
30" or 36")
* Units in 198" Increments

1
(Ex: 9 = 8" or 1 8")
1. Anchorage designs conform to ACI 318-11 Appendix D

and assume cracked concrete with no supplementary
reinforcement.
2. Seismic indicates Seismic Design Category C through
F. Detached one- and two-family dwellings in SDC C
designs conform to ACI 318-11 Section D3.3.4.
3. Wind includes Sesmic Design Category A and B.
4. Foundation dimensions are for anchorage only.
Foundation design (size and reinforcement) by Designer.
The registered design professional may specify
alternate embedment, footing size, and anchor bolt.
5. Where tension loads are governed by anchor steel,
the design provisions from AISC 360-10 are used
to determine the tensile steel limit. LRFD values are
calculated by multiplying the nominal AISC steel
capacity by a 0.75 phi factor and allowable values are
calculated by dividing the AISC nominal capacity by
a 2.0 omega factor.
6. Where tension loads are governed by an Appendix D
concrete limit, the allowable Stress Design (ASD)
values are obtained by multiplying Load Factor
Resistance Design (LRFD) capacities by 0.7 for
Seismic and 0.6 for Wind.
PAB Anchor Bolt Anchorage Solutions
RFB
Retrofit Bolts
RFBs are clean, oil-free, pre-cut threaded rod, supplied with nut and
washer. Offers a complete engineered anchoring system when used with
Simpson Strong-Tie adhesive. Inspection is easy; the head is stamped
with rod length and No Equal symbol for identification after installation.
MATERIAL: ASTM F1554 Grade 36
FINISH: Zinc Plated (unless otherwise noted), available in HDG

(per ASTM A153); stainless steel (RFB#5x8SS only).
RFB

Additional products on this page may also be available with
this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model No.
RFB#4X4
RFB#4X5
RFB#4X6
RFB#4X7
RFB#4X10
RFB#4x8HDG-R
RFB#5X5
RFB#5X8
RFB#5X10
RFB#5X12HDG-R
RFB#5X16
RFB#6X10.5
Length
L
(in)
4
5
6
7
10
8
5
8
10
12
16
1012
Bolt
Diameter
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
3
4
1
1
1. RFB#4X8HDG-R and RFB#5X12HDG-R are only available

with a hot-dip galvanized coating. They are retail packaged
and are sold 10 per carton.
2. Washer provided on all RFB (except RFB#5x8SS).
CNW/HSCNW Coupler Nuts

Simpson Strong-Tie coupler nuts are a tested and load-rated method
to join threaded rod and anchor bolts. Witness holes in the nut provide
a means to verify when rods are properly installed. The positive stop
feature helps ensure even threading into each end of the nut. CNWs
meet and exceed the tensile capacity of corresponding ASTM A36 bolts
and threaded rod. HSCNWs meet and exceed the tensile capacity of
corresponding ASTM A449 bolts and threaded rod. Contact Simpson
Strong-Tie for other coupler nut sizes.
FINISH: Zinc Plated
INSTALLATION:

Tighten the two rods until each all-thread rod is visible

in the witness hole.

For non-hot-dip galvanized all-thread rod only.

58" and 78" diameter couplers available with oversized

threads for installation to hot-dip galvanized bolts

(order CNW 58 - 58OST and CNW 78 - 78OST).
Rod
Diameter
H
Min
CNW 2
CNW58
Model
No.
Allowable
Tension Capacity
Code
Ref.
(100)
0.500
1 2
4265
0.625
178
6675
CNW34
0.750
214
9610
CNW78
0.875
212
13080
CNW1
1.000
234
17080
CNW114
1.250
26690
HSCNW34
0.750
214
19880
HSCNW1
1.000
234
35345
CNW
Allows fast visual check

for correct all thread
rod installation
HSCNW
High Strength
Coupler Nut
Blocking
not shown
for clarity
I1, F34
170
Transition Couplers
CNW58 -12
0.625 to 0.500
112
4265
CNW34 - 58
0.750 to 0.625
134
6675
CNW78 - 58
0.875 to 0.625
6675
CNW1- 78
1.000 to 0.875
214
13080
CNW
Transition
Coupler Nut
I1, F34
170
1. Allowable loads shown are based on AISC 13th Edition A36 and A449 (HS)
threaded rod capacities.
Typical CNW
Rim Joist Installation
39
BP/LBP Bearing Plates

Bearing plates give greater bearing surface than standard cut washers, and
help distribute the load at these critical connections.
The BP12-3 and BP58-3 are 3"x3" bearing plates that meet the latest
requirements of the IRC and IBC. These plate washers are available uncoated
or with a hot-dip galvanized (HDG) coating.
The BPS and LBPS are bearing plates that offer increased flexibility while
meeting the latest requirements of the code for 2x4 and 2x6 walls. The slotted
hole allows for adjustability to account for bolts that are not in the middle of
the sill plate.
The BP58SKT uses 14"x112" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws
to provide lateral resistance when 58" diameter sill holes are overdrilled (screws are
provided). The shear capacity of the connection and the sill/anchor
bolt shall be determined by the Designer for each installation.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: LBP, LBPSGalvanized; BP 78 -2, BP 58SZinc Plated;

BPS, BPNone. BPs and BPSs may be ordered HDG; LBP and LBPS

products may be ordered ZMAX; contact Simpson Strong-Tie. See

Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION: See General Notes.

BP/BPSFor shearwall applications, position edge of plate washer
within 12" of sheathed edge of sill plate.

2012 IRC R602.11.1, 2008 SDPWS 4.3.6.4.3 (see footnote 2 below)
Bolt Dia.
(in.)
Model
No.
Thickness
BP38-2
LBP12
LBPS12
BPS12-3
BPS12-6
BP12
BP12-3
LBP58
LBPS58
BPS58-3
BPS58-6
BP58-2
BP58SKT
BP58
BP58-3
BP34
BP34-3
BPS34-3
BPS34-6
BP78-2
BP78
BP1
16
64
9
64
3ga
3ga
3
16
3ga
9
64
9
64
3ga
3ga
3
16
3ga
1
4
3ga
5
16
3ga
3ga
3ga
3
8
5
16
3
8
Dimensions (in.)
W
L
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
412
2
2
3
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
412
2
2
4
2
212
212
3
3
234
234
3
3
3
3
3
412
11516
214
3
3
312
312
Typical BPS
Installation
BPS
(LBPS similar)
Bolt Diameter
+ 116"
BP
The BP58SKT is used when 58" diameter

sill bolt holes are overdrilled
(LBP similar)
W
Code
Ref.
180
BPS12-6
(Other models
similar)
I1, F34
BP
180
1 2"
Standard
cut washer
Max.
BPS
I1, F34
180
I1, F34
180
1. BP58SKT sold as
a kit.
2. Standard cut
washer required
with BPS12-3,
BPS58-3, BPS34-3,
BPS12-6, BPS58-6
and BPS34-6 (not
provided) per the
2012 IRC and
2008 SPDWS.
Typical BPS Installed

as a Shear Anchor
7"
Minimum
Embedment
Typical BP Installed
with a Mudsill Anchor Bolt
WT Wedge Form Ties

Designed for low foundation wall applications. 58" wide formed
V design for rigidity allows accurate form spacing and support.
Sizes now available for composite form board.
MATERIAL: Wedges14 gauge, WT18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION: Use two 312" long wedges for each tie.
Not recommended for wall pours greater than 4' high.
Wall thickness from 6" to 12".
Refer to technical bulletin T-WT for recommended spacing.
Model No.
Form Board
WT10
2x Solid
Sawn
WT12
WT6/125
40
WT8/125
Order wedges
separately.
Specify W1.
WT6/125
Wall Thickness
6
WT6
WT8
WT6
8
10
12
114"
Composite
6
8
Typical WT
Installation
with 2x Nominal
Form Lumber
Typical WT
Installation with
114" Composite
Form Board
ANCHORMATE Anchor Bolt Holders

These reusable anchor bolt holders are designed to hold the anchor in place
before the concrete pour, as required in some jurisdictions. The gripping section
secures the bolt in place without a nut for quicker set up and tear down. It also
protects the threads from wet concrete and simplifies trowel finishing.
Built-in 2x4 and 2x6 stops eliminate measuring.
Color-coded for easy size identification.
Use the 58" and 78" AnchorMate to
Model
Code
secure the SSTB to the formboard
Dia.
Color
No.
Ref.
before the concrete pour. Alignment
1
1
AM
2
Yellow
arrows (left or right) match the
5
AM58
8
Blue
SSTB bolt head arrow.
3
3
AM
4
Red
180
MATERIAL: Nylon
7
AM78
8
Green
CODES: See page 12 for Code
AM1
1
Black

Reference Key Chart.
ABS
AnchorMate
Anchor Bolt
Holder
U.S. Patent
6,065,730
Typical AnchorMate Typical AnchorMate

Installation for a
Installation for a
2x6 Mudsill
2x4 Mudsill
Anchor Bolt Stabilizer
The ABS stabilizes the anchor bolt to prevent it from being

pushed against the form during the concrete pour.
FEATURES:

Supports the bolt approximately 8" below
the top of the concrete.

Model ABS58 is for the 58" SSTB and
ABS78 is for the 78" SSTB.
Model

Thin section limits the effect of a cold joint.
No.

Sized for 2x4 and 2x6 mudsills.
ABS58
MATERIAL: Engineered Composite Plastic.
ABS78
Dia.
Color
Blue
Green
Code
Ref.
180
Cut for
2x4 Framing
2x6
Framing
ABS Anchor Bolt Stabilizer
Typical ABS
Installation
STRAPMATE Strap Holder

The StrapMate is designed to keep the STHD and LSTHD
straps vertically aligned during the concrete pour to minimize
possibility of spalling. The friction fit allows for quick and easy
installation.
The StrapMate is reusable.
Works with STHD, LSTHD.
MATERIAL: Engineered Composite Plastic.
Designed to fit 34" plywood forms up to
134" LVL forms and larger.
Model
The strap is positioned off the front edge
No.
of the form board.
SM1
StrapMate
Strap Holder
U.S. Patent
6,796,099
Nails
Code
Ref.
2-8d Duplex
180
Alternate StrapMate Installation

for Brick Ledges
ABL Anchor Bolt Locator

The ABL enables the accurate and secure placement of anchor bolts on
concrete-deck forms prior to concrete placement. The structural heavy-hex nut
is attached to a pre-formed steel chair, which eliminates the need for an
additional nut on the bottom of the anchor bolt. Electro-galvanized versions
available for HDG anchor bolts. Order ABL-OST when using HDG anchor bolts.
FEATURES:
Designed for optimum concrete flow
Installed with nails or screws
Model
Anchor Code
Meets code requirement for 1" stand off.
No.
Bolt Dia. Ref.
Also available with 112" standoff.
1
Order ABLXX-1.5.
ABL4-1
2"
PAB anchors are not designed for use
5
8"
ABL5-1
with the ABL. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie
3
ABL6-1
4"
for pre-assembled anchor solutions to be
7
used with ABL.
ABL7-1
8"
180
MATERIAL: Nut - Heavy hex, Chair Steel
ABL8-1
1"
FINISH: Nut None or Electro- galvanized;
Chair G90; ABL-OST HDG
ABL9-1
118"
CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference
ABL10-1
114"
Key Chart.
ABL
U.S. Patent
8,621,816 and
8,381,482
Typical ABL Installation
41
ANCHORING SYSTEMS
Sill Plate Anchorage and Fastening Solutions
Simpson Strong-Tie offers many fastening and post-installed anchorage solutions for sill plate applications in concrete
or concrete block foundations. These products are often used in retrofit/expansion applications or when cast-in-place
anchors are omitted or mis-located. Various product finishes are available to address most environmental or preservativetreated wood conditions. For more information on product performance, installation requirements, corrosion and
appropriate code listings for Simpson Strong-Tie products, please visit www.strongtie.com.
Anchoring Adhesives
Software Tools to Help You

Select the Right Products
Direct Fastening Systems

Anchor
Designer
ACI 318
Adhesive
Cartridge
Estimator
For more information,

visit www.strongtie.com/software.
42
Mechanical Anchors
ANCHORING SYSTEMS
For Cracked-Concrete Applications
SET-XP High-Strength Anchoring Adhesive
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
A two-part, high-strength epoxy anchoring adhesive system formulated for threaded rod and rebar anchoring into concrete
(cracked/uncracked) and masonry, SET-XP is a teal color when mixed, providing easy post-installation identification.
FEATURES:
Qualified under ICC-ES AC308 regarding elevated temperature and long-term sustained loading conditions
Code-listed under the IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked concrete per ICC-ES ESR-2508
Code-listed under the IBC/IRC for masonry per IAPMO UES ER-265
Suitable for use under static and seismic loading conditions in cracked and uncracked concrete
Multiple DOT listings; refer to www.strongtie.com/DOT
Manufactured in the USA using global materials
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-2508 (concrete); IAPMO UES ER-265 (masonry); City of L.A RR25744 (concrete); City of L.A. RR25965 (masonry);
Florida FL15730 (concrete), FL16230 (masonry); ASTM C 881 (Type I and IV, Grade 3, Class C); NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (216 in2 /1000 gal)
AT-XP High-Strength, Fast-Cure, All-Weather Anchoring Adhesive
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
Formulated for high-strength anchorage of threaded rod and rebar into concrete (cracked/uncracked) and masonry under a wide range of
conditions, AT-XP dispenses easily in cold or warm environments and, when mixed, is a dark teal color for easy post-installation identification.
FEATURES:
Qualified under ICC-ES AC308 regarding reduced temperature, elevated temperature, and long-term sustained loading conditions
Code-listed under the IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked concrete per IAPMO UES ER-263
Code-listed under the IBC/IRC for masonry per IAPMO UES ER-281
Fully cures in temperatures as low as 14F (-10C)
CODES: IAPMO UES ER-263 (concrete), ER-281 (masonry); City of L.A. RR25960 (concrete), RR25966 (masonry); Florida FL 16230,
NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (43.2 in2 /1000 gal)
ET-HP Anchoring Adhesive
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
A two-part epoxy anchoring adhesive system formulated for threaded rod and rebar anchoring into concrete
(cracked/uncracked) and masonry.
FEATURES:
Qualified under ICC-ES AC308 regarding elevated temperature and long-term sustained loading conditions
Code-listed under the IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked concrete per ICC-ES ESR-3372
Code-listed under the IBC/IRC for uncracked masonry per IAPMO UES ER-241
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-3372 (concrete); ICC-ES ESR-3638 (unreinforced masonry); IAPMO UES ER-241 (masonry);
City of L.A. RR25120 (unreinforced masonry); ASTM C 881 (Type I, II, IV and V, Grade 3, Class B and C, except gel time)
Cracked
STRONG-BOLT 2 Wedge Anchor
Concrete
CODE LISTED
A wedge-type expansion anchor designed for optimum performance in cracked and uncracked concrete and uncracked masonry,
the Strong-Bolt 2 is available in carbon-steel (14" through 1" diameter) and Type 316 stainless steel (14" through 34" diameter).
FEATURES:
Code-listed under IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked concrete per ICC-ES ESR-3037
Code-listed under IBC/IRC for masonry per IAPMO UES ER-240
Qualified for static and seismic loading conditions
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-3037(concrete); IAPMO UES ER-240 (carbon steel in CMU); City of L.A. RR25891 (concrete),
RR25936 (carbon steel in CMU); Florida FL 15731; UL File Ex3605; FM 3043342 and 3047639; meets the requirements of
Federal Specifications A-A-1923A, Type 4
TORQ-CUT Self-Undercutting Anchor
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
A heavy-duty, high-capacity, self-undercutting anchor designed for cracked and uncracked concrete applications,
the Torq-Cut has a built-in cutting ring that provides superior load-carrying capacity.
FEATURES:
Code-listed under IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked concrete per ICC-ES ESR-2705
Provides higher load-carrying capacity that conventional mechanical anchors
Excellent for resisting seismic (SDC A-F) and vibratory loads
No special installation tools required
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-2705 (concrete); City of L.A. RR25946 (concrete); Florida FL15731
U.S. Patent 7,357,613
For complete information on these products, visit www.strongtie.com.
43
ANCHORING SYSTEMS
TITEN HD Concrete Screw
U.S. Patent
5,674,035 & 6,623,228
For Cracked-Concrete Applications
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
The original, patented, high-strength screw anchor that offers industry-leading performance in cracked and uncracked concrete
and uncracked masonry, the Titen HD installs with low installation torque for maximum efficienc .
FEATURES:
Code-listed under IBC/IRC in accordance with ICC-ES AC193 for cracked and uncracked concrete per
ICC-ES ESR-2713; includes Titen HD Rod Hanger (models THD37212RH and THD50234RH only)
Code-listed under IBC/IRC in accordance with ICC-ES AC106 for masonry per ICC-ES ESR-1056
Qualified for static and seismic loading conditions
Standard fractional sizes; no special drill bits required
Removable; ideal for temporary anchoring applications like formwork or bracing
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-2713 (concrete), ICC-ES ESR-1056 (masonry); City of L.A. RR25741 (concrete), RR25560 (masonry);
Florida FL 15730; FM 3017082, 3035761 and 3043442
ANCHORING SYSTEMS
For General-Purpose Applications
SET Anchoring Adhesive

A non-shrink, epoxy based anchoring system, SET is formulated for anchoring threaded rod and rebar in a
wide range of base materials.
FEATURES:
Code-listed under the IBC/IRC for URM per ICC-ES ESR-1772
Excellent as a pick-proof sealant around doors, windows and fixtures
CalTrans and multiple DOT listings; refer to www.strongtie.com/DOT
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-1772 (URM); City of L.A. RR25279 (masonry); Florida FL 15730; ASTM C 881 (Type I, II and IV,
Grade 3, Class B and C); NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (216 in2 /1000 gal) except SET 1.7KTA
An acrylic-based adhesive anchoring system, AT is formulated for use as a high-strength anchoring material for
threaded rod and rebar in a wide range of temperatures and base materials.
FEATURES:
Code-listed under the IBC/IRC for URM per ICC-ES ESR-1958
Fully cures in temperatures as low as 0F (-18C)
CODES: ICC-ES ESR-1958 (URM); Florida FL 14832; ASTM C 881 (Type I and IV, Grade 3, Class A, B and C except AT
is a non-epoxy formulated for fast cure time); NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (2.2 in2 /1000 gal)
WEDGE-ALL Wedge Anchor

A non-bottom bearing, wedge-style expansion anchor for use in solid concrete or grout-filled masonry, the Wedge-All
is available in carbon steel, mechanically galvanized, and Types 303/304/316 stainless steel.
FEATURES:
Code-listed under the IBC/IRC for CMU per ICC-ES ESR-1396
One-piece, wrap-around clip ensures uniform holding capacity
Chamfered thread end for ease of starting nut
Wide range of diameters and lengths for added versatility
CODES: ICC-ES-ESR-1396 (CMU); City of L.A. RR24682 (CMU); Florida FL 15730; FM 3017082 and 3131136;
UL File Ex3605; meets the requirements of Federal Specifications A-A-1923A, Type 4.
Note: The Tie-Wire Anchor is not code-listed.
44
For complete information on these products, visit www.strongtie.com.
AT Fast-Cure, All-Weather Anchoring Adhesive
Holdowns & Tension Ties
GENERAL INFORMATION AND NOTES
Holdowns can be separated into two categories post-installed or cast-in-place.

Cast-in-place holdowns, such as the STHD holdowns or the PA purlin anchors are
installed at the time of concrete placement and attached to wood framing with nails.
Cast-in-place holdowns are an economical anchorage solution with capacities up to 5,300 lbs.
After the concrete has been placed, post-installed holdowns are attached to anchor bolts
during wall framing. They are attached to the wood framing with nails, Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws or bolts and have capacities ranging
from about 2000 lbs. up to nearly 20,000 lbs.
Shear from
diaphragm
Tension
in collector
Compression
in collector
Force
applied by
sheathing
nails
Height
(h)
Holdown and Tension Tie General Notes:
Holdowns and tension ties represent key components that comprise a continuous load
path. In light-frame construction, holdowns are typically used to resist uplift due to
shearwall overturning or wind uplift forces. In panelized roof construction, holdowns
are used to anchor the concrete or masonry walls to the roof framing.
Length
(b)
Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no
further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
Multiply Seismic and Wind ASD load values by 1.4 and 1.6, respectively, to obtain
LRFD load capacities.
Use all specified fasteners.
Shear
restraint
from anchor
rods
The Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment.
See pages 33-37 for SB and SSTB anchor bolts and page 38 for PAB anchor bolts.
Anchor bolt nut should be finger tight plus 13 to 12 turn with a hand wrench, with
consideration given to possible future wood shrinkage. Care should be taken not to
over-tighten the nut. Impact wrenches should not be used.
Overturning
uplift
restraint (T)
Post or beam design by Specifier. Tabulated loads are based on a minimum 312"
wide post (in a 312" wall), unless noted otherwise. Posts may consist of multiple
members provided they are connected independently of the holdown fasteners.
See pages 245-246 for common post allowable loads.
Compression
post restraint (C)
Idealized Force Diagram on

Full-Height Shearwall Segment
Holdowns are for use in vertical or horizontal applications.

Tension values are valid for holdowns installed flush or raised off the sill plate.
Deflection at Allowable Tension Load is determined by testing on wood posts
and includes fastener slip, holdown deformation and anchor rod elongation for
holdowns installed 6" above top of concrete (412" for HTT).
Holdowns may be installed raised up to 18" above the top of concrete with no load
reduction provided that additional elongation of the anchor rod is accounted for.
Tabulated loads for bolted holdowns may be doubled when holdowns are installed
on opposite sides of the wood member. Designer must evaluate the capacity of
the wood member and the anchorage.
Tabulated loads for nailed or screwed holdowns may be doubled when holdowns
are installed on opposite sides of the wood member. Member must be thick enough
to prevent opposing holdown fastener interference or the holdowns are offset to
eliminate fastener interference. Designer must evaluate the capacity of the wood
member and the anchorage. See pages 245-246 for common post allowable loads.
Embedded
Holdown
Holdown with
Threaded Anchor
Threaded Rod
with Bearing Plate
Methods of Providing Overturning Restraint
Structural composite lumber columns have sides that either show the wide face or
the edges of the lumber strands/veneers known as the narrow face. Values in the
tables reflect installation into the wide face. See Technical Bulletin T-C-SCLCLM for
load reductions due to narrow face installations.
Hangers not shown

for clarication
Studs
CL
Holdown
Bearing
Plate
Plan View
Holdown
Hanger not shown

for clarity
Hold back as
required to avoid
purlin hangers
18" Max.
5 Slope Max.
Coupler
Top of
Concrete
Bolted
Holdown
Roof
Sheathing
Rod
( )
1.5" Max.
12
CL
Sill
Plate
Hanger
Purlin
Horizontal HTT Installation

Girder
Elevation View
Holdown Raised Off Sill Plate
Purlin-to-Purlin Cross-Tie Detail
UPDATED 05/01/15
45
HDU/DTT Holdowns
314"
HDU holdowns are pre-deflected during the manufacturing

process, virtually eliminating deflection under load due to material
stretch. They use Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws which install easily, reduce fastener slip and provide
a greater net section when compared to bolts.
The HDU series of holdowns are designed to replace previous versions
of the product such as PHDs as well as bolted holdowns. The HDU2, 4
and 5 are direct replacements for the PHD2, 5 and 6, respectively.
The DTT tension ties are designed for lighter-duty holdown applications
on single 2x posts. The new DTT1Z is installed with nails or Simpson
Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SD Connector screws and the DTT2Z installs
easily with the Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws
(included). The DTT1Z holdowns have been tested for use in designed
shearwalls and prescriptive braced wall panels as well as prescriptive
wood-deck applications (see page 209 for deck applications).
For more information on holdown options, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
for
Pilot Holes g
rin
Manufactu
es
os
Purp
(Fastener
d)
not require
HDU
DTT1Z
DTT2Z
46
14
112
718
1716
15
CL
SO
Post
Fasteners
30-SDS 14"x212"
1916
36-SDS 14"x212"
14
3 4
6 16
1 8
DTT2Z-SDS2.5
HDU2-SDS2.5
HDU4-SDS2.5
HDU5-SDS2.5
14
14
14
3
3
3
81116
101516
13316
314
314
314
1516
1516
1516
138
138
138
HDU8-SDS2.5
10
1658
312
138
112
HDU11-SDS2.5
10
2214
312
138
HDU14-SDS2.5
251116
312
1916
Typical
HDU Tie
Between
Floors
Horizontal HDU
Offset Installation
(Plan View)
112
16
U.S. Patent
Pending
Threaded
Rod
Vertical HDU Installation
20-SDS 14"x212"
13
"
DTT1Z
2 - 2x
Blocking
16
1 71
Floor
Joist
"
Vertical
Wood
Member
Thickness
Preservativetreated barrier
may be
required
Anchor
Bolt Dia.
(in.)
16
"
Studs/Post
8
8
5
8
1 58
DTT2Z
Minimum
wood
member
thickness
Post
size by
Designer
6-SD #9x112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
8-SDS 14"x112"
8-SDS 14"x112"
8-SDS 14"x212"
6-SDS 14"x212"
10-SDS 14"x212"
14-SDS 14"x212"
"
1 58
SO
Fasteners
4151
U.S. Patent
6,112,495;
5,979,130
Hanger
not shown
Dimensions
(in.)
"
These products are available with additional corrosion protection.

Additional products on this page may also be available with this
option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Ga
718"
6151
HDU SPECIAL FEATURES:

Holdown designs virtually eliminate deflection due to material stretch.
Uses Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws which
install easily, reduce fastener slip, and provide a greater net
section area of the post compared to bolts.
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are supplied
with the holdowns to ensure proper fasteners are used.
No stud bolts to countersink at openings.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: HDU Galvanized; DTT1Z and DTT2Z ZMAX coating;
DTT2SS stainless steel
INSTALLATION: See General Notes on page 45.
The HDU requires no additional washer, the DTT requires a
standard cut washer (included with DTT2Z) be installed
between the nut and the seat.
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws install best
with a low speed high torque drill with a 38" hex head driver.
Model
No.
112"
1. See page 45 for Holdown and Tension Tie General Notes.

2. Noted HDU14 allowable loads are based on a 512" wide post (6x6 min.).
3. HDU14 requires heavy hex anchor nut to achieve tabulated loads (supplied with holdown).
4. Loads are applicable to installation on either narrow or wide face of post.
UPDATED 03/27/15
Minimum
Wood
Member
Thickness
(in.)
112
112
3
3
3
3
3
3
312
412
512
714
4x63,4
7143
5122,3
See Holdown and Tension Tie

General Notes on page 45.
DF/SP
840
910
910
1825
2145
2145
3075
4565
5645
6765
6970
7870
9535
11175
10770
14390
14445

(160)1
Deflection at
SPF/HF
Allowable Load
(in.)
840
0.170
640
0.167
850
0.167
1800
0.105
1835
0.128
2105
0.128
2215
0.088
3285
0.114
4065
0.115
4870
0.084
5020
0.116
5665
0.113
6865
0.137
8045
0.137
7755
0.122
10435
0.177
10350
0.177
Code
Ref.
160
I6,
L8, F5
170
I6, L8,
F5
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of

a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost,
or a combination of these features.
HDQ8/HHDQ Holdowns
Minimum
Wood
Member
Thickness
Preservativetreated
barrier may
be required.
HDQ8 Vertical
Installation
SO
The HHDQ series of holdowns combines low deflection and high

loads with ease of installation. The unique seat design of the HDQ8
greatly minimizes deflection under load. Both styles of holdown employ
the Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws which install easily, reduce fastener slip and provide a greater
net section when compared to bolts. They may be installed either flush
or raised off the mudsill without a reduction in load value.
SPECIAL FEATURES:
Uses Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws which

install easily, reduce fastener slip, and provide a greater net

section area of the post compared to bolts.
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are supplied

No stud bolts to countersink at openings.
MATERIAL: HDQ87 gauge; HHDQBody: 7 gauge, washer: 12" plate
FINISH: HDQ8Galvanized; HHDQ Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint
No additional washer is required.
HDQ8:
58" of adjustability perpendicular to the wall.
HHDQ11/14:
No additional washer is required.
HHDQ14 requires a heavy hex anchor nut
(supplied with holdown)
HDQ8
U.S. Patents
6,006,487 and
6,327,831
Minimum
Wood
Member
Thickness
Hanger not shown for clarity

SO
HHDQ11
(HHDQ14 similar)
Vertical HHDQ11 Installation

(HHDQ14 similar)
Not sure you have the right holdown?
Our Holdown Selector software is a great tool to help you select

the best product for the job. Visit www.strongtie.com/software.
Horizontal HDQ8 Installation
Model
No.
HDQ8-SDS3
Dimensions
(in.)
Fasteners
Ga
CL
SO
2 8
14
2 2
1 4
2 8
HHDQ11-SDS2.5
1518
312
112
HHDQ14-SDS2.5
1834
312
112
Anchor
Bolt Dia.
(in.)
8
SDS
Screws
Minimum
Wood
Member
Thickness 4
(in.)

(160)
Deflection at
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Allowable Load 6
(in.)
20-SDS 14"x3"
5715
4115
0.064
20-SDS 14"x3"
312
7630
5495
0.094
20-SDS 14"x3"
412
9230
6645
0.095
512
11810
8505
0.131
714
13015
9370
0.107
5122
13710
10745
0.107
24-SDS 14"x212"
30-SDS 14"x212"
Code
Ref.
I6, L8,
F5

2. Noted HHDQ14 allowable loads are based on a 512" wide post (6x6 min.) Other loads based on 312" wide post minimum.
3. HHDQ14 requires heavy-hex anchor nut (supplied with holdown).
4. HDQ and HHDQ installed horizontally achieve compression loads with the addition of a standard nut on the underside
of the load transfer plate. Refer to ICC-ES ESR 2320 for design values. HDQ8 requires a standard nut and BP78-2
(sold separately) load washer on the underside of the holdown for compression load. Design of anchorage rods for
compression force shall be per the Designer.
47
HDC
Concentric Holdown

The unique design of the HDC holdowns eliminate

eccentricity. They install with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws (included) to reduce slip and provide a
greater net section area of the post compared to bolts.
MATERIAL: 10 gauge strap FINISH: Galvanized strap, aluminum base
Install on concrete.
Sized for 2-2x, and 4x. Center 2-2x posts on holdown.
Uses Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws supplied
Slot in the seat allows for 38" of adjustment perpendicular to plate.
Cut washer required between base and anchor nut. HDC10
models use narrow cut washer with outside diameter of 134".
Witness slot in the base to inspect the nut.
Maximum anchor bolt height above concrete is 218".
Aluminum standoff cannot be in contact with preservativetreated wood.
Model
No.
Post
Size
CL
HDC10/22-SDS2.5
2-2x4
318
1438
1916
HDC10/4-SDS2.5
4x4
3 16
14 8
1 16
13
Anchor
Bolt
Preservative-treated
barrier may be
required
HDC10
Patents:
U.S. 6,513,290;
Can. 2,364,585
Typical HDC Installation

with 2-2x4 Studs
(Similar with 2-2x6 studs)
Allowable
Allowable
Number
Tension Loads Tension Loads
of SDS
DF/SP
SPF/HF
1
4 "x212 "
(160)
(160)
Allowable
Download
DF/SP
(100)
Allowable
Download
DF/SP
(160)
Deflection at
Highest Allowable
Tension Load
24
9135
6575
7070
9255
0.054
24
9135
6575
9600
10550
0.054
Code
Ref.
I6,
L8

2. The HDCs will be limited by wood compression capacity if installed on a sill plate. HDC10/22 will achieve an
allowable load of 4005 lbs. on a DFL plate. HDC10/4 will achieve an allowable load of 4940 lbs. on a DFL plate,
which does not take deflection into account. Full tension values apply when installed on a sill, deflections may be higher.
3. Higher values may be obtained when HDC is not placed at an edge or with f'c concrete strength > 2500 psi.
The MSTD marriage strap provides an overlapping, in-line splice between an

HTT tension tie and a CMSTC16 coiled strap for panelized-roof applications
where the roof member adjacent to the wall is too short to develop the
required load into the roof diaphragm. The MSTD provides continuity of load
without the need to splice the CMSTC16 alongside the HTT which requires
additional blocking. Use MSTD4 with HTT4 and MSTD5 with HTT5.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized (G90)
The CMSTC and HTT must be spliced end-to-end without any gap.
Suitable for use with both 10d and 16d sinker nailing options for
the HTT and CMSTC as specified per the Designer.
To install:
Position HTT over the framing (do not install fasteners yet).
Align CMSTC16 with the end of the HTT.
Position MSTD over the two connectors so that nail holes
align correctly.
Install specified fasteners, filling all nail holes.
58"
916"
18"
612"
112" Typ.
3"
1316" Typ.
1116"
312" Typ.
3" Typ.
MSTD4
(MSTD5 similar)
HTT4
MSTD4
CMSTC16
Allowable Code
Fasteners
Model Total Tension
Tension
No.
L
Tie
Ref.
CMSTC16
HTT
Loads
MSTD4 18
HTT4 16 - 16d Sinker 12 - 16d Sinker
3100
160
MSTD5 27
HTT5 24 - 16d Sinker 18 - 16 Sinker
4545
48
1. Install on minimum 4x4 blocking.

2. 10d common nails may be substituted at 100% of table load.
3. Allowable tension loads include a load duration increase on the fasteners for
wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed.
4. NAILS: 10d common = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 16d sinker = 0.148" dia. x 314" long.
Typical MSTD4 Installation
MSTD Marriage Strap
LTT/HTT Tension Ties
Tension ties offer a solution for resisting tension loads that are fastened
with nails. The HTT4 and HTT5 are the latest generation of tension ties. They
feature an optimized nailing pattern which results in better performance with
less deflection. Designed to meet new code standards, the HTT4 and HTT5
offer higher loads than their predecessors.
HTT5KT is sold as a kit with the holdown, bearing plate washer and
Strong-Drive SD Connector screws. The HTT5- 34 is designed to use a
" diameter anchor bolt. 34" epoxied anchor bolts are commonly used when
retrofitting tension ties to horizontal wood members.
The LTT19 Light Tension Tie is designed for 2x joists or purlins and the
LTT20B is for nail- or bolt-on applications. The 3" nail spacing makes the
LTT20B suitable for wood I-joists with 10dx112. The LTTI31 is designed for
wood chord open web truss attachments to concrete or masonry walls and
may also be installed vertically on a minimum 2x6 stud.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: Galvanized. May be ordered HDG; contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
INSTALLATION:
See General Notes on page 45.
A standard cut washer is required for LTT19 and LTT20B when using
1
2" or 58" anchor bolts. No additional washer is required when using
" anchor bolt.
Load
transfer
plate
washer
not
required
Model
No.
LTT19
16
134
LTT20B
12
LTTI31
18
334
HTT4
Dimensions
Strap
Mat.
(Ga)
11
212
HTT5
11
212
HTT5KT
11
212
HTT5-34
11
212
Fasteners
Seat
ThickAnchor
L
CL ness
Fasteners
Bolts
1
5
8-10dx112
2, 8
1918 138 516
or 34
8-10d
10-10dx112
1
2, 58
1934 112 516
10-10d
or 34
2-12" Bolt
5
31 138 14
8
18-10dx112
18-10dx112
18-10dx112
5
1238 1516 716
8
18-16dx212
18-SD #10x112
18-SD #10x112
26-10dx112
26-10d
5
16 1516 716
8
26-16dx212
26-SD #10x112
5
16 1516 716
8
26-SD #10x212
26-10dx112
7
3
5
16 1 16 16
4
26-SD #10x112
26-16dx212
Minimum
Wood
Member
Size
3 x 312
3 x 312
3 x 312
3 x 312
3 x 312
3 x 312
112 x 512
3 x 312
3 x 312
112 x 512
3 x 312
3 x 312
3 x 312
3 x 312
112 x 512
3 x 312
112 x 512
112 x 714
3 x 312
HTT5
LTT20B
LTTI31
(HTT4 similar)
(LTT19 similar)
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive

Allowable Tension
Loads (160)
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Deflection
at Highest
Allowable
Load
1310
1340
1355
1500
1625
1350
3000
3610
4235
4455
4455
4350
4670
50903
4555
5445
4065
4830
5090
1125
1150
1165
1290
1400
1160
2580
3105
3640
3830
3830
3740
4015
43753
3915
5360
3495
4155
4275
0.180
0.157
0.195
0.185
0.183
0.193
0.090
0.086
0.123
0.112
0.112
0.120
0.116
0.135
0.114
0.103
0.103
0.100
0.121
Code
Report
L19,
IP2,
F4
3"
Min.
Preservativetreated
barrier may
be required
160
L19,
IP2, F4
160
L19,
IP2, F4
160
160
160
Vertical HTT4
Installation
1. LTT holdowns may not be installed more than 4" above the top of concrete.
2. LTTI31 installed flush with concrete or masonry has an allowable load of 2285 lbs.
3. Allowable load for HTT5 with a BP58-2 bearing plate washer installed in the seat
of the holdown is 5295 lbs. for DF/SP and 4555 lbs. for SPF/HF.
4. FASTENERS: 10dx112 = 0.148 dia. x 112" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
16dx212 = 0.162" dia. x 212" long, SD #10x1 = 0.161" dia. x 112",
SD #10x212 = 0.161" dia. x 212".
Hanger not shown

for clarity
2"
Horizontal LTTI31
Installation
Horizontal HTT Installation
Horizontal LTT19 Installation

(LTT20B similar)
49
Holdowns
SB
SB
SB
HB
HB
CL
SO
HD5B
1. To achieve published loads, machine bolts shall be installed with the nut on the opposite
side of the holdown. If reversed, the Designer shall reduce the allowable loads shown
per NDS requirements when bolt threads are in the shear plane.
2. Lag bolts will not develop the listed loads.
50
HD3B
(HD7B and HD9B similar)

U.S. Patents
6,006,487; 6,327,831
HD19
(HD12
similar)
Minimum
wood
member
thickness
Washers must
be installed
between bolt
nuts and wood
See
foonote 4
Hanger
not shown
Horizontal HDB
Installation
(Plan View)
Stand off provides
minimum end
distance to end of
post from post bolt
Allowable Tension
Loads (160)
DF/SP
1895
2525
3130
3130
3750
4505
4935
6645
7310
7345
7740
9920
9920
10035
11350
12665
14220
11775
13335
15435
15510
16735
16775
19360
19070
SPF/HF
1610
2145
3050
3050
3190
3785
4195
5650
6215
6245
6580
8435
8430
8530
9215
10765
12085
9215
11055
13120
12690
14225
12690
15270
16210
Deflection
at Highest
Allowable
Load
0.156
0.169
0.120
0.120
0.129
0.156
0.150
0.142
0.154
0.155
0.159
0.178
0.178
0.179
0.171
0.171
0.162
0.171
0.177
0.194
0.162
0.191
0.200
0.180
0.137
Code
Ref.
Vertical HD19
Installation
Minimum
wood
member
thickness
Washers must
be installed
between bolt
nuts and wood
IP3,
F28,
L21
HD3B Vertical
Installation
Minimum
Material
Dimensions (in.)
Fasteners
Model
Wood
Anchor
Stud
Base
Body
No.
Member
HB SB W H
B CL SO
Dia. Bolts Thickness
(in) Ga
112
212
5
HD3B 12 434 212 212 858 214 1516 38
8
2 - 58
3
312
212
5
HD5B 316 10 514 3 212 938 212 114 2
8
2 - 34
3
312
3
7
HD7B 316 10 514 3 212 1238 212 114 2
8
3 - 34
312
412
312
412
7
HD9B 38
7 618 312 278 14 212 114 238
8
3 - 78
512
714
312
1
4-1
412
512 x512
3
1
5
1
1
5
312
HD12
8
3
7 4 3 2 20 16 4 4 2 8 3 8
1
4
2
118
4-1
714
512 x512
714
118
5-1
1
1
5
2 x5 2
HD19 38
3
7 4 312 2412 414 218 358
1
7
4
114
5-1
512 x512
CL
HB
SO
Simpson Strong-Tie offers a wide variety of bolted holdowns offering

low-deflection performance for a range of load requirements.
The HD3B is a light-duty holdown designed for use in shearwalls and
braced-wall panels, as well as other lateral applications.
The HD5B, HD7B and HD9B bolted holdowns incorporate the proven design
of our HDQ8 SDS-style holdown and feature a unique seat design which greatly
minimizes deflection under load. HDB holdowns are self jigging, ensuring that the
code-required minimum of seven bolt diameters from the end of the post is met.
They can be installed directly on the sill plate or raised above it and are suitable
for back-to-back applications where eccentricity is a concern. HDBs are designed
to provide loads for intermediate-load-range shearwalls, braced-wall panels and
lateral applications.
HD holdowns offer the highest allowable loads, providing high capacity for
both vertical and horizontal applications. The HD12 and HD19 are self jigging,
ensuring that the code-required minimum of seven bolt diameters from the end of
the post is met. They can be installed back-to-back when eccentricity is an issue.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: HD3B/HD5B/HD7B/HD9B Galvanized;

HD Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint
Bolt holes shall be a minimum of 132" to a maximum of 116"
larger than the bolt diameter (per 2012 NDS, section 11.1.3.2).
Stud bolts should be snugly tightened with standard cut
washers between the wood and nut (BPs are required in
the City and County of Los Angeles).
HD and HDB holdowns are self-jigging and will ensure
minimum bolt end distance when installed flush with
the sill plate.
Standard cut washer is required under the anchor nut for
HD12 with 1" anchor and HD19 with 1 anchors.
CL
HDB/HD
LSTHD/STHD Strap-Tie Holdown

Nails are countersunk for

a low-profile strap surface.
Nailed
Portion
The STHD is an embedded strap-tie holdown offering high load capacity

and a staggered nail pattern to help minimize splitting. The STHD incorporates many
features that aid correct installation and improve performance. When installed on
the forms with the StrapMate strap holder the unique design of the STHD delivers
enhanced stability before and during the pour to help prevent both parallel and
perpendicular movement (relative to the form). This results in accurate positioning
of the strap and reduced possibility of spalling.
FEATURES
The nailing pattern allows for nailing to the edges of double 2xs
Strap nail slots are countersunk to provide a lower nail head profile
The slots below the embedment line enable increased front-to-back
concrete bond and help to reduce spalling
Rim joist models accommodate up to a 17" clear span without any
loss of strap nailing
MATERIAL: LSTHD8, LSTHD8RJ14 gauge, all others12 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes on page 45.
Use table below for both standard concrete and post-tension slab installations.
Install before concrete pour with a StrapMate, or other holding device.
Nail strap from the bottom up. Install strap plumb.
Strap may be bent one full cycle (bent horizontal 90 then bent vertical) to
aid wall placement, but may cause spalling behind the strap. If the spall is
1" or less, measured from the embedment line to the bottom of the spall,
full loads apply. 1" to 4" spalls for LSTHD8 achieve 0.9 times table loads.
STHD10 and STHD14 achieve full load for spalls less than 4". Any portion
of the strap left exposed should be protected against corrosion.
Other than where noted in the two-pour detail, do not install where:
(a) a horizontal cold joint exists within the embedment depth between the slab
and foundation wall or footing beneath, unless provisions are made to transfer
the load, or the slab is designed to resist the load imposed by the anchor; or
(b) slabs are poured over concrete block foundation walls.
Additional studs attached to the shearwall studs or post may be required
by the Designer for wall sheathing nailing.
Wood shrinkage after strap installation across horizontal members may cause
strap to buckle outward.
n
Clear Spa.
17" Max
1 2"
Min.
from
Corner
STHD
Typical STHD14RJ
Rim Joist Application
U.S. Patent
5,813,182
Rim Joist Installation
For Two-Pour Installation for Downturn Footings

For STHD10 installed through a 4" thick slab, use the equivalent
8" stemwall loads of the LSTHD8.
8" stemwall loads of the STHD10.
8" stemwall loads of the LSTHD8.
Tension Loads for STHD Installations

WIND AND SDC A & B ALLOWABLE TENSION LOADS FOR DF/SP/SPF/HF (160)
Min.
Stem
Wall
(in)
6
Model No.
Standard
LSTHD8
STHD10
STHD14
LSTHD8
STHD10
STHD14
Rim Joist
LSTHD8RJ
STHD10RJ
STHD14RJ
LSTHD8RJ
STHD10RJ
STHD14RJ
Strap Length (L)

Standard Rim Joist
(in.)
(in.)
1858
3218
2458
3818
2618
3958
5
18 8
3218
2458
3818
2618
3958
le
(in.)
Required
Nails
8
10
14
8
10
14
20 -16d Sinkers
24 -16d Sinkers
30 -16d Sinkers
20 -16d Sinkers
28 -16d Sinkers
30 -16d Sinkers
Non-Cracked
Midwall
3115
3820
5150
3115
4755
5345
Corner
2700
3820
5150
2700
4120
5345
Cracked
Endwall
1690
2050
3200
2230
3145
4210
Midwall
2675
3140
5150
2675
4195
5345
Corner
2320
3140
5150
2320
3500
5345
Endwall
1455
1705
3200
1915
2585
4210
Code
Ref.
I25.
F33
SDC C-F ALLOWABLE TENSION LOADS FOR DF/SP/SPF/HF (160)

Min.
Stem
Wall
(in)
6
Model No.
Standard
LSTHD8
STHD10
STHD14
LSTHD8
STHD10
STHD14
Rim Joist
LSTHD8RJ
STHD10RJ
STHD14RJ
LSTHD8RJ
STHD10RJ
STHD14RJ
Strap Length (L)

Standard Rim Joist
(in.)
(in.)
1858
3218
2458
3818
2618
3958
1858
3218
2458
3818
2618
3958
le
(in.)
Required
Nails
8
10
14
8
10
14
16 -16d Sinkers
18 -16d Sinkers
22 -16d Sinkers
16 -16d Sinkers
20 -16d Sinkers
24 -16d Sinkers
1. Allowable loads are for wind or seismic loading. Nail quantities reflect an
increase for duration of load with no further increase allowed. Reduce
where other loads govern.
2. Concrete shall have a minimum concrete strength, f'c of 2500 psi.
3. 10d common (3" long x 0.148") or 10dx2" (2" long x 0.148") nails
may be used as a direct replacement for the required nails shown in the
table with no load reduction when installed directly over framing or
over " max. structural sheathing.
4. Use the specified number of nails listed in table or as specified. In many
cases, not all nail holes will be filled. Nail strap from the bottom up.
5. Deflection at highest allowable loads for install over wood double studs
Non-Cracked
Midwall
2270
2750
3695
2615
3400
3815
Corner
2090
2750
3695
2125
2940
3815
Cracked
Endwall
1220
1615
2685
1635
2295
3500
Midwall
2250
2640
3695
2250
3400
3815
Corner
1950
2640
3695
1950
2940
3815
Endwall
1220
1435
2685
1610
2175
3500
Code
Ref.
I25.
F33
are as follows: Installed on framing: LSTHD8 = 0.089", STHD10 = 0.117" and STHD14 = 0.118".
Installed over 12" maximum structural sheathing: LSTHD8 = 0.114", STHD10 = 0.146" and
STHD14 = 0.164".
6. Multiply Seismic and Wind ASD load values by 1.4 or 1.6 respectively to obtain LRFD capacities.
7. Per 2009 and 2012 IBC Section 1613.1, detached one- and two-family dwellings in Seismic Design
Category (SDC) C may use Wind and SDC A&B allowable loads.
8. Minimum center-to-center spacing is 3 times the required embedment (Smin = 3 x le) for STHDs
acting in tension simultaneously. Midwall install is based on 1.5 x le end distance.
9. See T-SCLCOLUMN for installation on structural composite lumber posts or columns.
10. For brick ledge applications, use full loads shown for STHD14 installed in 8" stemwall.
11. NAILS: 16d sinker = 0.148" dia. x 314" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
51
LSTHD/STHD Strap-Tie Holdown
Min. rebar
length is
2 x le
Min. rebar
length is 2 x le
2 x le
ngth
Typical STHD14
Corner Installation
12"
ebar le
Min. r
Typical STHD14
Mid
Wall Installation
Installation
Midwall
Corner Installation
Strap style
holdown
Typical STHD14
End
Wall Installation
Endwall
Installation
Strap may be bent
one full cycle which
includes bending
the strap straight
and aiding for wall
placement.For brick
ledge, bend straight
to be vertical to
inside face of wall.
Strap style
holdown
Slab
thickness
Cold joint
Brick
Ledge
3" to 5"
le
Concrete
foundation
by others
One #4 rebar.
May be
foundation
rebar or
post-tension
tendon.
le
Single Pour Rebar Installation

*Maintain minimum rebar cover, per
ACI-318 concrete
code requirements.
Section
#4 Rebar
One #4 rebar.
May be
foundation
rebar or
post-tension
tendon.
Concrete
foundation
by others
Two Pour Installation

for Downturn Footings
Section
Brick
Ledge
#4 Rebar
3" to 5"
Effective
Embed.
STHD14-RJ
8" Min.
Brick Ledge Installation
with Step
Built-in Tab:
Reduces spalling and costly retrofits.
No additional labor to install.
Holds STHD away from form board.
StrapMate Locator Line:
Easy inspection to ensure proper location.
Allows adjustment without removing STHD.
Additional Diamond Hole:
One more fastener to help prevent the STHD RJ
models from bowing out at the rim joist section.
52
8" Min.
Brick Ledge Installation
without Step
Max.
structural
sheathing
FEATURES
BENEFITS
STHD14
bend straight
install 4" from
inside face of
concrete wall,
typ.
12"
Spall Reduction System

for STHD Holdown
Built-in tab.
StrapMate locator line.
Additional diamond hole in RJ versions.
Min. end distance
SM1
U.S. Patent
6,796,099
Shearwall
diaphragm
Framing
nails and
anchor bolts
as per code
STHD
Install strap
nails starting
from the bottom
Sill plate bolt
Required rebar and
sill plate anchorage
not shown for
clarity (typ.)
STHD Over
Shearwall Diaphragm
1 2" Min.
end distance
2 x le
4"
in. or 2
2 x le m
PA
Strap Tie Holdowns
PA strap tie holdowns are wood-to-concrete connectors that connect studs

to the foundation to satisfy engineering and code requirements.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized or ZMAX coating
INSTALLATION:
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.
For additional length, an MST strap can be attached using
1
2" bolts through existing holes.
Refer to technical bulletin T-PAUPLIFT for additional information.
2116"
Pilot holes for manufacturing

purposes and should not be
used to attach to framing
members unless approved
by the Engineer of Record
or specied in Simpson
Strong-Tie literature
Length
134" Typ.
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD Connector screw.
Wind and SDC A & B Allowable Tension Loads

Strap
l
Model
Length, L e
(in.)
No.
(in.)
Non-Cracked Concrete
Cracked Concrete
Required Nails Tension
PA51
51
10 -10d Common
2025
10 -10d Common
2025
PA68
70
10 -10d Common
2025
10 -10d Common
2025
Code
Ref.
le
I25
SDC C-F Allowable Tension Loads

Strap
l
Model
Length, L e
(in.)
No.
(in.)
Cracked Concrete
PA51
51
10 -10d Common
2025
10 -10d Common
1980
PA68
70
10 -10d Common
2025
10 -10d Common
1980
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no
further increases allowed.
2. Concrete shall have a minimum concrete strength, f'c of 2500 psi.
3. Strong-Drive SD9x112 (0.131"x112") Connector screws may be substituted for nails
with no reduction.
5"
Code
Ref.
Minimum Side Cover
PA51
I25
(PA68 similar)
Typical PA Connecting
Stud To Foundation
Bend
additional
strap over
top or
cut off
Double
2x10
Rim Joist
le
Typical PA51 Installation
(PA68 similar)
53
PA/HPA
Purlin Anchors
ASCE7-10 12.11.2.2.5 states:
... Diaphragm to structural wall anchorage using embedded
straps shall have the straps attached to or hooked around
the reinforcing steel, or otherwise terminated to effectively
transfer forces to the reinforcing steel.
PA/HPA purlin anchors offer solutions for wood to concrete and concrete block
connections which satisfy code requirements. The PAs dual embedment line allows
installation in concrete or concrete block.
MATERIAL: PA12 gauge; HPA10 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. PAs available HDG or ZMAX coating
INSTALLATION:
Use all specified fasteners; some models have extra fastener holes.
See General Notes.
Purlin Anchor must hook around rebar.
Allowable loads are for a horizontal installation into the side of a concrete
or masonry wall.
Strap may be bent one full cycle. (Bent vertical 90 then bent horizontal.)
EDGE DISTANCEMinimum concrete edge distance is 5".

Minimum concrete block left-to-right edge distance is 20".
CONCRETE BLOCK WALLThe minimum wall specifications are:

A One #4 vertical rebar, 32" long, 16" each side of anchor;

B Two courses of grout filled block above and below the anchor
(no cold joints allowed);

C A horizontal bond beam with two #4 rebars, 40" long,
a maximum of two courses above or below the anchor.

D Minimum masonry compressive strength, f'm = 1500 psi.
OPTIONS: See LTT and HTT Tension Ties for alternate retrofit solutions.
2"
Len
gth
6" H 8 14"
PA2 HPA
8 E 35 E
mb
edm mbed
ent men
t
134
"
HPA35
2 11
2"
6"
4" C 6" Ma
onc son
rete ry E
Em mbe
bed
d
me ment
PA
nt
1 34
"
2 11
6"
Wind and SDC A & B - Allowable Tension Loads

Strap
Max.
l
Model
Ledger
Length, e
(in.) Required Nails Tension
No.
Size
L (in.)
PA18
1812
4 12 -10d Common 2430
PA23
2334
4 16 -10d Common 3220
PA28
29
4 16 -10d Common 3370
4x
Ledger PA35
35
4 16 -10d Common 3370
HPA28 3212
6 22 -10d Common 5145
HPA35 3812 814 22 -10d Common 5145
Max. Allowable
Masonry Code
Strap Tensile
Installation Ref.
Capacity
Cracked Concrete
12 -10d Common
12 -10d Common
12 -10d Common
12 -10d Common
20 -10d Common
22 -10d Common
2360
2360
2360
2360
4675
5145
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
1895
2815
2815
2815
I25
SDC C-F - Allowable Tension Loads

Strap
Max.
l
Model
Ledger
Length, e
(in.) Required Nails Tension
No.
Size
L (in.)
PA18
1812
4 12 -10d Common 2430
PA23
2334
4 14 -10d Common 2830
PA28
29
4 14 -10d Common 2830
4x
Ledger PA35
35
4 14 -10d Common 2830
HPA28 3212
6 22 -10d Common 5145
HPA35 3812 814 22 -10d Common 5145
Max. Allowable
Masonry Code
Strap Tensile
Installation Ref.
Capacity
Cracked Concrete
10 -10d Common
10 -10d Common
10 -10d Common
10 -10d Common
18 -10d Common
22 -10d Common
1980
1980
1980
1980
4090
5145
Pressure-treated
barrier may be
required
3220
3220
3935
3935
5145
5145
1895
2815
2815
2815
#4 Rebar min.
4" for PA
6" for HPA28
814" for HPA35
#4 Rebar
Min.
Min. solid 3x
(nominal) or
double 2x
Hanger not
shown for clarity
PA/HPA Purlin
to Concrete Block Wall
(Refer to installation notes above)
54
PA/HPA Purlin to Concrete Wall

For I-Joist applications
see page 139.
I25
1. Allowable loads have been increased

for earthquake or wind load durations
with no further increases allowed.
2. Deflection at highest allowable loads
are as follows: PA18 = 0.087",
PA23 = 0.118", PA28 = 0.085",
PA35 = 0.085", PA51 & 68 = 0.010",
HPA28 = 0.133" and HPA35 = 0.132".
3. Multiply Seismic and Wind ASD load
values by 1.4 or 1.6 respectively to
obtain LRFD capacities.
4. Minimum center-to-center spacing
is 3 times the required embedment.
Standard installation is based on
minimum 5" end distance.
5. For wall anchorage systems in
SDC C-F, the maximum allowable
strap tensile capacity shall not be
less than 1.4 times the ASD anchor
design load per ASCE7-10 12.11.2.2.2.
6. Nail quantities are based on Douglas
Fir (DF) and Southern Pine (SP).
For use on Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF) or
Hem-Fir (HF) nail quantities must
be increased by 1.15 to achieve
allowable loads alternatively, loads
may be decreased by a 1.15 factor.
7. Concrete shall have a minimum
concrete strength, f'c of 3000 psi.
8. For Masonry Installation Loads,
see Non-Cracked Concrete for
Required Nails.
9. 10dx112" nails may be substituted for
10d commons with no load reduction
and with a 15% increase in deflection.
For installation over sheathing use
3" minimum nail lengths.
10. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi for masonry.
11. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long.
See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes
and information.
Caps & Bases
The new RPBZ Retrofit Post Base is designed to reinforce

existing posts and columns. The single, versatile model will
fit on any size post consisting of a double 2x4 or larger. RPBZ
can also be used to reinforce new post-base connections,
such as braced carports, patio covers, decks and other
structures. The RPBZ can be installed with the CPS composite
plastic standoff to meet a 1" post standoff code requirement.
A single RPBZ can be installed on a post that is flush to a
corner, and two RPBZs can be installed at away from edge
conditions to fortify the post base connection to resist both
wind and seismic forces.
Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws install easily and provide excellent holding
strength for post-to-flange connections. Additionally, the RPBZ
can be purposed as a temporary base fixture for posts when
shoring beams. RPBZ comes standard in ZMAX finish to meet
exposure conditions in many environments. See additional
Corrosion information at www.strongtie.com/corrosion.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge
FINISH: ZMAX coating
Simpson Strong-Tie 14" x 112" Strong-Drive SDS HeavyDuty Connector and base connection fasteners are not
provided with RPBZ. Simpson Strong-Tie CPS series
Composite Post Stand-Off sold separately.
Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to
prevent members from rotating about the base and
therefore are not recommended for non top-supported
installations, such as fences or unbraced car ports.
1 2"
N
SO
MP ie
SI ng-T
ro
St
BZ
P
R
23 s:
25 g
R- rnin fo
ES Wa m/in
o
e & ie.c
Us ngt
ro
st
11
SIM
StrongPSON
-Tie
RPB
Z
SIM
StrongPSON
-Tie
RPB
Z
ESR
ESR
-252
Use
5"
-252
Use
& Warn
ings:
gtie.c
om/in
fo
stron
& Warn
ings:
gtie.c
om/in
fo
stron
2"
RPBZ Installation
With CPS Away
From Edge on
Concrete
RPBZ
RPBZ Installation
in Interior-Dry
Environment with Titen
Masonry Screws
2" min.
edge distance
RPBZ Installation
Away From Edge
on Concrete
SIM
StronPSON
g-T
ie
RPBZ
ESR
4x or double
2x min. post
F2
-252
Use
Caps & Bases
RPBZ Retrofit Post Base
& Warn
ings:
gtie.c
om/i
nfo
stron
RPBZ
4x4
RPBZ Installation
on Wood
RPBZ Corner
F 3 Installation
Post Flush To Edge
Concrete
RPBZ Connector-Only Values

Model
No.
RPBZ
Part
Qty.
Post
Size 6,7
1
2
4x, 6x
1
2
1
2
4x, 6x
Fasteners
Post
Base Connection 4,5
Type
Qty.
Type
Connection To Concrete
2 Anchors or 4 Screws
3
8" Anchor Bolt or " Titen Screw
x112" SDS
4 Anchors or 8 Screws
Connection To Wood Framing2,3
4
x3" SDS
8
x112" SDS
4
1
x1 2" SDS
8
Qty.
Allowable Connector Loads (DF/SP)

F3
Uplift
F2
(160)
(160)
(160)
4
8
1500
2235
860
1115
485
1115
4
8
4
8
1335
2235
845
1825
860
1115
860
1115
485
1115
485
1115
Code
Ref.
160
RPBZ Anchorage-to-Concrete Values

Model
No.
Part
Qty.
Post
Size 3,4
4x, 6x
RPBZ
1
4x, 6x
2
Fasteners
Base Connection
Type
Titen "x1"
8" Diameter Anchor
Titen "x1"
8" Diameter Anchor
Titen "x1"
3
8" Diameter Anchor
3
Allowable Anchorage Loads

Uplift
Qty.
Uncracked
Corner Post Flush to Edge
4
750
2
1520
Away From Edge
4
850
2
2190
8
1500
4
3635
1. Allowable load for design shall not exceed minimum of Connector Only Value and
Anchorage to Concrete Value.
2. Allowable connector loads are based on DF/SP lumber. For SPF/HF, multiply table
loads by 0.72.
3. Double 2x4s may be used in lieu of 4x4 post.
4. For installation on 6x members, if four RPBZs are used, allowable loads may be
taken to be 1.5 x the tabulated two-part value.
5. For installations into concrete, minimum compressive strength, f'c = 2500 psi.
Designer is responsible for concrete member uplift design.
6 Away From Edge loads require face of wood post to be a minimum of 212" away
from near edge of concrete on all four sides of the post.
7. Allowable anchorage to concrete uplift and shear loads for the 38" diameter anchors
are calculated per ACI 318-11, Appendix D. Shear loads assume cracked concrete
8.
9.
10.
11.
F2
F3
1085
820
510
820
510
1565
2595
935
1265
1645
1730
935
1265
1645
1730
Cracked
while uplift loads consider both cracked and uncracked concrete values and all are
qualified for Wind and Seismic Design Categories A&B.
Embedment depth for these post-install anchors must be a minimum 234" and are
for use with SET-XP or AT-XP structural anchoring adhesives or Titen HD screw
anchors.
Allowable uplift and shear loads for the Titen masonry screws do not carry a particular cracked or uncracked designation.
masonry screws and Titen HD screw anchors should only be used in interiorTiten

dry and non-corrosive environments.
Threads on Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws into wood framing must
be fully engaged into a structural wood member.
UPDATED 03/27/15
55
Caps & Bases
ABA/ABU/ABW Adjustable and Standoff Post Bases

W
Optional SDS
screw hole (8x)
56
Nominal
Post
Size
ABA44Z
4x4
ABW44Z
4x4
ABU44Z
4x4
ABU44RZ
Rough 4x4
ABA44RZ
Rough 4x4
ABW44RZ
Rough 4x4
ABW46Z
4x6
ABA46Z
4x6
ABU46Z
4x6
ABU46RZ
Rough 4x6
ABW46RZ
Rough 4x6
ABA46RZ
Rough 4x6
ABU5-5
518 x518
ABU5-6
518 x6
ABA66Z
6x6
ABW66Z
6x6
ABU66Z
6x6
ABU66RZ
Rough 6x6
ABA66RZ
Rough 6x6
ABW66RZ
Rough 6x6
ABU88Z
8x8
ABU88R
Rough 8x8
ABU1010Z
10x10
ABU1010RZ Rough 10x10
Base Strap
W
(Ga) (Ga)
16
16
16
16
16
16
12
14
12
12
12
14
12
12
14
12
12
12
14
12
14
14
12
12
16
16
12
12
16
16
16
14
12
12
16
14
10
10
14
14
10
10
14
14
12
12
12
12
3916
3916
3916
4
4116
4
3916
3916
3916
4
4
4116
514
618
512
512
512
6
6
6
712
8
912
10
318
3916
3
4
318
4116
5916
5316
5
6
6
5316
5
5
514
5916
5
6
5316
6
7
7
9
9
3116
214
512
514
21316
13233
3
318
7
634
21316
278
6116
6116
318
3
6116
51316
278
21316
7
7
714
7
L
Washer
Required
Not Supplied
(37
(51 8" ABU
2" A
BU188R)
010
Z)
ABU88Z
(ABU1010Z similar)
Anchor
bolt per
Designer
2" Min.
side cover
(typ.)
Fasteners
Machine
Anchor
Bolts
HB6 Dia. Nails
(in.)
Qty. Dia.
1
2
6-10d
1
2
8-10d
5
1
134
8
12-16d 2
2
5
1
112
8
12-16d 2
2
1
2
6-10d
1
2
8-10d
1
2
10-10d
5
8
8-16d
5
5
1
2 8
8
12-16d 2
2
5
1
238
8
12-16d 2
2
1
2
10-10d
5
8
8-16d
5
1
134
8
12-16d 2
2
5
1
134
8
12-16d 2
2
5
8
8-16d
1
2
12-10d
5
1
134
8
12-16d 2
2
5
1
112
8
12-16d 2
2
5
8
8-16d
1
2
12-10d
2 - 58 18-16d
2 - 58 18-16d
2 - 58 22-16d
2 - 58 22-16d
Typical ABWZ Installation
Allowable Loads
Uplift
Nails Bolts
555
1005
2200 2160
2200 2160
555
835
845
700
2300 2300
2300 2300
780
700
2235 2235
2235 2235
720
1190
2300 2300
2300 2300
720
1065
2320
2320
2270
2270
Down
(100)
6000
7180
6665
6665
8000
7180
4590
9435
10335
10335
4590
12000
12000
12000
10665
12935
12000
12000
12665
12935
24335
24335
32020
32020
ABA44Z
(other sizes similar)
2" Min.
side cover
(typ.)
Typical ABA44Z Installation
1. Uplift loads have been increased

for wind or earthquake with no
further increase allowed; reduce
Code
2. Downloads may not be increased
Ref.
for short-term loading.
3. Specifier to design concrete for
uplift capacity.
I3, F1, L5
4. ABU products may be installed
170
with either bolts or nails (not
I3, F1, L2, L5
both) to achieve table loads.
ABU88Z, ABU88R, ABU1010Z
I3, F1, L5
and ABU1010RZ may be installed
I3, F1, L2, L5
with 8-14"x3" Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws
170
(sold separately) for the same
table load.
I3, F1, L5
5. For AB bases, higher download
can be achieved by solidly
I3, F1, L2
packing grout under 1" standoff
plate before installation. Base
170
download on column, grout, or
concrete according to the code.
I3, F1, L5
6. HB dimension is the distance
from the bottom of the post up
170
to the first bolt hole.
7. Structural composite lumber
I3, F1, L5
columns have sides that show
either the wide face or the edges
170
of the lumber strands/veneers.
I3, F1, L2
For SCL columns, the fasteners
for these products should always
170
be installed in the wide face.
I3, F1, L5
8. Downloads shall be reduced
170
where limited by the capacity of
the post. See pages 245-246 for
I3, F1
common post allowable loads.
9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312"
long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long.
170
See pages 22-23 for other nail
sizes and information.
Model
No.
(other sizes
similar)
2 Load
Transfer
Plates
Supplied

Dimensions (in.)
ABU44Z
ABWZ

Additional products on this page may also be available with this option,
check with Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Material
Washer
Supplied
The AB series of retrofit adjustable post bases provide a 1" standoff

for the post, are slotted for adjustability and can be installed with nails,
Strong-Drive SD Connector screws or bolts (ABU). Depending on the
application needs, these adjustable standoff post bases are designed for
versatility, cost-effectiveness and maximum uplift performance.
Features:
The slot in the base enables flexible positioning around the
anchor bolt, making precise post placement easier
The 1" standoff helps prevent rot at the end of the post and meets
code requirements for structural posts installed in basements or
exposed to weather or water splash
MATERIAL: Varies (see table)
FINISH: All galvanized, most offered in ZMAX; see Corrosion
Information, pages 13-15.
See our Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry
catalog, or visit www.strongtie.com for retrofit anchor options or
reference technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC.
Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members
from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for
non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports).
Place the base, load transfer plate and nut on the anchor bolt.
Loosely tighten the nut.
ABWPlace the standoff base and then the post in the ABW and
fasten on three vertical sides, using nails or Strong-Drive SD
Connector screws.
Make any necessary adjustments to post placement and tighten
the nut securely on the anchor bolt.
Bend up the fourth side of the ABW and fasten using the correct
fasteners.
ABUPlace the standoff base and then the post in the ABU.
Fasten using nails or Strong-Drive SD Connector screws or
bolts (ABU88Z, ABU1010Z SDS optional).
ABAPlace the post in the ABA.
Fasten using nails or Strong-Drive SD Connector screws.
Caps & Bases
Additional standoff bases are on page 232.
Caps & Bases
CPTZ
Concealed Post Tie
534"
F1
4x4 Post
1"
Dowels (CJTPS)
F2
CPT44Z
in.
4" M
(others similar)
Caps & Bases
The CPTZ concealed post base provides a clean, concealed look while
providing a 1" standoff height above concrete. The 1" standoff reduces the
potential for decay at the post end and satisfies code requirements for posts
that are exposed to weather, water splash or in basements.
The CPTZ is tested and load-rated for uplift, download and lateral load.
Simpson Strong-Tie saves installers time by providing all the necessary
components to make the connection in one box.
The CPTZ anchorage can either be cast-in-place or retrofitted with
adhesive or mechanical anchors.
Solutions have been calculated per ACI 318, Appendix D to determine
their allowable load in different concrete configurations.
MATERIAL: See table below
FINISH: Knife plate, washers and standoff base are ZMAX -galvanized steel.
The standoff base has an additional textured, flat black powder coat finish
for aesthetic purposes. The 12" diameter drift dowels are mechanically
galvanized in accordance with ASTM B695, class 55. If substituting 12"
diameter machine bolts, a hot-dip galvanized finish is recommended.
More extensive installation instructions are available through our
Literature Library app or by visiting www.strongtie.com.
from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended
for non-braced, or non-top-supported installations.
Typical CPT44Z Installation
Model
No.
Post
Size
Base
(Ga)
Knife
Plate
(Ga)
CPT44Z
4x4,
RGH 4x4
12
CPT66Z
6x6,
RGH 6x6
CPT88Z
8x8,
RGH 8x8
Dimensions
(in.)
Fasteners
Anchor
Qty.
Dia.
10
3 2
3 2
12
10
538
538
12
10
714
714
Qty.
1
Post
Type3
Uplift
(160)
2 x 234 dowel
3035
2" MB
3350
1
1
2 x 434 dowel
4430
2" MB
4475
1
1
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake

load with no further increase allowed; reduce where other
loads govern.
2. Downloads may not be increased for short-term loading
and shall not exceed the post capacity. See pages 245-246
for common post capacities.
3. CPTZs are supplied with (3) 12 " diameter dowel pins.
Allowable Loads (DF/SP)
2 x 434 dowel
3625
2" MB
4475
Down
(100)
F1
(160)
F2
(160)
11455
600
605
21375
655
1025
22805
740
1080
Alternate 12 " diameter hex or square head machine

bolts may be used for loads listed.
4. Lag or carriage bolts are not permitted.
5. Structural composite lumber columns have sides
that show either the wide face or the edges of
the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables
reflect dowel or bolt installation into the wide face.
Code
Ref.
I3, F1
CPT44Z = 1916"
CPT66Z and CPT88Z = 214"
Post
CPTZ Anchorage Using SET-XP Anchoring Adhesive
Model
No.
CPT44Z
CPT66Z
CPT88Z
CPT44Z
CPT66Z
CPT88Z
CPT44Z
CPT66Z
CPT88Z
CPT44Z
CPT66Z
CPT44Z
CPT66Z
CPT88Z
Allowable Uplift
Edge
Embed.
Distance
Anchorage
(in.)
(in.)
Uncracked Cracked
Corner Flush Edge
214
505
405
214
580
465
214
625
500
Corner Near Edge
5
4
1480
1185
5
5
2025
1620
5
6
2430
1945
Corner Away from Edge
6
9
4005
3205
712
1114
5440
4350
712
1114
5440
4350
10" Diameter Circular Pedestal
5
4
1560
1245
5
334
1460
1165
5
5
2025
1620
5
434
1935
1550
5
434
1935
1550
CPTZ
3035
4430
3625
3035
4430
3625
3035
4430
3625
3035
4430
3035
4430
3625
CPT44Z = 1916"
CPT66Z and
CPT88Z = 214"
CPT44Z = 1"
CPT66Z = 2"
CPT88Z = 2 78"
11116"
CPT44Z = 1"
CPT66Z = 158"
CPT88Z = 212"
Post
CPTZ Knife Plate
Corner Flush Edge

11116"
Corner Near Edge
Edge
(Away from edge similar)
Edge
CPTZ Knife Plate
1. Allowable uplift loads are calculated per ACI 318-11, Appendix D considering cracked
and uncracked concrete and are qualified for Wind and Seismic Design Categories A & B.
No further increases allowed.
2. Edge distance is measured from the center line of the nearest anchor bolt to the edge of concrete.
3. Foundation dimensions are for anchorage only. Foundation design by others. Refer to ACI318-11.
4. Lateral loads (F1 = F 2) for Corner Flush Edge conditions are CPT44Z = 395 lbs.,
CPT66Z = 570 lbs., CPT88Z = 740 lbs. For all other installations using CPTZ with SET-XP
anchoring adhesive, use the allowable loads from the CPTZ table above.
5. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength, f'c = 2500 psi..
57
Caps & Bases
CPTZ
Concealed Post Tie
Caps & Bases
CPTZ Cast-in-Place Anchorage

Model
No.
Embedment
(in.)
CPT44Z
CPT66Z
CPT88Z
214
214
214
CPT44Z
CPT66Z
CPT88Z
5
6
6
CPT44Z
CPT66Z
5
5
CPT44Z
CPT66Z
CPT88Z
5
5
5
Allowable Uplift
Anchorage
Uncracked
Cracked
Corner Flush Edge
870
695
1590
1270
2435
1950
Corner Away from Edge
4
3760
3010
5
5390
4310
5
5390
4310
4
3945
3155
3860
3090
334
5
5170
4135
434
5140
4110
434
5140
4110
Edge
Distance
(in.)
CPTZ
CPT44Z = 1916"
CPT66Z and CPT88Z = 214"
3035
4430
3625
3035
4430
3625
3035
4430
11116"
Edge
3035
4430
3625
Circular Pedestal Edge Distance
1. Allowable uplift loads are calculated per ACI 318-11, Appendix D

considering cracked and uncracked concrete and are qualified
for Wind and Seismic Design Categories A & B. No further
increases allowed.
2. Edge distance is considered to be measured from the center line
of the nearest anchor bolt to the edge of concrete.
3. Tabulated anchor embedments will also achieve the maximum
lateral loads from the CPTZ table on page 57.
4. Foundation dimensions are for anchorage only. Foundation
design by others. Refer to ACI318-11.
Corner Installation
Circular Pedestal Installation
MATERIAL: EPB44A14 gauge; others12 gauge base

plate, 1116" OD x 8" pipe
FINISH: EPB44AGalvanized; all othersSimpson

Strong-Tie gray paint (may be ordered HDG);

see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
Allows 1" to 212" clearance above concrete, 2" for EPB44A.
Post bases do not provide adequate resistance
to prevent members from rotating about the base and
installations (such as fences or unbraced carports).
OPTIONS: 12" pipe available for EPB44, 46, 66;

specify -12 after model number.
58
Model
No.
EPB44A
EPB44
EPB46
EPB66
3916
3916
512
512
EPB44A
EPB44
EPB46
EPB66
3916
3916
512
512
Allowable Loads (160)

Non- Cracked
L
H
Nails Cracked
Download
Uplift
Uplift
3
238
8-16d
1120
785
2670
314
2516
8-16d
1035
725
3465
3516
3
12-16d
1035
725
3465
512
3
12-16d
1035
725
3465
3
238
8-16d
940
660
2670
314
2516
8-16d
870
605
3465
3516
3
12-16d
870
605
3465
512
3
12-16d
870
605
3465
Pilot
Hole
(Typ.)
All EPBs
4" Min.
"
6 nt
dme
Embe
EPB66
(EPB44 and EPB46 similar)
EPB44A
Code
Ref.
I28,
F1,
L27
I28,
F1,
L27
Typical EPB44A Installation

2. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength, f'c = 2500 psi.
3. Multiply Seismic and Wind ASD load values by 1.4 or 1.6 respectively to obtain
LRFD capacities.
4. In accordance with IBC Section 1613.1, detached one- and two-family dwellings in
Seismic Design Category (SDC) C may use Wind and SDC A&B allowable loads.
5. Download shall be reduced where limited by the design capacity of the column.
6. For lateral loads: F1 allowable = 815 lbs. for the EPB44A and 985 lbs. for EPB44, 46
and 66. F2 allowable = 935 lbs. for the EPB44A and 1135 lbs. for EPB44, 46 and 66.
7. Designer is responsible for concrete design.
8. For full loads, nearest concrete edge required is 4" from EPB center line.
9. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that either show the wide face or
EPB Elevated Post Bases
Caps & Bases
EPB44PHDG can be used both for pier block and cast-in-place

installation for 4x4 posts.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge base EPB44TThreaded rod support 58"x 6"

(shipped assembled). EPB44PHDGThreaded rod support
3

4"x 6", nut and washer are shipped assembled
FINISH: EPB44T: BaseGalvanized, Threaded RodZinc Plate

EPB44PHDG: HDG; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION:
Secured with Anchoring Adhesive:
EPB44TDrill a 34" hole 4" deep minimum into the concrete.
Clean the hole and fill half full with anchoring adhesive
(per installation instructions). Insert the EPB44T and adjust
to the desired height. The threaded rod shall be embedded a
minimum of 312". To adjust after the anchoring adhesive cures,
drill a hole in the center of the post and rotate the post base up
or down to the desired height.
EPB44PHDGDrill a 78" diameter hole 4" deep minimum
and fill the hole halfway with anchoring adhesive. Insert the
EPB44PHDG and adjust to the desired height. The threaded
rod shall be embedded a minimum of 312". Minimum sidecover is 3" from the center of the threaded rod for both products.
Go to www.strongtie.com for additional information on hole
cleaning procedures and cure time for SET-XP and AT-XP
anchoring adhesives.
Supported by a Nut:
EPB44TDrill a 34" hole 212" deep minimum into concrete.
Install a 58 -11 NC nut and cut washer on the threaded rod.
(Nut and washer not supplied). Insert EPB44T into the hole
and adjust to the desired height.
EPB44PHDGDrill a 1" diameter hole 312" deep minimum.
Insert the EPB44PHDG and adjust to the desired height.
Cast-in-Place:
Embedded end to have a nut and bearing plate with a
minimum embedment of 4" from top of concrete to the
top of plate.
Minimum sidecover is 3" from the center of the
threaded rod.
Fully engage at least three threads in the base.
Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent
members from rotating about the base and therefore are not
recommended for non top-supported installations
(such as fences or unbraced carports).
Hole drilled
into post for
adjustability
Nut and
washer for
adjustability
no uplift
Pilot Hole
(Typ.)
3" Min.
(Typ.)
Washer
shall
directly
bear on
concrete
3" Min.
(Typ.)
Typical EPB44T
installed with nut and
washer (not supplied)
Typical EPB44T
Installed with
SET-XP or AT-XP
Anchoring Adhesive
U.S. Patent
5,666,774
"
2 4
1

Pilot
Hole
(Typ.)
Washer
shall
directly
bear on
concrete
Pilot
Hole
(Typ.)
212" Max.
212" Max.
Center
For uplift
loads,
anchoring
adhesive or
cast-in-place
is required
.
Min
1 "
3 2 bed.
Em
34"
3 in.
M
Pilot
Hole
(Typ.)
For uplift
loads
anchoring
adhesive or
cast-in-place
is required
.
Min
1 "
3 2 bed.
Em
18"
3 in.
M
Washer
shall
directly
bear on
concrete
212" Max.
Caps & Bases
EPB44T/EPB44PHDG Elevated Post Bases
Typical EPB44PHDG
Pier Block Installation
(Supported by a nut)
Typical EPB44PHDG
Installed with
SET-XP or AT-XP
Anchoring Adhesive

Model
No.
Nails
Anchor
Bolt

Uplift (160)
Download
(100)
SET-XP
AT-XP
3275
1130
1140
3670
1265
985
EPB44T
6-16d
EPB44PHDG
8-16d
Code
Ref.
170
1. Loads may not be increased for short term loading.

2. Uplift loads require the threaded rod to be attached to cured concrete with SET-XP
or AT-XP anchoring adhesive. Cast-in-place install must have a nut and bearing plate
embedded in concrete. Uplift loads do not apply when installed to a pier block.
4. Downloads shall be reduced where limited by the capacity of the post.
5. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide
face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. For SCL columns, the
fasteners for these products should always be installed in the wide face.
See technical bullettin T-C-SCLCCLM for load reductions due to narrow face instructions.
6. Adhesive anchor design assumptions: a) Uncracked dry concrete;
b) Anchors not for use in SDC C-F where load combos include earthquake;
c) Temperature range 1 or 2 acceptable; d) Periodic special inspection assumed
per code report; e) Minimum concrete strength of 2,500 psi.
59
Caps & Bases
Caps & Bases
PB/PBS Regular and Standoff Post Bases

The PBS features a 1" standoff height. It reduces the potential
for decay at post and column ends.
MATERIAL: PB12 gauge; PBSsee table
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX or HDG

coating; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION:
Install either nails or bolts (see page 16 note d).
members from rotating about the base and therefore are
not recommended for non top-supported installations
(such as fences or unbraced carports).
PBHoles are provided for installation with either
16d commons or 12" bolts for PB66 and PB66R; all
other models use 16d commons only. A 2" minimum
sidecover is required to obtain the full load.
PBSEmbed into wet concrete up to the bottom of the
1" standoff base plate. A 2" minimum side cover is
required to obtain the full load. Holes in the bottom of
the straps allow for free concrete flow.
OPTIONS: PBS available in rough sizes (except for PBS46),

contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
Stress
relief
holes
resist
tearing
Embossed for
greater strength
PB
Dimensions
Model
No.
Fasteners
Nails
Machine
Bolts
2" Min.
Sidecover
2" Min.
Sidecover
Typical PB Installation

Non-Cracked
Cracked
Uplift
Uplift
PB44
3916
314
12-16d
N/A
1485
1040
PB46
5 2
3 4
12-16d
N/A
1485
1040
PB66
5 2
5 4
12-16d
2 - 2" Dia.
1485
1040
Code
Ref.
1" Sta
satisndoff
requires code
emen
ts

PB44
3916
314
12-16d
N/A
1150
875
PB46
512
314
12-16d
N/A
1150
875
PB66
512
514
12-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
1150
875

3. Multiply Seismic and Wind ASD load values by 1.4 or 1.6 respectively to
obtain LRFD capacities.
Seismic Design Category (SDC) may use Wind and SDC A&B allowable loads.
5. Download shall be limited by the design capacity of the post.
6. For lateral loads for all PB models: F1 allowable = 765 lbs. F2 allowable = 1325 lbs.
the edges of the lumber strands/veneers known as the narrow face. Values in the tables
reflect installation into the wide face. See Technical Bulletin T-C-SCLCLM for load
reductions due to narrow face installations.
60
I28,
F1,
L27
in.
2" Mover
c
e
d
Si
ed.
mb 46)
,
3 44A .
S
d
(PB Embe )
5" BS66
(P
1 2" E
Typical PBS44A Installation
I28,
F1,
L27
Caps & Bases
PB/PBS Regular and Standoff Post Bases

Material
Dimensions
Nominal
Post
Size
Base
(Ga)
Strap
(Ga)
PBS44A
PBS44R
PBS46
PBS66
PBS66R
4x4
Rough 4x4
4x6
6x6
Rough 6x6
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
12
14
3916
4
3916
512
6
312
312
5716
538
538
PBS44A
PBS44R
PBS46
PBS66
PBS66R
4x4
Rough 4x4
4x6
6x6
Rough 6x6
12
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
12
14
3916
4
3916
512
6
Fasteners
HB
Nails
Machine
Bolts

614
3716
14-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
14-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
614
3716
6916
338
14-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
612
31116
14-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
1
11
6 2
3 16
14-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
312
614
3716
14-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
1
1
7
14-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
3 2
6 4
3 16
5716
6916
338
14-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
538
612
31116
14-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
3
1
11
5 8
6 2
3 16
14-16d
2 - 12" Dia.
1. For higher downloads, solid pack grout under 1" standoff plate before installing
PBS into concrete. Base download on column or concrete, according to the code.
LRFD capacities.
5. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating
about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported
6. Download shall be reduced where limited by the design capacity of the post.
Allowable Loads
Non-Cracked
Cracked
Download
Uplift
Uplift
Code
Ref.
1285
1285
1285
2165
2165
900
900
900
2165
2165
10975
10975
14420
14420
14420
I28, F1, L27

170
1080
1080
1080
2165
2165
755
755
755
2165
2165
10975
10975
14420
14420
14420
I28, F1, L27

170
I28,
F1, L27
170
I28,
F1, L27
170
Caps & Bases
Model
No.

8. For lateral loads for all PBS models: F1 allowable = 1165 lbs. when using nails and
230 lbs. when using bolts. F2 allowable = 835 lbs. when using either nails or bolts.
9. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that either show the wide face or the
edges of the lumber strands/veneers known as the narrow face. Values in the tables
reflect installation into the wide face. See Technical Bulletin T-C-SCLCLM for load
reductions due to narrow face installations.
EPS4Z Post Bases

The EPS4Z provides a light-duty connector for attachment of posts to concrete.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating
about the base and therefore are not recommended for
Embed into wet concrete up to the embedment line. A 2" minimum side cover is
required to obtain the full load.
Posts shall be preservative-treated wood to meet building code requirements.
112"
714"
11
3 9
Non-Cracked
Cracked
Uplift
Uplift
Code
Ref.
EPS4Z
Uplift

EPS4Z
8-10dx112
980
"
16

Nails
"
1 16
Model
No.
Embedment
line (top of
concrete)
685
I28, F1, L27
575
I28, F1, L27

EPS4Z
8-10dx112
825
1. Loads may not be increaed for short-term loading.

4. In accordance with IBC Section 1613.1, detached one- and two-family dwellings in Seismic Design
Category (SDC) C may use "Wind and SDC A&B" allowable loads.
6. For lateral loads: F1 allowable = 575 lbs. and F2 allowable = 680 lbs.
8. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that either show the wide face or the edges of
the lumber strands/veneers known as the narrow face. Values in the tables reflect installation into
the wide face. See Technical Bulletin T-C-SCLCLM for load reductions due to narrow face installations.
F2
F1
2" Min.
Sidecover
2" Min.
Sidecover
in.
4" M
Typical EPS4Z
Installation
61
Caps & Bases
CBS/CBSQ
Column Bases
Caps & Bases
This product is preferable to similar connectors

because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads,
c) lower installed cost, or a combination of
these features.
2" Min.
Sidecover
CBSQ86, 88
3" Min.
Sidecover
all others
W1
The CBS column base installs with machine bolts

and provides tested capacity. The 1" standoff (included) meets
code requirements for structural posts installed in basements
or exposed to weather or water splash. The CBSQ uses
Connector screws, which allow for fast installation, reduced
reveal and high capacity, provides a greater net section area
of the column compared to bolts.
MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized, available in HDG
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners.

See General Notes.
For CBS, install with two machine bolts.
For CBSQ, install 14" x 2" Strong-Drive SDS

Heavy-Duty Connector screws, which are

provided with the column base. (Lag screws

will not achieve the same load.)
For full loads, a minimum of 3" side cover shall

be provided.



ORDERING: To order the CBSQ with screws, specify CBSQ-SDS2.

To order without screws, specify CBSQ.
W2
W1
CBSQ-SDS2
2" Min.
Sidecover
CBSQ86, 88
3" Min.
Sidecover
all others
Typical
CBSQ-SDS2
Installation
W2
3" Min.
Sidecover
3" Min.
Sidecover
1"
CBS
Typical CBS Installation
Nominal
Column
Size
Material
Base
(Ga)
Dimensions
Strap
(Ga x Width)
W2
W1
CBS44
CBS46
CBS66
4x4
4x6
6x6
12
12
12
10 ga x 214
10 ga x 3
10 ga x 3
3916
3916
512
CBS44
CBS46
CBS66
4x4
4x6
6x6
12
12
12
10 ga x 214
10 ga x 3
10 ga x 3
3916
3916
512
Machine Bolts
H
Qty.
Dia.

5
312
718
838
2
8
5
5516
71316
81116
2
8
5
512
678
834
2
8
5
312
718
838
2
8
5
5516
71316
81116
2
8
5
512
678
834
2
8
Code
Ref.
Non-Cracked
Cracked
Uplift
Uplift
5390
5390
4555
4845
4845
3190
10975
14420
14420
170
5390
5390
3830
4070
4070
2680
10975
14420
14420
170
Download
See foonotes below.
Model
No.
Nominal
Column
Size
Material
Base
(Ga)
Strap
(Ga x Width)
CBSQ44-SDS2
CBSQ46-SDS2
CBSQ66-SDS2
CBSQ86-SDS2
CBSQ88-SDS2
4x4
4x6
6x6
6x8
8x8
12
12
12
12
12
10 ga x 214
10 ga x 3
10 ga x 3
7 ga x 3
7 ga x 3
CBSQ44-SDS2
CBSQ46-SDS2
CBSQ66-SDS2
CBSQ86-SDS2
CBSQ88-SDS2
4x4
4x6
6x6
6x8
8x8
12
12
12
12
12
10 ga x 214
10 ga x 3
10 ga x 3
7 ga x 3
7 ga x 3
Dimensions
W1
W2

3916
312
718
838
14-SDS 14"x2"
3916
5516 71316 81116 14-SDS 14"x2"
512
512
678
834
14-SDS 14"x2"
712
538
618
81116 12-SDS 14"x2"
712
738
618
81116 12-SDS 14"x2"
3916
312
718
838
14-SDS 14"x2"
3916
5516 71316 81116 14-SDS 14"x2"
512
512
678
834
14-SDS 14"x2"
1
3
1
11
7 2
5 8
6 8
8 16 12-SDS 14"x2"
712
738
618
81116 12-SDS 14"x2"
1. Loads may not be increased by short-term loading.

2. For higher downloads, solid pack grout under 1" standoff plate before installing
CBS or CBSQ into concrete. Base download on column or concrete, according
to the code.
LRFD capacities.
62
Simpson
Strong-Tie
SDS Screws
Code
Ref.
Non-Cracked
Cracked
Uplift
Uplift
5390
5390
4555
3975
3975
4845
4845
3190
2780
2780
10975
14420
14420
20915
22225
I28,
F1,
L27
5390
5390
3830
3340
3340
4070
4070
2680
2335
2335
10975
14420
14420
20915
22225
I28,
F1,
L27
Download
6. Download shall be reduced where limited by the design capacity of the column.
Model
No.
Caps & Bases
Column Bases
MATERIAL: Strap: LCB12 gauge; CB4x, CB5x, CB6x7 gauge;

CB7x and larger3 gauge
Base: LCB16 gauge; CB4x through CB9x7 gauge;
CB10x3 gauge
FINISH: LCB, CB44, CB46, CB48, CB66, CB68, CB610galvanized;
all other CBSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint or HDG.
Some models available in HDG or stainless steel
For full loads, minimum side cover required is
3" for CB, 2" for LCB.
Install all models with bottom of base plate flush with concrete.
3"
438
" 51
4"
6 1/2" LCB44,
LCB46
5 1/2" LCB66
8" All others
CB44
(CB46, CB48, CB64, CB66, CB68,
CB86, CB88, CB610 similar)
Configuration of all
other CB sizes
Caps & Bases

OPTIONS:
LCB and CB are available in rough size. Other sizes
available for CB specify W1 and W2 dimensions. Consult
Simpson Strong-Tie for bolt sizes and allowable loads.
1516" for 58" Bolts

112" for 34" Bolts
For 5
8
For 3 " Bolt
s
4" B
olts
LCB/CB
Model
No.
Nominal
Column
Size
LCB44
CB44
LCB46
CB46
CB48
CB5-4.5
CB5-6
LCB66
CB66
CB6-7
CB68
CB610
CB612
CB71/8 -4
CB71/8 -6
CB71/8 -7
CB7-6
CB7-7.5
CB7-9
CB7-10.5
CB86
CB88
CB810
CB812
CB9-6
CB9-7.5
CB9-9
CB9-10.5
CB1010
CB1012
CB1212
4x4
4x4
4x6
4x6
4x8
GLULAM
GLULAM
6x6
6x6
6x
6x8
6x10
6x12
PSL
PSL
PSL
GLULAM
GLULAM
GLULAM
GLULAM
8x6
8x8
8x10
8x12
GLULAM
GLULAM
GLULAM
GLULAM
10x10
10x12
12x12
Dimensions
(in.)
W1
W2
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
412
6
512
512
512
512
512
512
718
718
718
6
712
9
1012
712
712
712
712
6
712
9
1012
912
912
1112
312
3916
512
512
712
518
518
512
512
7
712
912
1112
312
512
7
634
634
634
634
512
712
912
1112
834
834
834
834
912
1112
1112
Allowable Loads DF/SP/SPF/HF (160)

Wind and SDC A&B
SDC C-F
Code
Machine
NonNonRef.
Cracked
Cracked
Cracked
Cracked
Bolts
Nails
Qty. Dia. (in.) Uplift
Uplift
Uplift
Uplift
1
12-16d 2
2
1170
820
985
690
5
NA
2
8
6710
4700
5640
3945
I28,
1
12-16d 2
2
1170
820
985
690
F1, L27
5
NA
2
8
6710
4700
5640
3945
5
NA
2
8
6710
4700
5640
3945
5
NA
2
8
6710
4700
5640
3945
170
5
NA
2
8
6710
4700
5640
3945
1
12-16d 2
2
1170
820
985
690
I28,
5
F1, L27
NA
2
8
6710
4700
5640
3945
5
NA
2
8
6710
4700
5640
3945
170
5
NA
2
8
6710
4700
5640
3945 I28, F1, L27
5
NA
2
8
6710
4700
5640
3945
5
NA
2
8
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
170
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
3
NA
2
4
6710
4700
5640
3945
Column Fasteners
1. Loads may not be increaed for short-term loading.

2. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength,
f'c = 2500 psi.
3. LCB products may be installed with either bolts OR nails
(not both) to achieve table loads.
4. Multiply Seismic and Wind ASD load values by 1.4 or
1.6 respectively to obtain LRFD capacities.
5. In accordance with IBC Section 1613.1, detached one- and
two-family dwellings in Seismic Design Category (SDC) C
may use Wind and SDC A&B allowable loads.
LCB
For 5
8" B
o
For 3 lts
4" B
olts
3" Min.
Side
Cover
3" Min.
Side
Cover
CB9
(CB5, CB7 similar)

for Glulam Column
6. Download capacity shall be based on either the wood post

design or concrete design calculated per code. See pages
245-246 for common post allowable loads.
7. Designer is responsible for concrete design. Minimum
foundation dimensions are for anchorage only.
8. Loads must not be increased by short-term loading.
9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long. See pages 22-23 for
other nail sizes and information.
UPDATED 03/27/15
63
Caps & Bases
Porch Post Base
The PPBZ porch base offers a simplified, one-time installation

designed to support permanent porch framing throughout all stages
of construction. This design eliminates the need for temporary
vertical support and streamlines the subcontractor scheduling
process while still providing adequate safety to enable full access
for installers/inspectors.
The porch post base is fastened to the footing with two
Simpson Strong-Tie Titen masonry screws when framing the
porch roof. Then, when the time is right, the concrete contractor
is able to complete the last phase of the porch slab without
the interference of temporary vertical support and without the
framer having to return to the jobsite after the slab has hardened.
Designed to withstand vertical construction loads prior to
embedment in concrete, the PPBZ will support the weight of
most framed porches and overhangs.
W1
W2
1"
6" Stemwall
2500 psi min.
FEATURES:
Stiffened embedded side stirrups provide temporary vertical
download support without being embedded into concrete
1" stand-off reduces the potential for decay at post or
column ends
Two available sizes provide both 4" and 6" slab thicknesses
Pre-pour installation eliminates temporary support
No disruption in scheduling
Eliminates additional move-ins by trades and certain
inspection call backs
MATERIAL: See table
Locate and place PPBZ on footing according to framing plans
Secure PPBZ to footing with 2 - (14" dia. x 114" long hex head)
Titen concrete screws located a minimum of 112" from the
edge of concrete.
Attach 4x4 post to PPBZ using 12-10d common (0.148" dia.
x 3" long) nails. After bracing the top and bottom of the post
from lateral movement, the post may then be loaded in
download or uplift.
When ready, pour concrete porch slab (4" or 6") up to the
bottom of the stand-off base while maintaining minimum
1" concrete side coverage.
112" min.
Typical PPB44-4Z Installation

(Before slab is poured)
PPB44-4Z
(PPB44-6Z similar)
1" min.
side cover
4" or 6" Slab

1 4 x 11 4"
Titen screw
6" min
Typical PPB44-4Z Installation
Model
No.
Material
Nominal
Post
Size Base
Strap
W1
(Ga) (Ga x Width)
Dimensions
(in.)
W2
Allowable Loads (DF/SP/SPF/HF)
Fasteners
Foundation
Prior to Pour
Post
Uplift
(160)
Embedded into Concrete

Uplift (160)
Down
(100)
Non-Cracked
Cracked
Down
(100)
Code
Ref.

PPB44-4Z
4x4
12
12 ga x 1 2
3 8 3 16
2-14x114 Titen 12-10d
220
4720
1480
1035
7830
PPB44-6Z
4x4
12
12 ga x 112
358 3516
2-14x114 Titen 12-10d
220
4295
2105
2105
10505
PPB44-4Z
4x4
12
12 ga x 1 2
3 8 3 16
2-14x114 Titen 12-10d
220
4720
1245
870
7830
PPB44-6Z
4x4
12
12 ga x 112
358 3516
2-14x114 Titen 12-10d
220
4295
2105
1895
10505
170

1

4. In accordance with IBC Section 1613.1, detached one- and two- family dwellings in
7. For full loads, nearest concrete edge required is 4" from PPBZ center line.
8. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that either show the wide face or the edges of the
lumber strands/veneers known as the narrow face. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face.
See Technical Bulletin T-C-SCLCLM for load reductions due to narrow face installations.
64
170
Caps & Bases
PPBZ
Caps & Bases
BC/BCS Post Caps

Pilot holes for manufacturing purposes
(Do not install bolts) (Typ.)
Pilot holes for

manufacturing
purposes
(Do not install
bolts) (Typ.)
BC4 Cap/Base
(BC6 similar)
Post
Flanges
Base
Bottom
Model
No.
Dimensions
Fasteners
W1 W2
L1
L2
H1
H2
BC4
BC46
BC4R
BC6
BC6R
BC8
BCS2-2/4
BCS2-3/6
3916
3916
4
512
6
712
318
458
3916
512
4
512
6
712
3916
5916
278
478
4
438
6
712
278
438
278
278
4
438
6
712
278
278
3
312
3
338
3
4
15
2 16
3516
3
212
3
338
3
4
15
2 16
21516
BC40
BC40R
BC460
BC60
BC60R
BC80
BC80R
3916
4
512
512
6
712
8
314
4
338
512
6
712
8
214
3
3
3
3
4
4
Beam Post Base

Flange Flange Bottom
CAPS
6-16d 6-16d
12-16d 6-16d
12-16d 12-16d
12-16d 12-16d
12-16d 12-16d
12-16d 12-16d
8-10d 6-10d
12-16d 6-16d
BASES
6-16d 4-16d
6-16d 4-16d
6-16d 4-16d
6-16d 4-16d
6-16d 4-16d
6-16d 4-16d
6-16d 4-16d
Allowable Loads
(DF/SP) (160)1
Uplift Lateral
980
980
980
1050
1050
1800
780
800
1000
1000
1000
2000
2000
2000
1025
1495
510
510
450
450
450
450
450
735
735
735
735
735
735
735
BC8
Cap/
Base
Beam
Flanges
Pilot holes for

manufacturing purposes
(Do not install bolts)
(Typ.)
Post Flanges
Code
Ref.
BCS2-2/4
BC60 Half Base

(other similar)
Caps & Bases
The BCS allows for the connection of 2-2xs to a 4x post or 3-2xs to a 6x post.
Double shear nailing between beam and post gives added strength. The BC series offers
dual purpose post cap/base for light cap or base connections.
MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX

Do not install bolts into pilot holes.
BCS: install dome nails on beam; drive nails at an angle through
the beam into the post below to achieve the table loads
BC: install with 16d commons or 16dx212" joist hanger nails.
from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non
top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports).
To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners
required to join members to act as one unit without splitting the wood.
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
1. Allowable loads have been
Lateral
I12, I27, L4, L5, F11 increased for wind or
earthquake with no further

increase allowed; reduce
I12, L4, F11
2. Structural composite lumber
columns have sides that
show either the wide face or
I12, I27, L4, L5, F11 the edges of the lumber strands/
veneers. Values in the tables
I12, L4, F11
reflect installation into the wide
face. See technical bulletin
T-SCLCOLUMN for values on
I27, L5
Typical BCS
the narrow face (edge).
3. Base allowable loads assumes
Installation
170
nails have full penetration into
supporting member. Loads do not
I27, L5
apply to end grain post installations.
4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long,
170
10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See pages
22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
LCC Lally Column Caps / CCOS Steel Column Caps

Lally column caps and steel column caps provide adequate bearing length for larger girder reactions.
MATERIAL: LCC12 gauge; CCOS7 gauge FINISH: LCCSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint; CCOSG90 Galvanized
LCCFit the lally column cap over the lally column and attach to the girder.
CCOSAttach steel column cap to column end plate with (4) Simpson Strong-Tie Quik Drive XQ112S1224
self-tapping screws (provided) and attach to girder. Install with 516" hex driver. See flier F-CCOS for additional
CCOS applications.
Model
No.
Girder
Nails 7
LCC4.5-3.5
CCOS3.12
LCC3.5-3.5
LCC3.5-4
CCOS3.62
LCC4.5-4
CCOS4.62
LCC5.25-3.5
LCC5.25-4
CCOS5.50
LCC6-3.5
LCC6-4
LCC7-3.5
LCC7-4
CCOS7.25
458
318
358
358
358
458
458
538
538
512
618
618
718
718
714
Triple 2x10/12
Double 2x10/12
3.5 LVL/PSL/LSL
3.5 LVL/PSL/LSL
3.5 LVL/PSL/LSL
Triple 2x10/12
Triple 2x10/12
5.25 LVL/PSL/LSL
5.25 LVL/PSL/LSL
5.25 LVL/PSL/LSL
Quad 2x10/12
Quad 2x10/12
7 LVL/PSL/LSL
7 LVL/PSL/LSL
7 LVL/PSL/LSL
8-16d
10-10d
8-16d
8-16d
10-10d
8-16d
10-10d
8-16d
8-16d
10-10d
8-16d
8-16d
8-16d
8-16d
10-10d
Allowable Loads
Lally
Column
Download 1,2,3,4
Uplift
Outside
Diameter DF/SP/SPF LVL/PSL/LSL (160)
312
15820
10200
1020
312
15820
20670
16665
1020
4
20670
15300
1020
312
15820
20670
22100
1020
312
15820
4
20670
312
15820
20670
27525
1020

2. Allowable loads are determined using the lowest of the
bearing loads using Fc-perp equal to 425 psi for SPF,
625 psi for DF and 700 psi for LVL/PSL/LSL.
3. Loads are for a continuous beam.
4. Spliced conditions for the LCC must be detailed by the
Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members
by means other than the lally column. The splice condition
load is 6750 lbs per beam side for LCC must be evenly loaded.
5. To achieve lateral loads, the LCC pipe must be welded to the
F 15
(160)
1615
2200
1615
1615
2200
1615
2200
1615
1615
2200
1615
1615
1615
1615
2200
Code
Ref.
1 "
11 2
4"
Typical LCC5.25-3.5 Installation

connecting a 3-ply LVL and a
312" diameter (O.D.) steel column
170
column with an 18" fillet weld around the entire pipe.

6. The CCOS must be attached to the column cap plate with (4) Quik
Drive XQ112S1224 self-tapping screws through the end plate and
into the bottom of the CCOS. Max column cap plate thickness = 12".
7. All pipe columns need to be designed by a qualified Designer.
CCOS minimum column diameter is 3".
8. CCOS caps can resist out-of-plane (F2) forces up to 2200 lbs.
provided the beam is braced to resist torsional rotation.
9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long.
8"
6"
Typical CCOS5.50 Installation

connecting a 3-ply LVL
and a steel column
65
Caps & Bases
AC/ACE/LPCZ/LCE/RTC
Post Caps
The LCE4s universal design provides high capacity while eliminating the need for rights and
lefts. For use with 4x or 6x lumber. LPCZAdjustable design allows greater connection versatility.
MATERIAL: LCE420 gauge; AC, ACE, LPC4Z18 gauge; LPC6Z16 gauge; RTC14 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating and stainless steel;

Install all models in pairs. LPCZ212" beams may be used if 10dx112" nails are
substituted for 10d commons.
LPCZ

Model
No.
Total No.
Fasteners
Dimensions
Typical LCE4 Installation

(For 4x or 6x lumber)
Allowable Loads
(DF/SP) (160)1
Beam
Post
Uplift
AC4 (Min)
3916
612
8-16d
8-16d
1430
715
AC4 (Max)
3916
612
14-16d
14-16d
2500
1070
AC4RZ (Min)
8-16d
8-16d
1430
715
AC4RZ (Max)
14-16d
14-16d
2500
1070
ACE4 (Min)
412
6-16d
6-16d
1070
715
ACE4 (Max)
412
10-16d
10-16d
1785
1070
LCE4
5 8
14-16d
10-16d
1905
1425
AC6 (Min)
512
812
8-16d
8-16d
1430
715
AC6 (Max)
512
812
14-16d
14-16d
2500
1070
8-16d
8-16d
1430
715
1070
AC6RZ (Min)
Code
Ref.
Lateral
I12, I27, L4, L5, F11

I12, L5, F11
AC
I12, L4, F11
ral
Late
IP1, L18, F25, 160

I12, I27, L4, L5, F11
I12, I27, L5, F11
AC6RZ (Max)
14-16d
14-16d
2500
ACE6 (Min)
612
6-16d
6-16d
1070
715
ACE6 (Max)
612
10-16d
10-16d
1785
1070
LPC4Z
3 16
3 2
8-10d
8-10d
760
325
I12, I27, L4, L5, F11
LPC6Z
5916
512
8-10d
8-10d
915
490
I12, F11
Typical LCE4
Corner Installation
(See note 7)
Left
t
Righ
I12, L4, F11
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further
increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
2. Loads apply only when used in pairs.
3. LPCZ lateral load is in the direction parallel to the beam.
4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes;
MAX nailing quantities and load valuesfill round and triangle holes.
5. Uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions.
6. Spliced conditions must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads
between spliced members by means other than the post cap.
7. LCE4 uplift load for mitered corner conditions is 985 lbs. (DF/SP) or 845 lbs. (SPF).
Lateral loads do not apply.
8. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or
the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the
wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge).
Typical ACE Installation
Typical LCE4Z Installation

(Mitered Corner)
RTC44 Installation
(Square Cut)
3"
9"
Model
No.
LCE4Z
(Mitered Corner)
Dimensions (in.) Total No. of Fasteners

W
Beam
Post
538
538
(14) 16d
(10) 16d
DF/SP Uplift Loads

Total Uplift
(160)
SPF Uplift Loads

Total Uplift
(160)
985
845
4"
1. The allowable download for the mitered LCE4 connection is limited to bearing of
the mitered section on the post and shall be determined by the Designer.
2. Connectors must be installed in pairs to achieve listed loads.
Model
No.
66
Dimensions (in.)
Total No. of Fasteners
RTC44 Installation
(Mitered Corner)
DF/SP Uplift Loads
SPF Uplift Loads
Beam
Post
Side Beam
Main Beam
Total
Side Beam
Main Beam
Total
RTC441
(Mitered Corner)
3916
434
(16) 16d
(10) 16d
900
900
1800
775
775
1550
RTC442
(Square Cut)
3916
434
(16) 16d
(10) 16d
925
1230
1760
795
1060
1515
1. The allowable download for the mitered RTC44 connection is limited to bearing of the mitered beams on the post and shall be determined by the Designer.
2. The allowable download for the main beam in the square cut RTC44 connection is limited to bearing of the beam on the post and shall be determined by
the Designer. The side beam allowable download is 1170 lbs.
3. The combined uplift loads applied to all beams in the connector must not exceed the total allowable uplift load listed in the table.
Caps & Bases
Caps & Bases
PCZ/EPCZ Post Caps

The next-generation PCZ/EPCZ post caps are
designed with their post and beam flanges in-line so
that one PCZ/EPCZ model can accommodate several
post sizes. The PCZ/EPCZ now uses easier-to-install
10d common nails. An alternate choice of fasteners is
Strong-Drive #9x112" SD Connector screws. ZMAX
finish is standard to meet exposure conditions in many
environments. See additional corrosion information at
www.strongtie.com/info.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
INSTALLATION:
Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes.
Do not install bolts into pilot holes.
OPTIONS:
For end conditions, specify EPCZ post caps.
For heavy-duty applications, see CCQ and
CC Series.
For retrofit applications, see AC and LC Series.
1"
W
2"
5"
W
(in.)
Fasteners
Beam
PC4Z
PC6Z
PC8Z
3916
512
7 2
1
10-10d
10-10d
10-10d
8-10d
8-10d
Post Flange
"
Post
Size
PCZ
Pilot holes for

manufacturing
purposes
(Do not install
bolts) (Typ.)
EPCZ
Uplift
(160)
Lateral
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Lateral
(160)
2-2x44
1480
1120
1130
895
4x4
1480
1260
1130
1075
4x6
1480
1260
1130
1230
4x8
1480
1380
1130
1230
4x6
1480
1260
1435
1075
6x6
1480
1295
1435
1230
6x8
1480
1380
1435
1230
4x8
1480
1260
1435
1075
6x8
1480
1295
1435
1230
8x8
1480
1380
1435
1230
Code
Ref.
PCZ Post Cap

Installed on
Double 2x
Members
160
Shim by
Designer
1. A llowable loads have increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed;
reduce where other loads govern.
2. Uplift loads do not apply to spliced conditions. Spliced conditions must be detailed by the Designer
to transfer tension loads between spliced members by means other than the post cap.
3. S tructural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges
of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face and
do not allow for installation into the narrow face.
4. Post and beam may consist of multiple members provided they are connected independently of
the post cap fasteners.
5. 10dx212 (0.148" dia. x 212" long) nails may be used with no load reduction for uplift and 0.85 of the
table loads for lateral.
6. Strong-Drive SD9x112 Connector screws may be substituted for table fasteners with no load reduction.
7. Models available for rough size lumber, specify RZ suffix. Ex. PC4RZ
SCREWS: SD9112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long.
a
Later
Typical EPCZ
End Post Cap
Installation
Shim by
Designer
Post
8-10d
3"
EPCZ
5,6
Typical PCZ
Post Cap
Installation
CENTER
OF POST
"
Shim by
Designer
SIM
P
Stro SON
ng-T
ie
Pilot holes for

manufacturing
purposes
(Do not install
bolts) (Typ.)
Caps & Bases
Model
No.7
Post Flange
PCZ
These products are approved for installation with the

Strong-Drive SD Connector screw. See page 27 for
more information.
al
3"
OF POST
CENTER
SON
SIMP -Tie
g
Stron
These products are available with additional corrosion

protection. Additional products on this page may also be
available with this option, check with Simpson Strong-Tie
for details.
Later
al
Later
7"
EPCZ Post Cap

Installed on
Double 2x
Members
Shim by
Designer
67
Caps & Bases
CCQ/ECCQ Column Caps
Caps & Bases

Column caps provide a high-capacity connection for column-beam

combinations. This design uses Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws to provide faster installation and provides a greater net section
area of the column compared to bolts. The SDS screws provide for a lower profile
compared to standard through bolts.
MATERIAL: CCQ3, ECCQ3, CCQ4, CCQ4.62, ECCQ4, ECCQ4.62, CCQ6,

ECCQ67 gauge; all others3 gauge
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint, available in HDG;

CCOQ and ECCOQno coating
INSTALLATION:
Install 14"x212" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws, which are
provided with the column cap. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.)
CCOQ and ECCOQ column cap only (no straps) may be ordered for
field-welding to pipe or other columns. Dimensions are same as
CCQ and ECCQ.
For rough cut lumber sizes, provide dimensions. An optional W2
dimension may be specified with any column size given. (Note that the
W2 dimension on straps rotated 90 is limited by the W1 dimension.)
OPTIONS:
For end conditions, specify ECCQ.
Straps may be rotated 90 where W1 W2 and for CCQ5-6.
H 7"
ECCQ46SDS2.5
CCQ46SDS2.5
Optional CCQ
with straps
rotated 90
68
Beam
Width W1

No. of 8
CCQ
ECCQ
4 "x212 " SDS
Code
L
Screws
H
Uplift Down Uplift Down Ref.
CCQ ECCQ
Beam Post (160) (100) (160) (100)
11 812 7 16
14
5680 16980 3695 6125
11 812 7 16
14
5680 19250 3695 9625 I12,
L4,
11 812 7 16
14
5680 19020 4040 7655
11 812 7 16
14
7145 24065 4040 12030 F11
11 812 7 16
14
7145 24065 4040 16405
11 812 7 16
14
5680 19020 4040 7655
11 812 7 16
14
5680 24450 4040 9845 170
11 812 7 16
14
7145 28585 4040 12030
11 812 7 16
14
5680 26635 4040 10045
11 812 7 16
14
7245 28190 5535 15785
11 812 7 16
14
7245 31570 5535 21525 I12,
L4,
11 812 7 16
14
5680 28585 4040 12030 F11
1
11 8 2 7 16
14
7145 30250 4040 18905
11 812 7 16
14
7145 37815 4040 25780
11 812 7 16
14
7145 37815 4040 24490 160
11 812 7 16
14
5680 33490 4040 13230
11 812 7 16
14
7245 37125 5535 20790 I12,
L4,
1
11 8 2 7 16
14
7245 41580 5535 25515 F11
11 812 7 16
14
7245 41580 5535 28350
11 812 7 16
14
5680 34730 4040 18375
11 812 7 16
14
7245 38500 5535 28875
11 812 7 16
14
7245 57750 5535 36750
11 812 7 16
14
7245 52500 5535 39375
11 812 7 16
14
7245 41250 5535 25780
160
11 812 7 16
14
7245 51565 5535 35155
11 812 7 16
14
7245 48125 5535 26950
11 812 7 16
14
7245 53900 5535 36750
1
W2
CCQ3-4SDS2.5
CCQ3-6SDS2.5
CCQ44SDS2.5
CCQ46SDS2.5
CCQ48SDS2.5
CCQ4.62-3.62SDS
CCQ4.62-4.62SDS
CCQ4.62-5.50SDS
CCQ5-4SDS2.5
CCQ5-6SDS2.5
CCQ5-8SDS2.5
CCQ64SDS2.5
CCQ66SDS2.5
CCQ68SDS2.5
CCQ6-7.13SDS2.5
CCQ74SDS2.5
CCQ76SDS2.5
CCQ77SDS2.5
CCQ78SDS2.5
CCQ7.1-4SDS2.5
CCQ7.1-6SDS2.5
CCQ7.1-7.1SDS2.5
CCQ7.1-8SDS2.5
CCQ86SDS2.5
CCQ88SDS2.5
CCQ96SDS2.5
CCQ98SDS2.5
318
318
4x
4x
4x
412
412
412
518
518
518
6x
6x
6x
6x
634
634
634
634
7
7
7
7
8x
8x
834
834
314
314
358
358
358
458
458
458
514
514
514
512
512
512
512
678
678
678
678
718
718
718
718
712
712
878
878
358
512
358
512
712
358
458
512
358
512
712
358
512
712
718
358
512
678
712
358
512
718
712
512
712
512
712
CCQ106SDS2.5
10x
912
512
11
812
16
14
7245
52250
5535
32655
CCOQ/ECCOQ
Model No.
(No Legs)
CCOQ3-SDS2.5
ECCOQ3-SDS2.5
CCOQ4-SDS2.5
ECCOQ4-SDS2.5
CCOQ4.62-SDS2.5
ECCOQ4.62-SDS2.5
CCOQ5-SDS2.5
ECCOQ5-SDS2.5
CCOQ4-SDS2.5
CCOQ6-SDS2.5
ECCOQ6-SDS2.5
7"
Min
.
CCOQ7.12-SDS2.5
ECCOQ7.12-SDS2.5
CCOQ7.12-SDS2.5
ECCOQ7.12-SDS2.5
CCOQ8-SDS2.5
ECCOQ8-SDS2.5
CCOQ9-SDS2.5
ECCOQ9-SDS2.5
Typical CCQ46SDS2.5
Installation
CCOQ10-SDS2.5
ECCOQ10-SDS2.5
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
2. Down loads may not be increased for short-term loading and shall not exceed the post capacity.
3. Uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions.
4. Spliced conditions must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members by means other than the column cap.
5. Column sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides. CCQ4.62 models assume a minimum 312" wide post.
6. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers.
Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge).
7. ECCQ uses 14 Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws into the beam and 14 Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws into the post.
8. Beam depth must be a minimum 7".
9. For 514" engineered lumber, use 512" models.
10. CCOQ and ECCOQ welded to steel column will achieve same load as CCQ and ECCQ. Steel column width shall not be
less than beam width. Weld by Designer.
7"
Min
.
CCOQ Installation
on Steel Column
Dimensions
Model
No.
Caps & Bases
CC/ECC/ECCU
Column Caps
Hole
Cen s
Betwtered
Stra een
ps
234"
(58" bolts)
3"
(34" bolts)
CC
ECCU
(ECCU44
has only
2 bolts to
beam)
114"
H1
Caps & Bases
Column caps provide a high-capacity connection for column-beam combinations.

MATERIAL: CC314, CC44, CC46, CC48, CC4.62, CC64, CC66, CC68, CC6-718, ECC314,
ECC44, ECC46, ECC48, ECC4.62, ECC64, ECC66, ECC68, ECC6-7187 gauge;
all others3 gauge
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; may be ordered HDG; CCO, ECCOno coating
Bolt holes shall be a minimum of 132" to a maximum of 116" larger than
the bolt diameter (per 2005 NDS, section 11.1.2).
Contact engineered wood manufacturers for connections that are not
through the wide face.
OPTIONS: Straps may be rotated 90 where W1 W2 (see illustration) and for CC514-6.
For special, custom, or rough cut lumber sizes, provide dimensions.
An optional W2 dimension may be specified. (The W2 dimension on straps
rotated 90 is limited by the W1 dimension.)
CCO/ECCOColumn cap only (no straps) may be ordered for field-welding
to pipe or other columns. CCO/ECCO dimensions are the same as CC/ECC.
CCOBAny two CCOs may be specified for back-to-back welding to create
a cross beam connector. Use the table loads; the load
is no greater than the lesser element employed.
E = 134"
Unless
otherwise
specied
21 2"
ECCO
CCO
CCOB
W2
ECC44
Optional ECC
with straps
rotated 90
Optional CC
with straps
rotated 90
Model No.
(CC shown
ECC/ECCU
similar)
CC314 -4
CC314 -6
CC44
CC46
CC48
CC4.62-3.62
CC4.62-4.62
CC4.62-5.50
CC514 -4
CC514 -6
CC514 -8
CC64
CC66
CC68
CC6-718
CC74
CC76
CC77
CC78
CC718 -4
CC718 -6
CC718 -718
CC718 -8
CC84
CC86
CC88
CC94
CC96
CC98
CC106
Beam
Width W1 W2
318
318
4x
4x
4x
412
412
412
518
518
518
6x
6x
6x
6x
634
634
634
634
7
7
7
7
8x
8x
8x
834
834
834
10x
314
314
358
358
358
458
458
458
514
514
514
512
512
512
512
678
678
678
678
718
718
718
718
714
712
712
878
878
878
912
358
512
358
512
712
358
458
512
358
512
712
358
512
712
718
358
512
678
712
358
512
718
712
358
512
712
358
512
712
512
Dimensions
L
CC ECC ECCU
11
11
7
11
11
11
11
11
13
13
13
11
11
11
11
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
13
712
712
512
812
812
812
812
812
912
912
912
712
712
912
912
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
912
912
612
912
912
912
912
912
1012
1012
1012
912
912
912
912
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
Machine Bolts
Beam
H1
612
612
4
612
612
612
612
612
8
8
8
612
612
612
612
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Size
8
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
3
4
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
5
5
CC ECC ECCU
4
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further
2. Down loads may not be increased for short-term loading and shall not exceed
the post capacity. See pages 245-246 for common post allowable loads.
3. CC uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions.
4. Splice conditions with CCs must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension
loads between spliced members by means other than the column cap.
5. Column sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides.
CC4.62 models assume a minimum 312" wide post.
4
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Post
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Down
Uplift
CC
ECCU
ECC/
CC
ECCU
(160)
(160)
16980
6125
3640
1010
19250
9625
3640
1010
15310
7655
1465
205
24060
12030
2800
740
24060
16405
2800
740
19020
7655
2800
740
24450
9845
2800
740
28585
12030
2800
740
26635
10045
7530
2735
28190
15785
7530
2735
37310
21525
7530
2735
28586
12030
4040
1165
30250
18905
4040
1165
37810
25780
4040
1165
37810
24060
4040
1165
33490
13230
7525
3605
37125
20790
7525
3605
49140
25515
7525
3605
49140
28350
7525
3605
34736
18375
7510
4855
58500
28875
7585
4855
57750
36750
7585
4855
52500
36750
7585
4855
37210
16405
7440
2625
41250
23100
7440
2625
54600
31500
7440
2625
43410
19905
7515
3990
48125
26950
7515
4670
63700
36750
7515
4670
52250
29260
7515
3325
Code
Ref.
I12,
L4,
F11
160
170
I12,
L4,
F11
ECCO
CCO
Model No. Model No.
(No Legs) (No Legs)
CCO314
ECCO314
CCO4
ECCO4
CCO4/6
ECCO4/6
CCO4.62 ECCO4.62
CCO514
ECCO514
ECCO6
CCO6
160
170
I12,
L4,
F11
160
I12,
L4,
F11
ECC068
CCO7
ECCO7
CCO718
ECCO718
CCO8
ECCO8
CCO9
ECCO9
CCO10
ECCO10
6. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or
the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into
the wide face. See technical bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge).
7. Beam depth must be at least as tall as H1.
8. For 514" engineered lumber, use 512" models.
9. CCO and ECCO welded to steel column will achieve same load as CC and ECC.
Steel column width shall not be less than beam width. Weld by Designer.
UPDATED 03/27/15
69
Caps & Bases
Caps & Bases
ECCLQ/CCCQ/CCTQ
Column Caps
The ECCLQ, CCCQ and CCTQ column caps provide high-capacity, multiple
beam-to-column connector options. The design uses Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws to provide faster
installation and a lower profile compared to standard through bolts. Screws
are configured to provide high uplift design values.
MATERIAL: 7 gauge
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint, also available in HDG
INSTALLATION:
Install 14"x212" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws,
which are provided, in all round holes. (Lag screws will not achieve
the same load.)
No additional welding is allowed.
OPTIONS:
Many combinations of beam and post sizes can be manufactured
(refer to worksheet T-CCQLTC-WS).
Available in widths up to 8" wide.
ECCLQ is available in left or right side beam orientations.
Specify ECCLLQ or ECCLRQ.
Straps may be rotated where W1 > W2.
Column caps may be ordered without the column straps
for field welding to a column. No loads apply.
Specify CCCOQ/CCTOQ/ECCLOQ.
ORDERING:
The L dimension varies depending on the width of the side stirrup
(W3 or W4). Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for exact dimensions.
Main beam stirrup height (H1) is 7". Side beam stirrups (H2 or H3)
can vary in height with the minimum height of 7". Specify the side
stirrup height from the top of the cap.
Example Order: 4x Main Beam, 6x Post, 4x Side Beam (oriented to
the left) is ordered as an ECCLLQ464SDS
4"
H1 =
7"
ECCLLQ-SDS2.5
(Left direction shown)

Order ECCLRQ-SDS2.5 for right direction
W1
4"
H1 =
7"

Download (100)
Main Beam
Side Beam
Total 3
Side Beam
ECCLQ-SDS2.5
2835
1840
3795
6780
CCCQ-SDS2.5
4780
2390
4780
7000
CCTQ-SDS2.5
4910
2350
5315
7000
Code
Ref.
Refer
to note
#5
F24
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or seismic; reduce where other loads govern.
Downloads may not be increased.
2. Allowable load is per seat. Side beams must be loaded symmetrically for the CCCQ.
3. The combined uplift loads applied to all beams in the connector must not exceed the total
allowable uplift load listed in the table.
4. The ECCLQ side beam may use a side beam uplift load up to 2350 lbs. The deflection of this load
may exceed the standard 18" deflection by an additional 18".
5. The combined download for all of the carried beams shall not exceed the allowable download
for the unmodified product on page 68 (CCQ load for CCCQ and CCTQ, or ECCQ load for ECCLQ).
The download for each side beam shall not exceed the lesser of 35% of the allowable download
or 9265 lbs. for the unmodified product.
6. The download to each side beam shall not exceed the allowable load shown, nor 35% of the
allowable load for the unmodified product, whichever is lower.
7. Column width in the direction of the beam width must be the same as the main beam width (W1).
70
CCCQ-SDS2.5
Total
4"
H1 =
7"
CCTQ-SDS2.5
Uplift (160)
Series
Caps & Bases
ECCL/CCC/CCT Column Caps
There are cost-effective

alternatives for replacing
column caps by using a
combination of connectors.
Designer must specify
the options required.
612" Min. H2
(312" for ECCL44)
7 Gauge
Stirrup
W1
ECCLL
(Left direction shown)

Order ECCLR for right direction
7 Gauge
Stirrup
Caps & Bases
Column-to-beam connections often have multiple

beams framing on top of a column. L, T, and cross-column
caps provide design solutions for this application. Many
combinations of beam and post sizes can be manufactured
(refer to worksheet T-CCLTC-WS for details) with the
following criteria applied:
The download capacity shall be determined from the
capacity for the unmodified product (see page 69).
The side beam can take a maximum of 40% of
the download and shall not exceed 10,665 lbs.
The sum of the loads for the side beam(s) and
main beam can not exceed the table load.
Uplift loads do not apply for ECCL caps. For CCC
and CCT, uplift loads from table apply for main
beam only.
The column width in the direction of the main beam
width must be the same as the main beam width (W1).
Specify the stirrup height from the top of the cap.
The minimum side stirrup heights (H2 or H3) is 612"
(312" for 44s).
The L dimension may vary depending on the width
of the side stirrup (W3 or W4).
Column caps may be ordered without the column
straps for field welding to a column. No loads apply.
Specify CCOC/CCOT/ECCOL.
Ordering Examples:
A CCC66 with W3 = 512", H2 and H3 = 612" is a CC66
column cap with 512" beams on each side with all
beam seats flush.
An ECCLR66 with W3 = 358", H2 = 712" is an ECC66 end
column cap with a 4x beam on the right side (specify
direction left (which is shown) or right for stirrup) and
stirrup seat 1" below the cap seat.
612" Min. H2 and H3

(312" for CCC44)
7 Gauge Stirrup
CCC
612" Min. H2
(312" for CCT44)
7 Gauge
Stirrup
CCT
ECC
and HW
(Top Flange
Offset Right)
CC and HWD
CC and GLT
Ordering Multiple-Beam Column Caps

Ordering bolted column caps incorporate several key steps that are important to ensure the highest-capacity capacity solution
for your project. Here are some common steps to begin that process. For more information, refer to worksheet T-CCLTC-WS for
bolted connections and worksheet T-CCQLTC for Quick Install connections. See page 2 of these worksheets for model numbers
for common post and beam width combinations. These worksheets are available at www.strongtie.com.
1. Choose Column Cap Style. Look at the configuration of the column caps to determine which style column cap you require.
If you dont know which style column cap is required, refer to your plans to determine the correct configuration.
2. Determine Column Cap Dimensions. Fill in the dimensions of the column cap on the worksheet. If you dont know the
dimensions of the column cap, go directly to the Post and Beam Dimensions section.
3. Provide Beam and Post Dimensions. The Post and Beam Dimensions section of this worksheet is required.
Fill in all applicable dimensions in actual inches, not as nominal dimensions.
4. Determine Beam Orientation. Refer to your plans or check the configuration of the column cap you selected in order to
determine the orientation of the beam. Check the box for the beam orientation that best describes your beam configuration:
Beam B flush at bottom of Beam A; Beam B flush at both the top and bottom of Beam A; or Beam B flush at top of Beam A.
5. Check the box for the required style and strap orientation.
6. Select Finish. Standard finish is Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint, available in HDG (specify HDG).
7. Place Order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for ordering information.
71
Innovative
Solutions
No Company Understands Light-Frame

Lateral Systems Better Than Simpson Strong-Tie
Thats not bragging. Its the results of thousands of hours of research, development and testing that we put into our products
as we consider nearly every application scenario. That knowledge, coupled with our out-in-the-field expertise, ensures
that we clearly understand the requirements and the expectations of consistently delivering code-listed, cost-effective
moment frames, shearwalls and multi-story uplift/overturning restraint solutions.
Strong Frame Moment Frames
When lateral-force resistance is needed for structures with large
openings and small wall spaces, Simpson Strong-Tie offers
hundreds of Strong Frame moment frame configuration options.
By using our latest Strong Frame catalog or Strong Frame Selector
software, Designers can pick the configuration that best resists
wind or seismic lateral loads for applications, such as soft-story
retrofit wood structures or buildings built over tuck-under parking.
Designing a multi-bay, multi-story project? We have loading sheets
that you can fill out online by visiting www.strongtie.com.
Strong-Wall Shearwalls
Our factory-built shearwalls maintain the industrys
highest-quality standards and answer code
requirements for ICC, City of Los Angeles and the
State of Florida. Our Steel and Wood Strong-Wall
panels as well as our field-trimmable Strong-Wall
SB shearwall provide Designers and contractors
with the ultimate in design flexibility for standard
or custom applications.
Strong-Rod Shearwall Overturning and

Roof Uplift Restraint Systems
For mid-rise wood construction projects, Simpson Strong-Tie
provides the broadest line of continuous rod tie-down system
components. With our unmatched experience testing multi-story
building performance, no one understands how to resist
shearwall overturning and roof uplift restraint better than
Simpson Strong-Tie.
Solid Sawn Joist Hangers
74
LUCZ concealed flange hanger available for 2x6,

2x8, 2x10 and 2x12 lumber. Ideal for end of ledger/ header
or post conditions, the LUCZ also provides cleaner lines
for exposed conditions such as overhead decks.
See Hanger tables on pages 76-83. See Hanger
Options on pages 233-243 for hanger modifications,
which may result in reduced loads.
LUValue engineered for strength and economy.
Precision-formedengineered for installation ease
and design value.
UThe standard U hanger provides flexibility of
joist to header installation. Versatile fastener selection
with tested allowable loads.
HU/HUCMost models have triangle and round holes.
To achieve maximum loads, fill both round and triangle
holes with common nails. These heavy-duty connectors
are designed for schools and other structures requiring
additional strength, longevity and safety factors.
MATERIAL: See tables on pages 76-83.
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in

ZMAX coating.
INSTALLATION:
HU/HUCCan be installed filling round holes
only, orfilling round and triangle holes for
maximum values.
Joists sloped up to 14:12 achieve table loads.
For installations to masonry or concrete
see page 173.
HU/HUC hangers can be welded to a steel member.
Allowable loads are the lesser of the values in
the Hanger tables on pages 76-83 or the weld
capacity refer to technical bulletin T-HUHUC-W.
OPTIONS: HU is available with one flange concealed

when the W dimension is less than 2516" at 100%

of the table load. Order HUC_X hanger.
Sloped, Skewed and Sloped/Skewed
- For low-cost, code-listed 45 skews, see
SUR/SUL and HSUR/HSUL. See also LSU/LSSU
connectors.
- U/HU may be skewed to a maximum of 45 and
sloped to a maximum of 45. Hangers 512" or
less in width may be skewed to 6712. Hangers
skewed 51- 6712 require a square cut.
- For all options, uplift loads are 0.75 of table
loads.
- For skewed hangers 3916" and less in width,
the allowable download is 100% of the table
load. For skewed hangers over 3916" in width
the allowable download is 80% of the table load.
For slope only, the allowable download is 100%
of the table load.
- For combined slopes and skews, the maximum
allowable download is 0.80 of the table load.
For sloped and skewed hangers, the flange on the
acute side flange can be concealed at 0.80 of the table
load. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for skew limitations.
See Hanger Options on pages 233-243 for additional
information.
HU onlyRough beam sizes available by special order.
See page 83 for stocked U hanger rough sizes
tables.
Also see LUS and HUS series.
8"
(78"
LUC210Z
for U
24)
U210
(LUC26Z Similar)
1 4"
HUC412
1 2" 24
LU
for
LU28
Concealed
Flanges
(except
LU Roughs)
Max
.
HU214
Projection seat
on most models
for maximum
bearing and
section economy.
HU Min. Nailing
Fill round holes
HU Max. Nailing
Fill round and
triangle holes
HU68
Model configurations
may differ from those
shown. Some HU
models do not have
triangle holes.
Contact Simpson
Strong-Tie.
Typical LUCZ Installation
Typical HU Installation
Typical LU28 Installation
FACE MOUNT HANGERS LUC/LU/U/HU/HUC Standard Joist Hangers
HUCQ
Heavy-Duty Joist
Hangers
FACE MOUNT
HANGERS
SOLID SAWN LUMBER (DF/SP)
Typical HUCQ Installation

on a Post
HUCQ410
Typical HUCQ Installation

on a Beam
Dimensions
Model No.
Fasteners
Allowable Loads
DF/SP
Joist
Face
HUCQ310-SDS
2916
8-SDS 14"x212"
4-SDS 14"x212"
HUCQ210-2-SDS
314
12-SDS 14"x212"
6-SDS 14"x212"
HUCQ410-SDS
3 16
12-SDS 4"x2 2"
6-SDS 4"x2 2"
2510
4680
HUCQ412-SDS
3916
11
14-SDS 14"x212"
6-SDS 14"x212"
2510
5460
HUCQ210-3-SDS
458
12-SDS 14"x212"
6-SDS 14"x212"
2510
4680
HUCQ610-SDS
5 2
12-SDS 4"x2 2"
6-SDS 14"x212"
2520
4680
HUCQ612-SDS
512
11
14-SDS 14"x212"
6-SDS 14"x212"
2520
5315
5315
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading.

Reduce where other loads govern.
2 See page 101 for additional engineered wood product sizes.
Uplift
(160)
SPF/HF
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
985
2245
2585
2810
1805
3370
3570
3570
Code
Ref.
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Roof
(125)
1370
3120
3590
3900
2510
4680
4955
4955
4955
4955
1805
3370
3570
3570
5560
5560
1805
3930
4005
4005
4955
4955
1805
3370
3570
3570
F23
5380
5715
1815
3370
3875
4115
5315
1815
3825
3825
3825
I9, L12,
F23
The HUCQ series are heavy-duty joist hangers that incorporate

Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws.
Designed and tested for installation at the end of a beam or on a post,
they provide a strong connection with fewer fasteners than nailed
hangers. See page 117 for structural composite lumber hangers.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. Most models available in stainless steel

or ZMAX coating.
Install 14"x212" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws, which are provided, in all round holes. (Lag screws
will not achieve the same load.)
For use on solid sawn wood members.
OPTIONS: These hangers cannot be modified.
F23
L12,
F23, I9
3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the
lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. See technical
bulletin T-SCLCOLUMN for values on the narrow face (edge).
Min/Max: Refers to min. or max. nailing

for products with round and triangle holes.
Min. nailing uses round holes, and max.
nailing uses round and triangle holes to
achieve maximum load.
This icon identifies products

approved for installation with the
Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive
SD Connector screw. See
page 27 for more information.
Joist Size:
This shows
the size
of joist
member.
Joist
Size
DBL
2X6
Model No.:
This is the
Simpson
Strong-Tie
product name.
Model No.
LUS26-2
U26-2
HUS26-2/HUSC26-2
HU26-2/HUC26-2
This icon identifies products

that are available with
additional corrosion
protection. See pages 13-15
for additional information.
Nails: This
shows the fastener
quantity and type
required to
achieve the
table loads.
Gauge:
Product
material
Ga
18
16
14
14
14
Dimensions (in.)
W
318
318
318
318
318
478 2
5
2
5316
2
538 212
538 212
Min/
Max
Min
Max
Code Ref.:
See page 12 for
the Code Reference
Key Chart, to
determine which
code reports
include this product.
Allowable Design Loads: The maximum

load that a connection is designed to provide.
There may be multiple design loads acting
in different directions (up, down, lateral,
perpendicular, etc.) imposed on a connection.
Installed Cost Index:
Uplift Floor, Snow, Roof
This indicates the products
relative installed cost (combined
cost and installation cost).
DF/SP Allowable Loads

Uplift
Floor
Snow
Roof
Header
Joist
(160)
(100)
(115)
(125)
SAWN LUMBER SIZES
4-16d
4-16d
1165
1030
1180
1280
8-16d
4-10d
740
1150
1305
1410
4-16d
4-16d
1235
1065
1210
1305
8-16d
4-10d
760
1190
1345
1445
12-16d
6-10d
1135
1785
2015
2165
Dimensions W, H, B: This
shows the product dimensions
(width, height and base in
this case.) referenced in
the product drawing.
CATALOG DEFINITION:
Deflection: The distance a point moves when a load is applied.
Load Duration:
Assumed duration factor used to
determine the allowable load.
Fasteners
Installed
Cost Index
(ICI)
Code
Ref.
Lowest
+65%
+172%
+233%
+254%
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long,

10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.
Throughout this catalog a footnote
will typically be provided indicating
the required nail diameter and length.
All installations should be designed
only in accordance with the allowable
load values set forth in this catalog.
I7, F6, L17

I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
I7, F6, L17
Product Drawing:
Provides a graphic
presentation
of the product
H with dimensional
information
(often cross
referenced
to the table).
LOAD TABLE EXPLANATION
75
Double Shear Joist Hangers

1" for 2xs
1116" for 3xs and 4x
s

See Hanger tables on pages 77-82. See Hanger

Options on pages 233-243 for hanger modifications, which may
result in reduced loads.
All hangers in this series have double shear nailing. This innovation
distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for greater
strength. It also allows the use of fewer nails, faster installation, and
the use of standard nails for all connections. (Do not bend or
remove tabs.)
MATERIAL: See tables, pages 77-82.
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or

ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.
Nails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss
into the header to achieve the table loads.
Not designed for welded or nailer applications.
16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 314" long) may be used where
10d commons are specified with no reduction in load.
Where 16d commons are specified, 10d commons or
16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 314" long) may be used at 0.85
of the table load.
With 3x carrying members, use 16dx212" nails into
the header and 16d commons into the joist with no
load reduction.
With 2x carrying members, use 10dx112" nails into the
header and 10d commons into the joist, reduce the load
to 0.64 of the table value.
Use stainless-steel (SS) nails with stainless-steel
(SS) hangers.
OPTIONS: LUS hangers cannot be modified.
HUS hangers available with the header flanges turned in
for 2-2x (318") and 4x only, with no load reduction.
See the HUSC Concealed Flange illustration.
(HUS26, HUS28,
and HHUS similar)
LUS28
HUS412
258"
HGUS46
HGUS3.25/12
HUSC
Concealed Flanges
(not available for HHUS,
HGUS and HUS2x)
Dome Double-Shear
Nailing Side View
(available on
some models)
Double-Shear
Nailing
Side View
Do not
bend tab
DoubleShear
Nailing
Top View
HUS210
Typical LUS28 Installation

use 0.148x3" (10d common)
or 0.148x314" (16d sinker) nail
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
FACE MOUNT HANGERS SOLID SAWN LUMBER (DF/SP)

Joist
Size
2X4
DBL
2X4
2x6
DBL
2X6
Model No.
LU24
LUS24
U24
HU26
LUS24-2
U24-2
HU24-2/HUC24-2
LUS26
LU26
U26
LUC26Z
HU26
HUS26
LUS26-2
U26-2
HUS26-2/HUSC26-2
HU26-2/HUC26-2
76
See footnotes on page 79.
Ga
20
18
16
14
18
16
14
18
20
16
18
14
16
18
16
14
14
14
Dimensions (in.)
W
Min/
Max
1916
1916
1916
1916
318
318
318
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
158
318
318
318
318
318
318
318
318
3116
318
3
3116
434
434
434
434
3116
538
478
5
5316
538
538
112
134
112
214
2
2
212
134
112
2
134
214
3
2
2
2
212
212
Min
Max
Fasteners
Header
Joist
SAWN LUMBER SIZES

4-16d
2-10dx112
4-10d
2-10d
4-16d
2-10dx112
4-16d
2-10dx112
4-16d
2-16d
4-16d
2-10d
4-16d
2-10d
4-10d
4-10d
6-16d
4-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
4-16d
2-10dx112
14-16d
6-16d
4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
12-16d
6-10d


Uplift
Floor
Snow
Roof
(160)
(100)
(115)
(125)
265
490
265
335
440
370
380
1165
565
585
730
335
1550
1165
740
1235
760
1135
555
670
575
595
800
575
380
865
835
865
845
335
2720
1030
1150
1065
1190
1785
635
765
655
670
910
655
595
990
950
980
965
595
3095
1180
1305
1210
1345
2015
685
825
705
720
985
705
720
1070
1030
1055
1040
720
3335
1280
1410
1305
1445
2165
Installed
Cost Index
(ICI)
Lowest
+3%
+67%
+295%
Lowest
+33%
+240%
Lowest
+6%
+43%
+160%
+179%
+276%
Lowest
+65%
+172%
+233%
+254%
Code
Ref.
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17

I7, F6, L17
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
I7, F6, L17
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
I7, F6, L17
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
I7, F6, L17
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
I7, F6, L17
CODES: See page xx for Code Reference Key Chart.
LUS/HUS/HHUS/HGUS

Joist
Size
Model No.
18
16
TPL
2x6
14
HU26-3/HUC26-3
14
LUS26
18
LU26
20
LUS28
18
LU28
20
2x8 U26
16
LUC26Z
18
HU28
14
HUS26
16
HUS28
16
LUS26-2
18
LUS28-2
18
16
DBL U26-2
2x8 HUS28-2/HUSC28-2
14
14
HU28-2/HUC28-2
14
LUS28-3
18
16
TPL U26-3
2X8
14
HU26-3/HUC26-3
14
14
QUAD
HU28-4/HUC28-4
2X8
14
LUS28
18
LU28
20
LUS210
18
LU210
20
2x10
U210
16
LUC210Z
18
HU210
14
HUS210
16
LUS28-2
18
LUS210-2
18
U210-2
16
DBL HUS210-2/HUSC210-2 14
2X10
14
HU210-2/HUC210-2
14
HUCQ210-2-SDS
14
HHUS210-2
14
LUS28-3
18
LUS210-3
18
U210-3
16
14
TPL
HU210-3/HUC210-3
2X10
14
HHUS210-3
14
HGUS210-3
12
HUCQ210-3-SDS
14
14
HU210-4/HUC210-4
14
QUAD
2x10 HHUS210-4
14
HGUS210-4
12
LUS210
18
LU210
20
U210
16
2x12
LUC210Z
18
HU212
14
HUS210
16
LUS210-2
18
U210-2
16
LUS214-2
18
14
DBL HUS210-2
2x12 HUS212-2/HUSC212-2 14
14
HU212-2/HUC212-2
14
HUCQ210-2-SDS
14
Dimensions (in.)
W
458
458
41116
41116
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
158
158
318
318
318
318
318
318
458
458
41116
41116
14
14
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
158
318
318
318
318
318
318
2916
3516
458
458
458
41116
41116
41116
41516
458
618
618
618
6916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
158
318
318
318
318
318
318
318
2916
418
414
512
512
434
434
658
658
434
434
514
538
7
478
7
5
7316
7
7
614
414
512
512
618
618
658
638
71316
71316
71316
734
718
9
7
9
812
9316
81316
81316
9
9532
614
8316
734
8916
8916
878
918
9
838
838
878
918
71316
71316
71316
734
9
9
9
812
101516
9316
1034
10916
10916
9
2
2
212
212
134
112
134
112
2
134
214
3
3
2
2
2
2
212
212
2
2
212
212
658
658
134
112
134
112
2
134
214
3
2
2
2
2
212
212
3
3
2
2
2
212
212
3
4
3
212
212
3
4
134
112
2
134
214
3
2
2
2
2
2
212
212
3
Min/
Max
Min
Max
Min
Min
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Fasteners
Header
Joist
SAWN LUMBER SIZES

4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
8-16d
4-10d
12-16d
6-10d
4-10d
4-10d
6-16d
4-10dx112
6-10d
4-10d
8-16d
6-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
14-16d
6-16d
22-16d
8-16d
4-16d
4-16d
6-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
6-16d
6-16d
10-16d
4-10d
14-16d
6-10d
6-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
8-16d
4-10d
12-16d
6-10d
10-16d
4-16d
14-16d
6-16d
6-10d
4-10d
8-16d
6-10dx112
8-10d
4-10d
10-16d
6-10dx112
10-16d
6-10dx112
10-16d
6-10dx112
8-16d
4-10dx112
30-16d
10-16d
6-16d
4-16d
8-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-10d
8-16d
8-16d
14-16d
6-10d
18-16d
10-10d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
30-16d
10-16d
6-16d
4-16d
8-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-10d
14-16d
6-10d
18-16d
10-10d
30-16d
10-16d
46-16d
16-16d
8-"x212" SDS 4-"x212" SDS
14-16d
6-16d
18-16d
8-16d
30-16d
10-16d
46-16d
16-16d
8-10d
4-10d
10-16d
6-10dx112
10-16d
6-10dx112
10-16d
6-10dx112
10-16d
6-10dx112
30-16d
10-16d
8-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-10d
10-16d
6-16d
8-16d
8-16d
10-16d
10-16d
16-16d
6-10d
2 2-16d
10-10d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS

Uplift
Floor
Snow
Roof
(160)
(100)
(115)
(125)
1165
740
760
1135
1165
565
1165
850
585
730
610
1550
2000
1165
1165
740
1550
760
1135
1165
740
760
1135
900
1345
1165
850
1165
850
1110
1100
610
3000
1165
1745
1110
3295
1135
1895
2510
4000
1165
1745
1110
1135
1895
4000
4095
2510
1345
1795
4000
4095
1165
850
1110
1100
1135
3000
1745
1110
1745
3295
3635
1135
1895
2510
1030
1150
1190
1785
865
835
1100
1110
865
845
895
2720
3965
1030
1315
1150
1595
1490
2085
1315
1150
1190
1785
1490
2085
1100
1110
1340
1390
1440
1410
1190
4255
1315
1830
2015
2125
2085
2680
4680
5635
1315
1830
2015
2085
2680
5635
9100
4680
2085
2680
5635
9100
1340
1390
1440
1410
1490
4255
1830
2015
2110
2125
2660
2380
3275
5460
1180
1305
1345
2015
990
950
1255
1270
980
965
1005
3095
4120
1180
1500
1305
1815
1680
2350
1500
1305
1345
2015
1680
2350
1255
1270
1525
1585
1635
1605
1345
4445
1500
2090
2285
2420
2350
3020
4955
6380
1500
2090
2285
2350
3020
6380
9100
4955
2350
3020
6380
9100
1525
1585
1635
1605
1680
4445
2090
2285
2410
2420
3025
2685
3695
5560
1280
1410
1445
2165
1070
1030
1360
1335
1055
1040
1085
3335
4220
1280
1625
1410
1960
1805
2530
1625
1410
1445
2165
1805
2530
1360
1335
1650
1715
1685
1735
1445
4575
1625
2265
2465
2615
2530
3250
4955
6880
1625
2265
2465
2530
3250
6880
9100
4955
2530
3250
6880
9100
1650
1715
1685
1735
1805
4575
2265
2465
2610
2615
3265
2890
3970
5560
Installed
Cost Index
(ICI)
*
*
*
*
Lowest
+6%
+23%
+39%
+43%
+160%
+251%
+276%
+409%
Lowest
+8%
+65%
+188%
+397%
+418%
*
*
*
*
*
*
Lowest
+13%
+15%
+28%
+76%
+180%
+225%
+450%
Lowest
+34%
+88%
+217%
+441%
+467%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Lowest
+11%
+53%
+180%
+347%
+378%
Lowest
+40%
+56%
Code
Ref.
160
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
I7, F6, L17
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
I7, F6, L17
LUS26-3
U26-3
Ga

160
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
I7, F6, L17
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17

I7, F6, L17
I7, F23, L17
I7, F6, L17
F23
F23
160
I7, F6, L17
I7, F23
F23
160
F23, 160
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
I7, F6, L17
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
I7, F6, L17
I7, I27, F6, L5, L17
*
*
*
+411%
I7, F6, L17
F23
77

The new Joist Hanger Selector software enables you the most optimum product for your project.
The software takes into consideration all the characteristics seen in this catalog. Visit www.strongtie.com/software.
Model No.
LUS210-3
TPL
2x12
2x14
DBL
2x14
TPL
2x14
2x16
DBL
2x16
TPL
2x16
3x4
3x6
3x8
3x10
3x12
3x14
3x16
4x4
4x6
4x8
78
Ga
18
14
HU212-3/HUC212-3
14
U210-3
16
HUCQ210-3-SDS
14
LUS210
18
LU210
20
U210
16
HU214
14
U214
16
U210-2
16
LUS214-2
18
HUS212-2/HUSC212-2 14
14
HU212-2/HUC212-2
14
14
HU214-2/HUC214-2
14
HUCQ210-2-SDS
14
U210-3
16
14
HU214-3/HUC214-3
14
HUCQ210-3-SDS
14
U214
16
HU214
14
HU216
14
HUS212-2/HUSC212-2 14
14
HU216-2/HUC216-2
14
14
HU216-3/HUC216-3
14
U34
16
HU34/HUC34
14
U36
16
LUS36
18
HU36/HUC36
14
U36
16
LUS36
18
HU38/HUC38
14
U310
16
LUS310
18
HU310/HUC310
14
HUCQ310-SDS
14
U310
16
LUS310
18
HU312/HUC312
14
HUCQ310-SDS
14
U314
16
HU314/HUC314
14
HUCQ310-SDS
14
U314
16
HU316/HUC316
14
LUS44
18
U44
16
HU44/HUC44
14
LUS46
18
U46
16
HUS46/HUSC46
14
14
HU46/HUC46
14
LUS46
18
U46
16
LUS48
18
HUS48/HUSC48
14
14
HU48/HUC48
14
Dimensions (in.)
W
Min/
Max
458
41116
41116
458
458
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
318
318
318
318
318
318
318
2916
458
41116
41116
458
1916
1916
1916
318
318
318
41116
41116
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
8316
10516
10516
734
9
71316
71316
71316
1018
10
812
101516
1034
10916
10916
121316
121316
9
734
12116
12116
9
10
1018
121516
1034
1378
1378
1378
1378
338
338
538
514
538
538
514
718
878
714
878
9
878
714
1058
9
1012
1238
9
1012
1418
3
278
278
434
478
5
5316
5316
434
478
634
61516
61316
61316
2
212
212
2
3
134
134
2
214
2
2
2
2
212
212
212
212
3
2
212
212
3
2
214
214
2
212
212
212
212
2
212
2
2
212
2
2
212
2
2
212
3
2
2
212
3
2
212
3
2
212
2
2
212
2
2
2
212
212
2
2
2
2
212
212
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Fasteners
Header
Joist
SAWN LUMBER SIZES

8-16d
6-16d
16-16d
6-10d
2 2-16d
10-10d
14-16d
6-10d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
8-10d
4-10d
10-16d
6-10dx112
10-16d
6-10dx112
12-16d
6-10dx112
12-16d
8-10dx112
14-16d
6-10d
10-16d
6-16d
10-16d
10-16d
16-16d
6-10d
2 2-16d
10-10d
18-16d
8-10d
24-16d
12-10d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
14-16d
6-10d
18-16d
8-10d
24-16d
12-10d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
12-16d
8-10dx112
12-16d
6-10dx112
18-16d
8-10dx112
10-16d
10-16d
20-16d
8-10d
26-16d
12-10d
20-16d
8-10d
26-16d
12-10d
4-16d
2-10dx112
4-16d
2-10dx112
8-16d
4-10dx112
4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10dx112
8-16d
4-10dx112
4-16d
4-16d
10-16d
4-10dx112
14-16d
6-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d
14-16d
6-10dx112
8-"x212" SDS 4-"x212" SDS
14-16d
6-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d
16-16d
6-10dx112
8-"x212" SDS 4-"x212" SDS
16-16d
6-10dx112
18-16d
8-10dx112
8-"x212" SDS 4-"x212" SDS
16-16d
6-10dx112
20-16d
8-10dx112
4-16d
2-16d
4-16d
2-10d
4-16d
2-10d
4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
12-16d
6-10d
4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
6-16d
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
10-16d
4-10d
14-16d
6-10d
UPDATED 03/27/15

Uplift
Floor
Snow
Roof
(160)
(100)
(115)
(125)
1745
1135
1895
1110
2510
1165
850
1110
1135
1115
1110
1745
3635
1135
1895
1515
2015
2510
1110
1515
2015
2510
1115
1135
1515
3635
1515
2015
1515
2015
265
380
585
1165
610
585
1165
610
1110
1165
915
1370
1110
1165
915
1370
1110
1515
1370
1110
1515
440
370
380
1165
740
1235
760
1135
1165
740
1165
1550
760
1135
1830
2380
3275
2015
5460
1340
1390
1440
1785
1730
2015
2110
2660
2380
3275
2680
3570
4680
2015
2680
3570
5460
1730
1785
2680
2660
2975
3870
2975
3870
575
595
1150
1030
1190
1150
1030
1490
2015
1315
2085
3120
2015
1315
2380
3120
2305
2680
3120
2305
2975
800
575
595
1030
1150
1065
1190
1785
1030
1150
1315
1595
1490
2085
2090
2685
3695
2285
5560
1525
1585
1635
2015
1960
2285
2410
3025
2685
3695
3020
4030
4955
2285
3020
4030
5560
1960
2015
3020
3025
3360
4365
3360
4365
655
670
1305
1180
1345
1305
1180
1680
2285
1500
2350
3590
2285
1500
2685
3590
2615
3020
3590
2615
3360
910
655
670
1180
1305
1210
1345
2015
1180
1305
1500
1815
1680
2350
2265
2890
3970
2465
5560
1650
1715
1685
2165
2115
2465
2610
3265
2890
3970
3250
4335
4955
2465
3250
4335
5560
2115
2165
3250
3265
3610
4695
3610
4695
705
720
1410
1280
1445
1410
1280
1805
2465
1625
2530
3900
2465
1625
2890
3900
2820
3250
3900
2820
3610
985
705
720
1280
1410
1305
1445
2165
1280
1410
1625
1960
1805
2530
Installed
Cost Index
(ICI)
Code
Ref.
*
*
*
*
*
Lowest
+11%
+53%
+88%
+147%
Lowest
+12%
+83%
+248%
+265%
+259%
+276%
160
*
*
*
*
*
Lowest
+130%
+130%
Lowest
+111%
+120%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Lowest
+20%
+161%
Lowest
+37%
+152%
+163%
+185%
Lowest
+37%
+40%
+203%
+213%
+235%
I7, F6, L17

F23
I7, F6, L17
F23
I7, F6, L17
F23
I7, F6, L17
160
I7, F6, L17
I7, F8, L17

I7, F6, L17
F23
I7, F6, L17
F23
I7, F6, L17
F23
I7, F6, L17
F23
I7, F6, L17
F23
I7, F6, L17
F23
F8
I7, F6, L17
F23
I7, F6, L17
I7, F6, L17
Joist
Size

Joist
Size
4x10
Model No.
LUS48
LUS410
U410
HUS410/HUSC410
HU410/HUC410
HU412/HUC412
4x14
HUCQ410-SDS
HUCQ412-SDS
LUS410
LUS414
U414
HUS412/HUSC412
HU414/HUC414
4x16
HUCQ412-SDS
U414
HUS412/HUSC412
HU416/HUC416
U66
6x6
HU66/HUC66
U66
6x8
HU68/HUC68
U610
6x10
HU610/HUC610
HUCQ610-SDS
HU612/HUC612
6x12
HUCQ610-SDS
HUCQ612-SDS
HU614/HUC614
6x14
6x16
HUCQ610-SDS
HUCQ612-SDS
HU616/HUC616
HUCQ612-SDS
8x8
HU88/HUC88
8x10
HU810/HUC810
8x12
HU812/HUC812
8x14
HU814/HUC814
8x16
HU816/HUC816
18
18
16
14
14
14
14
18
18
16
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
16
14
14
14
14
16
14
14
14
16
14
14
16
14
14
16
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
Dimensions (in.)
W
Min/
Max
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
634
834
838
81516
858
858
9
834
1034
838
8516
1012
10516
10516
9
11
834
1034
10
1012
1258
1258
11
10
1012
1358
1358
5
4316
4316
5
51316
51316
8.5
758
758
9
938
938
9
11
1158
1158
9
11
121116
121116
11
658
658
838
838
1018
1018
1178
1178
1358
1358
2
2
2
2
212
212
3
2
2
2
2
2
212
212
3
3
2
2
2
2
212
212
3
2
2
212
212
2
212
212
2
212
212
2
212
212
3
212
212
3
3
212
212
3
3
212
212
3
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Fasteners
Header
Joist
SAWN LUMBER SIZES

6-16d
4-16d
8-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-10d
8-16d
8-16d
14-16d
6-10d
18-16d
10-10d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
8-16d
6-16d
10-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-10d
8-16d
8-16d
10-16d
10-16d
16-16d
6-10d
22-16d
10-10d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
14-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
8-16d
6-16d
10-16d
6-16d
16-16d
6-10d
10-16d
10-16d
18-16d
8-10d
24-16d
12-10d
14-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
16-16d
6-10d
10-16d
10-16d
20-16d
8-10d
26-16d
12-10d
8-16d
4-10d
8-16d
4-16d
12-16d
6-16d
8-16d
4-10d
10-16d
4-16d
14-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-10d
14-16d
6-16d
18-16d
8-16d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
16-16d
6-16d
22-16d
8-16d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
14-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
18-16d
8-16d
24-16d
12-16d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
14-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
20-16d
8-16d
26-16d
12-16d
14-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
10-16d
4-16d
14-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-16d
18-16d
8-16d
16-16d
6-16d
22-16d
8-16d
18-16d
8-16d
24-16d
12-16d
20-16d
8-16d
26-16d
12-16d
1. Uplift loads apply to 10d and 16d header fasteners. Uplift loads have
been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further
increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
2. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified
16d at 0.84 of the table load value.
3. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with
no load reduction. (16d sinkers are not acceptable for HDG applications.)
4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing
quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes.

Uplift
Floor
Snow
Roof
(160)
(100)
(115)
(125)
1165
1745
1110
3295
1135
1895
2510
1745
1745
1110
3295
3635
1135
1895
2510
2510
1745
1745
1110
3635
1515
2015
2510
1110
3635
1515
2015
740
900
1345
740
900
1345
1110
1345
1795
2520
1345
1795
2520
2520
1795
2695
2520
2520
1795
2695
2520
900
1345
1345
1795
1345
1795
1795
2695
1795
2695
1315
1830
2015
2125
2085
2680
4680
1830
2110
2015
2125
2660
2380
3275
4680
5460
1830
2110
2305
2660
2680
3570
5460
2305
2660
2975
3870
1150
1190
1785
1150
1490
2085
2015
2085
2680
4680
2380
3275
4680
5315
2680
3570
4680
5315
2975
3870
5315
1490
2085
2085
2680
2380
3275
2680
3570
2975
3870
1500
2090
2285
2420
2350
3020
4955
2090
2410
2285
2420
3025
2685
3695
4955
5560
2090
2410
2615
3025
3020
4030
5560
2615
3025
3360
4365
1305
1345
2015
1305
1680
2350
2285
2350
3020
5380
2685
3695
5380
5315
3020
4030
5380
5315
3360
4365
5315
1680
2350
2350
3020
2685
3695
3020
4030
3360
4365
1625
2265
2465
2615
2530
3250
4955
2265
2610
2465
2615
3265
2890
3970
4955
5560
2265
2610
2820
3265
3250
4335
5560
2820
3265
3610
4695
1410
1445
2165
1410
1805
2530
2465
2530
3250
5715
2890
3970
5715
5315
3250
4335
5715
5315
3610
4695
5315
1805
2530
2530
3250
2890
3970
3250
4335
3610
4695
Installed
Cost Index
(ICI)
Code
Ref.
Lowest
+19%
+74%
+154%
+232%
+253%
I7, F6, L17
*
Lowest
+33%
+46%
+114%
+129%
+268%
+290%
I9, L12, F23
*
*
Lowest
+33%
+93%
+129%
+333%
+355%
I9, L12, F23

F23
*
Lowest
+19%
+167%
+178%
I9, L12, F23
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
I7, F6, L17
I7, F6, L17
I7, F6, L17
I9, L12, F23

I7, F6, L17
I9, L12, F23
I9, L12, F23
I7, F6, L17
I9, L12, F23
I7, F6, L17
I9, L12, F23
160
5. DF/SP loads can be used for SCL that has fastener holding capacity of Doug Fir.
6. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads in accordance with
ANSI/TPI 1-2007. Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector Software includes
the evaluation of cross-grain tension in its hanger allowable loads. For additional
information, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 =
0.148" dia. x 112" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
*Hangers do not have an Installed Cost Index.
4x12
HUCQ410-SDS
LUS410
LUS414
U410
HUS410/HUSC410
HUS412
Ga
79
FACE MOUNT HANGERS SOLID SAWN LUMBER (SPF/HF)

Joist
Size
2x4
DBL
2x4
2x6
DBL
2x6
Model No.
LU24
LUS24
U24
HU26
LUS24-2
U24-2
HU24-2
LUS26
LU26
U26
LUC26Z
HU26
HUS26
LUS26-2
U26-2
HUS26-2/HUSC26-2
HU26-2/HUC26-2
TPL
2x6
2x8
DBL
2x8
LUS26-3
U26-3
HU26-3/HUC26-3
LUS26
LU26
LUS28
LU28
U26
LUC26Z
HU28
HUS26
HUS28
LUS26-2
LUS28-2
U26-2
HUS28-2/HUSC28-2
HU28-2/HUC28-2
TPL
2x8
LUS28-3
U26-3
HU26-3/HUC26-3
QUAD
HU28-4/HUC28-4
2x8
LUS28
LU28
LUS210
LU210
2x10
U210
LUC210Z
HU210
HUS210
LUS28-2
LUS210-2
U210-2
DBL HUS210-2
2x10
HU210-2/HUC210-2
TPL
2x10
HHUS210-2/HUSC210-2
HUCQ310-SDS
LUS28-3
LUS210-3
U210-3
HU210-3/HUC210-3
HHUS210-3
HUCQ210-3-SDS
QUAD HU210-4/HUC210-4
2x10
HHUS210-4
80
Ga
20
18
16
14
18
16
14
18
20
16
18
14
16
18
16
14
14
14
18
16
14
14
18
20
18
20
16
18
14
16
16
18
18
16
14
14
14
18
16
14
14
14
14
18
20
18
20
16
18
14
16
18
18
16
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
16
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
Dimensions (in.)
W
1916
1916
1916
1916
318
318
318
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
158
318
318
318
318
318
458
458
41116
41116
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
158
158
318
318
318
318
318
318
458
458
41116
41116
618
618
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
158
318
318
318
318
318
318
3516
2916
458
458
458
41116
41116
41116
458
618
618
618
318
318
318
3116
318
3
3116
434
434
434
434
3116
518
478
5
5316
538
538
418
414
512
512
434
434
658
638
434
434
514
518
7
478
7
5
7316
7
7
614
414
514
514
658
658
658
638
71316
71316
71316
734
718
9
7
9
812
9316
81316
81316
878
9
614
8316
734
8916
8916
878
9
838
838
878
112
134
112
214
2
2
212
134
112
2
134
214
3
2
2
2
212
212
2
2
212
212
134
112
134
112
2
134
214
3
3
2
2
2
2
212
212
2
2
212
212
212
212
134
112
134
112
2
134
214
3
2
2
2
2
212
212
3
3
2
2
2
212
212
3
3
212
212
3
Min/
Max

Fasteners
Header
Joist
SAWN LUMBER SIZES
4-16d
2-10dx112
4-10d
2-10d
4-16d
2-10dx112
4-16d
2-10dx112
4-16d
2-16d
4-16d
2-10d
4-16d
2-10d
4-10d
4-10d
6-16d
4-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
4-16d
2-10dx112
14-16d
6-16d
4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-16d
Min
8-16d
4-10d
Max
12-16d
6-10d
4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
Min
8-16d
4-10d
Max
12-16d
6-10d
4-10d
4-10d
6-16d
4-10dx112
6-10d
4-10d
8-16d
6-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
14-16d
6-16d
22-16d
8-16d
4-16d
4-16d
6-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
6-16d
6-16d
Min
10-16d
4-10d
Max
14-16d
6-10d
6-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-10d
Min
8-16d
4-10d
Max
12-16d
6-10d
Min
10-16d
4-16d
Max
14-16d
6-16d
6-10d
4-10d
8-16d
6-10dx112
8-10d
4-10d
10-16d
6-10dx112
10-16d
6-10dx112
10-16d
6-10dx112
8-16d
4-10dx112
30-16d
10-16d
6-16d
4-16d
8-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-10d
8-16d
8-16d
Min
14-16d
6-10d
Max
18-16d
10-10d
30-16d
10-16d
8-"x212" SDS 4-"x212" SDS
6-16d
4-16d
8-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-10d
Min
14-16d
6-10d
Max
18-16d
10-10d
30-16d
10-16d
12-"x212" SDS 6-"x212" SDS
Min
14-16d
6-16d
Max
18-16d
8-16d
30-16d
10-16d
Uplift
(160)
230
420
230
290
380
320
325
1005
490
500
630
290
1335
1000
640
1060
655
980
1000
640
655
980
1005
490
1005
730
500
630
525
1335
1720
1000
1000
640
1335
655
980
1000
640
655
980
775
1160
1005
730
1005
730
960
945
525
2580
1000
1500
960
2820
980
1635
3525
985
1000
1500
960
980
1635
3525
1805
1160
1550
3525
SPF/HF Allowable Loads

Floor
Snow
(100)
(115)
475
575
495
515
680
495
515
740
715
745
725
515
2330
880
990
910
1025
1540
880
990
1025
1540
740
715
940
950
745
725
770
2330
2905
880
1125
990
1365
1280
1795
1125
990
1025
1540
1280
1795
940
950
1145
1190
1240
1210
1025
3150
1125
1565
1735
1820
1795
2305
4835
2245
1125
1565
1735
1795
2305
4835
3370
1795
2305
4835
545
655
560
580
780
560
580
845
815
845
825
580
2650
1010
1125
1035
1155
1735
1010
1125
1155
1735
845
815
1075
1085
845
825
870
2650
3035
1010
1285
1125
1555
1445
2025
1285
1125
1155
1735
1445
2025
1075
1085
1305
1360
1405
1380
1155
3315
1285
1785
1965
2070
2025
2605
5270
2585
1285
1785
1965
2025
2605
5480
3570
2025
2605
5480
Roof
(125)
590
705
605
620
845
605
620
915
885
910
895
620
2820
1090
1210
1120
1245
1865
1090
1210
1245
1865
915
885
1165
1145
910
895
935
2820
3125
1090
1390
1210
1680
1555
2180
1390
1210
1245
1865
1555
2180
1165
1145
1415
1470
1445
1490
1245
3425
1390
1935
2120
2240
2180
2800
5380
2810
1390
1935
2120
2180
2800
5910
3570
2180
2800
5910

Joist
Size
2x12
LUS210
LU210
U210
LUC210Z
HU212
HUS210
LUS210-2
U210-2
LUS214-2
HUS210-2/HUSC210-2
HUS212-2/HUSC212-2
HU212-2/HUC212-2
HUCQ210-2-SDS
LUS210-3
TPL
2x12
2x14
DBL
2x14
HU212-3/HUC212-3
U210-3
HUCQ210-3-SDS
LUS210
LU210
U210
HU214
U214
U210-2
LUS214-2
HUS212-2/HUSC212-2
HU212-2/HUC212-2
HU214-2/HUC214-2
TPL
2x14
2x16
DBL
2x16
TPL
2x16
3x4
3x6
3x8
3x10
3x12
3x14
3x16
4x4
4x6
HUCQ210-2-SDS
U210-3
HU214-3/HUC214-3
HUCQ210-3-SDS
U214
HU214
HU216
HUS212-2
HU216-2/HUC216-2
HU216-3/HUC216-3
U34
HU34
U36
LUS36
HU36
U36
HU38
U310
LUS310
HU310
U310
HU312
U314
HU314
U314
HU316
LUS44
U44
HU44
LUS46
U46
HUS46/HUSC46
HU46/HUC46
4x8
LUS46
U46
LUS48
HUS48/HUSC48
HU48/HUC48
Ga
18
20
16
18
14
16
18
16
18
14
14
14
14
14
18
14
14
16
14
18
20
16
14
16
16
18
14
14
14
14
14
14
16
14
14
14
16
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
16
14
16
18
14
16
14
16
18
14
16
14
16
14
16
14
18
16
14
18
16
14
14
14
18
16
18
14
14
14
Dimensions (in.)
W
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
158
318
318
318
318
318
318
318
2916
458
41116
41116
458
458
1916
1916
1916
1916
1916
318
318
318
318
318
318
318
259
458
41116
41116
458
1916
1916
1916
318
318
318
41116
41116
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
71316
71316
71316
734
9
9
9
812
101516
9316
1034
10916
10916
9
8316
10516
10516
734
9
71316
71316
71316
1018
10
812
101516
1034
10916
10916
121316
121316
9
734
12116
12116
9
10
1018
121516
1034
1378
1378
1378
1378
338
338
538
514
538
538
718
878
714
878
878
1058
1012
1238
1012
1418
3
278
278
434
478
5
5316
3
5 16
434
478
634
61516
61316
61516
134
112
2
134
3
2
2
2
2
2
212
212
3
2
212
212
2
3
134
134
2
214
2
2
2
2
212
212
212
212
3
2
212
212
3
2
214
214
2
212
212
212
212
2
212
2
2
212
2
212
2
2
212
2
212
2
212
2
212
2
2
212
2
2
2
212
212
2
2
2
2
212
212
Min/
Max
Fasteners
Header
SAWN LUMBER SIZES
8-10d
10-16d
10-16d
10-16d
10-16d
30-16d
8-16d
14-16d
10-16d
8-16d
10-16d
Min
16-16d
Max
22-16d
12-"x212" SDS
8-16d
Min
16-16d
Max
22-16d
14-16d
12-"x212" SDS
8-10d
10-16d
10-16d
12-16d
12-16d
14-16d
10-16d
10-16d
Min
16-16d
Max
22-16d
Min
18-16d
Max
24-16d
12-"x212" SDS
14-16d
Min
18-16d
Max
24-16d
12-"x212" SDS
12-16d
12-16d
18-16d
10-16d
Min
20-16d
Max
26-16d
Min
20-16d
Max
26-16d
4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-16d
8-16d
8-16d
10-16d
14-16d
6-16d
14-16d
14-16d
16-16d
16-16d
18-16d
16-16d
20-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-16d
Min
8-16d
Max
12-16d
4-16d
8-16d
6-16d
6-16d
Min
10-16d
Max
14-16d
Joist
Uplift
(160)
4-10d
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
10-16d
6-16d
6-10d
6-16d
8-16d
10-16d
6-10d
10-10d
6-"x212" SDS
6-16d
6-10d
10-10d
6-10d
6-"x212" SDS
4-10d
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
6-10d
6-16d
10-16d
6-10d
10-10d
8-10d
12-10d
6-"x212" SDS
6-10d
8-10d
12-10d
6-"x212" SDS
8-10dx112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
10-16d
8-10d
12-10d
8-10d
12-10d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-16d
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
6-10dx112
4-16d
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
2-16d
2-10d
2-10d
4-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-10d
6-10d
4-16d
4-10d
4-16d
6-16d
4-10d
6-10d
1005
730
960
945
980
2580
1500
960
1500
2820
3125
980
1635
1805
1500
980
1635
960
1805
1005
730
960
980
960
960
1500
3125
980
1635
1310
1965
1805
960
1310
1735
1805
960
980
1310
3125
1310
1735
1310
1735
230
325
500
1000
525
500
525
960
1000
790
960
790
960
1310
960
1310
380
320
325
1000
640
1060
655
980
1000
640
1000
1335
655
980

Floor
Snow
(100)
(115)
1145
1190
1240
1210
1280
3150
1565
1735
1805
1820
2275
2050
2820
3370
1565
2050
2820
1735
3370
1145
1190
1240
1540
1485
1735
1805
2275
2050
2820
2305
3075
3370
1735
2305
3075
3370
1485
1540
2305
2275
2565
3330
2565
3330
495
515
990
880
1025
990
1280
1735
1125
1795
1735
2050
1980
2305
1980
2565
680
495
515
880
990
910
1025
1540
880
990
1125
1365
1280
1795
1305
1360
1405
1380
1445
3315
1785
1965
2065
2070
2590
2315
3180
3570
1785
2315
3180
1965
3570
1305
1360
1405
1735
1685
1965
2065
2590
2315
3180
2605
3470
3570
1965
2605
3470
3570
1685
1735
2415
2590
2895
3760
2895
3760
560
580
1125
1010
1155
1125
1445
1965
1285
2025
1965
2315
2245
2605
2245
2895
780
560
580
1010
1125
1035
1155
1735
1010
1125
1285
1555
1445
2025
Roof
(125)
1415
1470
1445
1490
1555
3425
1935
2120
2235
2240
2795
2490
3425
3570
1935
2490
3425
2120
3570
1415
1470
1445
1865
1820
2120
2235
2795
2490
3425
2800
3735
3570
2120
2800
3735
3570
1820
1865
2490
2795
3110
4045
3110
4045
605
620
1210
1090
1245
1210
1555
2120
1390
2180
2120
2490
2425
2800
2425
3110
845
605
620
1090
1210
1120
1245
1865
1090
1210
1390
1680
1555
2180
DBL
2x12
Model No.
81

4x10
Model No.
Ga
LUS48
LUS410
U410
HUS410/HUSC410
18
18
16
14
14
14
14
18
18
16
14
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
16
14
14
14
14
14
16
14
14
14
14
16
14
14
16
14
14
16
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
HU410/HUC410
4x12
HUCQ410-SDS
LUS410
LUS414
U410
HUS410/HUSC410
HUS412/HUSC412
HU412/HUC412
4x14
HUCQ410-SDS
HUCQ412-SDS
LUS410
LUS414
U414
HUS412/HUSC412
HU414/HUC414
HUCQ410-SDS
HUCQ412-SDS
U414
HUS412
4x16
HU416/HUC416
HUCQ412-SDS
U66
6x6
HU66/HUC66
U66
6x8
HU68/HUC68
U610
6x10
HU610/HUC610
HUCQ610-SDS
HU612/HUC612
6x12
HUCQ610-SDS
HUCQ612-SDS
HU614/HUC614
6x14
6x16
HUCQ610-SDS
HUCQ612-SDS
HU616/HUC616
HUCQ612-SDS
82
8x8
HU88/HUC88
8x10
HU810/HUC810
8x12
HU812/HUC812
8x14
HU814/HUC814
8x16
HU816/HUC816
Dimensions (in.)
W
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
634
834
838
81516
858
858
9
834
1034
838
81516
1012
10516
10516
9
11
834
1034
10
1012
1258
1258
9
11
10
1012
1358
1358
11
5
4316
4316
5
51316
51316
812
758
758
9
938
938
9
11
1158
1158
9
11
121116
121116
11
658
658
838
838
1018
1018
1178
1178
1358
1358
2
2
2
2
212
212
3
2
2
2
2
2
212
212
3
3
2
2
2
2
212
212
3
3
2
2
212
212
3
2
212
212
2
212
212
2
212
212
3
212
212
3
3
212
212
3
3
212
212
3
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
Min/
Max
Fasteners
Header
SAWN LUMBER SIZES
6-16d
8-16d
14-16d
8-16d
Min
14-16d
Max
18-16d
12-SDSx2
8-16d
10-16d
14-16d
8-16d
10-16d
Min
16-16d
Max
22-16d
12-SDS"x2"
14-SDS"x2"
8-16d
10-16d
16-16d
10-16d
Min
18-16d
Max
24-16d
12-SDS"x2"
14-SDS"x2"
16-16d
10-16d
Min
20-16d
Max
26-16d
14-SDS"x2"
8-16d
Min
8-16d
Max
12-16d
8-16d
Min
10-16d
Max
14-16d
14-16d
Min
14-16d
Max
18-16d
12-SDSx2
Min
16-16d
Max
22-16d
12-SDSx2
14-SDSx2
Min
18-16d
Max
24-16d
12-SDSx2
14-SDSx2
Min
20-16d
Max
26-16d
14-SDSx2
Min
10-16d
Max
14-16d
Min
14-16d
Max
18-16d
Min
16-16d
Max
22-16d
Min
18-16d
Max
24-16d
Min
20-16d
Max
26-16d
Joist
Uplift
(160)
4-16d
6-16d
6-10d
8-16d
6-10d
10-10d
6-SDSx2
6-16d
6-16d
6-10d
8-16d
10-16d
6-10d
10-10d
6-SDSx2
6-SDSx2
6-16d
6-16d
6-10d
10-16d
8-10d
12-10d
6-SDSx2
6-SDSx2
6-10d
10-16d
8-10d
12-10d
6-SDSx2
4-10d
4-16d
6-16d
4-10d
4-16d
6-16d
6-10d
6-16d
8-16d
6-SDSx2
6-16d
8-16d
6-SDSx2
6-SDSx2
8-16d
12-16d
6-SDSx2
6-SDSx2
8-16d
12-16d
6-SDSx2
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
8-16d
8-16d
12-16d
8-16d
12-16d
1000
1500
960
2820
980
1635
1805
1500
1500
960
2820
3125
980
1635
1805
1805
1500
1500
960
3125
1310
1965
1805
1805
960
3125
1310
1965
1805
640
775
1160
640
775
1160
960
1160
1550
1815
1160
1550
1815
1815
1550
2325
1815
1815
1550
2325
1815
775
1160
1160
1550
1160
1550
1550
2325
1550
2325

Floor
Snow
(100)
(115)
1125
1565
1735
1820
1795
2305
3370
1565
1805
1735
1820
2275
2050
2820
3370
3930
1565
1805
1980
2275
2305
3075
3370
3930
1980
2275
2565
3330
3930
990
1025
1540
990
1280
1795
1735
1795
2305
3370
2050
2820
3370
3825
2305
3075
3370
3825
2565
3330
3825
1280
1795
1795
2305
2050
2820
2305
3075
2565
3330
1. Uplift loads apply to 10d and 16d header fasteners. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further
2. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.84 of the table load value.
3. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction.(16d sinkers are not acceptable for HDG applications.)
MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes.
5. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1-2007. Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector Software
includes the evaluation of cross-grain tension in its hanger allowable loads. For additional information, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
1285
1785
1965
2070
2025
2605
3570
1785
2065
1965
2070
2590
2315
3180
3570
4005
1785
2065
2245
2590
2605
3470
3570
4005
2245
2590
2895
3760
4005
1125
1155
1735
1125
1445
2025
1965
2025
2605
3875
2315
3180
3875
3825
2605
3470
3875
3825
2895
3760
3825
1445
2025
2025
2605
2315
3180
2605
3470
2895
3760
Roof
(125)
1390
1935
2120
2240
2180
2800
3570
1935
2235
2120
2240
2795
2490
3425
3570
4005
1935
2235
2425
2795
2800
3735
3570
4005
2425
2795
3110
4045
4005
1210
1245
1865
1210
1555
2180
2120
2180
2800
4115
2490
3425
4115
3825
2800
3735
4115
3825
310
4045
3825
1555
2180
2180
2800
2490
3425
2800
3735
310
4045
Joist
Size
FACE MOUNT HANGERS ROUGH LUMBER (DF & SP)

Joist
Size
2x4(R)
2x6(R)
2x8(R)
2x12(R)
2x14(R)
4x4(R)
4x6(R)
4x8(R)
4x10(R)
4x12(R)
4x14(R)
6x6(R)
6x8(R)
6x10(R)
6x12(R)
6x14(R)
Ga
LU24R-18
U24R
LU26R-18
U26R
LU28R-18
U26R
LU210R-18
U210R
U210R
U210R
U44R
U46R
U46R
U410R
U410R
U410R
U66R
U66R
U610R
U610R
U610R
18
16
18
16
18
16
18
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Dimensions (in.)
Fasteners
Header
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
31116
358
4916
558
658
558
7916
918
918
918
258
458
458
918
918
918
5
5
918
918
918
112
2
112
2
112
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4-16d
4-16d
6-16d
8-16d
8-16d
8-16d
10-16d
14-16d
14-16d
14-16d
4-16d
8-16d
8-16d
14-16d
14-16d
14-16d
8-16d
8-16d
14-16d
14-16d
14-16d
Uplift
(160)
Joist
SAWN LUMBER SIZES
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
6-10dx112
4-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
2-16d
4-16d
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
6-16d
4-16d
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
6-16d
265
265
565
585
865
585
850
1110
1110
1110
440
885
885
1115
1115
1115
885
885
1115
1115
1115

Floor
Snow
(100)
(115)
565
575
845
1150
1125
1150
1410
2015
2015
2015
575
1150
1150
2015
2015
2015
1150
1150
2015
2015
2015
640
655
965
1305
1285
1305
1605
2285
2285
2285
655
1305
1305
2285
2285
2285
1305
1305
2285
2285
2285
Roof
(125)
Code Ref.
695
705
1040
1410
1335
1410
1735
2465
2465
2465
705
1410
1410
2465
2465
2465
1410
1410
2465
2465
2465
IL8
I7, F6, L17
IL8
I7, F6, L17
IL8
I7, F6, L17
IL8
I7, F6, L17
2x10(R)
Model No.
FACE MOUNT HANGERS ROUGH LUMBER (SPF/HF)

Joist
Size
2x4(R)
2x6(R)
2x8(R)
2x10(R)
2x12(R)
2x14(R)
4x4(R)
4x6(R)
4x8(R)
4x10(R)
4x12(R)
4x14(R)
6x6(R)
6x8(R)
6x10(R)
6x12(R)
6x14(R)
Model No.
Ga
LU24R-18
U24R
LU26R-18
U26R
LU28R-18
U26R
LU210R-18
U210R
U210R
U210R
U44R
U46R
U46R
U410R
U410R
U410R
U66R
U66R
U610R
U610R
U610R
18
16
18
16
18
16
18
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
Dimensions (in.)
Fasteners
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
31116
358
4916
558
638
558
7916
918
918
918
258
458
458
818
818
818
5
5
812
812
812
112
2
112
2
112
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1. Uplift loads apply to 10d and 16d header fasteners. Uplift loads
have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further
2. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified
16d at 0.84 of the table load value.
3. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons
with no load reduction.
Header
Joist
SAWN LUMBER SIZES

4-16d
2-10dx112
4-16d
2-10dx112
6-16d
4-10dx112
8-16d
4-10dx112
8-16d
6-10dx112
8-16d
4-10dx112
10-16d
6-10dx112
14-16d
6-10dx112
14-16d
6-10dx112
14-16d
6-10dx112
4-16d
2-16d
8-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-16d
14-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-16d
8-16d
4-16d
8-16d
4-16d
14-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-16d
14-16d
6-16d
Uplift
(160)
230
230
490
500
745
500
730
960
960
960
380
760
760
960
960
960
760
760
960
960
960

Floor
Snow
(100)
(115)
485
495
725
990
970
990
1210
1735
1735
1735
495
990
990
1735
1735
1735
990
990
1735
1735
1735
550
560
825
1125
1100
1125
1380
1965
1965
1965
560
1125
1125
1965
1965
1965
1125
1125
1965
1965
1965
Roof
(125)
595
605
895
1210
1145
1210
1490
2120
2120
2120
605
1210
1210
2120
2120
2120
1210
1210
2120
2120
2120
4. DF/SP loads can be used for SCL that has fastener holding capacity of Doug Fir.
5. HUs can be ordered in rough sizes at full table loads. Add X to the model
designation ex: HU28X and specify rough width or height. Maximum width 8".
6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes
and information.
83
TOP FLANGE HANGERS JB/JBA/LB/LBAZ/BA/B/HHB
Joist, Beam and Purlin Hangers
3"
JBA
U.S. Patent 7,334,372
TF
TF
(HHB similar)
Factory Weld
LB
BA
(LBAZ similar)
JB
Typical BD
Saddle Installation
Nailer
attachment
per Designer
112" Min.
Typical BA Installation on Wood Nailer

(LB, B similar)
LB, BA, B and HHB are acceptable

for weld-on applications. See
Installation Information.
Nailer Table5
Model
No.
Top
Flange Nailing
Joist
Nailing
Allowable Loads
Uplift
(160)
DF/SP
SPF/HF
JB210A
JB212A
JB214A
2x
6-10dx1 2
2-10dx1 2
315
1265
965
3x
6-16dx2 2
2-10dx1 2
315
1290
LB26
2x
4-10dx112
2-10dx112
850
LB28
2x
4-10dx1 2
2-10dx1 2
915
LB210AZ
LB212AZ
LB214AZ
2x
6-10dx112
2-10dx112
375
1265
1065
3x
6-16dx212
2-10dx112
375
1290
LB216
2x
4-10dx1 2
2-10dx1 2
1150
2x
10-10dx112
2-10dx112
2653
2220
1755
2-2x
14-10d
2-10dx112
2653
2695
2235
3x
14-16dx212
2-10dx112
2653
3230
4x
14-16d
2-10dx1 2
265
3230
2-2x
14-10d
6-10dx1 2
710
3615
2770
3x
14-16dx212
6-10dx112
8304
3725
4x
14-16d
6-10dx1 2
830
3800
BA
84
Nailer
1
1
1. Uplift values are for DF/SP nailers only. Refer to

technical bulletin T-NAILERUPLFT for SPF values.
2. For joist members 212" or wider, 16dx212" joist nails
should be installed for additional uplift loads on
the 3x and 4x nailer applications of 970 lbs. and
1010 lbs. respectively.
3. If joist nailing is increased to (8)-10dx112, higher
uplift loads are allowed. See technical bulletin
T-NAILERUPLFT.
4. If joist nailing is increased to (6)-16dx212, higher
uplift loads are allowed for joist members at least
212" wide. See technical bulletin T-NAILERUPLFT.
5. Attachment of nailer to supporting member is
by the Designer.
The new, next-generation LBAZ and JBA hangers provide

higher loads for 2x10, 2x12 and 2x14 members in 14 gauge and 18 gauge
steel, respectively. The new nail locations on the JBA enable effective use
with nailers.
The B and BA hangers are cost effective hangers featuring min/max
joist nailing option. Min Nailing featuring Positive Angle Nailing targets
moderate load conditions whereas the Max Nailing generates capacities
for higher loads. The unique two level embossment provides added
stiffness to the top flange.
See tables on pages 87-91. See Hanger Options on pages
233-243
for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads.
MATERIAL: See tables, pages 87-91.
FINISH: BA, JB, JBA, LB, LBAZ and BGalvanized; HHBall saddle
hangers and all welded sloped and special hangersSimpson

Strong-Tie gray paint. BA, LB, B and HHB may be ordered
hot-dip galvanized, specify HDG.
INSTALLATION: Use specified fasteners. See General Notes and nailer
table notes.
LBAZ, BA, B and HHB may also be welded to steel headers with weld
size to match material thickness (approximate thickness shown).
The minimum required weld to the top flanges is 18" x 2" (18" x 1716"
for LBAZ) fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 14 and
12 gauge and 316" x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab
for 7 gauge. Distribute the weld equally on both top flanges. Welding
cancels the top and face nailing requirements. Consult the code
for special considerations when welding galvanized steel. The area
should be well-ventilated (see page 17 for welding information).
Weld on applications produce the maximum allowable down load
listed. For uplift loads refer to technical bulletin T-WELDUPLFT.
Ledgers must be evaluated for each application separately.
Check TF dimension, nail length and nail location on ledger.
Refer to technical bulletin T-SLOPEJST for information regarding
load reductions on selected hangers which can be used without
modification to support joists which have shallow slopes (34:12).
OPTIONS: B and HHB
Other widths are available; specify W dimension
(the minimum W dimension is 1916" for B and 314" for HHB).
See Hanger Options, pages 233-243. BA, JB, JBA, LB and LBAZ
hangers cannot be modified. Use LBV as an alternative for
the JBA/LBAZ.

TOP FLANGE HANGERS JB/JBA/LB/LBAZ/BA/B/HHB
Joist, Beam and Purlin Hangers
B Series With Various Header Applications

Joist or
Purlin
Size
Model
No.
Dimensions
Ga
JB26
2x
JB28
JB210A
JB212A
JB214A
18
1916
see
pages
87-89
2x
LB28
LB210AZ
LB212AZ
LB214AZ
14
1916
BA Min.
4x
14
3916
BA Max.
3x, 4x
12
see
pages
87-89
see
pages
87-89
see
pages
87-89
see
pages
87-89
Allowable Loads by Header Type and Fastener
TF
Header
Joist
Uplift
(160)
LVL
PSL
DF/SP
SPF/HF
112
1516
4-10d
2-prong
1040
815
1 2
1 16
4-10d
2-prong
1050
820
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
315
1685
1190
6-10d
2-10dx1 2
315
1015
1015
112
1516
4-16d
2-10dx112
290
1380
860
1 2
1 16
4-16d
2-10dx1 2
290
1270
790
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
380
1865
1330
6-10d
2-10dx112
380
1220
1220
16-16d
2-10dx112
265
3230
3630
3080
2425
16-10d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
3435
2665
16-16d
2-10dx1 2
1170
3555
3630
3625
2465
16-10d
2-10dx1 2
1170
4715
4320
3800
2665
14-16d
6-10dx112
990
3575
3195
3625
2190
14-10d
6-10dx1 2
990
4135
3355
3800
2650
212
1716
212
1
1
Code
Ref.
I10,
L11, F16
160
I10,
L11, F16
170
I19,
L14, F21
LB26
Fasteners
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake
loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
2. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load.
3. Where noted for single-ply joist hangers use 6-10dx112" nails.
4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.
HUTF/HUSTF Heavy Duty and Double Shear Joist Hangers

See dimensions, material, loads on table pages.
HUSTF has the double shear nailing advantage
distributing the joist load through two points on each
nail for greater strength.
FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information,

pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION:
Not acceptable for nailer or welded applications;
see W and B hangers.
HUTFThe minimum header or ledger size
that can be used with this hanger is 312".
HUSTFWith 3x carrying members, use
16dx212" nails into the header and 16d
commons into the joist.
OPTIONS:
HUTF rough beam sizes are available by
special order.
See Hanger Options on pages 233-243 for
slope and/or skewed hangers.
Available with flanges turned in (2-2x and
4x only for HUSCTF. 2916" or greater
for HUCTF).
Some model
configurations may
differ from those
shown. Production
models have projected
seats. Square cut seats
may be ordered.
Contact Simpson
Strong-Tie for details.
HUSTF
Double Shear
Nailing Top View
HU410TF
Typical HUTF
Installation
HUCTF
Nailer application is NOT

acceptable. Fasteners
cannot be installed
85
The W, WPU, HWU and HW series purlin hangers offer the greatest design
flexibility and versatility. WMs are designed for use on standard 8" grouted
masonry block wall construction.
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; hot-dip galvanized available:

specify HDG, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
H dimensions are sized to account for normal joist shrinkage. W dimensions
are for dressed timber widths.
Hangers may be welded to steel headers with weld size to match material
thickness (approximate thickness shown) 18" for W, 316" for WNP/WPU and
1
4" for HW/HWU, by 112" fillet welds located at each end of the top flange
(see page 17 for welding information). Weld-on applications produce
maximum allowable load listed. For uplift loads refer to technical bulletin
T-WELDUPLFT (HWU and WPU hangers only).
GLT/HGLT may be welded to steel headers, see page 104 for requirements.
Hangers can support multi-ply carried members; the individual members
must be secured together to work as a single unit before installation into
the hanger.
WMtwo 16d duplex nails must be installed into the top flange and
embedded into the grouted wall. Verify that the grouted wall can take the
required fasteners specified in the table.
Embed WM into block with a minimum of one course above and one
course below the top flange with one #5 vertical rebar minimum 24" long
in each cell. Minimum grout strength is 2000 psi.
OPTIONS: Refer to technical bulletin T-SLOPEJST for information regarding
load reductions on selected hangers which can be used without modification
to support joists which have shallow slopes (34:12).
See Hanger Options, pages 233-243 for hanger modifications and
associated load reductions.
Some model configurations may differ from those shown.
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Model Nailer
2x
2-2x
3x
4x
2x
WP
2-2x
and
3x
WNP
4x
2-2x
WPU 3x
4x
2-2x
HW
3x
4x
2-2x
HWU 3x
4x
Top
Flange
Nailing
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16dx212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16dx212
2-10d
7-10d
7-16dx212
7-16d
4-10d
4-16dx212
4-16d
8-16dx212
8-16dx212
8-16d
Allowable Down Loads

Uplift 1
(160) DF/SP SPF/HF LSL
700
970
1095
710
970
1160
1600
1665
1765
2200
2525
3255
3000
3255
3255
3000
3255
4860
4845
5285
5430
5430
5430
1600
1665
2500
3255
2510
3255
3375
3375
7 Ga.
Top
Flange
212"
1 "
6 2
214"
8"
12 Ga.
Top
Flange
2516"
7 Ga.
Top
Flange
WP/WNP
W
3 Ga.
Top Flange
12 Ga.
Top
Flange
7" - 8"
WPU
Fasteners
not required
in this hole
33 4"
23 4"
WM
HW
(WMU
similar)
(HWU
similar)
Eased Edge
NAILER TABLE
Flatten edge of header to

match top flange radius.
The table indicates

the maximum allowable
loads for W, WNP and
HW hangers used on
wood nailers. Nailers
are wood members
attached to the top of
a steel I-beam, concrete
or masonry wall.
1. Uplift value for the
HWU hanger is for
depths 18" and are
for DF/SP values only.
Refer to uplift values
in table below for
taller depths.
2. Attachment of nailer
to supporting member
is the responsibility
of the Designer.
25 16"
LT4
10" for GLT6
12" for G
12"
GLT
Typical WM
Mid-Wall Installation
HGLT
(fasteners included)
See pages 104-105 for GLT and HGLT information.
See pages 173-174 for

models and information.
W SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADER APPLICATIONS

Model
WM
Joist
Depth
Top
Face
Joist
112 to 4
112 to 4
112 to 4
112 to 712
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
112 to 712
312 to 30
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16d
2-16d DPLX
2-14 x134
Titens
1 2 to 7 2
9 to 28
1 2 to 7 2
9 to 28
WMU
86
112 to 712
112 to 712
112 to 712
WPU/ 112 to 512
WNPU 112 to 512
112 to 712
HW
112 to 712
112 to 312
112 to 312
112 to 312
HWU
412 to 7
412 to 7
412 to 7
WP/
WNP
Fasteners
Width
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
714 to 18
1812 to 28
312 to 32
312 to 32
9 to 18
1812 to 28
2812 to 32
9 to 18
1812 to 28
2812 to 32
4 x1 4
2-16d DPLX 4-Titens
1
3
1
2- 4 x1 4 4- 4 x134
Titens
Titens
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16d
3-16d
4-16d
3-16d
4-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
1
Allowable Loads Header Type

Code
Uplift
SPF/
Ref.
LVL PSL LSL DF/SP
I-Joist Masonry
(160)
HF
1635 1740 1600 1415
170
2150 2020 2200 1435
I10, F9, L14
2335 1950 2335 1765 1435
MID-WALL INSTALLATION4
4175
L16
2-10dx112
TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION
3380
6-10dx1 2
625
MID-WALL INSTALLATION
4175
6-10dx1 2
545
TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
1095
390
1160
965
985
1160
965
985
2865
2525
3635
4700
4700
3100
5100
6335
6335
6335
6000
6000
6000
3250
3250
3320
4880
4880
4000
4000
5500
5500
5500
5500
5500
5500
3650
3650
3650
3650
4500
5535
5535
5535
5535
5535
5535
2500
3255
3255
4165
4165
5285
5285
6335
6335
6335
6000
6000
6000
2000 2030
2525
2600
4165
4165
3100
3665
5415
5415
5415
5415
5415
5415
3380
L11
170
I10, I19,
F9, F18,
L11, L14
I10, I19,
F9, F18,
L11, L14
Installation on Wood Nailer

1. Code values are based on
DF/SP header species.
2. WMU, WPU and HWU uplift loads
have been increased for wind or
earthquake loading with no further
increase allowed. Reduce where
other loads govern.
3. For hanger heights exceeding the
joist height, the allowable load is
0.50 of the table load.
4. Mid-wall Installation requires
minimum of one grouted course
above and below the hanger.
5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312"
long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.
TOP FLANGE HANGERS W/WPU/WNP/WM/WMU/HW/HWU/GLT/HGLT
TOP FLANGE HANGERS SOLID SAWN LUMBER (DF/SP)

DONT FEEL LIKE SIFTING THROUGH THIS TABLE? Visit www.strongtie.com/
software to learn more about our new Joist Hanger Selector software.
Joist or
Purlin
Size
Dimensions
Model No.
Ga
Fasteners
TF
Header

Uplift
(160)
Joist
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Installed
Cost Index
(ICI)
Lowest
Code
Ref.
SAWN LUMBER SIZES

2x4
DBL 2x4
2x6
2x8
DBL
2x8
2x10
DBL
2x10
1916
3716
214
212
6-16d
2-10dx112
295
2090
2100
2100
HU24-2TF
12
3 8
3 16
2 2
2 2
8-16d
2-10d
375
2600
2600
2600
Lowest
JB26
18
1916
538
112
1516
4-10d
2 PRONG
1040
1040
1040
Lowest
LB26
14
1916
538
112
112
4-16d
2-10dx112
290
1380
1380
1380
+117%
HU26TF
12
1916
538
214
212
10-16d
4-10dx112
590
2275
2330
2335
+568%
W26
12
1916
538
212
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2200
2200
2200
+890%
HUS26-2TF
14
318
538
134
6-16d
4-16d
1235
2820
3000
3000
Lowest
WNP26-2
12
318
538
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
3255
3255
3255
+33%
HU26-2TF
12
318
538
212
212
10-16d
4-10d
750
3725
3900
3900
+87%
I10, F9, L11
JB28
18
1916
714
112
1516
4-10d
2 PRONG
1050
1050
1050
Lowest
LB28
14
1916
714
112
112
4-16d
2-10dx112
290
1270
1270
1270
+98%
HU28TF
12
1 16
7 8
2 4
2 2
10-16d
4-10dx1 2
590
2335
2335
2335
+563%
W28
12
1916
718
212
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2200
2200
2200
+570%
HUS28-2TF
14
318
714
178
8-16d
6-16d
1550
3455
3720
3895
Lowest
WNP28-2
12
318
718
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
3255
3255
3255
+16%
HU28-2TF
12
3 8
7 8
2 2
212
12-16d
4-10d
750
3900
3900
3900
+75%
JB210A
18
1916
9316
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
315
1685
1685
1685
160
LB210AZ
14
1 16
9 16
1 16
6-16d
2-10dx112
380
1865
1865
1865
170
HU210TF
12
1916
918
214
212
12-16d
4-10dx112
590
2335
2335
2335
+359%
W210
12
1916
918
212
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2200
2200
2200
+360%
HUS210-2TF
14
3 8
9 4
1 2
10-16d
8-16d
2590
3585
3925
4155
Lowest
WNP210-2
12
318
918
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
3255
3255
3255
+9%
I10, F9, L11
HU210-2TF
12
318
918
212
212
14-16d
6-10d
1125
4170
4170
4170
+67%
TPL 2x10 HU210-3TF
12
41116
918
212
212
14-16d
6-16d
1325
4150
4150
4150
Lowest
JB212A
18
1916
1118
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
315
1685
1685
1685
160
LB212AZ
14
1916
1118
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
380
1865
1865
1865
170
W212
12
1916
11
212
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2200
2200
2200
+317%
HU212TF
12
1916
11
214
212
14-16d
6-10dx112
885
2335
2335
2335
+339%
HUS212-2TF
14
318
1118
214
10-16d
8-16d
2000
4435
4535
4605
Lowest
WNP212-2
12
3 8
11
2 2
2316
2-10d
2-10d
3255
3255
3255
+12%
HU212-2TF
12
318
11
212
212
16-16d
6-10d
1125
4325
4660
4880
+48%
TPL 2x12 HU212-3TF
12
11
4 16
11
2 2
212
16-16d
6-16d
1325
4550
4885
5105
Lowest
JB214A
18
1916
1318
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
315
1685
1685
1685
160
LB214AZ
14
1 16
13 8
1 16
6-16d
2-10dx112
380
1865
1865
1865
170
W214
12
1916
13
212
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2200
2200
2200
+188%
HU214TF
12
1916
13
214
212
16-16d
6-10dx112
885
2660
2745
2800
+189%
HUS214-2TF
14
3 8
13 8
2 4
12-16d
8-16d
2590
4435
4535
4605
Lowest
WNP214-2
12
318
13
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
3255
3255
3255
+2%
HU214-2TF
12
318
13
212
212
18-16d
8-10d
1500
4335
4335
4335
+33%
2x12
12
DBL
2x12
2x14
DBL
2x14
TPL 2x14 HU214-3TF

2x16
DBL
2x16
12
41116
13
212
212
18-16d
8-16d
1765
4835
5050
5050
Lowest
LB216
14
1916
1518
112
4-16d
2-10dx112
290
1425
1425
1425
Lowest
W216
12
1916
15
212
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2200
2200
2200
+122%
HU216TF
12
1916
15
214
212
18-16d
8-10dx112
1180
2845
2955
3030
+199%
WNP216-2
12
318
15
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
3255
3255
3255
Lowest
HU216-2TF
12
3 8
15
2 2
2 2
20-16d
8-10d
1500
4335
4335
4335
+34%
DBL
2x6
HU24TF
I10, F9, L11

I10, F9
I10, F9, L11
I10, F9, L11
1. N54A fasteners are supplied with hangers.

2. 16d sinkers may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction.
3. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed.
For normal loading applications such as cantilever construction refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector software or conservatively
divide the uplift load by 1.6. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load.
*Installed Cost Index not available on these models.
87

Joist or
Purlin
Size
Dimensions
Model No.
Ga
TPL 2x16 HU216-3TF
Fasteners
TF
Header
12
41116
15
212
212
20-16d
8-16d

Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Installed
Cost Index
(ICI)
1765
5050
5050
5050
Lowest
Uplift
(160)
Joist
Code
Ref.
SAWN LUMBER SIZES
3x6
3x8
3x10
3x12
3x14
12
2 16
3 16
2 2
2 2
8-16d
2-10dx1 2
295
2600
2600
2600
12
2916
538
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2200
2200
2200
HU36TF
12
2916
538
212
212
10-16d
4-10dx112
590
3725
3900
3900
W38
12
2916
718
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2200
2200
2200
HU38TF
12
2 16
7 8
2 2
2 2
12-16d
4-10dx112
590
3900
3900
3900
B38
12
2916
718
212
212
14-16d
6-16dx212
1010
3800
3800
3800
W310
12
2916
918
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2200
2200
2200
HU310TF
12
2916
918
212
212
14-16d
6-10dx112
885
4170
4170
4170
B310
12
2916
918
212
212
14-16d
6-16dx212
1010
3800
3800
3800
WNP312
12
2 16
11
2 2
2 16
2-10d
2-10dx112
3255
3255
3255
HU312TF
12
2916
11
212
212
16-16d
6-10dx112
885
4335
4335
4335
B312
12
2916
11
212
212
14-16d
6-16dx212
1010
3800
3800
3800
WNP314
12
2916
13
212
2316
2-10d
2-10dx112
3255
3255
3255
HU314TF
12
2916
13
212
212
18-16d
8-10dx112
1180
4335
4335
4335
I10, F9, L11
I19, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F21, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F21, L14
I10, F9, L11
B314
12
2916
13
212
212
14-16d
6-16dx212
1010
3800
3800
3800
WNP316
12
2916
15
212
2316
2-10d
2-10dx112
3255
3255
3255
HU316TF
12
2916
15
212
212
20-16d
8-10dx112
1180
4335
4335
4335
B316
12
2916
15
212
212
14-16d
6-16dx212
1010
3800
3800
3800
4x3
HU43TF
12
3 16
2 2
2 2
8-16d
2-10d
330
2600
2600
2600
4x4
HU44TF
12
3916
3716
212
212
8-16d
2-10d
375
2600
2600
2600
*
Lowest
HUS46TF
14
3 16
5 8
112
6-16d
4-16d
1235
2700
2890
3000
Lowest
W46
12
3916
538
212
212
2-10d
2-10d
2200
2200
2200
+12%
HU46TF
12
3916
538
212
212
10-16d
4-10d
750
3165
3165
3165
+28%
HW46
11
3 16
5 8
2 2
212
4-10d
2-10d
5285
5285
5285
+83%
BA48 (Min)
14
3916
718
212
16-16d
2-10dx112
265
3435
3435
3435
Lowest
BA48 (Max)
14
3 16
7 8
2 2
16-16d
8-10dx112
1170
3800
3800
3800
+7%
HUS48TF
14
3916
714
11116
8-16d
6-16d
1550
3225
3495
3670
+33%
I10, IL12, F9, L11
B48
12
3916
718
212
212
14-16d
6-16d
1010
3800
3800
3800
+35%
I19, F21, L14
W48
12
3916
718
212
212
2-10d
2-10d
2200
2200
2200
+54%
HU48TF
12
3916
718
212
212
12-16d
4-10d
750
3500
3500
3500
+95%
HW48
11
3916
718
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
5285
5285
5285
+130%
BA410 (Min)
14
3916
918
212
16-16d
2-10dx112
265
3435
3435
3435
Lowest
BA410 (Max)
14
3916
918
212
16-16d
8-10dx112
1170
3800
3800
3800
+7%
HUS410TF
14
3916
914
112
10-16d
8-16d
2590
3365
3710
3935
+21%
I10, F9, L11
B410
12
3 16
9 8
2 2
212
14-16d
6-16d
1010
3800
3800
3800
+35%
I19, F21, L14
W410
12
3916
918
212
212
2-10d
2-10d
2200
2200
2200
+49%
HU410TF
12
3 16
9 8
2 2
212
14-16d
6-10d
1125
4150
4150
4150
+86%
HW410
11
3916
918
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
5285
5285
5285
+130%
GLT4
3916 712 Min.
212
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
7000
7000
7000
I19, F18, L14
HGLT4
3 16 7 2 Min.
212
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
12750
12750
12750
I19, L14
BA412 (Min)
14
3916
11
212
16-16d
2-10dx112
265
3435
3435
3435
*
Lowest
BA412 (Max)
14
3916
11
212
16-16d
8-10dx112
1170
3800
3800
3800
+6%
HUS412TF
14
3916
1118
10-16d
8-16d
2000
4420
4760
4990
+14%
I10, F9
B412
12
3916
11
212
212
14-16d
6-16d
1010
3800
3800
3800
+27%
I19, F21, L14
WNP412
12
3916
11
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
3255
3255
3255
+32%
HU412TF
12
3916
11
212
212
16-16d
6-10d
1125
4550
4885
5105
+84%
HW412
11
3916
11
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
5285
5285
5285
+115%
HHB412
3916
11
212
4-N54A
2-N54A
650
4185
4185
4185
+174%
GLT4
3916 712 Min.
212
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
7000
7000
7000
HGLT4
3916 712 Min.
212
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
12750
12750
12750
3x16
4x6
4x8
4x10
4x12
88
HU34TF
W36
I19, F21, L14

I10, F9, L11
I19, F21, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F21, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F21
I10, F9, L11
I19, F21, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F18, L14

I19, L14
3x4

Joist or
Purlin
Size
4x14
6x6
6x8
6x10
6x12
6x14
6x16
8x6
8x8
8x10
8x12
8x14
8x16
HUS414TF
B414
WNP414
HU414TF
HW414
HHB414
GLT4
HGLT4
WNP416
B416
HU416TF
HW416
HHB416
GLT4
HGLT4
WNP66
HU66TF
HW66
WNP68
HU68TF
HHB68
HW68
WNP610
B610
HHB610
HU610TF
HW610
GLT6
HGLT6
HW612
B612
HHB612
HU612TF
GLT6
HGLT6
HW614
B614
HHB614
HU614TF
GLT6
HGLT6
HW616
B616
HHB616
HU616TF
GLT6
HGLT6
HW86
HW88
HW810
HW812
HHB812
HW814
HHB814
HW816
HHB816
Ga
14
12
12
12
11
7
7
7
12
12
12
11
7
7
7
12
12
11
12
12
7
11
12
12
7
12
11
7
7
11
12
7
12
7
7
11
12
7
12
7
7
11
12
7
12
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Fasteners
Joist

Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
4765
3800
3255
4830
5285
5135
7000
12750
3255
3800
5050
5285
5135
7000
12750
3255
3165
5285
3255
3500
4185
5285
3255
3800
4185
4150
5285
7000
12750
5285
3800
6235
4550
7000
12750
5285
3800
6235
4830
7000
12750
5285
3800
6235
5105
7000
12750
5285
5285
5285
5285
6235
5285
6235
5285
6235
5100
3800
3255
5050
5285
5135
7000
12750
3255
3800
5050
5285
5135
7000
12750
3255
3165
5285
3255
3500
4185
5285
3255
3800
4185
4150
5285
7000
12750
5285
3800
6235
4885
7000
12750
5285
3800
6235
5200
7000
12750
5285
3800
6235
5520
7000
12750
5285
5285
5285
5285
6235
5285
6235
5285
6235
5100
3800
3255
5050
5285
5135
7000
12750
3255
3800
5050
5285
5135
7000
12750
3255
3165
5285
3255
3500
4185
5285
3255
3800
4185
4150
5285
7000
12750
5285
3800
6235
5105
7000
12750
5285
3800
6235
5450
7000
12750
5285
3800
6235
5795
7000
12750
5285
5285
5285
5285
6235
5285
6235
5285
6235
TF
Header
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
5916
5916
512
512
512
512
5916
5916
512
512
512
512
5916
5916
512
512
512
512
5916
5916
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
712
1318
13
13
13
13
13
712 Min.
712 Min.
15
15
15
15
15
712 Min.
712 Min.
538
538
538
718
718
718
718
918
918
918
918
918
1
7 2 Min.
712 Min.
11
11
11
11
712 Min.
712 Min.
13
13
13
13
712 Min.
712 Min.
15
15
15
15
712 Min.
712 Min.
538
718
918
11
11
13
13
15
15
2
212
212
212
212
3
5
6
212
212
212
212
3
5
6
212
212
212
212
212
3
212
212
212
3
212
212
5
6
212
212
3
212
5
6
212
212
3
212
5
6
212
212
3
212
5
6
212
212
212
212
3
212
3
212
3
2
212
2316
212
212
212
212
212
2316
212
212
212
212
212
212
2516
212
212
2516
212
212
212
2516
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
SAWN LUMBER SIZES

12-16d
8-16d
2160
14-16d
6-16d
1010
2-10d
2-10d
18-16d
8-10d
1500
4-10d
2-10d
6-N54A
4-N54A
1300
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
2-10d
2-10d
14-16d
6-16d
1010
20-16d
8-10d
1500
4-10d
2-10d
6-N54A
4-N54A
1300
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
3-10d
2-10d
10-16d
4-16d
885
4-10d
2-10d
3-10d
2-10d
12-16d
4-16d
885
4-N54A
2-N54A
650
4-10d
2-10d
3-10d
2-10d
14-16d
6-16d
1010
4-N54A
2-N54A
650
14-16d
6-16d
1325
4-10d
2-10d
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
4-10d
2-10d
14-16d
6-16d
1010
10-N54A
6-N54A
1950
16-16d
6-16d
1325
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
4-10d
2-10d
14-16d
6-16d
1010
10-N54A
6-N54A
1950
18-16d
8-16d
1765
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
4-10d
2-10d
14-16d
6-16d
1010
10-N54A
6-N54A
1950
20-16d
8-16d
1765
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
4-10d
2-10d
4-10d
2-10d
4-10d
2-10d
4-10d
2-10d
10-N54A
6-N54A
1950
4-10d
2-10d
10-N54A
6-N54A
1950
4-10d
2-10d
10-N54A
6-N54A
1950
Installed
Cost Index
(ICI)
Code
Ref.
Lowest
+8%
+13%
+89%
+108%
+150%
I10, F9, L11

I19, F21, L14
*
*
Lowest
+23%
+81%
+108%
+109%
I19, F18, L14
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
I10, F9, L11
I10, F9, L11

I19, F21, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F18, L14
I19, L14
4x16
Dimensions
Model No.
I10, F9, L11
I19
I10, F9, L11
I19, F21, L14
I19
I10, F9, L11
I19, F18, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F21, L14
I19, F18, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F18, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F21, L14
I19, F18, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F18, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F21, L14
I19, F18, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F18, L14
I10, F9, L11

I19, F18, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F18, L14
I10, F9, L11
I19, F18, L14
89
TOP FLANGE HANGERS SOLID SAWN LUMBER (SPF/HF)

Joist or
Purlin
Size
Model
No.
Dimensions (in.)
Ga
Fasteners
TF
Header
Joist
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
2x6
DBL 2x6
2x8
DBL 2x8
2x10
DBL 2x10
2x12
DBL 2x12
2x14
DBL 2x14
HU24TF
12
1916
3716
214
212
6-16d
2-10dx112
350
930
930
930
JB26
18
1 16
5 8
1 2
1 16
4-10d
2 PRONG
815
815
815
LB26
14
1 16
5 8
1 2
1 2
4-16d
2-10dx1 2
325
860
860
860
HU26TF
12
1916
538
214
212
10-16d
4-10dx112
695
1000
1000
1000
W26
12
1916
538
212
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
1435
1435
1435
WNP26-2
12
318
538
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
JB28
18
1 16
7 4
1 2
1 16
4-10d
2 PRONG
820
820
820
LB28
14
1 16
7 4
1 2
1 2
4-16d
2-10dx1 2
325
790
790
790
W28
12
1916
718
212
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
1435
1435
1435
WNP28-2
12
318
718
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
JB210A
18
1916
9316
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
270
1190
1190
1190
LB210AZ
14
1916
9316
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
325
1330
1330
1330
W210
12
1 16
9 8
2 2
2 2
2-10d
2-10dx1 2
1435
1435
1435
WNP210-2
12
318
918
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
JB212A
18
1 16
11 8
1 16
6-16d
2-10dx1 2
270
1190
1190
1190
LB212AZ
14
1916
1118
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
325
1330
1330
1330
W212
12
1 16
11
2 2
2 2
2-10d
2-10dx1 2
1435
1435
1435
WNP212-2
12
3 8
11
2 2
2 16
2-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
JB214A
18
1916
1318
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
270
1190
1190
1190
LB214AZ
14
1916
1318
1716
6-16d
2-10dx112
325
1330
1330
1330
W214
12
1916
13
212
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
1435
1435
1435
WNP214-2
12
318
13
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
LB216
14
1 16
15 8
1 2
4-16d
2-10dx1 2
325
945
945
945
W216
12
1916
15
212
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
1435
1435
1435
DBL 2x16
WNP216-2
12
318
15
212
2316
2-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
TPL 2x16
HU216-3TF
12
41116
15
212
212
20-16d
8-16d
W36
12
2916
538
212
2-10d
2-10dx112
1435
1435
1435
2x16
3x6
3x8
3x10
3x12
3x14
3x16
W38
12
2 16
7 8
2 2
2-10d
2-10dx1 2
1435
1435
1435
B38
12
2916
718
212
212
14-16d
6-16dx212
865
2650
2650
2650
W310
12
2 16
9 8
2 2
2-10d
2-10dx1 2
1435
1435
1435
B310
12
2916
918
212
212
14-16d
6-16dx212
865
2650
2650
2650
WNP312
12
2 16
11
2 2
2 16
2-10d
2-10dx1 2
2525
2525
2525
B312
12
2 16
11
2 2
2 2
14-16d
6-16dx2 2
865
2650
2650
2650
WNP314
12
2916
13
212
2316
2-10d
2-10dx112
2525
2525
2525
B314
12
2916
13
212
212
14-16d
6-16dx212
865
2650
2650
2650
WNP316
12
2916
15
212
2316
2-10d
2-10dx112
2525
2525
2525
B316
12
2916
15
212
212
14-16d
6-16dx212
865
2650
2650
2650
1
1
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. For normal loading applications such as
cantilever construction, refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector software or conservatively divide the uplift load by 1.6.
2. 16d sinkers may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction.
3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148 dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
90
SAWN LUMBER SIZES

2x4
TOP FLANGE HANGERS SOLID SAWN LUMBER (SPF/HF)

Joist or
Purlin
Size
Model
No.
Dimensions (in.)
Ga
Fasteners
TF
Header
Joist
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
1435
1435
1435
3235
3235
3235
SAWN LUMBER SIZES

4x6
4x10
4x12
4x14
4x16
6x6
6x8
6x10
6x12
6x14
6x16
12
3916
538
212
212
2-10d
2-10d
HW46
11
3 16
5 8
2 2
2 2
4-10d
2-10d
BA48 (Min)
14
3 16
7 8
2 2
16-16d
2-10dx1 2
225
2665
2665
2665
BA48 (Max)
14
3916
718
212
16-16d
8-10dx112
1005
2665
2665
2665
B48
12
3916
718
212
212
14-16d
6-16d
865
2650
2650
2650
W48
12
3916
718
212
212
2-10d
2-10d
1435
1435
1435
HW48
11
3 16
7 8
2 2
2 2
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
BA410 (Min)
14
3 16
9 8
2 2
16-16d
2-10dx1 2
225
2665
2665
2665
BA410 (Max)
14
3916
918
212
16-16d
8-10dx112
1005
2665
2665
2665
B410
12
3916
918
212
212
14-16d
6-16d
865
2650
2650
2650
W410
12
3916
918
212
212
2-10d
2-10d
1435
1435
1435
HW410
11
3 16
9 8
2 2
2 2
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
BA412 (Min)
14
3 16
11
2 2
16-16d
2-10dx1 2
225
2665
2665
2665
BA412 (Max)
14
3916
11
212
16-16d
8-10dx112
1005
2665
2665
2665
B412
12
3916
11
212
212
14-16d
6-16d
865
2650
2650
2650
HW412
11
3916
11
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
B414
12
3 16
13
2 2
2 2
14-16d
6-16d
865
2650
2650
2650
WNP414
12
3 16
13
2 2
2 16
2-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
HW414
11
3916
13
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
WNP416
12
3 16
15
2 2
2 16
2-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
B416
12
3916
15
212
212
14-16d
6-16d
865
2650
2650
2650
HW416
11
3 16
15
2 2
2 2
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
WNP66
12
5 2
5 8
2 2
2 16
3-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
HW66
11
512
538
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
WNP68
12
5 2
7 8
2 2
2 16
3-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
HW68
11
512
718
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
WNP610
12
5 2
9 8
2 2
2 16
3-10d
2-10d
2525
2525
2525
B610
12
5 2
9 8
2 2
2 2
14-16d
6-16d
865
2650
2650
2650
HW610
11
512
918
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
HW612
11
5 2
11
2 2
2 2
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
B612
12
512
11
212
212
14-16d
6-16d
865
2650
2650
2650
HW614
11
5 2
13
2 2
2 2
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
B614
12
5 2
13
2 2
2 2
14-16d
6-16d
865
2650
2650
2650
HW616
11
512
15
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
B616
12
5 2
15
2 2
2 2
14-16d
6-16d
865
2650
2650
2650
8x8
HW88
712
718
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
8x10
HW810
7 2
9 8
2 2
2 2
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
8x12
HW812
7 2
11
2 2
2 2
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
8x14
HW814
712
13
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
8x16
HW816
7 2
15
2 2
2 2
4-10d
2-10d
3235
3235
3235
4x8
W46
91
LRUZ
Rafter Hanger
The LRUZ offers an economic alternative for those

applications requiring a sloped hanger for rafter-to-ridge
connections. Used with solid-sawn rafters, the LRUZs unique
design enables the hanger to be installed either before or
after the rafter is in place. The field-adjustable seat helps
improve job efficiency by eliminating mismatched angles in
the field and lead times associated with special orders. The
LRUZ offers comparable or better load capacity to other rafter
hangers at a reduced cost while using fewer fasteners.
FEATURES:
The open design and ability to field-adjust the
slope makes the LRUZ ideal for both retrofit or
new applications
Accommodates roof pitches from 0:12 to 14:12
Slopes up or down to 45 (12:12). For slopes greater
than 45 up to 49 (14:12), allowable loads are 0.85
of table loads
For added versatility, the fasteners on the face
of the hanger are placed high enabling the bottom
of the rafter to hang below the ridge beam
(see Max. C1 dimension)
Can be installed using nails or Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive SD Connector screws
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: ZMAX coating (G-185)
INSTALLATION:
Joist fasteners must be installed at an angle through the
rafter or joist into the header to achieve the table loads.
See alternate installation on page 93 for retrofit
applications.
LRU28Z
Typical
LRUZ Installation
(Other models
similar)
Dome Double
Shear Nailing
Side View
Double
Shear
Nailing
Top View
U.S. Patent 5,603,580

Standard Installation 1,2,3
LRU26Z
LRU28Z
LRU210Z
LRU212Z
Dimensions (in.)
W
1916
1916
1916
514
61516
8316
11516
11516
11516
1916 101116 11516
Fasteners 3,4
Max.
C1
134
258
134
312
Uplift 2
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
5-16d
880
1020
1170
1270
5-10d
645
855
980
990
4-SD #10x212
5-SD #10x212
770
1215
1395
1425
660
4-SD #10x112
5-SD #10x212
770
1045
1200
1305
660
6-16d
5-16d
880
1300
1355
1355
760
Face
Joist
4-16d
4-10d
Uplift 2
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
760
875
1000
1085
555
730
835
850
935
1075
1170
830
950
1035
1110
1165
1165
6-10d
5-10d
805
1050
1050
1050
695
900
900
900
6-SD #10x212
5-SD #10x212
1025
1480
1480
1480
880
1265
1270
1270
6-SD #10x112
5-SD #10x212
1025
1390
1480
1480
880
1105
1270
1270
6-16d
7-16d
1100
1535
1620
1620
945
1310
1395
1395
1100
1285
1430
1430
945
1095
1230
1230
6-10d
7-10d
6-SD #10x2 2
7-SD #10x2 2
1510
1805
1805
1805
1300
1405
1550
1550
6-SD #10x112
7-SD #10x212
1510
1570
1805
1805
1300
1240
1430
1550
6-16d
7-16d
1305
1535
1755
1905
1120
1310
1500
1625
6-10d
7-10d
1305
1285
1430
1430
1120
1095
1230
1230
6-SD #10x212
7-SD #10x212
1850
1820
1915
1915
1590
1405
1615
1645
6-SD #10x112
7-SD #10x212
1850
1570
1805
1915
1590
1240
1430
1555
1. Allowable loads are based on a minimum 3" carrying member. For single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1 2" nails into the face and
10d commons into the joist, and reduce the allowable load to 0.81 of the tabulated value for 10d nails. Alternatively, use #10x112" Strong-Drive
SD Connector screws into the face and #10x212" Strong-Drive SD Connector screws into the joist as shown in the table.
2. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
4. SCREWS: SD #10x212 (model SD10212) = 0.161" dia. x 212" long, SD #10x112 (model SD10112) = 0.161" dia. x 112" long.
1
92
Code
Ref.
I8
Model
No.
LRUZ
Rafter Hanger
Alternate Installation for Retrofit Applications
When an existing roof deck prevents the horizontal installation of fasteners, #10x212" Strong-Drive SD
Connector screws may be installed sloped upward to match the roof pitch (49 max.). Use table values for
an installation with 10d nails when Strong-Drive SD Connector screws are sloped. Nails may not
be installed sloped upward.
Existing
roof deck
Alternate Installation for Retrofit

Angled Fasteners 3,4
Face
Joist
LRU26Z
4-SD #10x212
5-SD #10x212
645
855
980
990
555
LRU28Z
6-SD #10x212
5-SD #10x212
805
1050
1050
1050
LRU210Z
6-SD #10x2 2
7-SD #10x2 2
1100
1285
1430
LRU212Z
6-SD #10x212
7-SD #10x212
1305
1285
1430
Uplift 2 Floor
(160) (100)
Snow
(115)
Roof Uplift 2 Floor

(125) (160) (100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
730
835
850
695
900
900
900
1430
945
1095
1230
1230
1430
1120
1095
1230
1230
Code
Ref.
Match
roof pitch
(49 max.)
Model
No.
I8
1. Allowable loads are based on a minimum 3" thick carrying member.

2. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed.
3. Fasteners may be angled upward a maximum of 49.
4. SCREWS: SD #10x 212 (model SD10212) = 0.161" dia. x 212" long.
Alternate Installation for

Retrofit Applications
Minimum Ridge Beam Depth (in inches)

LRU26Z
Roof
Pitch
LRU28Z
Rafter Size
LRU210Z
Rafter Size
LRU212Z
Rafter Size
Rafter Size
2x6
2x8
2x6
2x8
2x10
2x8
2x10
2x12
2x10
2x12
2:12
3 8
5 8
5 2
7 4
7 8
9 8
914
3:12
378
534
512
714
734
978
914
4:12
578
512
714
1018
914
5:12
4 4
6 8
5 2
7 8
8 4
10 2
914
6:12
438
638
512
734
858
1078
914
7:12
458
658
534
818
658
1114
912
8:12
478
618
812
938
1134
758
10
9:12
518
738
612
738
978
1238
818
1058
10:12
5 8
7 4
4 2
6 8
9 8
7 4
10 4
12 8
8 2
1118
11:12
534
818
478
714
978
818
1034
1312
1134
12:12
8 2
5 8
7 8
10 2
8 2
11 8
14 8
9 8
12 8
13:12
6 8
5 2
8 8
11 8
12
14 8
10 4
1318
14:12
634
912
578
858
1158
912
1212
1558
1034
1378
Ridge
Beam
Depth
LRU
H
C1
Installation on
Minimum Depth Beam
(See footnote 3 at left)
1. Minimum ridge beam depths shown assume rafter and ridge beam are flush at the top.
2. Minimum ridge beam depths have been determined to ensure the Max C1 dimension for the LRU is not exceeded.
Deeper ridge beams may be required to support the rafter loads as determined by the Designer.
3. The International Residential Code requires the ridge to be not less in depth than the cut end of the rafter
unless the ridge is designed as a beam.
93
Post Frame Hangers
The PF series hangers have been redesigned to

accommodate collated nails (0.148x1) as well as the
10d common nail (0.148x3). The PFB and PFDB have
dome-shaped joist nail holes that guide nails into the
proper installation angle. The redesign also features a
folded seat that raises the 2x joist very slightly above
the seat radius to enable a tighter connection to the
back of the hanger.
FEATURES:
Installation prongs make setting the
hanger quick and easy
Sizes are available for 2x8 joists
MATERIAL: 20 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in
ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information,
pages 13-15.
See General Notes.
10d common purlin nails must be driven at
an angle through the purlin into the header.
Combine with top nails to achieve table loads.
10dx112 purlin nails must be driven at an angle
into the purlin but do not penetrate into the
header. Combine with back face fasteners and
top nails to achieve table loads.
TF
TF
PF24B
(Others
similar)
W
B
PFD26B
(Others similar)
PF24
Double
Shear Nailing
(Top View)
(PF26 similar)
Model
No.
PF24
PF24B
Dimensions (in.)
Fasteners
TF
1916
338
112
1116
1916 338 114 112
Top
Face
1916 338 114 1916
PFDS24B 1916 338 114 3316

PF26
PF26B
PFD26B
1 16
9
5 8
3
1 2
1
1 16
1
1916 538 114 112

1916 538 114 1916
PFDS26B 1916 538 114 3316

PFDL26B 1916 514 114 11316
PF28B
PFD28B
1916 718 114 112

1916 718 114 1916
PFDS28B 1916 718 114 3316

PFDL28B 1916
114 11316

Uplift1 Floor Snow Roof Wind Uplift1 Floor Snow Roof Wind
(160) (100) (115) (125) (160) (160) (100) (115) (125) (160)
Joist
2-10d
2-10d
2-10d
310
955
955
955
955
230
650
660
660
660
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
345
965
965
965
965
295
785
785
785
785
2-10d
2-10d
375
1005
1005
1005
1005
290
680
680
680
680
2-10dx1 2
2-10dx1 2
2-10dx1 2
290
985
985
985
985
230
830
830
830
830
2-10d
2-10d
300
1090
1090
1090
1090
210
830
860
880
945
4-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
290
985
985
985
985
230
830
830
830
830
4-10d
2-10d
300
1090
1090
1090
1090
210
830
860
880
945
PFD24B
2-10d
2-10d
2-10d
310
955
955
955
955
455
805
850
880
905
2-10dx112
3-10dx112
4-10dx112
545
1235
1235
1235
1235
470
1005
1005
1005
1005
2-10d
4-10d
625
1200
1200
1200
1200
480
810
810
810
810
2-10dx112
3-10dx112
4-10dx112
525
1235
1235
1235
1235
420
1030
1040
1040
1040
2-10d
4-10d
650
1290
1290
1290
1290
465
1030
1090
1125
1255
4-10dx112
3-10dx112
4-10dx112
525
1235
1235
1235
1235
420
1030
1040
1040
1040
4-10d
4-10d
650
1290
1290
1290
1290
465
1030
1090
1125
1255
2-10dx112
3-10dx112
4-10dx112
525
1235
1235
1235
1235
420
1030
1040
1040
1040
2-10d
4-10d
670
1345
1350
1350
1350
465
1030
1090
1125
1255
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
6-10dx112
675
1335
1335
1335
1335
580
1085
1085
1085
1085
2-10d
6-10d
850
1580
1650
1650
1650
655
1115
1115
1115
1115
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
6-10dx112
810
1370
1370
1370
1370
680
1160
1160
1160
1160
2-10d
6-10d
1050
1580
1680
1745
1975
730
1230
1315
1370
1570
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
6-10dx112
895
1370
1370
1370
1370
730
1160
1160
1160
1160
4-10d
6-10d
1050
1580
1680
1745
1975
730
1230
1315
1370
1570
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
6-10dx112
810
1370
1370
1370
1370
680
1160
1160
1160
1160
2-10d
6-10d
1050
1580
1680
1745
1970
730
1230
1315
1370
1570
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
2. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
94
UPDATED 03/27/15
Code
Ref.
I10, F9, L11
160
I10, F9, L11
160
PF/PFB/PFDB
LSU/LSSU Adjustable Light Slopeable/Skewable U Hangers

A Flange
A Flange
LSU26
The LSU and LSSU series of hangers may be sloped and skewed
in the field, offering a versatile solution for attaching joists and rafters. These
hangers may be sloped up or down and skewed left or right, up to 45.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating;
INSTALLATION:
Attach the sloped joist at both ends so that the horizontal force
developed by the slope is fully supported by the supporting members.
To see an installation video on this product, visit www.strongtie.com.
S
up olope
rd
to 45own
LSU and LSSU INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

(For Skewed or Sloped/Skewed Applications)
A Flanges
A Flanges
Acute
Side
10dx112"
Nails
0-45
STEP 1
Nail hanger to slope-cut
carried member, installing
seat nail first. No bevel
necessary for skewed
installation. Install joist
nails at 45 angle.
STEP 2
Skew flange from 0-45.
Bend other flange back
along centerline of slots
until it meets the header.
Bend one time only.
STEP 3
Attach hanger to
the carrying member,
acute angle side first
(see footnote 4). Install
nails at an angle.
Slope to
45 up or down
Slope to
45 up or down
LSSU410
LSSU28
(LSSU210-2 similar)
Dimensions
Joist
Width
Model
No.
Ga
112
112
112
212
3
312
LSU26
LSSU28
LSSU210
LSSUH310
LSSU210-2
LSSU410
112
112
112
212
3
312
LSU26
LSSU28
LSSU210
LSSUH310
LSSU210-2
LSSU410
Fasteners
Face
Joist
18
18
18
16
16
16
1916
1916
1916
2916
318
3916
478
718
812
812
812
812
112
112
158
318
278
258
6-10d
10-10d
10-10d
18-16d
18-16d
18-16d
5-10dx112
5-10dx112
7-10dx112
12-10dx112
12-10dx112
12-10dx112
18
18
18
16
16
16
1916
1916
1916
2916
318
3916
478
718
812
812
812
812
112
112
158
318
278
258
6-10d
9-10d
9-10d
14-16d
14-16d
14-16d
5-10dx112
5-10dx112
7-10dx112
12-10dx112
12-10dx112
12-10dx112

Uplift 2
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)

Roof
(125)
Uplift 2
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
865
1390
1390
2295
3035
3035
415
415
625
990
990
990
600
960
960
1930
2160
2160
695
1105
1105
1930
2485
2485
745
1200
1200
1930
2700
2700
865
885
1205
1600
1625
1625
415
415
625
990
990
990
600
765
860
1385
1365
1365
695
765
995
1385
1365
1365
745
765
1050
1385
1365
1365
Code
Ref.
Sloped Only Hangers

535
535
875
1150
1150
1150
695
1110
1110
2295
2430
2430
810
1275
1275
2295
2795
2795
I8, F7, L15

170
I8, F7, L15
Skewed Hangers or Sloped and Skewed

535
450
785
1150
1150
1150
695
885
995
1600
1625
1625
810
885
1145
1600
1625
1625
I8, F7, L15

170
I8, F7, L15
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria.
2. Uplift loads include an increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed;
reduce when other loads govern.
3. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1-2007.
Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector Software includes the evaluation of cross-grain tension in
its hanger allowable loads. For additional information, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
4. For skewed LSSU hangers, the inner most face fasteners on the acute angle side are not installed.
5. Do not substitute 10dx112" nails for face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU and LSSU.
95
SUR/SUL/HSUR/HSUL
Skewed 45 Hangers
The SU and HSU series of hangers are skewed 45 left or right.

Angled nail slots direct nails for proper installation.
MATERIAL: SUR and SUL16 gauge; HSUR and HSUL14 gauge

These hangers will normally accommodate a 40 to 50 skew.
Illustration shows left and right skews SUR/L
(SUR=skewed right; SUL=skewed left).
The joist end may be square cut or bevel cut.
For installations to concrete/masonry walls, see page 175.
OPTIONS:
Available with the A2 flange turned in on the 2-2x and 4x models only
(see illustration).
To order, add C (for concealed) to the product name.
For example, specify HSURC46, HSULC46, SURC46, or SULC46.
SUL
HSULC
Typical SUL
Installation with
Bevel Cut Joist
(HSULsimilar)
HSUR
Dimensions (in)
Joist
Size
Model
No.
Fasteners
A1
A2
Face
Typical SUR410 Installation

DF/SP Species Header

Allowable Loads
Joist
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
SPF/HF Species Header

Allowable Loads
Roof
Uplift
Snow Const (160)
(115) (125)
Roof
Snow Const
(115) (125)
2x4
SUR/L24
1916
312
118
114
4-16d
4-10dx112
450
575
655
705
385
495
560
2x6, 8
SUR/L26
1916
118 1516
6-16d
6-10dx112
765
865
980
1055
660
745
845
910
2x10, 12
SUR/L210
1916
818
118 1516 10-16d 10-10dx112
1250
1440
1635
1760
1075
1240
1405
1515
2x14
SUR/L214
1916
10
118 1516 12-16d 12-10dx112
2165
1730
1960
2115
1860
1485
1685
1820
3x10, 12
SUR/L2.56/9
2916 81316 3316
118
218 14-16d 2-10dx112
225
2015
2285
2465
195
1735
1965
2120
3x14
SUR/L2.56/11 2916 11316 3316
118
218 16-16d 2-10dx112
225
2305
2615
2665
195
1980
2245
2290
1716 238
1005
258
8-16d
Code
Ref.
605
(2) 2x6, 8
SUR/L26-2
318
41516
4-16dx212
815
1150
1305
1400
700
990
1005
(2) 2x6, 8
HSUR/L26-2
318
41516 2716
114 2316 12-16d 4-16dx212
815
1785
2000
2000
700
1540
1720
1720
(2) 2x10, 12
SUR/L210-2
318
81116
258
1716 238 14-16d 6-16dx212
1300
2015
2285
2465
1120
1735
1780
1780
(2) 2x10, 12
HSUR/L210-2
318
81116 2716
114 2316 20-16d 6-16dx212
1300
2975
3360
3610
1120
2565
2895
3110
(2) 2x14
HSUR/L214-2
318 121116 2716
114 2316 26-16d 8-16dx212
4x6, 8
I7, F6, L17
I9, L17
I7, F6, L17
1795
3870
4365
4695
1550
3330
3760
4045
SUR/L46
3 16
4 4
2 8
238
8-16d
4-16d
815
1150
1305
1400
700
990
1005
1005
L17
4x6, 8
HSUR/L46
3916
434
2716
2316 12-16d
4-16d
815
1785
2000
2000
700
1540
1720
1720
I7, F6, L12, L17
4x10, 12
SUR/L410
3916
812
258
238 14-16d
6-16d
1300
2015
2285
2465
1120
1735
1780
1780
I9, F8, L12
4x10, 12
HSUR/L410
3 16
8 2
2 16
2316 20-16d
6-16d
1300
2975
3360
3610
1120
2565
2895
3110
4x14
SUR/L414
3916 1212
258
238 18-16d
8-16d
1765
2500
2500
2500
1520
1795
1795
1795
4x14
HSUR/L414
3916 1212 2716
2316 26-16d
8-16d
1795
3870
4365
4695
1550
3330
3760
4045
3. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1-2007.
Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector Software includes the evaluation of cross-grain tension in
its hanger allowable loads. For additional information, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 16dx212 = 0.162" dia. x 212" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.
96
Floor
(100)
I7, F6, L17

I7, F6, L12, L17
Typical SUR
Installation with
Square Cut Joist
(HSUR similar)
Available for 2-2x

and 4x models only

VPA
Variable Pitch Connectors
The VPA may be sloped in the field, offering a versatile

solution for attaching rafters to the top plate. It will adjust to
accommodate slopes between 3:12 and 12:12, making it a
complement to the versatile LSSU. This connector eliminates
the need for notched rafters, beveled top plates and toe nailing.
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:

B Flange
A Flange
VPA2
Joist
Width
Model
No.
Carrying
Member
Carried
Member
112
212
312
VPA2
VPA3
VPA4
1916
2916
3916
8-10d
9-10d
11-10d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
Uplift
Lateral
Download
(160)
295
295
295
F1
375
375
375
1050
1230
1230
Lateral
Uplift
(160)
F2
250
250
250
Download
(160)
250
250
250
870
1020
1020
Code
Ref.
(160)
F1
325
325
325
F2
250
250
250
I8, F7, L15
3. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.
1. Uplift loads include an increase for wind or earthquake loading with

no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
Fasteners
A and B
flanges touch
at 45
VPA INSTALLATION
SEQUENCE
10dx112"
Nails
A
Flange
B
Flange
10d
Common
Required Pitch
10d
Common
STEP 1
Install top nails and face PAN
nails in A flange to outside
wall top plate.
STEP 2
Seat rafter with a hammer,
adjusting B flange to
the required pitch.
STEP 3
Install B flange nails
in the obround nail holes,
locking the pitch.
STEP 4
Install 10dx112" nail into tab
nail hole. Hammer nail in at a
slight angle to prevent splitting.
HCP Hip Corner Plates

The HCP connects a rafter or joist to double top plates at a 45 angle.
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: HCP2galvanized or ZMAX coating; HCP4ZZMAX coating
Attach HCP to double top plates; birdsmouth not required for table uplift
loads but may be required for download.
Install rafter and complete nailing. Rafter may be sloped to 45.
1916"-HCP2,
3916"-HCP4
Plate line
locator
for proper
installation
HCP2
(HCP4Z similar)
U.S. Patent 5,380,115
Member Model
Size
No.
2x
4x
Fasteners
To
Rafters
To
Plates
HCP2 6-10dx112 6-10dx112

HCP4Z
8-10d
8-10d
DF/SP
Allowable
Loads
SPF/HF
Allowable
Loads
(160)
Uplift
F1
645
300
1000
265
(160)
Uplift
F1
555
260
860
230
1. Loads include an increase for wind or earthquake loading with no

further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
2. The HCP can be installed on the inside and the outside of the wall with
a flat bottom chord truss and achieve twice the load capacity.
Code
Ref.
I8, F7,
L15
Typical HCP Installation
97
HRC/HHRC Hip Ridge Connectors

5"
The HRC series are field slopeable

connectors that attach hip roof beams to
the end of a ridge beam. The HRC may be
sloped downward a maximum of 45.
MATERIAL: HRC22, HRC4216 gauge;
HRC4414 gauge; HHRC12 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
See General Notes.
On end of ridgeuse optional
diamond holes on HRC22 and HRC42
to secure the HRC. Bend face flanges
on HRC22 back flush with ridge, and
complete nailing.
HRC22 on face of ridgeadjust to
correct height and install nails.
Double bevel-cut hip members to
achieve full bearing capacity with HRC.
Key Chart.
53 8"
61516"
HRC44
(HRC42 similar)
Slots for bend loc

when installed on ation
end of a 2x ridge the
5 34"
W2
HHRC44
(others similar)
HRC22
HRC Allowable Loads

Member Size
Model
No.
HRC22
Fasteners
Ridge
Carrying
Member
Each
Hip
1916
2x or 134" wide
16-10dx112
HRC42
1 16
4x
HRC44
3916
4x
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
2-10dx112
290
720
830
900
250
625
720
780
16-16d
2-10dx1 2
290
1050
1050
1050
250
905
905
905
24-16d
6-16d
480
1610
1775
1775
410
1385
1525
1525
Code
Ref.
I8,
F7, L15
1. Allowable loads shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number.
2. Uplift loads include an increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
HHRC Allowable Loads
HHRC44
HHRC5.37/3.56
HHRC64
Member
Type
Connector
Width
(in.)
Ridge Hip
Ridge Hip
(W1) (W2)
Allowable Loads Per Hip
Fasteners 3
Ridge
Each Hip
DF/SP
Download
SPF
Download
100/115/125
Uplift
(160)
100/115/125
Uplift
(160)
Sawn Lumber
4x
4x
3 8
3 8
(40) SD10212
(22) SD10212
2800
1970
2410
1695
SCL
312
312
358
358
(40) SD10212
(22) SD10212
2800
1970
2410
1695
SCL/Sawn Lumber
5 4
3 2
5 8
3 8
(40) SD10212
(22) SD10212
2800
1970
2410
1695
Sawn Lumber
512
312
558
358
(40) SD10212
(22) SD10212
2800
1970
2410
1695
1. Allowable loads shown are for each hip. Total load carried at the ridge is 2x the load listed.
2. Uplift loads include an increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
3. FASTENERS: SD10212 = 0.162" dia. X 212" long Strong-Drive SD Connector screws (provided).
Typical HHRC
installation on the
end of a ridge
Typical HRC22 installation
on the end of a ridge
98
Optional installation for

HRC22 only
Code
Ref.
I8, L15
Model
No.
Connection
Members
THA/THAC/THAR/L Adjustable Truss Hangers

214"
Double Shear
Nailing Side View
Do not bend tab
unless otherwise
noted
Double
Shear
Nailing
Top View
Typical THA Top Flange

Installation
THA418
Attachment
of nailer per
Designer
THA29
Top nails per table
Face nails
per table
(min. 14"
from edge)
Typical THA29
Face Mount Installation
134" for
THAC422
The THA series extra long straps allow full code nailing and
can be field-formed to give top flange hanger convenience.
Designed for 4x2 floor trusses and 4x beams, the THAR/L422 has a
standard skew of 45. Straps must be bent for top flange hanger installation.
PAN nailing helps eliminate splitting of 4x2 truss bottom chords.
MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in

The following installation methods may be used:
Top Flange InstallationThe straps must be field formed over the
header see table for minimum top flange requirements. Install top
and face nails according to the table. Top nails shall not be within 14"
from the edge of the top flange members.
For the THA29, nails used for joist attachment must be driven at an
angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist and into
the header. For all other top flange installations, straighten the
double shear nailing tabs and install the nails straight into the joist.
Face Mount InstallationInstall all face nails according to the table.
Not all nail holes will be filled on all models. On models where there
are more nail holes than required, the lowest 4 face holes must be
filled. Nails used for the joist attachment must be driven at an angle
so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist into the header.
Alternate InstallationThe THA 4x hangers may be installed in a
top flange configuration using the tabulated fasteners for face mount
installation and achieve the face mount installation loads. Install the
tabulated face nails into the face and top of the carrying member. Nails
used for the joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they
penetrate through the corner of the joist into the header.
UpliftLowest face nails must be filled to achieve uplift loads.
OPTIONS: THA hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 358"

(except THA413) and larger, with no load reduction order THAC hanger.
Straighten the double

shear nailing tabs and install
nails straight into the joist
Dome Double Shear

Nailing Side View
(available on
some models)
Typical THA Top

Flange Installation
on a Nailer
(except THA29)
134" for THAC422
212" for THA422-2
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
THAR/L422
THAC422
Dimensions
Minimum
Carried
Member
Model
No.
Ga
2x4
2x6
2x6
(2) 2x10
(2) 2x10
4x6
4x10
4x10
4x10
4x10
4x10
(2) 4x10
(2) 4x10
THA29
THA213
THA218
THA218-2
THA222-2
THA413
THA418
THA422
THA426
THAR/L422
THAR/L422
THA422-2
THA426-2
2x4
2x6
2x6
(2) 2x10
(2) 2x10
4x6
4x10
4x10
4x10
(2) 4x10
(2) 4x10
THA29
THA213
THA218
THA218-2
THA222-2
THA413
THA418
THA422
THA426
THA422-2
THA426-2
18
18
18
16
16
18
16
16
14
16
16
14
14
158
158
158
318
318
358
358
358
358
358
358
714
714
91116
13516
17316
171116
22316
13516
1712
22
26
2258
2258
221116
26116
18
18
18
16
16
18
16
16
14
14
14
158
158
158
318
318
358
358
358
358
714
714
91116
13516
17316
171116
22316
13516
1712
22
26
221116
26116
Fasteners1
Min.7 Min.
Carrying
Carried
Top Header
Member
Member
C Flange Depth
Top
Face Straight
Slant
TOP FLANGE INSTALLATION
518 2716
4-10d 4-10d
4-10d
512 112
4-10d 2-10d 4-10dx112
512
2
4-10d 2-10d 4-10dx112
8
2
4-16d 2-16d
6-10d
8
2
4-16d 2-16d
6-10d
1
1
4 2 1 2
4-10d 2-10d
4-10d
7
7 8
2
4-16d 2-16d
6-10d
778
2
4-16d 2-16d
6-10d
778
2
4-16d 4-16d
6-16d
8
212
4-10d 2-10d
1-10d 2-10dx112
1
8
2 2
4-10d 8-10d
1-10d 2-10dx112
934
2
4-16d 4-16d
6-16d
934
2
4-16d 4-16d
6-16d
FACE MOUNT INSTALLATION

518
91116
16-10d
4-10d
512
13516
14-10d
4-10d
1
3
5 2
17 16
18-10d
4-10d
8
14116
22-16d
6-16d
8
14116
22-16d
6-16d
412
1338
14-10d
4-10d
778
14116
22-16d
6-16d
778
14116
22-16d
6-16d
778
16116
30-16d
6-16d
934
16316
30-16d
6-16d
934
18
38-16d
6-16d
1. 16d sinkers may be used to replace 16d commons at 0.85 of table load.
2. Uplift has been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no
4. THAR/L422 with 4-10d top nails and 2-10d face nails: When the
hanger height is between 9" to 12", the allowable download is
1440 lbs. for DFL and 1210 lbs. for SPF. No further increase allowed.
Uplift 2 Floor Snow Roof Uplift 2 Floor Snow Roof

(160) (100) (115) (125) (160) (100) (115) (125)
Code
Ref.
560
310
2260
1615
1615
2245
2245
1615
2245
2245
2435
1090 4
1675
3330
3330
2310
1615
1615
2245
2245
1615
2245
2245
2435
1090 4
1675
3330
3330
2350 480
1615
1615
2245
2245
1615
2245
2245
2435
1090 4
1675 260
3330
3330
1740
1280
1280
1935
1935
1280
1935
1935
2095
9154
1405
2865
2865
1785
1280
1280
1935
1935
1280
1935
1935
2095
9154
1405
2865
2865
1815
1280
1280
1935
I8, F7,
1935
L15
1280
1935
1935
2095
F23
9154
I8, F7, L15
1405
2865
170
2865
560
1170
1170
1855
1855
1170
1855
1855
1855
1855
1855
2125
1940
1940
3695
3695
1940
3695
3695
4550
5160
5520
2310
2000
2000
3695
3695
2235
3695
3695
4550
5520
5520
2350
2030
2030
3695
3695
2400
3695
3695
4550
5520
5520
1740
1385
1385
3185
3185
1660
3185
3185
3915
4440
4440
1785
1425
1425
3185
3185
1910
3185
3185
3915
4745
4745
1815
1450
1450
3185
3185
2075
3185
3185
3915
4745
4745
480
780
780
1595
1595
780
1595
1595
1595
1595
1595
I8, F7,
L15
F23
170
5. For top flange installation on a nailer (see detail above), install joist nails straight by bending
the double shear tabs.
6. For single 2x and 3x nailers, the following THA hangers can be installed using 10dx112" top nails
and 2-16d face nails with reduced allowable loads as noted: THA418/THA422: 1415 lbs. for DFL,
1215 lbs. for SPF; THA426: 2245 lbs. for DFL, 1930 lbs. for SPF.
7. Min. Top Flange refers to the minimum length of strap that must be field-formed over the header.
8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 16dx212 = 0.162" dia. x 212" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
99
The HF24N, HF26N, HF34N and HF36N hangers are designed for panels or
components using jigs or similar devices for precision fabrication. Grip-groove
feature provides positive lock into the 2x or 3x member without nailing. F series
panel hangers are engineered components for panelized construction only.
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion

STANDARD INSTALLATION:
Use all specified fasteners in pre-manufactured holes. See General Notes.
On the F-series hanger, the diamond hole nail is non-structural
and does not contribute to the load.
For additional information on retrofit options see flier F-RUZNRUZ.
PANELIZED INSTALLATION:
Installing two nails through sheathing in middle of hanger achieves full load.
See illustrations for fastener location requirements. See T-HFHANGER for
alternate nailing and allowable load adjustments.
Dimensions
Model
No.
HF24N
F26P
Joist
Size
2x4
1916
338
TF
Header
Fasteners
Allowable
Roof Loads
(115/125)
114
2-10dx218
580
Code
Ref.
HF26N
(HF36N similar)
Dimples hold joist
securely in place
U.S. Patent 6,260,402
HF24N
(HF34N similar)
U.S. Patent 6,260,402
Support
member
not shown
for clarity
Typical HF24N
Installation
(HF34N similar)
12"
DISCONTINUED - See HF26N
HF26N
2x6
1916
538
114
2-10dx218
635
HF34N
3x4
2 16
3 8
1 4
2-10dx218
690
HF36N
3x6
2 16
5 8
1 4
2-10dx2 8
725
F24-2
(2) 2x4
314
31532
138
2-10d
735
F26-2
(2) 2x6
314
538
1316
2-10d
800
F44
4x4
3916
3716
112
2-10d
880
F46
4x6
3916
538
1716
2-10d
785
I15,
L7
Structural Sheathing
10d x 218" Nails
6"
412" Max.
14"
Min.
2-10d x 218" Nails

installed in the
middle 13 of hanger
HFN Hanger
Top Flange
1. 10d common nails can be used for specified 10dx218 nails.

2. See technical bulletin T-HFHANGER for additional applications and loads.
Header/
Nailer
Carried Joist
HFN Panelized Installation

(Plan View)
412" Max.
Strong-Drive
SDS Screws
Open Web
Steel Joist
Double HF26N Nailer

Installation on Hybrid Truss
HFN and F
hangers
are only for
panelized roof
construction
1"
14"
1 2"
Typical Hybrid Panelized Roof System
100
Install 2-10dx218"
nails thru this
region of hanger.
Nail should be
at least 12" apart.
Panelized
Installation
Nailing Zone
HFN/F Panelized Construction Hangers
Glulam Beam Connectors
FACE MOUNT HANGERS HU/HUC/HUCQ/HGUS Glulam Beam & Double Shear Joist Hangers
Carried
Member
Width
318 GLULAM
312 GLULAM
518 GLULAM
512 GLULAM
634 GLULAM
7 GLULAM
834 GLULAM
258"
114"
HU5.125/12
HUC210-2
Concealed Flanges
(HUCQ similar)
HGUS3.25/12
114"
HU Min. Nailing Fill round holes

HU Max. Nailing Fill round and
triangle holes
HU210-2
Typical HU Installation
Projection seat on most models
for maximum bearing and
section economy.
Model configurations may differ from those

shown. Some HU models do not have triangle
holes. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
See Hanger Options on pages 233-243 for hanger modifications, which may
HU/HUCMost models have triangle and round holes. To achieve maximum
loads, fill both round and triangle holes with common nails.
HGUSFace mount hanger used for high load applications. All hangers in this
series have double shear nailing. This innovation distributes the load through two
points on each joist nail for greater strength. It also allows the use of fewer nails,
faster installation, and the use of common nails for all connections.
HUCQHeavy duty joist hangers that incorporate Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws.
MATERIAL: See tables FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX

or HDG coating; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
HU/HUCcan be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and
triangle holes for maximum values.
HGUSNails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into
the header to achieve the table loads.
HUCQInstall 14"x212" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws
(provided) in all round holes. Lag screws will not achieve the same load.
With 3x carrying members, use 16dx212" (0.162" dia. x 212" long) nails into the
header and 16d commons into the joist with no load reduction. With 2x carrying
members, use 10dx112" (0.148" dia. x 112" long) nails
into the header and 10d commons into the joist, and
reduce the load to 0.64 of the table value.
Double-Shear
For installations to masonry or concrete, see page 175.
Nailing
Top View
OPTIONS: HU hangers available with the header flanges
5

turned in for 2 16" and larger widths, with no

load reductionorder HUC hanger.
Double-Shear
See Hanger Options on pages 233-243, for sloped
Nailing
and/or skewed HU models, and HUC (concealed
Side View
flange) models.
Do not
bend tab
Concealed flanges are not available for HGUS.
HGUS may be skewed only up to a maximum of
Dome Double-Shear
45. See Hanger Options page 237 for load reductions.
Nailing Side View
Other sizes available; contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
(available on
See also HUS series.
some models)
HUCQ hangers cannot be modified.
U.S. Patent 5,603,580

Allowable Loads
Code
DF/SP Species Header SPF/HF Species Header
Ref.
W
H
B
Face
Joist
Uplift Floor Snow Roof Floor Snow Roof
(160) (100) (115) (125) (100) (115) (125)
14-16d
6-10d
1135 2085 2350 2530 1795 2025 2180
318 81316 212 Min
HU210-2/HUC210-2
I9, F6,
18-16d
10-10d
1895 2680 3020 3250 2305 2605 2800
318 81316 212 Max
16-16d
6-10d
1135 2380 2685 2890 2050 2315 2490
L17, L12
318 10916 212 Min
HU212-2/HUC212-2
1
9
1
22-16d
10-10d
1895 3275 3695 3970 2820 3180 3425
3 8 10 16 2 2 Max
HU3.25/10.5/HUC3.25/10.5
22-16d
10-10d
1895 3275 3695 3970 2820 3180 3425
314 1014 212
I9, L12
1
3
1
14 3 4 11 4 2 2
HU3.25/12/HUC3.25/12
24-16d
12-10d
2015 3570 4030 4335 3075 3470 3735
1
7
1
I9, F6,
20-16d
8-10d
1515 2975 3360 3610 2565 2895 3110
3 8 13 8 2 2 Min
HU216-2/HUC216-2
26-16d
12-10d
2015 3870 4365 4695 3330 3760 4045
L17, L12
318 1378 212 Max
20-16d
8-10d
1515 2975 3360 3610 2560 2890 3105
314 131316 212 Min
HU3.25/16/HUC3.25/16
I9, L12
26-16d
12-10d
2015 3870 4365 4695 3330 3755 4040
314 131316 212 Max
1
1
1
1
1
HUCQ210-2-SDS
3
12-SDS
4
x2
2
6-SDS
4
x2
2
2510
4680
4955
4955
3370
3570
3570
3 4
9
HGUS3.25/10
46-16d
16-16d
4095 9100 9100 9100 7825 7825 7825 I9, F23, L12
314 858 4
12 1
HGUS3.25/12
56-16d
20-16d
5045 9600 9600 9600 8255 8255 8255
3 4 1058 4
9
5
1
HU410
3 16 8 8 2 2 Max
18-16d
10-10d
1895 2680 3020 3250 2305 2605 2800
I7, I9, F8, L12
HU414
3916 1258 212 Max
24-16d
12-10d
2015 3570 4030 4335 3075 3470 3735
9
1
1
1
1
14 3 16
HUCQ410-SDS
9
3
12-SDS 4x2 2 6-SDS 4x2 2 2510 4680 4955 4955 3370 3570 3570 I9, F24, L12
HUCQ412-SDS
3916 11
3
14-SDS14x212 6-SDS14x212 2510 5460 5560 5560 3930 4005 4005 I9, F25, L12
HHUS410
358
9
3
30-16d
10-16d
3735 5635 6380 6880 4835 5480 5910
HGUS410
358 9116 4
46-16d
16-16d
4095 9100 9100 9100 7825 7825 7825 I7, I9, F8, L12
12 5
HGUS414
3 8 12716 4
66-16d
22-16d
5515 10100 10100 10100 8685 8685 8685
14-16d
6-10d
1135 2085 2350 2530 1795 2025 2180 I9, F6, L17, L12
HU310-2/HUC310-2
518 878 212
HU5.125/12/HUC5.125/12
22-16d
8-16d
1795 3275 3695 3970 2820 3180 3425
514 1014 212
1
1
1
I9, L12
HU5.125/13.5/HUC5.125/13.5
26-16d
12-16d
2695 3870 4365 4695 3330 3760 4045
5 4 13 4 2 2
14 1
HU5.125/16/HUC5.125/16
26-16d
12-16d
2695 3870 4365 4695 3330 3760 4045
5 4 1378 212
1
1
1
1
1
HUCQ5.25/9-SDS
12-SDS 4x2 2 6-SDS 4x2 2 2510 4680 4955 4955 3370 3570 3570
5 4
9
3
HUCQ5.25/11-SDS
14-SDS14x212 6-SDS14x212 2510 5460 5560 5560 3930 4000 4000
514 11
3
HGUS5.25/10
46-16d
16-16d
4095 9100 9100 9100 7825 7825 7825 I9, F23, L12
514 9116 4
12 1
HGUS5.25/12
56-16d
20-16d
5045 9600 9600 9600 8255 8255 8255
5 4 10916 4
9
3
12-SDS14x212 6-SDS14x212 2520 4680 5380 5715 3370 3875 4115
HUCQ610-SDS
512
HUCQ612-SDS
3
14-SDS14x212 6-SDS14x212 2520 5315 5315 5315 3825 3825 3825
I9, F27, L12
14 512 11
HHUS5.50/10
512
9
3
30-16d
10-16d
3735 5635 6380 6880 4835 5480 5910
HGUS5.50/10
512 81516 4
46-16d
16-16d
4095 9100 9100 9100 7825 7825 7825
12 1
HGUS5.50/14
5 2 1212 4
66-16d
22-16d
5515 10100 10100 10100 8685 8685 8685
I9, F23, L12
7
13
46-16d
16-16d
4095 9100 9100 9100 7825 7825 7825
HGUS6.88/10
6 8 8 16 4
7
13
HGUS6.88/12
12 6 8 10 16 4
54-16d
20-16d
5045 9600 9600 9600 8255 8255 8255
HGUS6.88/14
66-16d
22-16d
5515 10100 10100 10100 8685 8685 8685
678 121316 4
See HHUS and HGUS in 7" Structural Composite Lumber section, page 116 or GU series on page 117.
See HGU and HHGU on page 102.
Dimensions (in.)
Model No.
Ga
Min/
Max
Fasteners
1. Uplift loads based on Douglas Fir and have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake
3. For SPF/HF uplift, use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load for products
requiring nails and 0.72 for products requiring screws.
101
The GU hangers are high-capacity girder hangers designed for

situations where the header and joist are flush at the top. These
products can be used for retrofit on the framing members after they
are temporarily placed in position. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws make installation fast and easy,
with no pre-drilling required.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: Galvanized, HHGUSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint. Available

in hot-dip galvanized, order as X version and specify HDG.
Install with 14"x212" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws, which are provided with the GUs. (Note: lag screws will
not achieve the same loads.)
All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit.
Multiple member headers may require additional fasteners at
the hanger locations. The quantity and location of the additional
fasteners must be determined by the Designer.
For installation to concrete or masonry walls, see LGUM and
HGUM hangers page 176.
OPTIONS:
Other seat widths available. Order as X version, specify width.
See Hanger Options, pages 233-243, for one flange concealed

option. MGU with W 4" or less and HGU with W 41116" or less

cannot be concealed.
LGU, MGU and HGU hangers may be skewed up to 45. See page 243.
HHGU
(LGU, MGU, HGU similar)
Typical HHGU Installation

Actual
Carried
Beam
Width
318
312
518
514
512
6 4
3
834
1034
DONT FEEL LIKE SIFTING THROUGH THIS TABLE?

Visit www.strongtie.com/software to learn more about
our new Joist Hanger Selector software.
Dimensions
Model
No.
Ga
Fasteners
H2
(min)
ha 3
Face
Joist
Uplift 1
(160)
Code
Ref.
LGU3.25-SDS
10
314
412
738
314
16-SDS 14"x212"
12-SDS 14"x212"
5555
6720
4000
4840
LGU3.63-SDS
10
358
412
738
314
16-SDS 14"x212"
12-SDS 14"x212"
5555
6720
4000
4840
MGU3.63-SDS
10
358
914
412
858
24-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212"
7260
9450
5225
6805
I9,
L12,
F23
HGU3.63-SDS
358
11
514
1038
434
36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212"
9895
14145
7125
10185
I9, L12
LGU5.25-SDS
10
514
412
738
314
16-SDS 14"x212"
5555
6720
4000
4840
MGU5.25-SDS
10
514
914
412
858
24-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212"
7260
9450
5225
6805
HGU5.25-SDS
5 4
11
5 4
10 8
4 4
36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212"
9895
14145
7125
10185
MGU5.50-SDS
10
5 2
9 4
4 2
8 8
24-SDS 4"x2 2" 16-SDS 4"x2 2"
7260
9450
5225
6805
HGU5.50-SDS
512
11
514
1038
434
36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212"
9895
14145
7125
10185
HHGU5.50-SDS
512
13
514
1238
434
44-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212"
14550
17845
10475
12850
MGU5.62-SDS
10
5 8
9 4
4 2
8 8
24-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212"
7260
9450
5225
6805
HGU5.62-SDS
558
11
514
1038
434
36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212"
9895
14145
7125
10185
HHGU5.62-SDS
558
13
514
1238
434
44-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212"
14550
17845
10475
12850
MGU7.00-SDS
10
914
412
858
24-SDS 14"x212" 16-SDS 14"x212"
7260
9450
5225
6805
HGU7.00-SDS
11
5 4
10 8
4 4
36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212"
9895
14145
7125
10185
HHGU7.00-SDS
13
514
1238
434
44-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212"
14550
17845
10475
12850
HGU9.00-SDS
11
514
1038
434
36-SDS 14"x212" 24-SDS 14"x212"
9895
14145
7125
10185
HHGU9.00-SDS
13
514
1238
434
44-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212"
14550
17845
10475
12850
HHGU11.00-SDS
11
13
514
1238
434
44-SDS 14"x212" 28-SDS 14"x212"
14550
184804
10475
133054
12-SDS 14"x212"
2. Specify H dimension. Maximum H = 30".
3. Header height must be at least as tall as the flange height (h a).
4. Where noted, allowable loads may be increased for duration of load up to 20455 lbs. for DF/SP and
14725 lbs. for SPF/HF.
102
Allowable Loads
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Download
Uplift 1
Download
(100/115/125)
(160)
(100/115/125)
I9,
L12,
F23
I9, L12
I9,
L12,
F23
170
LGU/MGU/HGU/HHGU High-Capacity Girder Hangers
TOP FLANGE HANGERS HHB/GB/HGB
Beam & Purlin Hangers
See table on page 105. See Hanger Options on pages 233-243 for hanger modifications, which may
This series of beam and purlin hangers may be used for wood to wood or wood to steel applications.
Precision forming provides dimensional accuracy and helps ensure proper bearing area and connection.
MATERIAL: See table on page 105
FINISH: HHB, GB, HGB, all saddle hangers and all welded sloped and special hangers
Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint. May be ordered hot-dip galvanized; specify HDG.
INSTALLATION: Use specified fasteners. See General Notes.
HHB, GB and HGB may be used for weld-on applications. The minimum required weld to the top flanges
is 316" x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab. Distribute the weld equally on both top flanges.
Welding cancels the top and face nailing requirements. Consult the code for special considerations when
welding galvanized steel. The area should be well-ventilated. See page 17 for weld information. Weld on
applications produce the maximum allowable load listed. Uplift loads do not apply to welded applications.
Ledgers must be evaluated for each application separately. Check TF dimension, nail length
and nail location on ledger.
OPTIONS: HHBother widths are available; specify W dimension (the minimum W dimension is 212").
Saddle hangers are made to order; add D to model (e.g. HHBD3); specify S (for saddle) dimension.
They may be used for most conditions except at end wall locations, and are preferred for nailer applications.
The coating on special B hangers will depend on the manufacturing process used. Check with your
Simpson Strong-Tie representative for details. Hot-dip galvanized available: specify HDG.
B dimensions may be increased on some models.
See Hanger Options, pages 233-243.
Factory Weld
Typical HHB,
GB and HGB
Saddle
Installation
HHB, GB
and HGB are
acceptable
for weld-on
applications.
See Installation
Information.
The WPU, HWU and HW series purlin hangers offer the greatest design flexibility and versatility.
MATERIAL: WP/WPU7 ga. top flange, 12 ga. stirrup; HW3 ga. top flange,
11 ga. stirrup; HWU3 ga. top flange, 10 ga. stirrup
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; hot-dip galvanized available: specify HDG.
INSTALLATION: Hangers may be welded to steel headers with 316" for WPU/WP, and 14" for

HW/HWU, by 112" fillet welds located at each end of the top flange. Weld-on applications
produce maximum allowable load listed. See page 17 for weld information. For uplift
loads refer to technical bulletin T-WELDUPLFT.
Hangers can support multi-ply carried members; the individual members must be
secured together to work as a single unit before installation into the hanger.
WM/WMU MID-WALL INSTALLATION: Installed between blocks with duplex nails cast into
grout with a minimum of one grouted course above and below the top flange and one #5
vertical rebar minimum 24" long in each adjacent cell.
WM/WMU TOP-OF-WALL INSTALLATION: Install on top of wall to a grouted beam with masonry screws.
OPTIONS: See Hanger Options, pages 233-243, for hanger modifications and associated load reductions.
Model Nailer
WP
WPU
HW
HWU
Model
WM
WMU
WP
WPU
HW
HWU
2x
2-2x
3x
4x
2-2x
3x
4x
2-2x
3x
4x
2-2x
3x
4x
Top
Flange
Nailing
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16dx212
2-10d
7-10d
7-16dx212
4-16d
4-10d
4-16dx212
4-16d
8-16dx212
8-16dx212
8-16d
Uplift
(160)
700
970
1095
710
970
1160
Allowable Loads
SPF/
DF/SP
HF
2525 2500
3255 3255
3000 2510
3255 3255
3255
3000
3255
4845
4860
5285
5430
5430
5430
Joist
LSL
3375
3375
12 Ga.
Top Flange
8"
2516"
2516"
7 Ga.
Top
Flange
WPU
TOP FLANGE HANGERS WM/WMU/WP/WPU/HW/HWU
WM
Some model configurations may differ from those

shown. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
3 Ga.
Top
Flange
NAILER TABLE
The table indicates the maximum allowable loads for
WP, WPU, HW or HWU hanger used on wood nailers.
Nailers are wood members attached to the top of a
steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall.
HW
(HWU
similar)
1. Uplift value for the HWU hanger is for depth 18".

Refer to uplift values in table below for taller depths.
2. Attachment of nailer to supporting member is the
responsibility of the Designer. See page 25 for
TB screws attachment option.
Fasteners
WP
Width
Depth
Top
Face
Joist
112 to 712
112 to 712
112 to 712
112 to 712
112 to 712
112 to 712
112 to 712
134 to 512
134 to 512
112 to 712
112 to 712
134 to 312
134 to 312
134 to 312
412 to 7
412 to 7
412 to 7
312 to 30
312 to 30
9 to 28
9 to 28
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
714 to 18
1812 to 28
312 to 32
312 to 32
9 to 18
1812 to 28
2812 to 32
9 to 18
1812 to 28
2812 to 32
2-16d DPLX
2-14x134 Titens
2-16d DPLX
2-14x134 Titens
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16d
3-16d
3-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
1
4- 4x134 Titens
4-14x134 Titens
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
1. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 314" long) may be used where 10d commons are called out
2. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or
earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
Uplift
(160)
625
545
1095
390
1160
965
985
1160
965
985
LVL
PSL
LSL
DF/SP SPF/HF I-Joist Masonry3
2865
2525
3635
4700
4700
3100
5100
6335
6335
6335
6000
6000
6000
MID-WALL INSTALLATIONS
TOP OF WALL INSTALLATIONS
MID-WALL INSTALLATIONS
TOP OF WALL INSTALLATIONS
3250
2500
2000
3250
3650
3255
2525
3320
3650
3255
2600
4880
3650
4165
4165
4880
3650
4165
4165
4000
5285
3100
4000
4500
5285
3665
5500
5535
6335
5415
5500
5535
6335
5415
5500
5535
6335
5415
5500
5535
6000
5415
5500
5535
6000
5415
5500
5535
6000
5415
2030
4175
3380
4175
3380
Code
Ref.
IL12, L16
170
F18, L14
I19, F18, L14
I10, I19, F9, F18,
L11, L14
I19, F18, L11, L14
3. Minimum fm = 1500 psi. See Installation Notes on page 173.

4. For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load.
103
TOP FLANGE HANGERS GLS/HGLS/GLT/HGLT Beam & Glulam Saddle Hangers

See table on page 105. See Hanger Options on pages 233-243
GLT and HGLT accommodate typical structural requirements for
timber and glulam beams. GLT top flange depth allows installation on
minimum 4x ledger (312" net). Not acceptable for nailer applications.
Funnel Flanges allow easy installation of beams.
GLS and HGLS are heavy glulam saddle hangers.
MATERIAL: All welded GL series glulam hangers have a 3 gauge

top flange. See page 105 for stirrup gauge.
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint. Hot-dip galvanized

available; specify HDG.
GLT/HGLT:
All GLTs used with sawn timbers have a 12" L dimension.
Fasteners are included.
GLT may be attached to steel headers by 316" x 212" fillet welds
at each end of the header angle to obtain the tabulated loads.
HGLT may be attached to steel headers by 14" x 212" fillet welds
at each end of the header angle to obtain the lesser of the
tabulated loads or 12,000 lbs. For uplift loads refer to technical
bulletin T-WELDUPLFT. See page 17 for weld information.
Not for use with SCL or LVL headers. See GLTV, HGLTV.
GLS/HGLS:
Use Simpson Strong-Tie "x 2" SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws when hangers are used with structural composite lumber.
N54A nails are included with the hangers.
Loads listed are per stirrup.
TO ORDER: GLS/HGLSSpecify H1, H2, and S dimensions

(see illustration).
Some engineered wood sizes are also available.
OPTIONS: See Hanger Options pages 233-243.
634
fo "
HGr
LT
GLT
Model
GLT
HGLT
GLS
HGLS
Flatten edge of
header to match
top flange radius.
GLS
(HGLT similar)
Stirrup
Width
(W)
Top
Flange
Length
(L)
258 - 512
10
5916 - 678
12
258 - 814
12
878
14
314 - 538
678
12
514 - 878
12
HGLS
TOP FLANGE HANGERS LEG/MEG/EG Beam & Glulam Hangers

See Hanger Options on pages 233-243
for hanger modifications, which may result in
reduced loads.
Designed to support large members
typically found in glulam beam construction.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint.

Hot-dip galvanized available;

specify HDG.

See General Notes.
Maintain minimum 4D end distance
and edge distance from bolt to end of
header and nearest loaded edge per
NDS requirements.
OPTIONS: See Hanger Options,

pages 233-243.
Models available without top flanges;
see table loads.

Key Chart.
LEG
814"
EG
1712"
3"
114"
3"
LEG/MEG/EG
without Top Flange
(see options)
Bolts
Dimensions
Allowable Loads
Without
Top Flange
Top Flange
Joist or
Min. Header Joist
Model Stirrup
3
Top Flange No Triangle Theory Triangle Theory
Purlin
Header
Min
No.
Ga
W
TF Depth
Size
H
Floor Roof
Floor
Roof
Floor
Roof
Qty Dia Qty Dia
(100) (125) (100)
(125)
(100) (125)
318 LAM LEG3
LEG5
518 LAM MEG5
EG5
LEG7
634 LAM MEG7
EG7
834 LAM EG9
104
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
314
514
514
514
678
678
678
878
9
9
9
11
9
9
11
11
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads

unless limited by other criteria.
2. Allowable loads assume a carrying
member width of 512".
3. Specify H dimension.
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
EG with H dimension
less than the face plate
height. The EGs back
plate is always 1712",
regardless of the
stirrup height.
EG
LEG and MEG
10
10
13
20
10
13
20
20
4
4
6
8
4
6
8
8
4
4
3
4
1
3
4
3
4
1
1
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
3
4
1
3
4
3
4
1
1
3
3
3465
3465
5170
8870
3465
5170
8870
8870
4330
4330
6460
11085
4330
6460
11085
11085
12675
16290
19710
20895
16290
19710
25320
25320
13215
16290
19710
21815
16290
19710
25835
25835
13040
13040
14835
17885
13040
14885
19290
20080
13865
13865
16860
19865
13865
16060
21275
22875
Code
Ref.
Model
I19,
F18,
L14
LEG/MEG
EG5
EG7
EG9
4. Triangle Theory: Some code jurisdictions allow only half of the top flange bearing area to be considered when
performing a top flange hanger calculation as there is non-uniform stress under the top flange (presumed
to be a triangular shaped distribution). Therefore, loads are published above using the calculated Triangle
Theory. Loads are also published in the No Triangle Theory columns which are based on calculations
assuming full bearing on the top flange which do not exceed the tested value with a reduction factor of 3.
Top
Top
Flange
Flange
Length
Ga
(L)
7
3
12
1134
1312
1512
MEG
1114"
TOP FLANGE HANGERS GLULAM BEAM

Joist or
Purlin
Size
318 LAM
518 LAM
512 LAM
6 4 LAM
3
7 LAM
834 LAM
Dimensions
Ga
Fasteners
Allowable Loads
TF
Header
Joist
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
GLT3
314
712 MIN
212
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
8165
8165
8165
HGLT3
3 4
7 2 MIN
2 2
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
12265
12685
12750
GLS3-58
314
812 MIN
514
6-N54A
6-N54A
1865
11555
11695
11785
GLS3-78
314
812 MIN
678
6-N54A
6-N54A
1865
11555
11695
11785
GLS3-98
314
812 MIN
878
6-N54A
6-N54A
1865
11555
11695
11785
HW3.25
11
3 4
5 MIN
HHB3
314
712 MIN
GB3
314
HU3.25/12TF
12
HU3.25/16.5TF
2 2
4-10d
2-10d
5285
5285
5285
212
10-N54A
6-N54A
1950
6085
6225
6235
712 MIN
312
212
14-N54A
6-N54A
1950
7795
8030
8185
314
12
212
212
16-16d
6-10d
1125
4310
4335
4335
12
3 4
16 2
2 2
2 2
20-16d
8-10d
1500
4860
5275
5545
GLT4
3916
712 MIN
278
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
8165
8165
8165
HGLT4
3 16
7 2 MIN
278
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
12265
12685
12750
GLT5
514
712 MIN
212
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
8165
8165
8165
HGLT5
5 4
7 2 MIN
2 2
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
12265
12685
12750
GLS5-58
514
812 MIN
514
6-N54A
6-N54A
1865
14685
14685
14685
GLS5-78
514
812 MIN
678
6-N54A
6-N54A
1865
14685
14685
14685
HGLS58
514
1012 MIN
SPEC
14-N54A
8-N54A
2500
16835
16835
16835
HW5.25
11
514
5 MIN
212
212
4-10d
2-10d
5285
5285
5285
HHB5
5 4
7 2 MIN
2 2
10-N54A
6-N54A
1950
6085
6225
6235
GB5
514
712 MIN
312
212
14-N54A
6-N54A
1950
7795
8030
8185
HGB5
514
712 MIN
212
14-N54A
6-N54A
1950
8580
8815
8970
HU5.25/12TF
12
514
12
212
212
16-16d
6-16d
1325
4310
4335
4335
HU5.25/16.5TF
12
5 4
16 2
2 2
2 2
20-16d
8-16d
1765
4860
5275
5550
GLT6
5916
712 MIN
278
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
8165
8165
8165
HGLT6
5916
712 MIN
278
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
12265
12685
12750
HHB7
678
712 MIN
212
10-N54A
6-N54A
1950
6085
6225
6235
GB7
6 8
7 2 MIN
3 2
2 2
14-N54A
6-N54A
1950
7795
8030
8185
HGB7
678
712 MIN
212
14-N54A
6-N54A
1950
8580
8815
8970
GLT7
678
712 MIN
212
10-N54A
6-N54A
1865
8165
8165
8165
HGLT7
678
712 MIN
212
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
12265
12685
12750
GLS7-7
6 8
8 2 MIN
6 8
6-N54A
6-N54A
1865
14685
14685
14685
GLS7-98
678
812 MIN
878
6-N54A
6-N54A
1865
14685
14685
14685
HGLS78
678
1012 MIN
SPEC
14-N54A
8-N54A
2500
16835
16835
16835
HGLT7.12
718
712 MIN
278
1865
12265
12685
12750
HGLT9
8 8
7 2 MIN
HGLS98
878
1012 MIN
18-N54A
6-N54A
2 2
18-N54A
6-N54A
1865
12750
12750
12750
SPEC
14-N54A
8-N54A
2500
16835
16835
16835
Code
Ref.
I19, F18, L14
I10, F9, L11

I19, F18, L14
170
I19, F18, L14
312 LAM
Model
No.
I10, F9, L11

I19, F18, L14
170
I19, F18, L14
I19
I19, F18, L14
1. N54A fasteners are supplied with hangers. For GLS and HGLS saddle hangers only, Simpson Strong-Tie
14" x 212" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws (sold separately) may be substituted using full table loads.
3. GLT, HGLT, GLS, HGLS uplift loads only apply when H is 28" or less.
4. Allowable loads for glulam sizes are based on 650 psi wood bearing.
5. Min H is the minimum H dimension that may be specified. For GLT, HGLT, GLS, HGLS hanger heights that
exceed the joist height, allowable load is 0.50 of the table load.
6. Allowable loads are shown for each stirrup.
7. GLS, HGLS fasteners listed are for one side only. Fasteners supplied are for both sides of the saddle.
8. SPEC: Specify the header dimensions for the saddle hangers. (S dimension is illustrated on page 104.)
9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, N54A = 0.250" dia. x 212" long - annular ring.
105
Beam Seats

The GLB Series provides a connection between beam and
concrete or CMU pilaster.
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint. Hot-dip galvanized available.

Specify HDG.
INSTALLATION:


Bolt holes in wood shall be a minimum of 132" to a maximum of 116"

larger than the bolt diameter (per the 2012 NDS, section 11.1.3.2).

Check the rebar spacing requirements on all installations.
OPTIONS:

Beam seats for sawn timber and other sizes may be ordered by

specifying special dimensions; use the letter designations shown

on the illustrations.

Specify if two-bolt GLB model is desired; see illustration.
Same as
HGLB
Side Plates
#6 Rebar
(Typ.)
HGLB

Dimensions
Model
No.
Bolts
W
PD
PW
GLB5A
514
GLB5B
5 4
GLB5C
514
GLB5D 514
GLB7A
678
GLB7B
6 8
GLB7C
6 8
GLB7D 678
PT
3 ga 1 - 12
Wood
f'c -perp
13125
16655
1 - 12
15750
19990
1 - 12
18375
23320
1 - 12
21000
26650
3 ga 1 - 34
16875
21940
20250
26325
1 - 34
1 - 4
23625
30715
1 - 34
27000
35100
Glulam
Allowable Bearing
Loads 1,2
Masonry
@ 375 psi
Code
Ref.
Model
No.
Width
for Beam
(W)
Width
PW
HGLBA
10
HGLBB
10
10
10
514
12
612
12
5 4
16
612
16
5 4
20
612
20
314 to 9
HGLBD
GLBT512
GLBT612
GLBT516
GLBT616
GLBT520
GLBT620
314 to 11
314 to 15
314 to 19
Typical GLB
Installation
GLB
3. Allowable horizontal loads are bolt values and include increase for wind
or earthquake loading. Loads must be reduced if stresses in masonry
or concrete are limiting.
4. Beams must fully bear on base plate.
5. The GLBT5 has a WT4x9 structural tee; the GLBT6 has a WT4x12 structural tee.
6. Specify W dimension when ordering.
7. Uplift loads do not apply for this connector.
Allowable Bearing Loads 1,2
Depth
PD
HGLBC
Concrete
Pilaster
I20,
L10,
L16,
F19
1. Allowable bearing stress for masonry is based on an f'm of 1500 psi

using the IBC (ACI 530 2.1.9.3) Allowable Stress Design. Wood
bearing is based on f'c-perp of 650 psi.
2. When installed on masonry, use the lesser of the masonry or the
wood allowable load values. When installed on concrete, a minimum
f'c = 2500 psi shall be used and use the wood values as the limiting
allowable bearing load values.
Dimensions (in.)
Bearing Plate
GLBT
Thickness
PT
Bolts
(Qty.Dia.)
Masonry
Bearing
@ 375 psi
Wood Bearing @ 650 psi on Glulam Width
318
2 - 34
18750
2 - 4
22500
12190
19990
26325
34125
2 - 34
26250
14220
23320
30715
39815
8260
2 - 34
30000
16250
26650
35100
45500
8260
16
2 - 34
23625
10665
17490
23035
29860
36685
8260
2 - 34
29250
13205
21655
28520
36970
45420
8260
16
2 - 34
31500
10665
17490
23035
29860
36685
8260
2 - 34
39000
13205
21655
28520
36970
45420
8260
16
2 - 34
39375
10665
17490
23035
29860
36685
8260
2 - 34
48750
13205
21655
28520
36970
45420
8260
1. Allowable bearing stress for masonry is based on an f'm of 1500 psi using the IBC (ACI 530) Allowable Stress Design.
Wood bearing is based on f'c-perp of 650 psi.
2. When installed on masonry, use the lesser of the masonry or the wood allowable load values.
When installed on concrete, a minimum f'c = 2500 psi shall be used and use the wood values as the limiting allowable bearing load values.
3. Allowable horizontal loads are bolt values and include increase for wind or earthquake loading.
Loads must be reduced if stresses in masonry or concrete are limiting.
4. Beams must fully bear on base plate.
5. The GLBT5 has a WT4x9 structural tee; the GLBT6 has a WT4x12 structural tee.
6. Specify W dimension when ordering.
7. Uplift loads do not apply for this connector.
106
1034
10155
Glulam Beam Width (in.)

518
634
834
16655
21940
28440
Allowable
Horizontal
Bolt
Loads3,4
Code
Ref.
8260
8260
I20,
L10,
L16,
F19
GLB/HGLB/GLBT
HCA
Hinge Connectors
Hinge connectors are designed to transfer loads between two beams aligned
end-to-end through a combination of bearing plates, side plates and bolts. In addition
to supporting vertical loads, hinge connectors can also be specified with additional
slotted bolt holes to resist horizontal loads as part of a continuous load path.
MATERIAL: Side plates7 gauge; Top and bottom platessee PT dimensions in table.
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint
Bolt holes shall be a minimum of 132" and a maximum of 116" larger than
the bolt diameter (per 2012 NDS 11.1.2.2).
The model size (suffix) column in the Allowable Download Table gives the basic
HCA model with two rotation bolts.
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for heights greater than 60".
Position 34" dia. machine bolts in slots away from bearing seat to allow
for wood shrinkage.
OPTIONS: The Horizontal Load Table gives other bolt options.
ORDERING: To order, add the width and bearing plate size designation after

the model name. Specify the H dimension. For dapped beams, reduce the

H dimension by the PT dimension for each dap.
Specify Model No., Model Size, and height H.

Ordering Example: HC4C3TA5-6 H = 18".
HCA
HC2CTA
HCCTA
HC4CTA
HC3A
HCC3TA
HC4C3TA
1912
1912
1912
2512
2512
2512
2512
H3
H
Min Max
8
14
14
14
8
14
14
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Rotation Slotted Allowable

Horizontal
Bolts
Tension Loads 2,3
Per
Bolts
Beam
(160)
2
2
2
9920
2
3
14850
2
4
19720
3
3
3
14850
3
4
19720
Model
No.
(Prefix)
HC4C3TA
Alternate Installation
with Beam Top
Non-Dapped
1. Loads have been increased

for wind or earthquake loading
with no further increase
allowed.
2. Horizontal loads are for Doug
Fir-larch glulams minimum
W = 318". For other wood types,
adjust the load according to
the code.
3. H MIN is the absolute minimum
height. Reduce downloads
according to footnote 1 in the
Allowable Download Table.
Allowable Download Table

Dimensions
Two Rotation Bolts
(in.)
Per Beam
Model
Bolt
Size
Dia.
H
Min H
1
(Suffix) Beam W PT PD (in.) H1 Allowable Min Allowable
H
Width
Roof Loads
Roof Loads
3-5
318 314 34 5 34 12
8750
8
3070
3-6
318 314 34 6 34 15
10500
12
7100
3-7
318 314 34 7 34 18
12250
15
9240
5-5
518 514 34 5 34 16
14350
8
3100
5-6
518 514 34 6 34 20
17220
16
12345
5-7
518 514 34 7 34 25
20090
20
14835
5-9
518 514 34 9 34 36
25830
25
16365
5.62-5 512 558 34 5 34 18
17190
8
3100
5.62-7 512 558 34 7 34 28
24065
19
14495
7-5
634 678 1 5 34 19
18900
8
3100
7-6
634 678 1 6 34 24
22680
19
16405
7-7
634 678 1 7 34 30 26460
24
19850
7-9
634 678 1 9 34 40
29615
30
20905
9-5
834 878 114 5 34 22
24500
8
3100
9-6
834 878 114 6 34 29 29400
22
20465
9-7
834 878 114 7 34 37
34300
29
25455
9-9
834 878 114 9 34 40
29615
37
27000
11-5 1034 1078 112 5 34 26
30100
8
3100
11-6 1034 1078 112 6 34 34
36120
26
25805
11-7 1034 1078 112 7 34 40
37925
34
31230
11-9 1034 1078 112 9 34 40
29615
40
29615
3.62-5 312 358 34 5 34 15
13125
8
3100
3.62-9 312 358 34 9 34 34
23625
16
8710
5.37-5 514 538 1 5 34 19
19690
8
3100
5.37-9 514 538 1 9 34 40 29605
20
12190
7.12-5
7
718 114 5 34 23
26250
8
3100
7.12-9
7
718 114 9 34 40 29600
24
15670
1. Allowable loads have been increased for roof live loads with no
2. Loads are based on 560 psi perpendicular to grain bearing stress.
3. H1 is the minimum dimension required to achieve full load for
the hinge connector. For H dimensions between H1 and Minimum
H, loads may be linearly interpolated.
H1
10
12
14
13
16
19
27
14
21
15
18
22
33
17
22
27
40
20
25
32
40
12
25
15
34
18
40
Three Rotation Bolts

Per Beam
H1
Min Min H
Allowable
Allowable
Roof Loads H Roof Loads
8750
8
4465
10500
10
7120
12250
12
9235
14350
8
4560
17220
13
12195
20090
16
15505
25830
19
16030
17190
8
4640
24065
15
15020
18900
8
4605
22680
15
17035
26460
18
19845
34020
22
20190
24500
8
4605
29400
17
20275
34300
22
26145
43975
27
27160
30100
8
4605
36120
20
26630
42140
25
30815
43975
32
33630
13125
8
4625
23625
13
9125
19690
8
4640
35440
16
13040
26250
8
4635
44330
19
16950
Code
Ref.
170
HCCTA
HCC3TA
I15,
L7
HCA
HC2CTA
170
4. See Horizontal Load Table for models

available with three rotation bolts.
5. Beams must be the same width for both
members in the connection.
HC4CTA
HC3A
107
Engineered Wood & Structural Composite Lumber Connectors
GENERAL CONNECTOR INSTALLATION
TOP FLANGE HANGERS
Hanger Over-Spread
If the hanger is overspread, it can raise
the I-joist above the
header and may cause
uneven surfaces and
squeaky floors.
Flush Framing
Top flange configuration and thickness of
top flange need to be
considered for flush
frame conditions.
PREVENT ROTATION
No Rotation Resistance
Lack of web stiffeners
combined with short hanger
allows unwanted rotation.
Hanger Not Plumb

A hanger kickedout from the
header can cause
uneven surfaces
and squeaky floors.
Hangers provide some joist rotation resistance; however, additional lateral restraint may be required for deep joists.
Rotation Prevented by
Web Stiffeners
Hanger height should be at
least 60% of the joist height.
Web Stiffeners
If hanger height is less than 60%
of the joist height, add clips or
blocking near the top.
Lateral Flange Support
Sides of hanger laterally support
the top flange of the I-joist.
No web stiffeners required!
Correct Attachment
TOE-NAILING
108
Toe nailing causes squeaks and

improper hanger installations. Do not
toe nail I-joists before installing top
flange or face mount hangers.
Nailer Too Wide

The loading may cause cross-grain
bending. As a general rule, the
maximum allowable overhang is 14",
depending on nailer thickness.
Nailer Too Narrow

Nailer should be full width.
Nailer Too Thin

or the wrong hanger
for the application.
POSITIVE ANGLE NAILING
Correct Nailing
Approx. 45o angle
Nail too long
Nail at wrong angle
WOOD NAILERS
GENERAL CONNECTOR INSTALLATION

WOOD I-JOISTS
I-JOIST AS A HEADER INSTALLATIONS
When face mount hangers are attached to I-joist

headers, backer blocks must be installed to provide a
nailing surface for the hanger nails. The backer blocks
should be installed on both sides of the web and attached
together with a minimum of 10-10d nails. The hanger
nails should extend through the web. Contact the I-Joist
manufacturer for additional design considerations.
MULTIPLE JOISTS
Multiple joists should be adequately
connected together to act as one unit.
FASTENERS
Use the correct nails. Wood may split
if the nails are too large. Hanger nails into
flanges should not exceed 10d common
(0.148 dia.), no longer than 112". Nails
into web stiffeners should not exceed
16d commons (0.162 dia.).
Face Mount Hanger
ECCENTRICALLY-LOADED I-JOISTS
Supporting a top flange hanger may
require bottom flange restraining straps,
blocking or directly-applied ceiling
systems to prevent rotation at the
hanger location.
When top flange hangers are attached to I-joist headers,

a backer block must be installed to prevent the top flange
from rotating under load. The backer blocks should be
installed with a minimum of 10-10d nails clinched. Check with
the joist manufacturer for additional design considerations.
SKEWED JOISTS
Joists may be skewed up to 212
degrees in a non-skewed hanger without
any load reduction. Refer to individual
hanger descriptions for information
allowing any further skew applications.
Top Flange Hanger
SLOPED JOISTS
For sloped joists up to 14:12 there
is no reduction. For slopes greater than
1
4:12 see individual product pages or
refer to technical bulletin T-SLOPEJST.
CSC Ceiling Support Clip / FSS Furring Stabilizer Strap

Provides 1" separation between the
furring channel and joist to allow for the use
of Thermafiber insulation and the attachment
of the furring channel to all joists. Provides
an efficient sound barrier, and a one hour
U.L. listed fire rating.
UL Listed. See Underwriters

Laboratory, Inc. Design No. L530

for USG gypsum board and

Weyerhaeuser/TJI joists.
Check ICC-ES reports for individual

I-joist manufacturer approvals.
MATERIAL: 24 gauge (minimum)
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
For CSC use 1-8dx112 nail.
For FSS use #8 self-tapping steel screw

(not provided) into channel, twist 90,

bend upward and fasten to the side of

joist bottom flange with screw or nail.
34"
6"
CSC
Typical CSC and FSS Installation

Thermafiber and TJI are registered
trademarks of USGypsum Company and
Weyerhaeuser, respectively.
Furring Channel Detail
FSS
(See Installation Notes)
109
I-Joist Hangers

Funnel
Flange
118"
Locator
Tab
The IUS is a hybrid hanger that incorporates the advantages of the
face mount and top mount hanger. Installation is fast with the Strong-Grip seat,
easy-to-reach face nails and self-jigging locator tabs.
The MIU series hangers are designed for commercial and high load I-joist
applications without requiring web stiffeners. The MIU features Positive Angle
Nailing (PAN), which minimizes splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving
nailing from a better angle.
Refer to Joist Manufacturers literature or appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie
H
The Strong-Grip seat
Connector Selection Guide for actual joist sizes.
secures I-joists in position
MATERIAL: See table on pages 112-116.
without joist nails
FINISH: Galvanized
UPLIFT LOADS: Models have optional triangle joist nail holes for additional
AVOID A

uplift. Properly attached web stiffeners are required.
MISINSTALLATION
MIUadd four additional 10dx112" joist nails for a total uplift load
of 975 lbs.
IUSadd web fillers and two 10dx112" joist nails in the triangle
holes for a total uplift of 365 lbs.
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take
14"
2"

the required fasteners specified in the table. See page 108 for more

installation information.
IUS
IUSfasten hanger to header. Position I-joist into hanger
(Some
IUS
models
and snap into place. No joist nailing required. Some
have triangle holes
IUS models have triangle and round header nail
in header flanges
holes. To achieve Max. download, fill both round
for Min/Max nailing)
Do not make your own holes.
and triangle holes.
Do not nail the bottom flange.
U.S. Patent 6,523,321
IUSLocator tabs are not structural. They may be
bent back to adjust for hanger placement.
IUSfor rimboard applications see technical
bulletin T-RIMBDHGR.
IUS INSTALLATION SEQUENCE
IUS I-joists with web stiffeners or rectangular
sections can be used with the installation of
2-10dx112" nails into the optional triangle joist nails.
IUS web stiffeners are not required with I-joists when
the top flange is laterally supported by the sides of
the hanger unless the manufacturers no-web-stiffener
reaction is exceeded.
OPTIONS:

These hangers cannot be modified. However, these

models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5.

For sloped joists up to 14:12 there is no reduction,
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 3

between 14:12 and up to 12:12, tests show a 10%
Attach the IUS to
Slide the I-joist downward
Firmly push or snap

reduction in ultimate hanger strength. Local crushing
the header
into the IUS until it rests

of the bottom flange or excessive deflection may be
I-joist fully into the

limiting; check with joist manufacturer for specific
above the large teardrop.
seat of the IUS.

limitations on bearing of this type.
118"
"
5 16
MIU with correct

PAN installation
212
"
MIU
110
IUS/MIU
FACE MOUNT HANGERS U/HU/HUC/HUCQ
I-Joist & Structural Composite Lumber Hangers
See Hanger tables on pages 112-116. See Hanger Options on pages 233-243
UThe standard U hanger provides flexibility of joist to header installation.
Versatile fastener selection with tested allowable loads.
HU/HUCMost models have triangle and round holes. To achieve maximum loads,
fill both round and triangle holes with common nails. These heavy-duty connectors
are designed for schools and other structures requiring additional strength, longevity
and safety factors.
HUCQFeatures concealed flanges so it can be installed close to the end of the
supporting beam or on a post. They install with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws (supplied with the hanger) for high capacity and
ease of installation.
MATERIAL: See tables on pages 112-116. FINISH: Galvanized
HU/HUCcan be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and
HUCQWhen using structural composite lumber columns, the capacities
shown in the tables are for fasteners applied to the wide face of the column.
Web Stiffeners are required for all I-joists usedwith these hangers.
For installation to masonry or concrete, see page 175.
HU/HUC hangers can be welded to a steel member. Allowable loads are the
lesser of the values in the Hanger tables on pages 112-116 or the weld
capacity refer to technical bulletin T-HUHUC-W.
OPTIONS: HU is available with one flange concealed when the W dimension is

less than 2516" at 100% of the table load. Order HUC hanger.
Sloped, Skewed and Sloped/Skewed:
- For low-cost, code-listed 45 skews, see SUR/SUL and HSUR/HSUL.
See also LSU/LSSU connectors.
- U/HU may be skewed to a maximum of 45 and sloped to a maximum of 45.
Hangers 512" or less in width may be skewed to 6712. Hangers skewed
51- 6712 require a square cut.
- For all options, uplift loads are 0.75 of table loads.
- For skewed hangers 3916" and less in width, the allowable download is
100% of the table load. For skewed hangers over 3916" in width the allowable
download is 80% of the table load. For slope only, the allowable download
is 100% of the table load.
- For combined slopes and skews, the maximum
Model configurations may
For sloped and skewed hangers, the flange on the acute
differ from those shown.
side flange can be concealed at 0.80 of the table load.
Some HU models do not
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for skew limitations.
See Hanger Options on pages 233-243 for additional information. have triangle holes. Contact
Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
See also HUS series.
HUCQ cannot be modified.
114"
Typical HU7 Installation
HUC412
Concealed
Flanges
Typical HU7 Installation
HUCQ
HU410
Typical HUCQ Installed

on End of a Beam
FACE MOUNTHANGERS HUS/HHUS/HGUS Double Shear SCL Hangers

See Hanger tables on pages 122-126. See Hanger Options on pages
233-243 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads.
These hangers are designed for applications where higher loads
are needed (also see HUC and HUCQ).
All hangers in this series have double shear nailing. This patented
innovation distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for
greater strength. It also allows the use of fewer nails, faster installation, and
the use of common nails for all connections. (Do not bend or remove tabs)
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX;

Do not use double shear hangers with I-joists.
Nails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into
16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 314" long) may be used where
10d commons are specified with no reduction in load. Where
16d commons are specified, 10d commons or 16d sinkers
(0.148" dia. x 314" long) may be used at 0.85 of the table load.
With 3x carrying members, use 16dx212" (Simpson Strong-Tie N16)
nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist with no load
reduction. With 2x carrying members, use 10dx112" nails into the
header and 10d commons into the joist, and reduce the load to 0.64
of the table value.
OPTIONS: HUS hangers available with the header flanges turned in for

312" wide joist only, with no load reduction. See HUSC Concealed

Flange illustration.
Concealed flanges are not available for HGUS, HUS1.81/10 and HHUS.
See Hanger Options, pages 233-243, for sloped and/or skewed
HHUS and HGUS models.
Other sizes available; contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
2"
HHUS410
HUS410
HUSC
Concealed
Flanges
(not available
for HHUS,
HGUS and
HUS1.81/10)
HGUS46
111
FACE MOUNT HANGERS I-JOISTS
112 x 912
Model No.3
U210
MIU1.56/9
U210
Joist
Uplift
(160)
6-10d
6-10dx112
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
1110
1215
1375
1485
1045
1185
1275
16-16d 2-10dx112
230
2305
2615
2820
1980
2245
2425
16 1916 71316
6-10dx112
1110
1215
1375
1485
1045
1185
1275
16 1 16 11 16 2 2
20-16d 2-10dx112
230
2880
3060
3080
2475
2695
2695
18 178
912
8-10d
75
950
1080
1165
815
925
1000
16 11316 81316 212
16-16d 2-10dx112
230
2305
2615
2820
1980
2245
2425
IUS1.81/11.88
18 178
10-10d
75
1185
1345
1455
1020
1160
1250
MIU1.81/11
16 11316 11116 212
20-16d 2-10dx112
IUS1.81/9.5
1178
230
2880
3135
3135
2475
2695
2695
178
14
Min 12-10d
75
1420
1615
1745
1220
1390
1500
178
14
Max 14-10d
75
1660
1885
1980
1425
1620
1705
230
3170
3530
3550
2725
3090
3335
IUS1.81/14
18
MIU1.81/14
16 11316 13516 212
IUS1.81/16
18
22-16d 2-10dx112
178
16
Min 14-10d
75
1660
1885
1980
1425
1620
1705
178
16
Max 16-10d
75
1895
1980
1980
1630
1705
1705
MIU1.81/16
16 11316 15516 212
24-16d 2-10dx112
230
3455
3530
3550
2970
3370
3480
134 x 18 - 20
MIU1.81/18
16 11316 17516 212
26-16d 2-10dx112
230
3500
3530
3550
3220
3465
3480
2 x 912
IUS2.06/9.5
18 218
912
8-10d
75
950
1080
1165
815
925
1000
2 x 1178
IUS2.06/11.88
18 218
1178
10-10d
75
1185
1345
1455
1020
1160
1250
18 218
14
Min 12-10d
75
1420
1615
1745
1220
1390
1500
18 218
14
Max 14-10d
75
1660
1885
1980
1425
1620
1705
18 218
16
Min 14-10d
75
1660
1885
1980
1425
1620
1705
18 218
16
Max 16-10d
75
1895
1980
1980
1630
1705
1705
IUS2.06/9.5
18 218
912
75
950
1080
1165
815
925
1000
HU2.1/9
14 218
212
14-16d 6-10dx112
915
2085
2350
2530
1795
2025
2180
18 218
1178
10-10d
75
1185
1345
1455
1020
1160
1250
16 218 11116 212
20-16d 2-10dx112
230
2880
3135
3135
2475
2695
2695
14 218
11
212
16-16d 6-10dx112
915
2380
2685
2890
2050
2315
2490
18 218
14
12-10d
75
1420
1615
1745
1220
1390
1500
18 2 18
16
14-10d
75
1660
1885
1980
1425
1620
1705
2 x 14
2 x 16
2 16 x 9 2
1
IUS2.06/14
IUS2.06/16
IUS2.06/11.88
2116 x 1178
MIU2.1/11
HU2.1/11
8-10d
2116 x 14
IUS2.06/14
2116 x 16
IUS2.06/16
214 x
912 to 20
214" wide joists use the same hangers as 2516" wide joists with the following load adjustments to the table loads:
IUS download is the lesser of the table load or 1400 lbs. IUS uplift is 55 lbs. MIU and U downloads are the lesser of the table load or 2140 lbs.
2516 x 912
IUS2.37/9.5
18 2716
912
8-10d
75
950
1080
1165
815
925
1000
MIU2.37/9
16 2 8
212
16-16d 2-10dx112
230
2305
2615
2820
1980
2245
2425
U3510/14
16 2516
18 2716 1178
MIU2.37/11
U3516/20
HU359/HUC359
IUS2.37/11.88
2516 x 1178
2516 x 14
2516 x 16
14-16d 6-10dx112
1110
2015
2285
2465
1735
1965
2120
14 238
81516 212 Min 14-16d 6-10dx112
915
2085
2350
2530
1795
2025
2180
14 238
81516 212 Max 18-16d 10-10dx112
1895
2680
3020
3250
2305
2605
2800
75
1185
1345
1455
1020
1160
1250
2880
3135
3135
2475
2695
2695
10-10d
16 238 11116 212
20-16d 2-10dx112
230
16 2516 10916
16-16d 6-10dx112
1110
2305
2615
2820
1980
2245
2425
14 2 8 11 16 2 2 Min 16-16d 6-10dx112
915
2380
2685
2890
2050
2315
2490
14 238 11116 212 Max 22-16d 10-10dx112
1895
3275
3695
3970
2820
3180
3425
IUS2.37/14
18
75
1420
1615
1745
1220
1390
1500
MIU2.37/14
16 238
1312 212
HU3514/HUC3514
14 238
14 238
IUS2.37/16
18
MIU2.37/16
16 238
1512 212
HU3516/22/HUC3516/22
14 238
1414 212
HU3511/HUC3511
2716
2716
2
2
14
Min 12-10d
14
Max 14-10d
75
1660
1885
1980
1425
1620
1705
230
3170
3595
3875
2725
3090
3335
1312 212 Min 18-16d 8-10dx112
1515
2680
3020
3250
2305
2605
2800
1312 212 Max 24-16d 12-10dx112
2015
3570
4030
4335
3075
3470
3735
1705
22-16d 2-10dx112
2716
16
Min 14-10d
75
1660
1885
1980
1425
1620
2716
16
Max 16-10d
75
1895
1980
1980
1630
1705
1705
24-16d 2-10dx112
230
3455
3920
4045
2970
3370
3480
20-16d 8-10dx112
1515
2975
3360
3610
2565
2895
3110
1. Uplift loads based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for
wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce
where other loads govern. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load.
3. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best overall
performance and installation value.
112
Roof
(125)
15
Snow
(115)
16 1 16 8 16 2 2
9
Floor
(100)
16 1916 71316
Face
6-10d
134 x 912
1 4 x 16
Allowable Loads5
134 x 914 - 912 MIU1.81/9
Fasteners6
Min/
B Max 2
MIU1.56/11
134 x 14
Dimensions
112 x
1114 - 1178
134 x 1178
Web
Stiff Ga
Reqd
4. Web stiffeners are required where noted in the table or when the joist top flange
isnt supported laterally by the hanger or when supporting double I-joists with flanges
less than 1516" thick.
5. Allowable downloads are based on a joist bearing capacity of 750 psi.
Code
Ref.
I9, F8, L12
I9, L12
I9, F8, L12
I9, L12
I9, F8, L12
Actual
Joist
Size

Actual
Joist
Size
Model No.3
2516 x 20
2516 x 22 - 30
MIU2.37/18
HU3524/30
MIU2.37/20
MIU2.37/20
HU3524/30
Dimensions
W
16
14
14
16
16
238
238
238
238
238
238
14 3
2 8
H
1712
18
18
1912
1912
18
18
Fasteners6
Min/
B Max 2
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
Min
Max
Min
Max
Allowable Loads5
Face
Joist
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
26-16d
18-16d
24-16d
28-16d
28-16d
18-16d
24-16d
2-10dx112
8-10dx112
14-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
8-10dx112
14-10dx112
230
1515
2015
230
230
1515
2015
3745
2680
3570
4030
4030
2680
3570
4045
3020
4030
4060
4060
3020
4030
4045
3250
4335
4060
4060
3250
4335
3220
2305
3075
3465
3465
2305
3075
3480
2605
3470
3495
3495
2605
3470
3480
2800
3735
3495
3495
2800
3735
2716 x 912
to 16
IUS download is same as table but not to exceed 1400 lbs. IUS uplift is 55 lbs. MIU download is same as table but not to exceed 2140 lbs.
212 x 914
212 x 912
IUS2.56/9.25
IUS2.56/9.5
MIU2.56/9
HU310/HUC310
IUS2.56/11.88
MIU2.56/11
HU312/HUC312
18
18
16
14
18
16
14
IUS2.56/14
18
MIU2.56/14
HU314/HUC314
16
14
IUS2.56/16
18
16
14
16
16
16
212 -2916 x
914 - 912
212 -2916 x 1178
212 x
1114 - 1178
212 x 14
212 x 16
MIU2.56/16
HU316/HUC316
MIU2.56/18
212 x 18
212 -2916 x 20 MIU2.56/20
212 x 22 - 26 MIU2.56/20
258
258
2916
2916
258
2916
2916
258
258
2916
2916
258
258
2916
2916
2916
2916
2916
914
912
2
2
81516
878
1178
11116
1058
14
14
13716
1238
16
16
15716
1418
17716
19716
19716
212
212
2
212
212
2
2
212
212
2
2
212
212
212
212
212
Min
Max
Min
Max
8-10d
8-10d
16-16d
14-16d
10-10d
20-16d
16-16d
12-10d
14-10d
22-16d
18-16d
14-10d
16-10d
24-16d
20-16d
26-16d
28-16d
28-16d
2-10dx112
6-10dx112
2-10dx112
6-10dx112
2-10dx112
8-10dx112
2-10dx112
8-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
75
75
230
915
75
230
915
75
75
230
1515
75
75
230
1515
230
230
230
950
950
2305
2085
1185
2880
2380
1420
1660
3170
2680
1660
1895
3455
2975
3745
4030
4030
1080
1080
2615
2350
1345
3135
2685
1615
1885
3595
3020
1885
1980
3920
3360
4045
4060
4060
1165
1165
2820
2530
1455
3135
2890
1745
1980
3875
3250
1980
1980
4045
3610
4045
4060
4060
815
815
1980
1795
1020
2475
2050
1220
1425
2725
2305
1425
1630
2970
2565
3220
3465
3465
925
925
2245
2025
1160
2695
2315
1390
1620
3090
2605
1620
1705
3370
2895
3480
3495
3495
1000
1000
2425
2180
1250
2695
2490
1500
1705
3335
2800
1705
1705
3480
3110
3480
3495
3495
2-10dx112
6-10d
10-10d
2-10dx112
6-10d
10-10d
2-10dx112
6-10d
10-10d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
230
1135
1895
230
1135
1895
230
1135
1895
75
210
75
210
75
75
210
75
75
210
210
210
210
2305
2085
2680
2880
2380
3275
2880
2380
3275
1185
2305
1420
2880
1420
1660
3170
1660
1725
3455
3745
4030
4030
2615
2350
3020
3135
2685
3695
3135
2685
3695
1345
2615
1615
3135
1615
1725
3595
1725
1725
3920
4045
4060
4060
2820
2530
3250
3135
2890
3970
3135
2890
3970
1455
2820
1725
3135
1725
1725
3875
1725
1725
4045
4045
4060
4060
1980
1795
2305
2475
2050
2820
2475
2050
2820
1020
1980
1220
2475
1220
1425
2725
1425
1485
2970
3220
3465
3465
2245
2025
2605
2695
2315
3180
2695
2315
3180
1160
2245
1390
2695
1390
1485
3090
1485
1485
3370
3480
3495
3495
2425
2180
2800
2695
2490
3425
2695
2490
3425
1250
2425
1485
2695
1485
1485
3335
1485
1485
3480
3480
3495
3495
Code
Ref.
I9, F8, L12
I9
I9, F8, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F8, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F8, L12
2516 x 18
Web
Stiff Ga
Reqd
2916x 914 to 26 2916" wide joists use the same hangers as 212 " wide joists.
3 x 9 4 - 9 2
3 x 1114 - 1178
MIU3.12/9
HU210-2/HUC210-2
MIU3.12/11
HU212-2/HUC212-2
MIU3.12/11
3 x 14 - 20
3 2 x 9 2
312 x 914 - 912
312 x 1178
312 x1114 - 1178
1
312 x 14
HU212-2/HUC212-2
IUS3.56/9.5
MIU3.56/9
IUS3.56/11.88
MIU3.56/11
IUS3.56/14
MIU3.56/14
312 x 16
312 x 18
312 x 20
312 x 22 - 30
IUS3.56/16
MIU3.56/16
MIU3.56/18
MIU3.56/20
MIU3.56/20
16 318
318
14 1
3 8
16 318
318
14 1
3 8
16 318
318
14 1
3 8
18 358
16 3916
18 358
16 3916
358
18 5
3 8
16 3916
358
18 5
3 8
16 3916
16 3916
16 3916
16 3916
9116
81316
81316
1118
10916
10916
1118
10916
10916
912
81316
1178
1118
14
14
13516
16
16
15516
17516
19516
19516
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
2
212
2
212
2
2
212
2
2
212
212
212
212
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
16-16d
14-16d
18-16d
20-16d
16-16d
22-16d
20-16d
16-16d
22-16d
10-10d
16-16d
12-10d
20-16d
12-10d
14-10d
22-16d
14-10d
16-10d
24-16d
26-16d
28-16d
28-16d
I9, F8, L12

I9, F6, L12, L17
I9, F8, L12
I9, F6, L12, L17
I9, F8, L12
I9, F6, L17
I9, F8, L12
113
Model No.3
4 x 9 2
1
MIU4.12/9
HU4.12/9/HUC4.12/9
MIU4.12/11
4 x 1178 - 16
Web
Stiff Ga
Reqd
HU4.12/11/HUC4.12/11
16 418
418
14 1
4 8
16 418
418
14 1
4 8
16 418
16 418
16 4932
14 4932
16 4932
14 4932
16 4932
16 4932
H
9116
858
858
1118
10516
10516
13916
15916
9
9
1118
11
1312
1512
Min/
B Max 2
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
Min
Max
Min
Max
Allowable Loads5
Face
Joist
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
16-16d
14-16d
18-16d
20-16d
16-16d
22-16d
22-16d
24-16d
16-16d
18-16d
20-16d
22-16d
22-16d
24-16d
2-10dx112
6-10d
10-10d
2-10dx112
6-10d
10-10d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
8-10d
2-10dx112
8-10d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
210
1135
1895
210
1135
1895
210
210
210
1515
210
1515
210
210
2305
2085
2680
2880
2380
3275
3170
3455
2305
2680
2880
3275
3170
3455
2615
2350
3020
3135
2685
3695
3595
3920
2615
3020
3135
3695
3595
3920
2820
2530
3250
3135
2890
3970
3875
4045
2820
3250
3135
3970
3875
4045
1980
1795
2305
2475
2050
2820
2725
2970
1980
2305
2475
2820
2725
2970
2245
2025
2605
2695
2315
3180
3090
3370
2245
2605
2695
3180
3090
3370
2425
2180
2800
2695
2490
3425
3335
3480
2425
2800
2695
3425
3335
3480
2615
2285
3020
3135
2615
3695
3595
3020
3920
3360
4365
4045
4060
3360
4365
4060
3360
4365
2615
2350
3135
2685
3595
3020
3920
4045
4060
4060
2350
3020
2685
3695
3360
4365
2820
2465
3250
3135
2820
3970
3875
3250
4045
3610
4695
4045
4060
3610
4695
4060
3610
4695
2820
2530
3135
2890
3875
3250
4045
4045
4060
4060
2530
3250
2890
3970
3610
4695
1980
1735
2305
2475
1980
2820
2725
2305
2970
2565
3330
3220
3465
2565
3330
3465
2565
3330
1980
1795
2475
2050
2725
2305
2970
3220
3465
3465
1795
2305
2050
2820
2565
3330
2245
1965
2605
2695
2245
3180
3090
2605
3370
2895
3760
3480
3495
2895
3760
3495
2895
3760
2245
2025
2695
2315
3090
2605
3370
3480
3495
3495
2025
2605
2315
3180
2895
3760
2425
2120
2800
2695
2425
3425
3335
2800
3480
3110
4045
3480
3495
3110
4045
3495
3110
4045
2425
2180
2695
2490
3335
2800
3480
3480
3495
3495
2180
2800
2490
3425
3110
4045
418 x 14
418 x 16
412 x 912
to 20
412" wide joists use the same hangers as 458" wide joists with the following loads adjustments:
MIU and U downloads are the lesser of the table load or 2140 lbs.
418 x 912
418 x 1178
458 x 914 912

458 x1114 1178
458 x 14
458 x 16
4 8 x 18
5
458 x 20
MIU4.75/9
U3510-2
HU4.75/9/HUC4.75/9
MIU4.75/11
U3512-2
HU4.75/11/HUC4.75/11
MIU4.75/14
HU3514-2/HUC3514-2
MIU4.75/16
16
16
14
16
16
14
16
14
16
HU3516-2/HUC3516-2
14
MIU4.75/18
MIU4.75/20
16
16
HU3520-2
14
16
MIU4.75/20
458 x 22 - 30
HU3520-2
5 x 16
5 x 18
5 x 20
5 x 22 - 30
MIU5.12/9
HU310-2/HUC310-2
MIU5.12/11
HU312-2/HUC312-2
MIU5.12/14
HU314-2/HUC314-2
MIU5.12/16
MIU5.12/18
MIU5.12/20
MIU5.12/20
7 x 9 4 - 9 2
HU410-2/HUC410-2
7 x 1114 - 1178 HU412-2/HUC412-2
HU414-2/HUC414-2
5 x 914 - 912
5 x 1114 - 1178
5 x 14
7 x 14
14
16
14
16
14
16
14
16
16
16
16
434 9116
434 834
434
9
434 11116
434 1114
434 11
434 1312
434 1314
434 1512
434 1514
434 1514
434 1712
434 1912
434 1914
434 1914
434 1912
434 1914
434 1914
518 81316
518 878
518 1118
518 1058
518 13516
518 1258
518
518
518
518
718
14 1
7 8
718
14 1
7 8
718
14 1
7 8
15516
17516
19516
19516
918
918
1118
1118
1378
1378
212
2
212
212
2
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
114
Fasteners6
MIU4.12/14
MIU4.12/16
MIU4.28/9
HU4.28/9/HUC4.28/9
MIU4.28/11
HU4.28/11/HUC4.28/11
MIU4.28/14
MIU4.28/16
4 x 14
4 x 16
Dimensions
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
16-16d
14-16d
18-16d
20-16d
16-16d
22-16d
22-16d
18-16d
24-16d
20-16d
26-16d
26-16d
28-16d
20-16d
26-16d
28-16d
20-16d
26-16d
16-16d
14-16d
20-16d
16-16d
22-16d
18-16d
24-16d
26-16d
28-16d
28-16d
14-16d
18-16d
16-16d
22-16d
20-16d
26-16d
2-10dx112
6-10d
8-10d
2-10dx112
6-10d
8-10d
2-10dx112
8-10d
2-10dx112
8-10d
12-10d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
8-10d
12-10d
2-10dx112
8-10d
12-10d
2-10dx112
6-10d
2-10dx112
6-10d
2-10dx112
8-10d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
8-16d
8-16d
12-16d
210
1110
1515
210
1110
1515
210
1515
210
1515
2015
210
210
1515
2015
210
1515
2015
210
1135
210
1135
210
1515
210
210
210
210
1345
1795
1345
1795
1795
2695
2305
2015
2680
2880
2305
3275
3170
2680
3455
2975
3870
3745
4030
2975
3870
4030
2975
3870
2305
2085
2880
2380
3170
2680
3455
3745
4030
4030
2085
2680
2380
3275
2975
3870
Code
Ref.
I9, F8, L12
I9, L12
I9, F8, L12
I9, F8, L12

I9, F8
I9, F8, L12
I9
I9, F8, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17

I9, F8, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F8, L12
Actual
Joist
Size
FACE MOUNT HANGERS STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER

Actual
Joist
Size
Dimensions
Model No.3
Ga
HU1.81/5
14
134 x 714
HU7
14
HUS1.81/10
16
1 4 x 9 2
3
HU9
HUCQ1.81/9-SDS
HUS1.81/10
134 x
HU11
1114 - 1178
14
16
14
HUCQ1.81/11-SDS
HUS1.81/10
16
U14
134 x 14
HU14
14
HUCQ1.81/11-SDS
HU48/HUC48
312 x 714
312 x
914 - 912
HUS48/HUSC48
HGUS46
HHUS48
HGUS48
U410
HUS410/HUSC410
HU410/HUC410
14
12
14
12
16
14
HHUS410
HUCQ410-SDS
HGUS48
12
HGUS410
U410
16
HUS412/HUSC412
HU412/HUC412
14
3 2 x
HHUS410
1114 - 1178
HUCQ412-SDS
HGUS48
12
HGUS410
HGUS412
U414
16
HUS412/HUSC412
1
312 x 14
3 2 x 16
1
HU416/HUC416
14
HHUS410
HGUS410
HGUS412
HGUS414
HUCQ412-SDS
12
14
HU416/HUC416
14
HGUS412
HGUS414
HUCQ412-SDS
12
14
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
11316
3916
3916
3916
358
358
358
3916
3916
3916
3916
358
3916
358
358
3916
3916
3916
3916
358
3916
358
358
358
3916
3916
3916
3916
358
358
358
358
3916
3916
3916
358
358
3916
538
538
61116
61116
878
9516
9516
9
878
11116
11116
11
878
1014
131116
131116
11
61316
61316
61516
4716
718
7116
838
81516
858
858
9
9
7116
9116
838
1012
10516
10516
9
11
7116
9116
10716
10
1012
1358
1358
9
9116
10716
12716
11
1358
1358
10716
12716
11
212
212
212
212
3
212
212
3
3
212
212
3
3
2
212
212
3
212
212
2
4
3
4
2
2
212
212
3
3
4
4
2
2
212
212
3
3
4
4
4
2
2
212
212
3
4
4
4
3
212
212
4
4
3
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Min
Max
Allowable Loads4
Face
Joist
12-16d
16-16d
12-16d
16-16d
30-16d
18-16d
24-16d
8-SDS 14"x134"
30-16d
22-16d
30-16d
10-SDS 14"x134"
30-16d
14-16d
28-16d
36-16d
10-SDS 14"x134"
10-16d
14-16d
6-16d
20-16d
22-16d
36-16d
14-16d
8-16d
14-16d
18-16d
30-16d
12-SDS 14"x212"
36-16d
46-16d
14-16d
10-16d
16-16d
22-16d
30-16d
14-SDS 14"x212"
36-16d
46-16d
56-16d
16-16d
10-16d
20-16d
26-16d
30-16d
46-16d
56-16d
66-16d
14-SDS 14"x212"
20-16d
26-16d
56-16d
66-16d
14-SDS 14"x212"
4-10dx112
6-10dx112
4-10dx112
8-10dx112
10-16d
6-10dx112
10-10dx112
4-SDS 14"x134"
10-16d
6-10dx112
10-10dx112
4-SDS 14"x134"
10-16d
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
14-10dx112
4-SDS 14"x134"
4-10d
6-10d
6-16d
8-16d
8-16d
12-16d
6-10d
8-16d
6-10d
10-10d
10-16d
6-SDS 14"x212"
12-16d
16-16d
6-10d
10-16d
6-10d
10-10d
10-16d
6-SDS 14"x212"
12-16d
16-16d
20-16d
6-10d
10-16d
8-10d
12-10d
10-16d
16-16d
20-16d
22-16d
6-SDS 14"x212"
8-10d
12-10d
20-16d
22-16d
6-SDS 14"x212"
1. Uplift loads based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or
earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads
govern. For SPF/HF, use 0.86 x DF/SP Uplift Load for products requiring nails
and 0.72 x DF/SP Uplift Load for products requiring screws.
Uplift Floor Snow Roof

(160) (100) (115) (125)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
610
915
610
1515
3000
915
1895
1505
3000
915
1895
1505
3000
1110
1515
2015
1505
760
1135
1550
2155
2000
3235
1110
2990
1135
1895
3735
2510
3235
4095
1110
3635
1135
1895
3735
2510
3235
4095
5045
1110
3635
1515
2015
3735
4095
5045
5515
2510
1515
2015
5045
5515
2510
1540
2050
1540
2050
4705
2305
3075
1440
4705
2820
3845
1800
4705
1735
3590
4615
1800
1280
1795
1365
3750
3615
6415
1735
1820
1795
2305
4835
3370
6415
7825
1735
2275
2050
2820
4835
3930
6415
7825
8255
1980
2275
2565
3330
4835
7825
8255
8685
3930
2565
3330
8255
8685
3930
1735
2315
1735
2315
5105
2605
3470
1655
5105
3180
4340
2070
5105
1965
4050
5000
2070
1445
2025
1555
4200
4095
6415
1965
2070
2025
2605
5480
3570
6415
7825
1965
2590
2315
3180
5480
4000
6415
7825
8255
2245
2590
2895
3760
5480
7825
8255
8685
4000
2895
3760
8255
8685
4000
1865
2490
1865
2490
5195
2800
3735
1800
5195
3425
4600
2250
5195
2120
4335
5130
2250
1555
2180
1680
4500
4415
6415
2120
2240
2180
2800
5910
3570
6415
7825
2120
2795
2490
3425
5910
4000
6415
7825
8255
2425
2795
3110
4045
5910
7825
8255
8685
4000
3110
4045
8255
8685
4000
1785
2380
1785
2380
5135
2680
3570
2000
5135
3275
4465
2500
5135
2015
4165
5055
2500
1490
2085
1595
4360
4210
7460
2015
2125
2085
2680
5635
4680
7460
9100
2015
2660
2380
3275
5635
5460
7460
9100
9600
2305
2660
2975
3870
5635
9100
9600
10100
5460
2975
3870
9600
10100
5460
2015
2685
2015
2685
5295
3020
4030
2300
5295
3695
4705
2875
5295
2285
4420
5275
2875
1680
2350
1815
4885
4770
7460
2285
2420
2350
3020
6380
4955
7460
9100
2285
3025
2685
3695
6380
5560
7460
9100
9600
2615
3025
3360
4365
6380
9100
9600
10100
5560
3360
4365
9600
10100
5560
2165
2890
2165
2890
5400
3250
4335
2500
5400
3970
4810
3125
5400
2465
4505
5420
3125
1805
2530
1960
5230
5140
7460
2465
2615
2530
3250
6880
4955
7460
9100
2465
3265
2890
3970
6880
5560
7460
9100
9600
2820
3265
3610
4695
6880
9100
9600
10100
5560
3610
4695
9600
10100
5560
Code
Ref.
I9, L12, F8
I9, F8, L12
I9, F23
I9, F8, L12
I9, F23, L12
I9, F23
I9, L12, F8
I9, F23, L12
I9, F23
I9, F8, L12
I9, F23
I9, L17, F6, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23, L17
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23, L17
134 x 512
Fasteners5
Min/
Max 2
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23,
L12, L17
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17

I9, F23, L12

115
FACE MOUNT HANGERS STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER
312 x 18
Dimensions
Model No.3
Ga
HU416/HUC416
14
HGUS412
HGUS414
5 4 x 7 4
1
12
HUCQ412-SDS
14
HU68/HUC68
14
HGUS5.50/8
12
HU610/HUC610
514 x
914 - 912
HHUS5.50/10
14
HUCQ610-SDS
HGUS5.50/10
12
HU612/HUC612
5 4 x
HHUS5.50/10
1114 - 1178
HUCQ612-SDS
1
HGUS5.50/12
14
12
HU616/HUC616
5 4 x 14
1
HHUS5.50/10
14
HUCQ612-SDS
HGUS5.50/14
12
HU616/HUC616
514 x 16
HHUS5.50/10
14
HUCQ612-SDS
HGUS5.50/14
12
HU616/HUC616
5 4 x 18
1
HHUS5.50/10
14
HUCQ612-SDS
7x
9 4 - 912
1
Joist
3916
1358
212 Min
20-16d
8-10d
1515
2975
3360
3916
1358
212 Max
26-16d
12-10d
2015
3870
4365
9600
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
3610
2565
2895
3110
4695
3330
3760
4045
358
10716
56-16d
20-16d
5045
9600
9600
8255
8255
8255
358
12716
66-16d
22-16d
5515
10100 10100 10100
8685
8685
8685
3916
11
14-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212"
2510
5460
3930
4000
4000
512
51316
212 Min
10-16d
4-16d
900
1490
1680
1805
1280
1445
1555
5 2
5 16
212 Max
14-16d
6-16d
1345
2085
2350
2530
1795
2025
2180
512
61516
36-16d
12-16d
3235
7460
7460
7460
6415
6415
6415
5 2
758
212 Min
14-16d
6-16d
1345
2085
2350
2530
1795
2025
2180
512
758
212 Max
18-16d
8-16d
1795
2680
3020
3250
2305
2605
2800
30-16d
10-16d
5910
13
5560
5560
512
3735
5635
6380
6880
4835
5480
512
12-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212"
2520
4680
5380
5715
3370
3875
4115
512
81516
7825
7825
512
938
5 2
9 8
46-16d
16-16d
4095
9100
9100
9100
7825
212 Min
16-16d
6-16d
1345
2380
2685
2890
2050
2315
2490
212 Max
22-16d
8-16d
1795
3275
3695
3970
2820
3180
3425
30-16d
10-16d
512
3735
5635
6380
6880
4835
5480
5910
512
11
14-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212"
2520
5315
5315
5315
3825
3825
3825
512
1012
5045
9600
9600
9600
8255
8255
8255
512
121116 212 Min
20-16d
8-16d
1795
2975
3360
3610
2565
2895
3110
512
121116 212 Max
26-16d
12-16d
2695
3870
4365
4695
3330
3760
4045
30-16d
10-16d
56-16d
20-16d
5 2
3735
5635
6380
6880
4835
5480
5910
512
11
14-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212"
2520
5315
5315
5315
3825
3825
3825
512
1212
5515
10100 10100 10100
8685
8685
8685
512
121116 212 Min
20-16d
8-16d
1795
2975
3360
3610
2565
2895
3110
5 2
121116 212 Max
26-16d
12-16d
2695
3870
4365
4695
3330
3760
4045
30-16d
10-16d
66-16d
22-16d
512
3735
5635
6380
6880
4835
5480
5910
512
11
14-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212"
2520
5315
5315
5315
3825
3825
3825
512
1212
5515
10100 10100 10100
8685
8685
8685
512
121116 212 Min
20-16d
8-16d
1795
2975
3360
3610
2565
2895
3110
512
121116 212 Max
26-16d
12-16d
2695
3870
4365
4695
3330
3760
4045
30-16d
10-16d
66-16d
22-16d
5 2
3735
5635
6380
6880
4835
5480
5910
512
11
14-SDS 14"x212" 6-SDS 14"x212"
2520
5315
5315
5315
3825
3825
3825
512
1212
66-16d
22-16d
5515
10100 10100 10100
8685
8685
8685
718
918
212 Min
14-16d
6-16d
1345
2085
2350
2530
1795
2025
2180
14
718
918
212 Max
18-16d
8-16d
1795
2680
3020
3250
2305
2605
2800
714
3516
30-16d
10-16d
3735
5635
6380
6880
4835
5480
5910
12
714
858
46-16d
16-16d
4095
9100
9100
9100
7825
7825
7825
7 8
11 8
2 2 Min
16-16d
6-16d
1345
2380
2685
2890
2050
2315
2490
718
1118
212 Max
22-16d
8-16d
1795
3275
3695
3970
2820
3180
3425
714
3516
30-16d
10-16d
3735
5635
6380
6880
4835
5480
5910
7 4
10 8
56-16d
20-16d
5045
9600
9600
9600
8255
8255
8255
718
1378
212 Min
20-16d
8-16d
1795
2975
3360
3610
2565
2895
3110
718
1378
212 Max
26-16d
12-16d
2695
3870
4365
4695
3330
3760
4045
714
3516
30-16d
10-16d
3735
5635
6380
6880
4835
5480
5910
714
1258
66-16d
22-16d
5515
10100 10100 10100
8685
8685
8685
7 8
13 8
2 2 Min
20-16d
8-16d
1795
2975
3360
3610
2565
2895
3110
718
1378
212 Max
26-16d
12-16d
2695
3870
4365
4695
3330
3760
4045
714
3516
30-16d
10-16d
3735
5635
6380
6880
4835
5480
5910
7 4
12 16
66-16d
22-16d
5515
10100 10100 10100
8685
8685
8685
718
1378
212 Min
20-16d
8-16d
1795
2975
3360
3610
2565
2895
3110
718
1378
212 Max
26-16d
12-16d
2695
3870
4365
4695
3330
3760
4045
714
3516
30-16d
10-16d
3735
5635
6380
6880
4835
5480
5910
714
12716
66-16d
22-16d
5515
10100 10100 10100
8685
8685
8685
HHUS7.25/10
HGUS7.25/12
12
HU414-2/
HUC414-2
14
HHUS7.25/10
HGUS7.25/14
HU414-2/
HUC414-2
12
14
HHUS7.25/10
HGUS7.25/14
12
HU414-2/
HUC414-2
14
HHUS7.25/10
HGUS7.25/14
12
4
1
4
1
7 x 14 to 30 For additional hangers see HGU/HHGU on page 224.

116
Face
HU410-2/
HUC410-2
14
7 x 18
Min/
Max 2
12
HU412-2/
HUC412-2
7x
1114 - 1178 HHUS7.25/10
7 x 16
Allowable Loads4
HGUS5.50/14
HGUS7.25/10
7 x 14
Fasteners5
Code
Ref.
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23, L12
I9, L12, F6
I9
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17
I9, F23, L12
I9, F8, L12, L17

I9, F23, L12
I9, L12, F8
I9, F23, L12
I9, L12, F8
I9, F23, L12
I9, L12, F8
I9, F23, L12
I9, L12, F8
I9, F23, L12
Actual
Joist
Size
THAI I-Joist & Structural Composite Lumber Hangers

Designed for I-joists, the THAI has extra long straps and can be field-formed to give height
adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. Positive angle nailing helps eliminate splitting of
the I-joists bottom flange.
MATERIAL: THAI-214 gauge; all others18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION: Factory-order the THAI-2 for hanger width needed. See table for allowable widths.
Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the fasteners specified in the table.
Web stiffeners are required for all I-joists used with these hangers.
When a total of 20 face nails are used in THAI straps, or 30 face nails are used in THAI-2
straps, the maximum load-carrying capacity is achieved.
Reduce load given by allowable nail shear capacity for each nail less than maximum.
A minimum nailing configuration is shown for top nailing installations. The strap must be
field-formed over the top of the header by a minimum of 212".
UpliftLowest face nails must be filled to achieve uplift loads.
Hanger Dimensions
W1
H
C
THAI222
1916
2278
938
THAI1.81/22
11316
2234
914
THAI2.06/22
2116
2258
918
THAI2.1/22
218
22916
918
5
1
THAI3522
2 16
22 2
9
THAI322
2916
2238
878
THAI422
3916
2178
838
1
5
11
THAI-2
3 8 to 5 16
21 16
81316
Model
No.
I8,
L15,
F7
THAI Minimum
THAI Maximum
THAI-2 Minimum
THAI-2 Maximum
Top
Face
Joist
Uplift
(160)
4-10dx112
4-10d
4-10d
2-10dx112
2-10d
20-10d
2-10d
30-10d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
215
215
Do not nail
within 14"
of multiple
ply seam.
1. The W
dimension
should be
ordered
at 116" to 18"
greater than
the joist width.
Fasteners
Nailing
Options
Min. of 212"
of Top Flange
Material for
Min. Nailing
Conguration
Code
Ref.
Typical THAI
Installation
with Minimum
Nailing
Configuration
Allowable Loads
DF/SP Header
LVL Header
SPF/HF Header
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
1400
1715
2200
2020
3390
1400
1715
2200
2020
3900
1400
1715
2200
2020
4135
1400
1835
2200
2020
3390
1400
1835
2200
2020
3900
1400
1835
2200
2020
4135
1060
1590
1920
2020
2940
1060
1590
2200
2020
3310
1060
1590
2200
2020
3310
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or
earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads
govern. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load.
2. The minimum header depth to achieve the maximum nail configuration is 16".
Joist Dimensions
Width
Depth
112
914 - 14"
134
914 - 14"
2
914 - 14"
2116
914 - 14"
214 to 2516
914 - 14"
212
914 - 14"
312
914 - 14"
1
3 to 5 4
914 - 14"
THAI
(THAI-2 similar)
3. For the THAI3522 supporting a 214" joist, the download shall be the lesser
of the table load or 1400 lbs.
See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information
LGU/MGU/HGU/HHGU High-Capacity Girder Hangers

The GU hangers are a high-capacity girder hangers designed for situations where the
header and joist are flush at top. This part can be used for retrofit on the framing members
after they are temporarily placed in position. It uses Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws to make installation fast and easy, with no pre-drilling required.
MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized, HHGUSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint
Install with 14"x212" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws, which
are provided with the GUs. (Note: lag screws will not achieve the same loads.)
Multiple member headers may require additional fasteners at the hanger locations.
The quantity and location of the additional fasteners must be determined by the Designer.
OPTIONS: Hot-dip galvanized available. Order as X version, specify HDG.
Other seat widths available. Order as X version, specify width.
See Hanger Options, pages 233-243, for one flange concealed option.

MGU with W 4" or less and HGU with W 41116" or less cannot be concealed.
LGU, MGU and HGU hangers may be skewed up to 45. See page 243.
HHGU
(LGU, MGU,
HGU similar)
Typical HHGU
Installation
Actual
Carried
Beam
Width
312
312
312
514
514
514
7
7
Dimensions
Model
No.
Ga
LGU3.63-SDS
10
MGU3.63-SDS 10
HGU3.63-SDS
7
MGU5.50-SDS 10
HGU5.50-SDS
7
HHGU5.50-SDS 3
HGU7.25-SDS
7
HHGU7.25-SDS 3
Fasteners
H
(min)
ha3
Face
Joist
358
358
358
512
512
512
714
714
8
914
11
914
11
13
11
13
412
412
514
412
514
514
514
514
738
858
1038
858
1038
1238
1038
1238
314
4
41116
4
41116
41116
41116
41116
16-SDS 14"x212"
24-SDS 14"x212"
36-SDS 14"x212"
24-SDS 14"x212"
36-SDS 14"x212"
44-SDS 14"x212"
36-SDS 14"x212"
44-SDS 14"x212"
12-SDS 14"x212"
16-SDS 14"x212"
24-SDS 14"x212"
16-SDS 14"x212"
24-SDS 14"x212"
28-SDS 14"x212"
24-SDS 14"x212"
28-SDS 14"x212"
1. Uplift loads have been increased for earthquake and wind loading, with no further increase allowed.
2. Specify H dimension. Maximum H = 30".
Uplift
160
5555
7260
9895
7260
9895
14550
9895
14550
Allowable Loads
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Download
Uplift
Download
100/115/125
160
100/115/125
6720
4000
4840
9450
5225
6805
14145
7125
10185
9450
5225
6805
14145
7125
10185
17845
10475
12850
14145
7125
10185
17845
10475
12850
3. Header height must be at least as tall as flange height (ha).
Code
Ref.
I9,
F23,
L12
117
TOP FLANGE HANGERS ITS/MIT/HIT Engineered Wood Products Hangers

Funnel Flange
2"
Supports 118" to 112"

thick anges
ITS
U.S.
Patents
6,523,321
and
6,250,827
Typical ITS
Installed on LVL
The Strong-Grip seat

secures I-joists in position
without joist nails
212"
nal
Optioil
Na ns
io
t
Loca
MIT
Typical MIT Installed

on a Double LVL
3"
T
(3" MF
ax.)
Optional
Joist Nail
Location
for Uplift
HIT
118
HIT Installation
on a 3x Nailer mounted
on a Steel Beam
(ITS, MIT similar)

Simpson Strong-Tie offers a dedicated range of top flange
I-joist hangers that meet the unique needs of I-joists while offering superior
performance and ease of installation.
ITS
The innovative ITS sets the standard for engineered wood top
flange hangers. The ITS installs faster and uses fewer nails than any other
EWP top flange hanger. The new Strong-Grip seat and Funnel Flange
features allow standard joist installation without requiring joist nails
resulting in the lowest installed cost. The Strong-Grip seat firmly
secures I-joists with flange thicknesses from 118" to 112".
MIT/HIT - Positive Angle Nailing (PAN)
PAN is specifically designed for I-joists when used with the MIT or HIT.
With PAN, the nail hole material is not removed, but is formed to channel
and confine the path of the nail at approximately 45. PAN minimizes
splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a better
angle. See Top Flange tables on pages 124-132.
Refer to Joist Manufacturers literature or appropriate Simpson
Strong-Tie Connector Selection Guide for actual joist sizes.
MATERIAL: ITS18 gauge; MIT, HIT16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:

Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header
can take the required fasteners specified in the table.

See product specific installation drawings on pages 108-109.

ITSno joist nailing required for standard I-joist installation
without web stiffeners. When supporting I-joists with web
stiffeners or rectangular SCL member 2-10dx112" must be
installed into optional triangle joist nail holes for standard
installation values.

ITSoptional triangle nail holes may be used for additional
load. See allowable load tables. Refer to technical bulletin
T-OPTUPLIFT for additional options.

MIToptional triangle nail holes may be used for increased
uplift capacity. See Optional Nailing For Increased Uplift table.

HITclosed PAN nail holes may be used for increased
uplift capacity. See Optional Nailing For Increased Uplift table.
For sloped joists up to 14:12 there is no reduction, between
1
4:12 and up to 12:12, tests show a 10% reduction in ultimate
hanger strength. Local crushing of the bottom flange or excessive
deflection may be limiting; check with joist manufacturer for
specific limitations on bearing of this type.
ALLOWABLE LOADS:

The ITS, MIT and HIT hangers have locations for optional nails
if additional uplift is needed. Optional uplift nailing requires the
addition of properly-secured web stiffeners. See the load tables
for minimum required fasteners and allowable uplift loads.
OPTIONS:

Because these hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be
modified. However these models will normally accommodate a
skew of up to 5.
2"
1716"
TOP FLANGE HANGERS ITS/MIT/HIT Engineered Wood Products Hangers

ITS INSTALLATION SEQUENCE
POSITIVE ANGLE
NAILING
STEP 3
Firmly push or snap I-joist
fully into the seat of the ITS.
Correct Nailing
Approx. 45o angle
IT SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADER APPLICATIONS

Fasteners
Model
ITS Series10
(Standard
Installation)
ITS Series7,10
(Alternate
Installation)
MIT Series10
HIT Series
Top
Face
Joist
Uplift 2,3
(160)
4-10dx112
4-10d
4-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-10dx112
4-10d
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-10dx112
4-10d
4-16d
6-16d
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
105
105
105
105
105
630
630
215
215
215
315
LVL
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/HF
DF/SCL5
I-Joist
SPF/HF
I-Joist
1395
1550
1785
1735
1785
1735
1785
2035
2335
2550
2550
1245
1365
1735
1595
1735
1595
1735
1500
2000
2140
2220
1625
1780
1905
1885
1905
1885
1905
1605
1605
2115
2500
1440
1520
1635
1955
1955
1955
1955
2035
2245
2305
2875
1140
1150
1225
1230
1490
1230
1490
1115
1665
1665
2000
1085
1230
940
885

2. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake
loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. For SPF/HF
use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load.
3. ITS uplift loads are valid for all lumber species and need not be reduced for
duration of load.
4. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made
primarily from Spruce Pine Fir or similar less dense veneers, use the values found in
the SPF/HF column.
5. DF I-joists include flanges made from solid sawn Douglas Fir, LVL made primarily
of Douglas Fir/Southern Pine, or LSL. For flanges with thicknesses from 1516 to 138,
use 0.85 of the I-joist header load. For flanges with thicknesses from 118 to 114,
use 0.75 of the I-joist header load.
NAILER TABLE
This table indicates various allowable loads for ITS/MIT/HIT hangers
used on wood nailers. The header nail type must be substituted for those
listed in other tables. See technical bulletin T-NAILERUPLFT for other
uplift values and options.
Model
ITS
Series
MIT
Series
HIT
Series
Nailer
Top Flange
Nailing
Joist
Nailing
Uplift2
(160)
2x
2x
2-2x
2-2x
3x
3x
4x
4x
2x
2-2x
3x
4x
2-2x
3x
4x
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10d
8-10d
6-16dx212
8-16dx212
6-16d
8-16d
6-10dx112
8-10d
8-16dx212
8-16d
10-10d
10-16dx212
10-16d
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
105
355
105
630
105
630
105
630
215
215
215
215
315
315
315
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP members only. See technical bulletin
T-NAILERUPLFT for SPF/HF values.
SPF/HF
1260
1260
1220
1530
1440
1255
I19, L14, F18
170
I19, L14, F18
6. SCL (structural composite lumber) is LVL, LSL, and Parallam PSL.

7. Web stiffeners required for the ITS Alternate Installation when installing
optional joist nails for additional uplift load.
8. Code Values are based on DF/SP header species.
9. I-joists with flanges less than 1516" thick used in combination with hangers
thinner than 14 gauge may deflect an additional 132 inch beyond the standard
18" limit.
10. For 214" and 2716" wide joists, see tables on page 125 for allowable loads.
Parallam is a registered trademark of Weyerhaeuser.
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 16dx212 = 0.162" dia. x 212" long,
10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.
OPTIONAL NAILING FOR INCREASED UPLIFT
Allowable Loads
DF/SP
1260
1260
1220
1745
1500
1540
1525
1905
1475
1630
1975
2250
2595
2835
2875
Code
Ref.
STEP 2
Slide the I-joist downward into the ITS
until it rests above the Strong-Grip seat.
STEP 1
Attach the ITS
to the header
Top
4-10dx112
ITS
MIT
HIT
Allowable Uplift
Loads
Fasteners
Model
Face
4-10dx112
Joist
4-10dx112
(160)
630
4-10d
4-10d
4-10dx112
630
4-16d
4-16d
4-10dx112
630
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
575
4-16d
4-16d
4-10dx112
575
4-16d
6-16d
4-10dx112
575
4-16dx212
6-16dx212
4-10dx112
575
4-16d
6-16d
6-10dx112
850
1. Loads are based on Doug Fir, and have been increased for wind or earthquake
2. Web stiffeners are required on I-joist for additional nailing.
119
TOP FLANGE HANGERS LBV/BA/B/HB I-Joist & Structural Composite Lumber Hangers
The BA hanger is a cost effective hanger targeted at high capacity
I-joists and common Structural Composite Lumber applications. A
min/max joist nail option gives dual use of this hanger. Minimum values featuring
positive angle nailing are targeted at I-joist without web stiffeners requirement and the
maximum nailing generates higher loads to support structural composite lumber. The
unique two level embossment provides added stiffness to the top flange.
The newly improved LBV, B and HB hangers offer wide versatility for I-joists and
structural composite lumber. The enhanced load capacity widens the range of applications
for these hangers. The LBVstill features positive angle nailing and does not require
the use of web stiffeners for standard non modified I-joist installations.
See Top Flange tables on pages 124-132. See Hanger Options on pages 233-243
FINISH: LBV, B, BA and HBGalvanized; all saddle hangers and all welded sloped

and special hangersSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint. LBV, B, BA and HB may

be ordered hot-dip galvanized; specify HDG.
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes and nailer table.
LBV, B, BA and HB may be used for weld-on applications. Weld size to match
material thickness (approximate thickness shown). The minimum required weld
to the top flanges is 18" x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for
14 and 12 gauge and 316" x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for
7 gauge and 10 gauge. Distribute the weld equally on both top flanges. Welding
cancels the top and face nailing requirements. Consult the code for special
considerations when welding galvanized steel. The area should be well-ventilated,
see page 17 for weld information. Weld on applications produce the maximum
allowable down load listed. For uplift loads refer to technical bulletin T-WELDUPLFT.
LBV hangers do not require the use of web stiffeners for non-sloped or
non-skewed applications.
B and HB hangers require the use of web stiffeners. BA MIN nailing does not
require web stiffeners. BA MAX nailing requires the use of web stiffeners.
Ledgers must be evaluated for each application separately. Check TF
dimension, nail length and nail location on ledger.
Refer to technical bulletin T-SLOPEJST for information regarding load reductions
on selected hangers which can be used without modification to support joists
which have shallow slopes ( 34:12).
OPTIONS: LBV, B and HB
Other widths are available; specify W dimension (the minimum W dimension is 1916").
The coating on special B hangers will depend on the manufacturing process
used. Check with your Simpson Strong-Tie representative for details.
Hot-dip galvanized available: specify HDG.
Refer to technical bulletin T-BSERIES for the complete line of LBV, BA, B and
HB hangers, including models not shown here, their available modification
combinations and their associated reduction factors.
Modified hangers have reduced loads, see Hanger Options, pages 233-243.
Model
Nailer
No.
2x
2-2x
LBV
3x
4x
2x
2-2x
BA
3x
4x
2-2x
B
3x
4x
HB
4x
Top Flange Uplift1 Allowable Loads

Nailing
(160) DF/SP SPF/HF
10-10dx112 265
2280
2085
10-10d
265
1955
1530
10-16dx212 265
2490
10-16d
265
2590
10-10dx112 265
2220
1755
14-10d
265
2695
2235
14-16dx212 265
3230
14-16d
265
3230
14-10d
710
3615
2770
14-16dx212 825
3725
14-16d
825
3800
22-16d
1550 5500
NAILER TABLE
The table indicates the maximum
allowable loads for LBV, BA, B
and HB hangers used on wood
nailers. Nailers are wood members
attached to the top of a steel
I-beam, concrete or masonry wall.
Face
Joist
6-10dx112 4-10dx112 2-10dx112

6-10d
4-10d
2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
6-10dx112 4-10dx112 6-10dx112
LBV
6-10d
4-10d
6-10dx112
(Max)
6-16d
4-16d
6-10dx112
6-10dx112 10-10dx112 2-10dx112
BA
6-10d
10-10d
2-10dx112
(Min)
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
6-10d
10-10d
8-10dx112
BA
(Max)
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
6-10d
8-10d
6-10dx112
2
B
6-16d
8-16d
6-16dx212
HB2
6-16d
16-16d
10-16dx212
LBV
(Min)
120
Top
LVL8
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
2295
2295
2910
2295
2295
2910
3230
4015
3555
4715
3555
4135
5815
2610
2610
2885
2610
2610
2885
3630
3705
3630
4320
3195
3355
5640
2270
2645
3190
2270
2645
3190
4005
4005
4120
4500
3640
4500
6395
1790
2310
2590
1790
2310
2590
3080
3435
3625
3800
3625
3800
5650
Typical Double LBV

Hanger Installation
LBV features positive

angle nailing, no web
stiffeners are required
BA, B, HB and
LBV are acceptable
for nailer applications
(BA shown on 2x nailer)
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long,
16dx212 = 0.162" dia. x 212" long,
10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.
See pages 22-23 for other
nail sizes and information.

Uplift3
(160)
265
265
265
635
785
895
265
265
1170
1170
990
1010
2610
BA
U.S. Patent 7,334,372
Nailer attachment
per Designer
1. Uplift values are for DF/SP members

only. LBV and BA hangers resist
more uplift when web stiffeners are
used. Refer to technical bulletin
T-NAILERUPLFT for additional information.
2. See page 239 for reductions on modified hangers on nailers.
3. B hangers require 6-10dx112 joist nails to achieve published
loads. For joist members 212" or wider, 16dx212" joist nails
should be installed for additional uplift loads on the 3x and
4x nailer applications of 970 lbs. and 1010 lbs., respectively.
Fasteners
(B Similar)
BA Installed LVL
to LVL Max Nailing
B SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADER APPLICATIONS

Model
Series
HB
LBV
I-Joist 9
SPF/
HF DF/SCL SPF/HF
1835 1495
1340
2060
2060
1835 1495
1350
2060
2060
1495
1495
2425
2665
2465
2665
2190
2650
3820
Code
Ref.
I19,
L14,
F21
BA, B, HB and LBV are

acceptable for weld-on
applications (LBV shown).
See Installation Information.
1. This table assumes joists with Fc = 750 psi. For other

joists, check that bearing and joist nails are adequate.
2. Loads for Bs and HBs assume a joist width of
212" or greater.
3. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been
increased for wind or earthquake loading with no
further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads
govern. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load.
4. Loads may not be increased for short term loading.
5. Web stiffeners required when more than two joist
nails are used.
6. SCL (structural composite lumber) is LVL(laminated
veneer lumber), LSL (laminated strand lumber), and
Parallam PSL.
7. Code values are based on DF/SP header species.
8. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas
Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made primarily from
Spruce-Pine-Fir or similar less dense veneers, use
the values found in the SPF/HF column.
9. DF I-joists include flanges made from solid sawn
Douglas Fir, LVL made primarily of Douglas Fir/
Southern Pine, or LSL. For flanges with thicknesses
from 1516 to 138, use 0.85 of the I-joist header
load. For flanges with thicknesses from 118 to 114 ,
use 0.75 of the I-joist header load.
Parallam is registered trademark of Weyerhaeuser.

I-Joist & Structural

Composite Lumber Hangers
TOP FLANGE HANGERS W/WP/WPU/WM/WMU/HW/HWU
WP
WPU
HW
HWU
2x
2-2x
3x
4x
2x
2-2x
3x
4x
2-2x
3x
4x
2-2x
3x
4x
2-2x
3x
4x
Top
Uplift1 Allowable Loads
Flange
Nailing (160) DF/SP SPF/HF
2-10dx112
1600
1600
2-10d
1665
1
2-16dx2 2
1765
2-10d
2200
2-10dx112
2525
2500
2-10d
3255
3255
2-16dx212
3000
2510
2-10d
3255
3255
7-10d
710 3255
7-16dx212 970
3000
7-16d
1095 3255
4-10d
4860
4-16dx212
4845
4-16d
5285
1
8-16dx2 2 710
5430
1
8-16dx2 2 970
5430
8-16d
1160 5430
3 Ga.
Top
Flange
2516"
7" - 8"
12 Ga.
Top Flange
2516"
334"
234"
7 Ga.
Top Flange
WPU
WM
HW/HWI
(WMU similar)
(HWU similar)
212"
1 "
6 2
7 Ga.
Top
Flange
214"
12 Ga.
Top
Flange
NAILER TABLE
The table indicates the maximum
allowable loads for W, WP and
HW hangers used on wood
nailers. Nailers are wood
members attached to the top
of a steel I-beam, concrete
or masonry wall.
W/WI
SIMPSON
Strong-Tie
Model Nailer
8"
1. Uplift values for the WPU and

HWU hangers are for depths 18"
and are for DF/SP values only.
Refer to uplift values in table
below for taller depths.
2. Attachment of nailer to
supporting member is the
responsibility of the Designer.
Typical WM
Installation
WP/
WPI
Correct Nailer Attachment
The W, WP, WPU, HWU and HW series are designed to hang joists, purlins or
beams. WM and WMU hangers are designed for use on standard 8" grouted masonry
block wall construction. Some models have an I in the model number which
indicates a size specific for an I-Joist and have the same properties and
modifications as the standard series.
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; HDG available. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. WMtwo 16d duplex nails must

be installed into the top flange and embedded into the grouted wall. Verify

that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
Hangers may be welded to steel headers with 18" for W, 316" for WP, WPU, and
1
4" for HW, HWU by 112" fillet welds located at each end of the top flange, see
page 17 for weld information. Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable
load listed. For uplift loads refer to technical bulletin T-WELDUPLFT (WPU and
HWU hangers only).
Hangers can support multi-ply carried members; the individual members must
be secured together to work as a single unit before installation into the hanger.
Hangers can support joists sloped up to 14:12 using table loads.
For joists sloping between 14:12 and 34:12 use 85% of the table loads.
Web stiffeners are required for standard joist nailing configuration with these hangers.
WM/WMU MID-WALL INSTALLATION: Installed between blocks with duplex nails
cast into grout with a minimum of one grouted course above and below the top
flange grouted and one #5 vertical rebar minimum 24" long in each adjacent cell.
WM/WMU TOP-OF-WALL INSTALLATION: Install on top of wall to a grouted
beam with Titen masonry screws.
OPTIONS: See Hanger Options, pages 233-243 for hanger modifications and

associated load reductions.
Some model
configurations
may differ
from those
shown. Contact
Simpson
Strong-Tie
for details.
W SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADER APPLICATIONS

Joist
Model
W
WM
WMU
WP
WPU
HW
HWU
Fasteners
Width
Depth
Top
Face
Joist
Uplift
(160)
112 to 4
112 to 4
112 to 4
112 to 4
112 to 4
112 to 712
112 to 712
112 to 718
112 to 718
112 to 718
112 to 512
112 to 512
112 to 712
112 to 712
134 to 312
134 to 312
134 to 312
412 to 7
412 to 7
412 to 7
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
9 to 28
9 to 28
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
714 to 18
1812 to 28
312 to 32
312 to 32
9 to 18
1812 to 28
2812 to 32
9 to 18
1812 to 28
2812 to 32
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16d
2-16d DPLX
2-14x134" Titens
2-16d DPLX
2-14x134" Titens
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16d
3-16d
3-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-14x134" Titens
4-14x134" Titens
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
625
545
1095
390
1160
965
985
1160
965
985
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased 60% for wind
or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. For normal loading
applications such as cantilever construction refer to Simpson Strong-Tie
Connector Selector software or conservatively divide the uplift load by 1.6.
For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load.
2. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas Fir or Southern Pine.
For LVL made primarily from Spruce Pine Fir or similar less dense veneers,
use the values found in the SPF/HF column.
PSL
1635
2150
2335
1740
1600 1415
2020
2200 1435
1950 2335 1765 1435
TOP-OF-WALL INSTALLATION
TOP-OF-WALL INSTALLATION
3250
2500 2000
3250 3650 3255 2525
3320 3650 3255 2600
4880 3650 4165 4165
4880 3650 4165 4165
4000
5285 3100
4000 4500 5285 3665
5500 5535 6335 5415
5500 5535 6335 5415
5500 5535 6335 5415
5500 5535 6000 5415
5500 5535 6000 5415
5500 5535 6000 5415
2865
2525
3635
4700
4700
3100
5100
6335
6335
6335
6000
6000
6000
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/
HF
LVL4
I-Joist Masonry5
2030
4175
3380
4175
3380
Code
Ref.
170
I19, L14, F18
L16
170
I19, L14, F18
3. WP quantity of nail holes in top flange varies.

4. Top Flange Hangers on the following pages with I in the model name (e.g. HWI) use the same
design information in the above tables for the models without the I in the name (e.g. HW).
5. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi. See Installation Notes on page 173.
6. For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load.
7. NAILS: 16d and 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
121
GLTV/HGLTV
Heavy Duty Hangers
GLTV and HGLTV hangers are designed for structural composite lumber
header applications that require high loads. The top flange nails are sized
and specifically located to prevent degradation of the header due to splitting
of laminations.
For heavy loads with a face-mount application, see the HGUS and GU series.
MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge; Stirrups7 gauge
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; HDG available. Contact

Simpson Strong-Tie.
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header

can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
This series may be used for weld-on applications. Minimum required
weld is a 316" x 212" fillet weld at each end of the top flange for GLTV,
and a 14" x 212" fillet weld at each end of the top flange for HGLTV,
see page 17 for weld information. Weld-on applications produce
maximum loads listed. For uplift loads refer to T-WELDUPLFT.
Web stiffeners are required with I-joists using this hanger style.
GLTV or HGLTV hangers may be installed on ledgers provided the
ledgers are made of 4x solid sawn or 312" SCL shown in the table
below. Thinner lumber must be evaluated by the building Designer.
HGLTV hangers should not be attached to nailers.
OPTIONS: Hot-dip galvanized: specify HDG.
See Hanger Options, pages 233-243. Saddle hanger versions are
available in some engineered wood sizes.
Flatten edge of header

to match top flange
radius.
HGLTV
Typical GLTV
Installation
(GLTV similar)
Fasteners
Model
No.
Top
Face
GLTV series
HGLTV series
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
12-16d

Joist
Uplift
(160)
LVL4
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Nailer5
6-16d
6-16d
1295
1295
7500
10585
7400
9485
5915
9500
7200
8835
5145
6770
5930
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading

with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
2. Uplift loads only apply when H is 28" or less. Uplift loads for
nailer applications is limited to 710 lbs.
3. For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load
is 0.50 of the table load.
Code
Ref.
I19, L14, F18
4. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made primarily
from Spruce Pine Fir or similar less dense veneers, use the values found in the SPF/HF column.
5. Nailer shall be minimum 2-2x, 3x or 4x DF/SP. Use 16dx212" nails.
6. For SCL products made primarily from Douglas Fir or Southern Pine use 1640 lbs. for uplift.
For SPF member use 1115 lbs. for uplift.
EGQ High Capacity Hanger

The EGQ hanger is a high capacity top flange connector designed for use
with Structural Composite Lumber beams. It utilizes Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws for higher capacity and ease of installation. Available
in standard SCL widths and made to specified heights. SDS screws are included.
MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge; Stirrups7 gauge
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; HDG available.

Contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
Install with 14"x3" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws, which
are provided with the EGQ. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.)
Multiple member headers may require additional fasteners at hanger
locations. Quantity and location to be determined by designer. See
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screw section for additional
information and applications.
OPTIONS: See Hanger Options pages 233-243.
Flatten edge of
header to match top
flange radius.
Typical EGQ
Installation
Model
No.
EGQ3.62-SDS3
EGQ5.50-SDS3
EGQ7.25-SDS3
122
Joist or Dimensions
Purlin
W Min H
Size
312
514
7
358
512
714
1114
1114
1114
1. Loads are based on 750 psi wood

bearing for SCL.
2. Min H is the minimum H dimension
that may be specified.
Fasteners
Header

Joist
28-SDS 14"x3" 12-SDS 14"x3"

28-SDS 14"x3" 12-SDS 14"x3"
28-SDS 14"x3" 12-SDS 14"x3"
Uplift
LVL/LSL
(160)
6365
6365
6365
19800
19800
19800
PSL
DF/SP
18680
18680
18680
19800
19800
19800
3. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with
no further increase allowed. For normal loading such as in cantilever
construction use an uplift value of 4800 lbs.
Code
Ref.
I19,
L14
EGQ
MSC Multiple Seat Connector
Net
Height
Ridge
cannot
be sloped
or skewed
Valley
MSC4 with Valley

Sloped and Skewed 45
Dimensions
Model
No.
MSC2
Fasteners
H
TF L Header
W
(Min)
1916
512 278 12 10-16d
MSC1.81 11316 512 278 12 10-16d
MSC4
3916
712 278 18 10-16d
MSC5
514
912 278 26 13-16d
Hips
Max. Max.
Skew Slope
Joist
18-10dx112
26-10dx1 2
1
18-10dx112
26-10dx1 2
1
18-10d
26-10d
18-16d
26-16d
45
45
45
45
Allowable Loads
DF/SP
Floor/Snow/Roof
(100/115/125)
Code
Ref.
Valley Ridge Total

2535 1265 6335
45
2010 1005 5025
2535 1265 6335
45
2010 1005 5025
3335 1665 8335
45
3335 1665 8335
6450 3220 16125
45
6290 3145 15725
I19,
L14,
F18

The MSC supports the ridge and two valleys for roof construction.
Ideal for dormer roof applications.
MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge, Stirrups11 gauge (MSC2 and MSC1.81),

7 gauge (MSC4 and MSC5)
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; HDG available. Contact

Simpson Strong-Tie.
INSTALLATION: Distribute the total load evenly about the centerline

to avoid eccentric loading.
Fasten all built-up members together as one unit.
Net height will be calculated based on specified valley member depth
and slope by the factory unless noted otherwise.
SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED VALLEYS
The valley stirrups can be sloped down to 45 and skewed from 25 to 45 .
(MSC5 skewed 20-45.)
The total design load of the hanger is split between the ridge (20%)
and each valley (40%).
MSC connectors can be used for two valley connections with no
ridge member. Divide the total load by two for each valley load.
Many combinations of joist sizes, slopes and skews can be manufactured
(refer to worksheet T-MSC-WS).
Ridge cannot be
sloped or skewed
MSC1.81 with Valley

Skewed 45 and Sloped 0
1. Valley loads are for each valley.

2. Other valley-ridge load distributions are allowed provided the sum of all three carried
members is distributed symmetrically about the center of the hanger and combined do not
exceed the total load.
3. MSC4 is also available in 318" Glulam width.
4. MSC5 is also available in widths up to 512". W2 minimum width is 318".
5. MSC4 is also available in widths down to 1916". Use 10dx112" nails and MSC2 allowable loads.
6. Refer to technical bulletin T-MSC-WS for the hip valley rafter pitch conversion table.
Dormer
Typical MSC4 Installation
123
TOP FLANGE HANGERS I-JOISTS & SCL
1 2 x 9 4
Model No.
Web7
Stiff Ga
Reqd
Dimensions
W
TF
Fasteners5
Solid Header
Top
Face
Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,6

Joist
Uplift
(160)
LVL
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/
HF
DF/SCL
I-Joist 3
1085
ITS1.56/9.25
18
158
9316
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
LBV1.56/9.25
14
1 16
9 4
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
1925
1495
WP29.25
12
1916
914
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
1085
ITS1.56/9.5
18
158
9716
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
LBV1.56/9.5
14
1916
912
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
1925
1495
WP29.5
12
1916
912
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV1.56/11.25
14
1916
1114
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
1925
1495
WP211.25
12
1 16
11 4
2 16
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
ITS1.56/11.88
18
158 111316
1716
1085
1 2 x 11 8 LBV1.56/11.88
WP211.88
112 x 14
1 2 x 16
112 x 912
1 2 x 11 4
1
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
14
1 16
11 8
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
1925
1495
12
1916
1178
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV1.56/14
14
1916
14
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
1925
1495
LBV1.56/16
14
1 16
16
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
1925
1495
BA1.81/7.25 (Min.)
14 11316
212
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA1.81/7.25 (Max.)
14 11316
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV1.81/7.25
14 11316
714
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP1.81/7.25
12 11316
714
312
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV1.81/9.25
14 1 16
9 4
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx1 2
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP9.25
12 11316
914
312
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
WPU1.81/9.25
12 11316
914
2316
3-16d
4-16d
6-10dx112
1095
4700
4880
3650
4165
4165
ITS1.81/9.5
18
1 8
9 16
1 16
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
MIT9.5
16 11316
912
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
BA1.81/9.5 (Min.)
14 1 16
9 2
2 2
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA1.81/9.5 (Max.)
14 11316
912
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV1.81/9.5
14 11316
912
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP9
12 11316
912
412
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV1.81/11.25
14 11316 1114
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPU1.81/11.25
12 1 16 11 4
2 16
3-16d
4-16d
6-10dx1 2
1095
4700
4880
3650
4165
4165
ITS1.81/11.88
18
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
MIT11.88
16 11316 1178
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
BA1.81/11.88 (Min)
14 1 16 11 8
2 2
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
134 x 1178 BA1.81/11.88 (Max)
14 11316 1178
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV1.81/11.88
14 1 16 11 8
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP11
12 11316 1178
312
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
WPU1.81/11.88
12 11316 1178
2316
3-16d
4-16d
6-10dx112
1095
4700
4880
3650
4165
4165
ITS1.81/14
18
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
134 x 714
134 x 914
134 x 912
134 x 1114
134 x 14
13
13
13
178 111316
13
13
178 131516
MIT1.81/14
16 11316
14
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
BA1.81/14 (Min.)
14 11316
14
212
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA1.81/14 (Max.)
14 11316
14
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV1.81/14
14 1 16
14
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP14
12 11316
14
312
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
13

2. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with
no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. For SPF/HF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load.
3. When I-joist is used as header, all nails must be 10dx112 and allowable loads assume flanges that are at least 112" thick
made of Douglas Fir, LVL or LSL. For other flange thicknesses, apply load adjustment factors found in the table below.
4. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best overall performance and installation value.
5. Other nail schedules and loads are listed on pages 121-123.
6. See pages 119-122 for Code reference numbers.
7. Web stiffeners are required where noted and when
I-Joist Header Load Adjustment Factors
supporting double I-joists with flanges less than
Hanger Series
Flange Material
5
1 16" thick in hangers that are 14 gauge and thinner.
or Thickness
ITS
MIT
LBV
WP
BA
8. F or 214"x 22" and 24" joist sizes, refer to technical
118 to 114
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
bulletin T-BSERIES.
9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long,
1516 to 138
0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
SPF
0.86
0.72
0.90
1.00
1.00
124
PSL
Refer to
page 109 for
backer block
information
Flange
Thickness
Actual
Joist
Size

DONT FEEL LIKE SIFTING THROUGH THIS TABLE?
Visit www.strongtie.com/software to learn more about our new Joist Hanger Selector software.
Actual
Joist
Size
2 x 912
2 x 1178
2 x 14
2 x 16
2116 x 912
2116 x 1178
2 16 x 14
1
2 16 x 16
1
214 x 912
to 208
2516 x 912
2516 x 1178
2516 x 14
2 16 x 16
5
2516 x 18
2516 x 20
2 16 x 9 2
to 16
7
2 2 x 9 4
1
212 - 2916
x 912
Dimensions
W
178 151516
Fasteners5
TF
1716
Solid Header
Top
Face
Joist
Uplift
(160)
LVL
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/
HF
DF/SCL
I-Joist 3
1085
ITS1.81/16
18
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
MIT1.81/16
16 1 16
16
2 2
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
LBV1.81/16
14 11316
16
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
B1.81/16
12 11316
16
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-10dx112
990
4135
3355
4500
3640
2650
WP16
12 11316
16
312
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
ITS2.06/9.5
18
218
9716
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
LBV2.06/9.5
14
2 16
9 2
2 2
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
ITS2.06/11.88
18
218 111316
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
LBV2.06/11.88
14
2116
ITS2.06/14
LBV2.06/14
ITS2.06/16
13
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
18
1178
15
2 8 13 16
1 16
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
14
2116
14
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
18
218 151516
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
LBV2.06/16
14
2116
16
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
ITS2.06/9.5
18
218
9716
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
LBV2.1/9.5
14
218
912
ITS2.06/11.88
LBV2.1/11.88
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
18
13
2 8 11 16
1 16
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
14
218
1178
ITS2.06/14
LBV2.1/14
ITS2.06/16
LBV2.1/16
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
18
15
2 8 13 16
1 16
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
14
218
14
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
18
218 151516
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
14
218
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
16
ITS download is the lesser of the table load or 1400 lbs. ITS uplift is 85 lbs. MIT and HIT downloads are the lesser of the table load or 2140 lbs.
ITS2.37/9.5
18
2716
9716
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
LBV2.37/9.5
14
2 8
9 2
2 2
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
ITS2.37/11.88
18
2716 111316
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
134 x 16
Model No.
Web7
Stiff Ga
Reqd
1085
MIT3511.88
16
238
1178
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
LBV2.37/11.88
14
238
1178
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
1178
212
212
2-16d
2-10dx112
2335
1950
2335
1765
1435
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
W3511.88
12
2516
ITS2.37/14
18
2716 131516
MIT3514
16
238
14
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
LBV2.37/14
14
2 8
14
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP3514
12
2516
14
ITS2.37/16
MIT3516
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
18
15
2 16 15 16
1 16
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
16
238
16
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
LBV2.37/16
14
238
16
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP3516
12
2516
16
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
MIT3518
16
238
18
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
LBV2.37/18
14
238
18
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP3518
12
2516
18
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
MIT3520
16
2 8
20
2 2
2 16
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
LBV2.37/20
14
238
20
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP3520
12
2516
20
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
2 16" wide joists use the same hangers as 2 2" wide joists with the following load adjustments to the table loads:
ITS download is same as table but not to exceed 1400 lbs. ITS uplift is 85 lbs. MIT download is same as table but not to exceed 2140 lbs.
7
ITS2.56/9.25
18
258
9316
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
LBV2.56/9.25
14
2 16
9 4
2 2
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WI39.25
12
2916
914
212
2-16d
2-10dx112
2335
1950
2335
1765
1435
ITS2.56/9.5
18
258
9716
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
BA2.56/9.5 (Min.)
14
2916
912
212
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA2.56/9.5 (Max.)
14
2916
912
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV2.56/9.5
14
2916
912
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WI39.5
12
2916
912
212
2-16d
2-10dx112
2335
1950
2335
1765
1435
125

Model No.
Dimensions
W
Fasteners5
TF
Solid Header
Top
Face

Joist
Uplift
(160)
LVL
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/
HF
DF/SCL
I-Joist 3
ITS2.56/11.25
18
258
11316
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
212 x 1114 LBV2.56/11.25
14
2916
1114
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WI311.25
12
2 16
11 4
2 2
2-16d
2-10dx1 2
2335
1950
2335
1765
1435
ITS2.56/11.88
18
258 111316
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
MIT311.88
16
2916
1178
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
BA2.56/11.88 (Min)
14
2 16
11 8
2 2
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA2.56/11.88 (Max)
14
2916
1178
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV2.56/11.88
14
2 16
11 8
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPI311.88
12
2916
1178
ITS2.56/14
MIT314
212 - 2916
x 1178
2 2 - 2 16
x 14
1
2 2 - 2 16
x 16
1
212 x 18
212 x 20
212 x 22
212 x 24
2 2 x 26
1
212 x 28
212 x 30
3 x 914
3 x 912
3 x 11 4
1
3 x 11 8
7
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3220
3695
3255
2600
2030
18
15
2 8 13 16
1 16
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
16
2916
14
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
BA2.56/14 (Min)
14
2916
14
212
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA2.56/14 (Max)
14
2916
14
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV2.56/14
14
2916
14
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
14
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
WPI314
12
2916
ITS2.56/16
18
258 151516
MIT316
16
2916
16
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
BA2.56/16 (Min)
14
2916
16
212
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA2.56/16 (Max)
14
2916
16
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV2.56/16
14
2 16
16
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx1 2
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPI316
12
2916
16
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
MIT318
16
2916
18
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
HIT318
16
2 16
18
2 8
4-16d
6-16d
2-10dx112
315
2550
2220
2500
2875
1950
LBV2.56/18
14
2916
18
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPI318
12
2916
18
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
MIT320
16
2 16
20
2 2
2 16
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
HIT320
16
2916
20
278
4-16d
6-16d
2-10dx112
315
2550
2220
2500
2875
1950
LBV2.56/20
14
2916
20
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPI320
12
2916
20
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
HIT322
16
2916
22
278
4-16d
6-16d
2-10dx112
315
2550
2220
2500
2875
1950
LBV2.56/22
14
2916
22
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPI322
12
2916
22
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
11
2916
22
212
4-16d
4-10dx112
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
HIT324
16
2916
24
278
4-16d
6-16d
2-10dx112
315
2550
2220
2500
2875
1950
LBV2.56/24
14
2916
24
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPI324
12
2916
24
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV2.56/26
14
2 16
26
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPI326
12
2916
26
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV2.56/28
14
2916
28
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPI328
12
2 16
28
2 2
2 16
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV2.56/30
14
2916
30
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPI330
12
2 16
30
2 2
2 16
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV3.12/9.25
14
318
914
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP29.25-2
12
3 8
9 4
2 2
2 16
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV3.12/9.5
14
318
912
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP29.5-2
12
318
912
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV3.12/11.25
14
318
1114
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP211.25-2
12
318
1114
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
LBV3.12/11.88
14
318
1178
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WP211.88-2
12
318
1178
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
HWI322
126
Web7
Stiff Ga
Reqd
Actual
Joist
Size

Actual
Joist
Size
Model No.
Dimensions
W
TF
Fasteners5
Solid Header
Top
Face

Joist
Uplift
(160)
LVL
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/
HF
DF/SCL
I-Joist 3
LBV3.12/14
14
318
14
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
3 x 16
LBV3.12/16
14
3 8
16
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
LBV3.56/7.25
14
3916
714
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
WPU3.56/7.25
12
3916
714
2516
3-16d
4-16d
6-10dx112
1095
4700
4880
3650
4165
4165
LBV3.56/9.25
14
3 16
9 4
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx1 2
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
HB3.56/9.25
10
3916
914
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
3916
914
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
11
3916
914
212
212
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
10
3916
914
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1135
6335
5500
5535
6335
5415
3916
914
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
HGLTV3.56/9.25
3916
914
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
1085
WPI49.25
312 x 914
HWI49.25
HWU3.56/9.25
GLTV3.56/9.25
312 x 912
ITS3.56/9.5
18
3 8
9 16
1 16
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
MIT49.5
16
3916
912
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
BA3.56/9.5 (Min.)
14
3916
912
212
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA3.56/9.5 (Max.)
14
3916
912
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV3.56/9.5
14
3916
912
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
HB3.56/9.5
10
3916
912
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
3916
912
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
12
3916
912
212
212
4-16d
12-16d
6-10d
1125
4550
4550
4550
4550
11
3 16
9 2
2 2
212
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
10
3916
912
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6335
5500
5535
6335
5415
3 16
9 2
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
HGLTV3.59
3916
912
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
LBV3.56/11.25
14
3916
1114
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
HB3.56/11.25
10
3916
1114
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
3 16
11 4
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
11
3916
1114
212
212
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
10
3 16
11 4
3 4
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1135
6335
5500
5535
6335
5415
3916
1114
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
HGLTV3.56/11.25
3916
1114
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
ITS3.56/11.88
18
358 111316
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
MIT411.88
16
3916
1178
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
BA3.56/11.88 (Min)
14
3 16
11 8
2 2
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA3.56/11.88 (Max)
14
3916
1178
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV3.56/11.88
14
3 16
11 8
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
B3.56/11.88
HGLTV3.511
LBV3.56/12
HB3.56/12
WPI49.5
HUI49.5TF
HWI49.5
HWU3.56/9.5
GLTV3.59
WPI411.25
312 x 1114 HWI411.25
HWU3.56/11.25
GLTV3.56/11.25
312 x 1178
HB3.56/11.88
WPI411.88
HUI411.88TF
WPU3.56/11.88
HWI411.88
HWU3.56/11.88
GLTV3.511
312 x 12
WPI412
HWI412
GLTV3.512
HGLTV3.512
12
3916
1178
212
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
3916
1178
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
3916
1178
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3635
3255
2600
2030
12
3916
1178
212
212
4-16d
12-16d
6-10d
1125
4550
4550
4550
4550
12
3 16
11 8
2516
3-16d
4-16d
6-10dx112
1095
4700
4880
4165
4165
11
3916
1178
212
212
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
10
3 16
11 8
3 4
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6335
5500
5535
6335
5415
3916
1178
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
3916
1178
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
14
3 16
12
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx1 2
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
10
3916
12
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
3916
12
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
2030
11
3916
12
212
212
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
3916
12
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
3916
12
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
3 x 14
312 x 714
Web7
Stiff Ga
Reqd
127
312 x 14
Model No.
358 131516
MIT414
BA3.56/14 (Min)
TF
1716

Joist
Uplift
(160)
LVL
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/
HF
DF/SCL
I-Joist 3
1085
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
16
3 16
14
2 2
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
14
3916
14
212
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA3.56/14 (Max)
14
3916
14
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV3.56/14
14
3 16
14
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx1 2
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
B3.56/14
12
3916
14
212
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
3916
14
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
3916
14
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
2030
12
3916
14
212
212
4-16d
14-16d
8-10d
1500
4830
4830
4830
4830
12
3916
14
2516
3-16d
4-16d
6-10dx112
1095
4700
4880
4165
4165
11
3916
14
212
212
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
10
3 16
14
3 4
2 2
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1135
6335
5500
5535
6335
5415
3916
14
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
HGLTV3.514
3916
14
ITS3.56/16
18
3 8 15 16
HB3.56/14
WPI414
GLTV3.514
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
15
1716
4-10d
2-10d
105
1550
1365
1780
1520
1150
1085
MIT416
16
3916
16
212
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
BA3.56/16 (Min)
14
3916
16
212
6-16d
10-16d
2-10dx112
265
4015
3705
4005
3435
2665
1495
BA3.56/16 (Max)
14
3916
16
212
6-16d
10-16d
8-10dx112
1170
4715
4320
4500
3800
2665
1495
LBV3.56/16
14
3 16
16
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx1 2
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
B3.56/16
12
3916
16
212
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
3916
16
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
3916
16
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
2030
12
3916
16
2516
3-16d
4-16d
6-10dx112
1095
4700
4880
4165
4165
11
3916
16
212
212
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
10
3916
16
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6335
5500
5535
6335
5415
3 16
16
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
3916
16
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
MIT418
16
3 16
18
2 2
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
HIT418
16
3916
18
238
4-16d
6-16d
2-10dx112
315
2550
2220
2500
2875
1950
LBV3.56/18
14
3916
18
212
212
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
HB3.56/18
10
3916
18
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
3 16
18
2 2
2 16
2-16d
2-10dx1 2
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
2030
12
3916
18
2516
3-16d
4-16d
6-10dx112
1095
4700
4880
4165
4165
11
3916
18
212
212
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
10
3916
18
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6335
5500
5535
6335
5415
3916
18
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
3916
18
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
3916
1834
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
3916
1834
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
7800
9000
8835
6770
MIT420
16
3 16
20
2 2
2516
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
215
2550
2140
2115
2305
1665
1230
HIT420
16
3916
20
238
4-16d
6-16d
2-10dx112
315
2550
2220
2500
2875
1950
LBV3.56/20
14
3 16
20
2 2
2 2
6-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
265
2910
2885
3190
2590
2060
1495
HB3.56/20
10
3916
20
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
3916
20
212
2316
2-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
2030
12
3916
20
2516
3-16d
4-16d
6-10dx112
390
4700
4880
4165
4165
11
3 16
20
2 2
2 2
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
10
3916
20
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
965
6335
5500
5535
6335
5415
3 16
20
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
3916
20
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
HB3.56/16
WPI416
WPU3.56/16
HWI416
HWU3.56/16
GLTV3.516
HGLTV3.516
WPI418
WPU3.56/18
HWI418
HWU3.56/18
GLTV3.518
HGLTV3.518
GLTV3.56/18.75
HGLTV3.56/18.75
WPI420
WPU3.56/20
HWI420
HWU3.56/20
GLTV3.520
HGLTV3.520
128
Fasteners5
Solid Header
Top
Face
HWU3.56/14
312 x 20
18
HWI414
312 x 1834
HUI414TF
312 x 18
Dimensions
ITS3.56/14
WPU3.56/14
312 x 16
Web7
Stiff Ga
Reqd
Actual
Joist
Size

Actual
Joist
Size
312 x 24
312 x 26
312 x 28
3 2 x 30
1
312 x 32
4 x 912
4 x 11 8
7
4 x 14
4 x 16
418 x 912
418 x 1178
418 x 14
418 x 16
412 x 912
to 20
458 x 912
458 x 1178
458 x 14
458 x 16
458 x 18
458 x 20
5 x 914
HIT422
LBV3.56/22
HB3.56/22
WPI422
WPU3.56/22
HWI422
HIT424
LBV3.56/24
HB3.56/24
WPI424
WPU3.56/24
HWI424
LBV3.56/26
HB3.56/26
WPI426
WPU3.56/26
HWI426
LBV3.56/28
HB3.56/28
WPI428
WPU3.56/28
HWI428
LBV3.56/30
HB3.56/30
WPI430
HWI430
WPI432
HWI432
MIT4.12/9.5
LBV4.12/9.5
MIT4.12/11.88
LBV4.12/11.88
MIT4.12/14
LBV4.12/14
LBV4.12/16
MIT4.28/9.5
LBV4.28/9.5
MIT4.28/11.88
LBV4.28/11.88
MIT4.28/14
LBV4.28/14
LBV4.28/16
Web7
Stiff Ga
Reqd
16
14
10
12
12
11
16
14
10
12
12
11
14
10
12
12
11
14
10
12
12
11
14
10
12
11
12
11
16
14
16
14
16
14
14
16
14
16
14
16
14
14
Dimensions
W
TF
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
418
418
418
418
418
418
418
4932
4932
4932
4932
4932
4932
4932
22
22
22
22
22
22
24
24
24
24
24
24
26
26
26
26
26
28
28
28
28
28
30
30
30
30
32
32
912
912
1178
1178
14
14
16
912
912
1178
1178
14
14
16
3
212
312
212
3
212
3
212
312
212
3
212
212
312
212
3
212
212
312
212
3
212
212
312
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
238
212
3
2316
2516
212
238
212
3
2316
2516
212
212
3
2316
2516
212
212
3
2316
2516
212
212
3
2316
212
2316
212
2516
212
2516
212
2516
212
212
2516
212
2516
212
2516
212
212
Fasteners5
Solid Header
Joist
Top
Face
4-16d
6-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2-16d
2-10dx112
3-16d
4-16d 6-10dx112
4-16d
4-10d
4-16d
6-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2-16d
2-10dx112
3-16d
4-16d 6-10dx112
4-16d
4-10d
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2-16d
2-10dx112
3-16d
4-16d 6-10dx112
4-16d
4-10d
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2-16d
2-10dx112
3-16d
4-16d 6-10dx112
4-16d
4-10d
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2-16d
2-10dx112
4-16d
4-10d
2-16d
2-10dx112
4-16d
4-10d
4-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
4-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
4-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
4-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
4-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
4-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112

Uplift
(160)
LVL
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/
HF
DF/SCL
I-Joist 3
315
265
2610
390
315
265
2610
390
265
2610
390
265
2610
390
265
2610
215
265
215
265
215
265
265
215
265
215
265
215
265
265
2550
2910
5815
3635
4700
5100
2550
2910
5815
3635
4700
5100
2910
5815
3635
4700
5100
2910
5815
3635
4700
5100
2910
5815
3635
5100
3635
5100
2550
2910
2550
2910
2550
2910
2910
2550
2910
2550
2910
2550
2910
2910
2220
2885
5640
3320
4880
4000
2220
2885
5640
3320
4880
4000
2885
5640
3320
4880
4000
2885
5640
3320
4880
4000
2885
5640
3320
4000
3320
4000
2140
2885
2140
2885
2140
2885
2885
2140
2885
2140
2885
2140
2885
2885
2500
3190
6395
3650
4500
2500
3190
6395
3650
4500
3190
6395
3650
4500
3190
6395
3650
4500
3190
6395
3650
4500
3650
4500
2115
3190
2115
3190
2115
3190
3190
2115
3190
2115
3190
2115
3190
3190
2875
2590
5650
3255
4165
5285
2875
2590
5650
3255
4165
5285
2590
5650
3255
4165
5285
2590
5650
3255
4165
5285
2590
5650
3255
5285
3255
5285
2305
2590
2305
2590
2305
2590
2590
2305
2590
2305
2590
2305
2590
2590
1950
2060
3820
2600
4165
3665
1950
2060
3820
2600
4165
3665
2060
3820
2600
4165
3665
2060
3820
2600
4165
3665
2060
3820
2600
3665
2600
3665
1665
2060
1665
2060
1665
2060
2060
1665
2060
1665
2060
1665
2060
2060
1495
2030
1495
2030
1495
2030
1495
2030
1495
2030
2030
1230
1495
1230
1495
1230
1495
1495
1230
1495
1230
1495
1230
1495
1495
312 x 22
Model No.
412" wide joists use the same hangers as 458" wide joists with the following loads adjustments: MIT downloads are the lesser of the table load or 2140 lbs.
MIT359.5-2
LBV4.75/9.5
WP359.5-2
MIT3511.88-2
LBV4.75/11.88
WP3511.88-2
MIT3514-2
LBV4.75/14
WP3514-2
MIT4.75/16
LBV4.75/16
WP3516-2
LBV4.75/18
WP3518-2
LBV4.75/20
WP3520-2
LBV5.12/9.25
7 16
14
12
7 16
14
12
7 16
14
12
7 16
14
12
14
12
14
12
14
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
434
518
912
912
912
1178
1178
1178
14
14
14
16
16
16
18
18
20
20
914
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
2516
212
2516
2516
212
2516
2516
212
2516
2516
212
2516
212
2516
212
2516
212
4-16d
6-16d
3-16d
4-16d
6-16d
3-16d
4-16d
6-16d
3-16d
4-16d
6-16d
3-16d
6-16d
3-16d
6-16d
3-16d
6-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
4-16d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
215
265
215
265
215
265
215
265
265
265
265
2550
2910
3635
2550
2910
3635
2550
2910
3635
2550
2910
3635
2910
3635
2910
3635
2910
2140
2885
3320
2140
2885
3320
2140
2885
3320
2140
2885
3320
2885
3320
2885
3320
2885
2115
3190
3650
2115
3190
3650
2115
3190
3650
2115
3190
3650
3190
3650
3190
3650
3190
2305
2590
3255
2305
2590
3255
2305
2590
3255
2305
2590
3255
2590
3255
2590
3255
2590
1665
2060
2600
1665
2060
2600
1665
2060
2600
1665
2060
2600
2060
2600
2060
2600
2060
1230
1495
2030
1230
1495
2030
1230
1495
2030
1230
1495
2030
1495
2030
1495
2030
1495
129
5 x 912
5 x 1114
5 x 1178
5 x 14
5 x 16
5 x 18
5 x 20
5 x 22
5 x 24
5 x 26
5 x 28
5 x 30
514 x 714
514 x 914
514 x 912
514 x 1114
514 x 1178
514 x 12
514 x 14
Model No.
MIT39.5-2
LBV5.12/9.5
WPI39.5-2
LBV5.12/11.25
MIT311.88-2
LBV5.12/11.88
WPI311.88-2
MIT314-2
LBV5.12/14
WPI314-2
MIT5.12/16
LBV5.12/16
HB5.12/16
WPI316-2
B5.12/18
HB5.12/18
WPI318-2
B5.12/20
HB5.12/20
WPI320-2
B5.12/22
HB5.12/22
WPI322-2
B5.12/24
HB5.12/24
WPI324-2
B5.12/26
HB5.12/26
WPI326-2
B5.12/28
HB5.12/28
B5.12/30
HB5.12/30
WPU5.50/7.25
HB5.50/9.25
HWU5.50/9.25
GLTV5.50/9.25
HB5.50/9.5
WP5.50/9.5
HWU5.50/9.5
GLTV5.59
HGLTV5.59
HB5.50/11.25
HWU5.50/11.25
GLTV5.50/11.25
HB5.50/11.88
WP5.50/11.88
HWU5.50/11.88
GLTV5.511
HGLTV5.511
HB5.50/12
HWU5.50/12
GLTV5.512
HGLTV5.512
HB5.50/14
HWU5.50/14
GLTV5.514
HGLTV5.514
130
Dimensions
Web7
Stiff Ga
Reqd
TF
7 16
14
12
14
7 16
14
12
7 16
14
12
7 16
14
10
12
12
10
12
12
10
12
12
10
12
12
10
12
12
10
12
12
10
12
10
12
10
10
7
10
12
10
7
7
10
10
7
10
12
10
7
7
10
10
7
7
10
10
7
7
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
518
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
5916
5916
512
512
512
512
512
512
5916
5916
512
512
5916
5916
512
512
5916
5916
912
912
912
1114
1178
1178
1178
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
18
18
18
20
20
20
22
22
22
24
24
24
26
26
26
28
28
30
30
714
914
914
914
912
912
912
912
912
1114
1114
1114
1178
1178
1178
1178
1178
12
12
12
12
14
14
14
14
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
312
212
212
312
212
212
312
212
212
312
212
212
312
212
212
312
212
212
312
212
312
3
312
314
5
312
212
314
5
6
312
314
5
312
212
314
5
6
312
314
5
6
312
314
5
6
2516
212
2516
212
2516
212
2516
2516
212
2516
2516
212
3
2516
212
3
2516
212
3
2516
212
3
2516
212
3
2516
212
3
2516
212
3
212
3
2516
3
212
278
3
2516
212
278
278
3
212
278
3
2516
212
278
278
3
212
278
278
3
212
278
278
Fasteners5
Solid Header
Joist
Top
Face
4-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
3-16d
2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
4-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
3-16d
2-10dx112
4-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
3-16d
2-10dx112
4-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
4-16d 2-10dx112
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
3-16d
2-10dx112
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
3-16d
2-10dx112
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
3-16d
2-10dx112
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
3-16d
2-10dx112
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
3-16d
2-10dx112
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
3-16d
2-10dx112
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
3-16d
4-16d
6-10d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
3-16d
2-10d
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
3-16d
2-10d
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d

Uplift
(160)
LVL
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/
HF
DF/SCL
I-Joist 3
215
265
265
215
265
215
265
215
265
2610
1010
2610
1010
2610
1010
2610
1010
2610
1010
2610
1010
2610
1010
2610
1095
2610
1160
1295
2610
1160
1295
1295
2610
1160
1295
2610
1160
1295
1295
2610
1160
1295
1295
2610
1160
1295
1295
2550
2910
3635
2910
2550
2910
3635
2550
2910
3635
2550
2910
5815
3635
4135
5815
3635
4135
5815
3635
4135
5815
3635
4135
5815
3635
4135
5815
3635
4135
5815
4135
5815
4700
5815
6000
7500
5815
3635
6000
7500
10500
5815
6000
7500
5815
3635
6000
7500
10500
5815
6000
7500
10500
5815
6000
7500
10500
2140
2885
3320
2885
2140
2885
3320
2140
2885
3320
2140
2885
5640
3320
3355
5640
3320
3355
5640
3320
3355
5640
3320
3355
5640
3320
3355
5640
3320
3355
5640
3355
5640
4880
5640
5500
7400
5640
3320
5500
7400
9485
5640
5500
7400
5640
3320
5500
7400
9485
5640
5500
7400
9485
5640
5500
7400
9485
2115
3190
3650
3190
2115
3190
3650
2115
3190
3650
2115
3190
6395
3650
4500
6395
3650
4500
6395
3650
4500
6395
3650
4500
6395
3650
4500
6395
3650
4500
6395
4500
6395
6395
5535
5750
6395
3650
5535
5750
9000
6395
5535
5750
6395
3650
5535
5750
9000
6395
5535
5750
9000
6395
5535
5700
9000
2305
2590
3255
2590
2305
2590
3255
2305
2590
3255
2305
2590
5650
3255
3800
5650
3255
3800
5650
3255
3800
5650
3255
3800
5650
3255
3800
5650
3255
3800
5650
3800
5650
4165
5650
6000
7200
5650
3255
6000
7200
8835
5650
6000
7200
5650
3255
6000
7200
8835
5650
6000
7200
8835
5650
6000
7200
8835
1665
2060
2600
2060
1665
2060
2600
1665
2060
2600
1665
2060
3820
2600
2650
3820
2600
2650
3820
2600
2650
3820
2600
2650
3820
2600
2650
3820
2600
2650
3820
2650
3820
4165
3820
5415
5145
3820
2600
5415
5145
6770
3820
5415
5145
3820
2600
5415
5145
6770
3820
5415
5145
6770
3820
5415
5145
6770
1230
1495
2030
1495
1230
1495
2030
1230
1495
2030
1230
1495
2030
2030
2030
2030
2030
2030
2030
2030
Actual
Joist
Size

Actual
Joist
Size
Model No.
HB5.50/16
GLTV5.516
HGLTV5.516
HB5.50/18
514 x 18
HWU5.50/18
GLTV5.518
HGLTV5.518
514 x 1834
GLTV5.50/18.75
HGLTV5.50/18.75
HB5.50/20
514 x 20
HWU5.50/20
GLTV5.520
HGLTV5.520
7 x 7 4
1
HWU7.12/7.25
HB7.12/9.25
7 x 914
WPI49.25-2
HWU7.12/9.25
GLTV49.25-2
B7.12/9.5
HB7.12/9.5
7 x 912
WPI49.5-2
HWU7.12/9.5
GLTV49.5-2
HB7.12/11.25
WPI411.25-2
7 x 1114
HWU7.12/11.25
GLTV411.25-2
HGLTV411.25-2
B7.12/11.88
HB7.12/11.88
7 x 11 8
7
WPI411.88-2
HWU7.12/11.88
GLTV411.88-2
HGLTV411.88-2
B7.12/14
HB7.12/14
7 x 14
WPI414-2
HWU7.12/14
GLTV414-2
HGLTV414-2
B7.12/16
HB7.12/16
7 x 16
WPI416-2
HWU7.12/16
GLTV416-2
HGLTV416-2
B7.12/18
HB7.12/18
7 x 18
HWI418-2
HWU7.12/18
GLTV418-2
HGLTV418-2
7 x 18 4
3
GLTV418.75-2
Dimensions
W
10
512
16
312
10
512
16
314
5916
16
5916
16
10
5 2
10
Fasteners5
TF
Solid Header
Joist
Uplift
(160)
DF/SP
SPF/
HF
DF/SCL
I-Joist 3
16-16d
10-16d
4-16d
6-10d
6395
5650
3820
5535
6000
5415
6-16d
5750
7200
5145
9485
9000
8835
6770
5640
6395
5650
3820
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
LVL
PSL
2610
5815
5640
1160
6000
5500
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
6-10d
1160
6-16d
1295
6-16d
6-16d
Top
Face
6-16d
212
4-16d
278
4-16d
278
6-16d
18
3 2
6-16d
512
18
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
5 16
18
278
4-16d
6-16d
5916
18
278
6-16d
12-16d
512
1834
278
4-16d
6-16d

LSL
512
1834
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
10
512
20
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
10
512
20
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
965
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
5 16
20
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
5916
20
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
10
7 8
7 4
3 4
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
10
718
914
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
2030
12
718
914
212
2516
3-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
10
718
914
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
718
914
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
12
718
912
212
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
7 8
9 2
3 2
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
718
912
212
2516
3-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
2030
10
7 8
9 2
3 4
2 2
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
718
912
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
10
718
1114
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
718
1114
212
2516
3-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
2030
10
718
1114
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
718
1114
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
718
1114
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
12
7 8
11 8
2 2
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
718
1178
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
7 8
11 8
212
2516
3-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
2030
10
718
1178
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
718
1178
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
718
1178
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
12
718
14
212
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
718
14
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
7 8
14
212
2516
3-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
2030
10
718
14
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
7 8
14
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
718
14
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
12
718
16
212
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
718
16
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
12
718
16
212
2516
3-16d
2-10dx112
3635
3320
3650
3255
2600
2030
10
718
16
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
7 8
16
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
718
16
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
12
7 8
18
2 2
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
718
18
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
11
718
18
212
212
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
10
718
18
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
1160
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
718
18
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
718
18
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
7 8
18 4
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
4260
514 x 16
HWU5.50/16
Web7
Stiff Ga
Reqd
131

Web7
Stiff Ga
Reqd
Model No.
B7.12/20
HB7.12/20
7 x 20
HWI420-2
HWU7.12/20
GLTV420-2
HGLTV420-2
B7.12/22
HB7.12/22
7 x 22
HWI422-2
GLTV422-2
HGLTV7.12/22
B7.12/24
HB7.12/24
7 x 24
HWI424-2
GLTV424-2
HGLTV7.12/24
B7.12/26
HB7.12/26
7 x 26
HWI426-2
GLTV426-2
HGLTV426-2
B7.12/28
HB7.12/28
7 x 28
HWI428-2
GLTV428-2
HGLTV428-2
HWI430-2
7 x 30
GLTV430-2
HGLTV430-2
HWI432-2
7 x 32
GLTV432-2
HGLTV432-2
Dimensions
Fasteners5
TF
Solid Header
Top
Joist
Face
Uplift
(160)
LVL
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
SPF/
HF
DF/SCL
I-Joist 3
12
718
20
212
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
718
20
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
11
7 8
20
2 2
2 2
4-16d
2-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
10
718
20
314
212
4-16d
4-16d
6-10d
965
6000
5500
5535
6000
5415
718
20
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5700
7200
5145
718
20
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
12
7 8
22
2 2
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
718
22
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
11
7 8
22
212
212
4-16d
4-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
718
22
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
7 8
22
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
12
718
24
212
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
718
24
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
11
718
24
212
212
4-16d
4-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
718
24
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
718
24
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
12
718
26
212
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
718
26
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
11
718
26
212
212
4-16d
6-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
718
26
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
7 8
26
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
12
718
28
212
212
6-16d
8-16d
6-16d
1010
4135
3355
4500
3800
2650
10
718
28
312
6-16d
16-16d
10-16d
2610
5815
5640
6395
5650
3820
11
7 8
28
212
212
4-16d
6-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
718
28
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
7 8
28
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
11
718
30
212
212
4-16d
6-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
718
30
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
7 8
30
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
11
718
32
212
212
4-16d
6-10d
5100
4000
4500
5285
3665
718
32
278
4-16d
6-16d
6-16d
1295
7500
7400
5750
7200
5145
718
32
278
6-16d
12-16d
6-16d
1295
10500
9485
9000
8835
6770
RC Ripper Clip
The Ripper Clip is designed to connect ripped 2x framing to the top of another wood joist.
MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Refer to General Notes.
Attach RC to ripper, then attach ripper/RC assembly to roof joist.
Model
No.
W
(in.)
RC1.56
1916
RC1.81
11316
RC2.1
218
Fasteners
Allowable
Uplift Load
Ripper
Joist
(160)
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
205
F1
F2
Code
Ref.
240
205
170
1. Allowable loads are for DFL ripper members.

2. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no other
3. Designer to consider stability/blocking requirements for system, if necessary.
4. Spacing of RC per Designer.
132
RC1.56
(others similar)
U.S. Patent
5,603,580
Typical RC
Installation
Actual
Joist
Size
DU/DHU/DHUTF Drywall Hanger

2316"
418"
H
H
W
W
DHU
(DU similar)
Patent Pending
DHUTF
Fastener Table
Model
2316"
Patent Pending
Gauge
DU
14
DHU
DHUTF
Fasteners
Install SSP (see page 205) at

each stud or equivalent design
to prevent plate rotation
Joist
Face
Top
(2) 10d x 112"
(4) 14" x 3.5" SDS
12
2.5
(2) 10d x 112"
(8) 14" x 3.5" SDS
12
2.5
(2) 10d x 112"
(8) 14" x 3.5" SDS
(6) 10d x 112"
The DU/DHU face-mount and the DHUTF top-mount hangers are

designed to carry joist floor loads to a wood stud wall through two layers
of 58" gypsum board (drywall). These hangers install after the drywall is
in place. The hangers come in sizes that accommodate most joists used
in multi-family construction including I-joists and trusses.
MATERIAL: DU14 gauge; DHU and DHUTF12 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
Connector screws are provided with the hanger.
Drywall is installed first.
DU and DHU are mounted with top of hanger flush with top of
wall and tight to the drywall.
Wall top plates must be restrained to prevent rotation. Use an
SSP stud plate tie connector at the back of each stud or provide
equivalent restraint by another method as determined by Designer.
Upper plate splices must occur at a stud location.
OPTIONS: The DHU may be ordered with one flange concealed for
widths at least 212" wide; specify which flange when ordering.
Use 74% of the table downloads and 100% of table uplift loads.
Allowable Loads
Model
DU
Condition1
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Allowable Loads Allowable Loads
Uplift
(160)3,4
Down
(100)2
Uplift
(160)3
Down
(100)2
Over (1) layer 58"

drywall
95
1110
170
880
Over (2) layers 58"

drywall
95
1110
170
880
Two-sided over (2)

layers 58" drywall
(minimum 2x6 wall)
95
1075
170
880
Over (1) layer 58"

structural sheathing and
(2) layers 58" drywall
95
1110
170
880
Over (1) layer 58"

drywall
95
1250
170
1050
Over (2) layers 58"

drywall
95
15905
170
13955
95
1200
170
1005
95
1975
170
1660
DHU
over (2)
DHUTF Two-sided
layers 58" drywall
(minimum 2x6 wall)
Over (1) layer 58"
structural sheathing and
(2) layers 58" drywall
Code
Ref.
Typical Installation Showing DHU

with Concealed Flange Option (at left)
and a DHU Standard Installation
160
1. Loads assume 58" Type X drywall attached per IBC. Wall assembly must consist
of minimum two 2x4 plate members with studs spaced not more than 16" o.c.
For alternate solutions to mounting over single layer of drywall, refer to the technical
bulletin T-C-TFWALL13 at www.strongtie.com.
2. Hangers spaced closer than 16" o.c. shall reduce capacity proportionately.
3. Triangle nail holes may be filled with (4) additional 10dx112" to achieve an Allowable
Uplift Load of 750 lbs.
4. DF carried members with minimum 112" x 212" solid sawn chord dimension may
increase Allowable Uplift Load to 170 lbs.
5. Allowable downloads may be increased to 1885 lbs. for DF/SP and 1585 lbs. for
SPF/HF using the DHU3.56/24 or DHUTF3.56/24 models.
UPDATED 03/27/15
133
DU/DHU/DHUTF Drywall Hanger

Dimensions
(in.)
Top Flange
DU Models
DHU Models
DHUTF Models
2x10
DU210
DHU210
DHU210TF
1916
918
2x12
DU212
DHU212
DHU212TF
1916
1118
134 x 912
DU1.81/9.5
DHU1.81/9.5
DHU1.81/9.5TF
11316
9716
1 4 x 11 8
DU1.81/11.88
DHU1.81/11.88
DHU1.81/11.88TF
13
1 16
111316
134 x 14
DU1.81/14
DHU1.81/14
DHU1.81/14TF
11316
131516
134 x 16
DU1.81/16
DHU1.81/16
DHU1.81/16TF
11316
151516
2 x 9 2
DU2.1/9.5
DHU2.1/9.5
DHU2.1/9.5TF
2 8
9716
2 x 178
DU2.1/11.88
DHU2.1/11.88
DHU2.1/11.88TF
218
111316
2 x 14
DU2.1/14
DHU2.1/14
DHU2.1/14TF
2 8
131516
2 x 16
DU2.1/16
DHU2.1/16
DHU2.1/16TF
218
151516
2116 x 912
DU2.1/9.5
DHU2.1/9.5
DHU2.1/9.5TF
218
9716
2 16 x 11 8
DU2.1/11.88
DHU2.1/11.88
DHU2.1/11.88TF
2 8
111316
2116 x 14
DU2.1/14
DHU2.1/14
DHU2.1/14TF
218
131516
2 16 x 16
DU2.1/16
DHU2.1/16
DHU2.1/16TF
2 8
151516
2516 x 912
DU2.37/9.5
DHU2.37/9.5
DHU2.37/9.5TF
238
9716
2516 x 1178
DU2.37/11.88
DHU2.37/11.88
DHU2.37/11.88TF
238
111316
2516 x 14
DU2.37/14
DHU2.37/14
DHU2.37/14TF
238
131516
2516 x 16
DU2.37/16
DHU2.37/16
DHU2.37/16TF
238
151516
2 16 x 18
DHU2.37/18
DHU2.37/18TF
2 8
171516
2516 x 20
DHU2.37/20
DHU2.37/20TF
238
191516
212 x 912
DHU2.56/9.5
DHU2.56/9.5TF
2916
9716
2 2 x 11 8
DHU2.56/11.88
DHU2.56/11.88TF
2 16
111316
212 x 14
DHU2.56/14
DHU2.56/14TF
2916
131516
2 2 x 16
DHU2.56/16
DHU2.56/16TF
2 16
151516
212 x 18
DHU2.56/18
DHU2.56/18TF
2916
171516
212 x 20
DHU2.56/20
DHU2.56/20TF
2916
191516
3 2 x 9 2
DHU3.56/9.5
DHU3.56/9.5TF
3 16
9 16
312 x 1178
DHU3.56/11.88
DHU3.56/11.88TF
3916
111316
312 x 14
DHU3.56/14
DHU3.56/14TF
3916
131516
312 x 16
DHU3.56/16
DHU3.56/16TF
3916
151516
312 x 18
DHU3.56/18
DHU3.56/18TF
3916
171516
3 2 x 20
DHU3.56/20
DHU3.56/20TF
3 16
191516
312 x 22
DHU3.56/22
DHU3.56/22TF
3916
211516
312 x 24
DHU3.56/24
DHU3.56/24TF
3916
231516
(2) Layers of
5
8" Type X
2x6 wall min.
Two-Sided Installation
Over (2) Layers of Drywall
2x4 wall
(2) Layers of
5 8" Type X
Typical Installation over

(2) Layers of Drywall
2x4 wall
(2) Layers of
5 8" Type X
Typical Installation over

(2) Layers of Drywall
134
Face Mount
Joist Size
HRC Hip Ridge Connectors
For complementary top plate connection, see page 138
The HRC series are field slopeable connectors that attach

hips to ridge members or trusses. The HRC may be sloped to 45
with no reduction in loads.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
On end of ridgeuse optional diamond holes to secure the HRC.
Bend face flanges back flush with ridge, and complete nailing.
On face of ridgeadjust to correct height and install nails.
Double bevel-cut hip members to achieve full bearing capacity.
The HRC may be sloped to 45 with no reduction in loads.
HRC1.81
11316
U.S.Patent
5,380,116
Fasteners
Hip
Ridge
Carrying
Member
Each
Hip
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
134"
2x or
134" wide
16-10dx112
2-10dx112
290
720
830
900
250
625
720
780
Code
Ref.
I8, L15, F7
1. Allowable loads shown are for each hip. Total load

carried by the connector is double this number.
2. Uplift loads include a 60% increase for wind or earthquake
loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where
other loads govern.
3. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited
by other criteria.
For additional SCL sizes,

see page 98.
Typical HRC Installation

on the End of a Ridge
Member Size
Model
No.
HRC1.81
Optional
HRC1.81 Installation
SUR/SUL/HSUR/HSUL Skewed 45 Hangers for I-Joist and SCL

The SUR/L1.81, 2.06, 2.1, 2.37, 2.56 and HSUR/L series are 45
skewed hangers designed specifically to ease the installation of single and double
I-joists. In addition to Positive Angle Nailing these hangers encapsulate the top
flange of the I-joist, so no web stiffeners are required for standard installation.
The full range of 45 skewed hangers feature obround nail holes on the acute
side allowing nails to be easily installed parallel to the joist. Installation is further
simplified with no required bevel cuts.
MATERIAL: See table on page 136.

Illustrations show left and right skews SUR/L
(SUR = skewed right; SUL = skewed left).
The joist end may be square cut or bevel cut.
Fill all round and obround nail holes with specified fasteners to achieve
table loads. Where noted, triangle holes in the joist flange may be filled
for additional uplift capacity (see footnote on page 136).
For I-joists with flanges less than 1516", web stiffeners are required for all
double joist hangers when using hangers that are 14 gauge and lighter.
For installations to masonry or concrete, see page 175.
OPTIONS: These hangers will accommodate a 40 to 50 skew.
Typical SUR
Available with the A2 flange turned in on 2-2x and 4x models only
Installation with

(see illustration). For example, specify HSURC410, HSULC410,
Square Cut Joist

SURC210-2, or SULC210-2.
(HSUR similar)
SUL2.56/11
HSUR414
Typical SUL
Installation with
Bevel Cut Joist
(HSULsimilar)
135
SUR/SUL/HSUR/HSUL Skewed 45 Hangers for I-Joist and SCL

A1
A2
A2
A1
HSUR4.12/9
W
Actual
Joist
Size
112 x914-12
112 x10-16
134 x914-912
134 x1114-1178
134 x14
2x912
2x1178
2x14
2x16
2116 x912
2116 x1178
2116 x14
2116 x16
214-2516x912
214-2516x1178
214-2516x14
214-2516x16
212 x912 (3x10,12)
212 -2916x1114-1178
212 x14 (3x14)
212 x16
3x914-14
3x14-20
312 x914-14
312 x14-20
4x912
4x1178
4x14
4x16
418x912
418x1178
418x14-16
458x912
458x1178
458x14
458x16
5x912
5x1178
5x14
5x16
136
Model No.
SUR/L210
SUR/L214
SUR/L1.81/9
SUR/L1.81/11
SUR/L1.81/14
SUR/L2.06/9
SUR/L2.06/11
SUR/L2.06/14
SUR/L2.06/14
SUR/L2.1/9
SUR/L2.1/11
SUR/L2.1/14
SUR/L2.1/14
SUR/L2.37/9
SUR/L2.37/11
SUR/L2.37/14
SUR/L2.37/14
SUR/L2.56/9
SUR/L2.56/11
SUR/L2.56/14
SUR/L2.56/14
SUR/L210-2
HSUR/L210-2
SUR/L214-2
HSUR/L214-2
SUR/L410
HSUR/L410
SUR/L414
HSUR/L414
HSUR/L4.12/9
HSUR/L4.12/11
HSUR/L4.12/14
HSUR/L4.12/16
HSUR/L4.28/9
HSUR/L4.28/11
HSUR/L4.28/11
HSUR/L4.75/9
HSUR/L4.75/11
HSUR/L4.75/14
HSUR/L4.75/16
HSUR/L5.12/9
HSUR/L5.12/11
HSUR/L5.12/14
HSUR/L5.12/16
Web
Stiff Ga
W
Reqd
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
14
16
14
16
14
16
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
1916
1916
11316
11316
11316
2116
2116
2116
2116
218
218
218
218
238
238
238
238
2916
2916
2916
2916
318
318
318
318
3916
3916
3916
3916
418
418
418
418
4516
4516
4516
434
434
434
434
518
518
518
518
Dimensions
Typical HSUR4.12/9 Installation

Fasteners
A1
A2
8
10
9
11
1334
9116
1114
1358
1358
9116
11316
13916
13916
81516
11316
13716
13716
81316
11316
13516
13516
81116
81116
121116
121116
812
812
1212
1212
9
1118
1334
1534
9
1118
1118
81516
101516
1334
1534
9
11
1334
1534
2
2
3
3
3
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
3316
258
2716
2716
2716
258
2716
258
2716
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
234
234
234
234
21316
21316
21316
21316
118
118
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
1916
1916
1916
1916
1516
1516
1516
1516
118
118
118
118
1716
114
1716
114
1
1
1
1
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
1516
1516
2516
2516
2516
218
218
218
218
218
218
218
218
218
218
218
218
218
218
218
218
238
238
238
2316
238
2316
238
2316
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
238
Allowable Loads
Code
Ref.
Face
Joist
Uplift2 Floor Snow Roof Uplift2 Floor Snow Roof
(160) (100) (115) (125) (160) (100) (115) (125)
10-16d 10-10dx112 1250 1440 1635 1760 1075 1240 1405 1515
I9, F6,
L12, L17
12-16d 12-10dx112 2165 1730 1960 2115 1860 1485 1685 1820
12-16d 2-10dx112 195 1730 1960 2030 170 1485 1685 1745
I9, L12
16-16d 2-10dx112 195 2305 2615 2730 170 1980 2245 2350
I9
20-16d 2-10dx112 195 2500 2500 2500 170 2150 2150 2150
I9, L12
14-16d 2-10dx112 195 2015 2285 2465 170 1735 1965 2120
I9, F8, L12
16-16d 2-10dx112 195 2305 2615 2665 170 1980 2245 2290
18-16d 2-10dx112 195 2590 2665 2665 170 2230 2290 2290
18-16d 2-10dx112 195 2590 2665 2665 170 2230 2290 2290
14-16d 2-10dx112 195 2015 2285 2465 170 1735 1965 2120
I9, L12
16-16d 2-10dx112 195 2305 2615 2665 170 1980 2245 2290
18-16d 2-10dx112 195 2590 2665 2665 170 2230 2290 2290
18-16d 2-10dx112 195 2590 2665 2665 170 2230 2290 2290
14-16d 2-10dx112 195 2015 2285 2465 170 1735 1965 2120
I9
16-16d 2-10dx112 195 2305 2615 2665 170 1980 2245 2290
18-16d 2-10dx112 195 2590 2665 2665 170 2230 2290 2290
I9, L12
18-16d 2-10dx112 195 2590 2665 2665 170 2230 2290 2290
14-16d 2-10dx112 225 2015 2285 2465 195 1735 1965 2120
I9, L12, L17
16-16d 2-10dx112 225 2305 2615 2665 195 1980 2245 2290
1
18-16d 2-10dx1 2 225 2590 2665 2665 195 2230 2290 2290
I9
18-16d 2-10dx112 225 2590 2665 2665 195 2230 2290 2290
1
14-16d 6-16dx2 2 1300 2015 2285 2465 1120 1735 1965 2120
I9, F6,
L12, L17
20-16d 6-16dx212 1300 2975 3360 3610 1120 2565 2895 3110
18-16d 8-16dx212 1765 2500 2500 2500 1520 2150 2150 2150 I9, L12, L17
26-16d 8-16dx212 1795 3870 4365 4695 1550 3330 3760 4045 I9, F6, L12, L17
14-16d
1300 2015 2285 2465 1120 1735 1965 2120
I9, F8, L12
6-16d
20-16d
1300 2975 3360 3610 1120 2565 2895 3110 I9, F8, L12, L17
6-16d
18-16d
1765 2500 2500 2500 1520 2150 2150 2150
I9, F8, L12
8-16d
26-16d
1795 3870 4365 4695 1550 3330 3760 4045 I9, F8, L12, L17
8-16d
12-16d 2-10dx112 165 1785 2015 2025 140 1540 1735 1740
16-16d 2-10dx112 165 2380 2685 2890 140 2050 2315 2490
20-16d 2-10dx112 165 2975 3330 3330 140 2565 2865 2865
24-16d 2-10dx112 165 3330 3330 3330 140 2865 2865 2865
12-16d 2-10dx112 165 1785 2015 2025 140 1540 1735 1740
16-16d 2-10dx112 165 2380 2685 2890 140 2050 2315 2490
16-16d 2-10dx112 165 2380 2685 2890 140 2050 2315 2490
12-16d 2-10dx112 165 1785 2015 2025 140 1540 1735 1740
I9, L12
16-16d 2-10dx112 165 2380 2685 2890 140 2050 2315 2490
20-16d 2-10dx112 165 2975 3330 3330 140 2565 2865 2865
24-16d 2-10dx112 165 3330 3330 3330 140 2865 2865 2865
12-16d 2-10dx112 165 1785 2015 2025 140 1540 1735 1740
16-16d 2-10dx112 165 2380 2685 2890 140 2050 2315 2490
20-16d 2-10dx112 165 2975 3330 3330 140 2565 2865 2865
24-16d 2-10dx112 165 3330 3330 3330 140 2865 2865 2865
2. Triangle nail holes may be filled (requires web stiffeners) with 10dx112" nails for additional uplift.

SUR/SUL 9- and 11-inch, SUR/SUL1.81/14 and all HSUR/HSUL models have additional holes, that when filled can resist 795 lbs. for
Douglas Fir or Southern Pine or 685 lbs. for SPF/HF.

SUR/SUL 14-inch models have (6) additional holes, that when filled can resists 1190 lbs. for DF/SP and 1025 lbs. for SPF/HF.
3. When the supported member is an I-joist with flanges less than 1516 inches thick, the allowable uplift shall not exceed 190 lbs. without web stiffeners.
HSULC
Available for
3" and 312"
wide joists only
LSU/LSSU/LSSUI
Light Slopeable/Skewable U Hangers for I-Joists and SCL

A Flanges
LSSU410
LSU and LSSU INSTALLATION SEQUENCE
(LSSU210-2,
LSSUH310 similar)
(For Skewed or Sloped/Skewed Applications)
The LSU5.12
must be factoryskewed 0 to 45.
It may be field-sloped to 45.
(LSU4.12, LSU4.28 and
LSU3510-2 similar)
Slope to 45
Up or Down
Hanger shown skewed right
Acute
Side
10dx112"
Nails
STEP 1
Nail hanger to slope-cut
carried member, installing
seat nail first. No bevel
necessary. Install joist
nails at 45 angle.
STEP 2
Skew flange from 0-45.
Bend other flange back
along centerline of slots
until it meets the header.
Bend one time only.
STEP 3
Attach hanger to
the carrying member,
acute angle side first
(see foonote 5). Install
nails at an angle.
Typical LSSU410
Installation
Dimensions
Actual
Joist
Width
Model
No.
112
134
2
2116
214 - 2516
212 - 2916
3
312
4
418
412 - 434
5
LSSU210
LSSUI25
LSSUI2.06
LSSU2.1
LSSUI35
LSSUH310
LSSU210-2
LSSU410
LSU4.12
LSU4.28
LSU3510-2
LSU5.12
18 1916
18 11316
18 2116
18 218
18 2516
16 2916
16 318
16 3916
14 418
14 414
14 434
14 518
112
134
2
2116
214 - 2516
212 - 2916
3
312
4
418
412 - 434
5
LSSU210
LSSUI25
LSSUI2.06
LSSU2.1
LSSUI35
LSSUH310
LSSU210-2
LSSU410
LSU4.123
LSU4.283
LSU3510-23
LSU5.123
18 1916
18 11316
18 2116
18 218
18 2516
16 2916
16 318
16 3916
14 418
14 414
14 434
14 518
Ga
Fasteners
Face
Joist
Allowable Loads
Roof
Roof
Uplift
Floor
Uplift
Floor
Snow Const. (160)
Snow Const.
(160)
(100)
(100)
(115)
(125)
(115)
(125)
SLOPED ONLY HANGERS

812 158 10-10d
7-10dx112
875
1110
1275
812 112 10-10d
7-10dx112
875
1110
1275
812 134 10-10d
7-10dx112
875
1110
1275
812 134 10-10d
7-10dx112
875
1110
1275
812 158 10-10d
7-10dx112
875
1110
1275
812 318 18-16d 12-10dx112
1150
2295
2295
812 278 18-16d 12-10dx112
1150
2430
2795
812 258 18-16d 12-10dx112
1150
2430
2795
9
214 24-16d 16-10dx112
1150
3215
3700
9
238 24-16d 16-10dx112
1150
3215
3700
878 358 24-16d 16-10dx112
1150
3215
3700
9
214 24-16d 16-10dx112
885
3215
3700
SKEWED HANGERS OR SLOPED AND SKEWED HANGERS
812 158
9-10d
7-10dx112
785
995
1145
1
1
8 2 1 2
9-10d
7-10dx112
785
995
1145
812 134
9-10d
7-10dx112
785
995
1145
812 134
9-10d
7-10dx112
785
995
1145
812 158
9-10d
7-10dx112
785
995
1145
812 318 14-16d 12-10dx112
1150
1600
1600
812 278 14-16d 12-10dx112
1150
1625
1625
812 258 14-16d 12-10dx112
1150
1625
1625
9
214 24-16d 16-10dx112
1150
2300
2300
9
238 24-16d 16-10dx112
1150
2300
2300
878 358 24-16d 16-10dx112
1150
2300
2300
9
214 24-16d 16-10dx112
885
1790
1790
2. Uplift loads include a 60% increase for wind or earthquake loading with no
further increase is allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
3. LSU3510-2, LSU4.12, LSU4.28 and LSU5.12 skew option must be factory-ordered.
4. Minimum 11" joist height for LSU3510-2, LSU4.12, LSU5.12; 912" for all others.
1390
1390
1390
1390
1390
2295
3035
3035
4020
4020
4020
3785
625
625
625
625
625
990
990
990
990
990
990
760
960
960
960
960
960
1930
2160
2160
2785
2785
2785
2785
1105
1105
1105
1105
1105
1930
2485
2485
3200
3200
3200
3200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1200
1930
2700
2700
3480
3480
3480
3280
1205
1205
1205
1205
1205
1600
1625
1625
2300
2300
2300
1790
625
625
625
625
625
990
990
990
990
990
990
760
860
860
860
860
860
1385
1365
1365
1990
1990
1990
1550
995
995
995
995
995
1385
1365
1365
1990
1990
1990
1550
1050
1050
1050
1050
1050
1385
1365
1365
1990
1990
1990
1550
This series attaches joists or rafters to headers, sloped up

or down, and skewed left or right, up to 45.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: Galvanized

See General Notes.
Attach the sloped joist at both ends so that the horizontal force
developed by the slope is fully supported by the supporting members.
Web stiffeners required for I-joist applications.
To see an installation video on this product, visit www.strongtie.com.
Code
Ref.
I8, L15, F7
170
I8, L15, F7
170
I8, L15, F7
170
I8, L15, F7
170
I8, L15, F7
170
I8, L15, F7
170
5. For skewed LSSU/LSSUI hangers, the inner most face fasteners on the acute
angle side are not installed.
6. Do not substitute 10dx112" nails for face nails on slope and skew combinations or
skewed only LSU, LSSU and LSSUI. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
137
VPA
Variable Pitch Connector
The VPA may be sloped in the field, offering a versatile

solution for attaching rafters to the top plate. It will adjust to
accommodate slopes between 3:12 and 12:12, making it a
complement to the versatile LSSU. This connector eliminates
the need for notched rafters, beveled top plates and toe nailing.
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
A and B
flanges touch
at 45
B Flange
VPA25
Fasteners
A Flange
Allowable Loads
Uplift
Lateral
Actual
Joist
Width
Model
No.
Carrying
Member
Carried
Member
DF/SP
Species
SPF
Species
112
134
2
2116
214 - 2516
212 - 2916
312
VPA2
VPA25
VPA2.06
VPA2.1
VPA35
VPA3
VPA4
1916
11316
2116
218
2516
2916
3916
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
8-10d
8-10d
9-10d
9-10d
9-10d
9-10d
11-10d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
(160)
295
295
295
295
295
295
295
(160)
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
DF/SP Species
(160)
F1
F2
375
250
375
250
375
250
375
250
375
250
375
250
375
250
Download
DF/SP
1050
1050
1230
1230
1230
1230
1230
SPF
870
870
1020
1020
1020
1020
1020
SPF/HF Species
(160)
F1
F2
325
250
325
250
325
250
325
250
325
250
325
250
325
250
Code
Ref.
I8, L15,
F7
170
I8, L15,
F7
1. Uplift loads include a 60% increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
VPA INSTALLATION
SEQUENCE
A
Flange
B
Flange
10d
Common
Required Pitch
STEP 1
Install top nails and face PAN
nails in A flange to outside
wall top plate.
HCP Hip Corner Plates
STEP 2
Seat rafter with a hammer,
adjusting B flange to
the required pitch.
STEP 3
Install B flange nails
in the obround nail holes,
locking the pitch.
For complementary ridge connection, see page 135
The HCP connects a rafter or joist to double top plates at a 45 angle.

MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
Attach HCP to double top plates.
Birdsmouth not required for table uplift loads but may be required for download.
Install rafter and complete nailing. Rafter may be sloped to 45.
Member
Size
To
Rafters
To
Plates
DF/SP
Allowable
Loads
SPF/HF
Allowable
Loads
(160)
(160)
Uplift
F1
Uplift
F1
134
HCP1.81 6-10dx112 6-10dx112
645
300
555
260
3 2
HCP4Z
1000
265
860
230
138
Model
No.
Fasteners
8-10d
8-10d
STEP 4
Bend tab with hammer and install
10dx112" nail into tab nail hole.
Hammer nail in at an approximate 45
angle to limit splitting.
1. Loads include a 60% increase for wind or earthquake loading with

2. The HCP can be installed on the inside and the outside of the wall with
a flat bottom chord truss and achieve twice the load capacity.
Code
Ref.
I8,
L15, F7
Plate Line
Locator for
Proper
Installation
11316" for HCP1.81

3916" for HCP4Z
6" for HCP1.81

658" for HCP4Z
3916"
fo
478" for HCP1.81
r HCP
4Z
HCP1.81
(HCP4Z similar)
U.S. Patent
5,380,115
Typical HCP Installation
10d
Common
PAI/MPAI
Purlin Anchors
4" C 6" CM
onc U W
rete al
Em l Em
bed bed
me men
nt
t
PAI
CM
Con U Wa
cre ll an
te E d
mb
edm
MPAI
ent
ASCE 7-10 12.11.2.2.5 states:

Diaphragm to structural wall anchorage using embedded
straps shall be attached to, or hooked around the
reinforcing steel, or otherwise terminated to effectively
transfer forces to the reinforcing steel.
WIND AND SDC A & B ALLOWABLE TENSION LOADS

Max.
Ledger
Size
4x
Ledger
Embed. Length, le
Strap
(in.)
Length, L
(in.)
Concrete CMU
Required Nails
Tension
Required Nails
Tension
Required Nails
Tension
Max. Allowable
Strap Tensile
Capacity
PAI18
1812
9 -10dx112
1820
9 -10dx112
1820
9-10dx112
1055
NA
PAI23
2334
14 -10dx112
2835
12 -10dx112
2360
14-10dx112
1805
NA
PAI28
29
16 -10dx112
3370
12 -10dx112
2360
16-10dx112
2705
NA
PAI35
35
18 -10dx112
3370
12 -10dx112
2360
18-10dx112
2815
NA
Model
No.
Cracked Concrete
CMU Wall
MPAI32
32
512
16 -10dx112
2355
16-10dx112
2355
MPAI44
44
512
24 -10dx112
2865
24-10dx112
2865
Code
Ref.
Wood-to-concrete and wood-to-CMU connectors that satisfy code requirements

for wind and seismic design categories (SDC) A-F. The PAs dual embedment line allows
installation in concrete or CMU wall. The PAI and MPAI are code listed under the 2009
and 2012 IBC and IRC ESR-2920 and have been tested to meet the requirements of
ICC-ES acceptance criteria AC-398 for cracked and un-cracked concrete.
MATERIAL: MPAI14 gauge; PAI12 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available HDG or ZMAX coating.
INSTALLATION:
Use all specified fasteners; some models have extra fastener holes.
See General Notes.
Allowable loads are for a horizontal installation into the side of a concrete
or CMU wall.
EDGE DISTANCEMinimum concrete edge distance is 5". Minimum CMU wall

left-to-right edge distance is 20".
CONCRETE CMU WALLSThe minimum wall specifications are:

A One #4 vertical rebar, 32" long, 16" each side of anchor;

B Two courses of grout filled block above and below the anchor
(no cold joints allowed);

C A horizontal bond beam with two #4 rebars, 40" long, a maximum of
two courses above or below the anchor.

D Minimum CMU compressive strength, f'm = 1500 psi.
OPTIONS: See LTT and HTT Tension Ties.
I25
SDC C-F ALLOWABLE TENSION LOADS

Max.
Ledger
Size
4x
Ledger
Model
No.
Embed. Length, le
(in.)
Strap
Length, L
(in.)
Concrete
CMU
Required Nails
Tension
Required Nails
Tension
Required Nails
Tension
Max. Allowable
Strap Tensile
Capacity
4180
Cracked Concrete
CMU Wall
PAI18
1812
9 -10dx112
1820
9 -10dx112
1820
9-10dx112
1055
PAI23
23 4
14 -10dx1 2
2830
10 -10dx1 2
1980
14-10dx112
1805
4180
PAI28
29
20 -10dx112
2830
10 -10dx112
1980
16-10dx112
2705
5070
PAI35
35
26 -10dx112
2830
10 -10dx112
1980
18-10dx112
2815
5070
MPAI32
32
512
16-10dx112
2355
MPAI44
44
512
24-10dx112
2865
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increases allowed.
2. Deflection at highest allowable loads for standard installation are as follows: PAI18 = 0.10", PAI23 = 0.158",
PAI28 = 0.167" and PAI35 = 0.13".
4. Minimum center-to-center spacing is 3 times the required embedment for PA/HPAs acting in
tension simultaneously , where le = embedment depth. Standard installation is based on minimum
5" end distance.
5. For wall anchorage systems in SDC C-F, the maximum allowable strap tensile capacity shall not be
less than 1.4 times the ASD anchor design load.
2 516"
6. Nail quantities are based on Douglas Fir (DF) or equivalent specific gravity of 0.50 or better.
min.
For use on Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF) or Hem Fir (HF) nail quantites must be increased by 1.15 to achieve
allowable loads.
7. Structural composite lumber beams have sides that show either the wide face or the lumber
strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation in the wide face.
8. Concrete shall have a minimum concrete strength, f'c of 3000 psi. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi for masonry.
9. 10dx112 installation directly to framing. For installation over wood structural panel sheathing,
use 218" minimum nail lengths for 12" nominal sheathing.
Code
Ref.
I25
Preservative-treated
barrier may
be required
#4
Rebar
Hanger
not shown
for clarity
PAI Purlin to Concrete Wall

(MPAI similar)
139
The Strong-Drive SDW Truss-Ply and EWP-Ply screws are a 0.22" diameter, high-strength
W 22
structural wood screws specifically designed for fastening multi-ply wood members such as plated
trusses, engineered-lumber products and solid-sawn lumber. The Strong-Drive SDW Truss-Ply and
X.X X
EWP-Ply screws installs easily with no pre-drilling and is available in optimized lengths for fastening
2, 3 and 4-ply trusses or 134" engineered lumber such as structural composite lumber (SCL). The
21516 " 638"
Strong-Drive SDW Truss-Ply and EWP-Ply screws enable single-side fastening, while still allowing
Strong-Drive SDW TRUSS-PLY Screw

concurrent loading on both sides of the assembly to the full allowable head or point-side load of
the fastener.
Low-profile head for reduced interference during handling or installation of
W 22
hardware on the assembly
High shear values enable wider screw spacing
X.X X
Bold thread design firmly cinches plies together to close gaps in multi-ply assemblies
338" 634"
Optimal screw lengths provide maximum penetration
MATERIAL: Heat-treated carbon steel

FINISH: Black E-coat
Strong-Drive SDW EWP-PLY Screw
WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance
problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the Strong-Drive SDW Truss-Ply
and EWP-Ply screws should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments.
U.S. Patents 5,897,280;
7,101,133 and 6,109,850
1
Strong-Drive SDW Truss-Ply and EWP-Ply screws install best with a low-speed 2" drill motor
and a T-40 6-lobe bit. The matched bit included with the screws is recommended for best results.
Pre-drilling is typically not required. Strong-Drive SDW Truss-Ply and EWP-Ply screws
may be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the
requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required through the
plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
T-40 Driver Bit
Screw heads that are countersunk flush to the wood surface are acceptable if the
(included)
screw has not spun out.
BIT40-R1
Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 3" to avoid conflicts with other
hardware or to avoid lumber defects.
NOTES TO THE DESIGNER:
1. Single-fastener shear loads and withdrawal loads in this section, are based on testing per ICC-ES AC233. Allowable withdrawal load for DF/SP/SCL
is 200 pounds per inch (lbs./in.) and for SPF/HF withdrawal is 150 lbs./in. of thread length penetration into the main member. Total allowable
withdrawal load is based on actual thread penetration into the main member.
2. Allowable loads in tables are shown at the load duration factor of CD = 1.00 and shall be multiplied by all applicable adjustment factors per the NDS.
Loads may be increased for load duration per the building code up to a CD of 1.6.
3. Minimum fastener spacing requirements: 6" end distance, 1716 " edge distance, 58" between staggered rows of fasteners, 4" between
non-staggered rows of fasteners and 6" between fasteners in a row. Note exceptions in the application drawing at the top of page 142.
4. Maximum fastener spacing is recommended not to exceed 24" on-center except as approved by a qualified Designer.
5. Structural composite lumber (SCL = LVL, PSL or LSL) loads assume an equivalent Specific Gravity of 0.50 or higher for fastener shear in
the wide face (unless otherwise noted).
6. Tabular loads in this document are based on the capacity of the Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDW Truss-Ply and EWP-Ply screws.
The capacity of the multi-ply assembly must be checked by a qualified Designer.
7. For top loaded solid sawn 2x built-up assemblies that are evenly loaded across the entire assembly width, the recommended fastener spacing is
two rows at 32" o.c.. For top-loaded SCL 134" built up assemblies that are evenly loaded across the entire assembly width, the recommended
fastener spacing is two rows at 24" o.c. for up to 18" deep members, and 3 rows at 24" o.c. for members deeper than 18".
CODES: IAPMO-UES ER-192; City of L.A. RR25906
Product Information
Model
No.2,3
Head
Stamp
Length
Nominal
Screw
Length
(L)
(in.)
SDW22300
SDW22338
SDW224384
SDW224584
SDW22500
SDW226005
SDW226385
SDW22634
3.00
3.37
4.37
4.62
5.00
6.00
6.37
6.75
21516
338
438
458
5
6
638
634
Typical
Application1
Thread
Length
(TL)
(in.)
Retail
Box3
Quantity
(1 Bit)
Retail
Boxes/
Carton
2x/Truss
SCL
2x/Truss Desert
2x/Truss
SCL/3x2PCT
2x/Truss Desert
2x/Truss
SCL/4x2PCT
1716
1916
1716
1716
1916
1716
1716
1916
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
6
6
4
4
4
4
4
4
Mini-Bulk
Bulk
Bucket
Bucket
Quantity2 Quantity
(2 Bits)
(1 Bit)
250
250
200
200
200
200
200
200
950
900
600
600
600
500
500
500
1. Typical screw application key:

2x/Truss = Solid-sawn dimensional lumber and

plated wood trusses.
2x/Truss Desert = Solid-sawn dimensional lumber
and plated wood trusses in desert environments

(scant lumber).
SCL = 134" plies of structural-composite lumber.
SCL/3x2PCT = 134" plies of structural-composite

lumber or double 3x2 parallel-chord trusses.
SCL/4x2PCT = 134" or 312" plies of structural-composite

lumber or double 4x2 parallel-chord trusses.
2. To order mini-bulk buckets add the letters MB to
the model number, e.g. SDW22458MB.
3. To order retail pack boxes add -R50 to the
model number, e.g. SDW22458-R50.
4. If assembly is less than or equal to 4916 " thick,
use the SDW22438.
5. If assembly is less than or equal to 6316 " thick,
use the SDW22600.
Table 1 Strong-Drive SDW TRUSS-PLY and EWP-PLY Screws Allowable Shear Loads
DF, SP, SPF, HF Lumber and 2x Truss Loaded on Head Side
140
Assembly
Model
No.
Nominal
Screw
Length
(in.)
Thread
Length
(in.)
Nominal
Side
Member
Thickness
(in.)
2-ply 2x/Truss
3-ply 2x/Truss Desert
3-ply 2x/Truss
4-ply 2x/Truss
SDW22300
SDW22438
SDW22458
SDW22600
SDW22638
21516
438
458
6
638
1716
1716
1716
1716
1716
112
112
112
112
112
Side
Member
Main
Member
Penetration
(in.)
DF/SP
Allowable
Shear
SPF/HF
Allowable
Shear
Code
Ref.
1381
278
278
412
412
325
400
400
400
400
255
325
325
340
340
IP4,
F32,
L23
1. For minimum penetration into main member of 118", use 235 lbs. for DF/SP and 210 lbs. for SPF/HF.
Main Member
Load
Loaded on Head Side
(3-ply assembly shown

other configurations similar)
STRONG-DRIVE SDW TRUSS-PLY & EWP-PLY Screws

DF, SP, SPF, HF Lumber and 2x Truss Loaded on Point Side
Main
Nominal
Thread
Nominal
Side Member Member
Screw Length Length
Thickness Penetration
(in.)
(in.)
(in.)
(in.)
Model
No.
Assembly
Side Member
SPF/HF
Allowable
Shear
Code
Ref.
IP4, F32
2-ply 2x/Truss
SDW22300
21516
1716
112
1381
325
255
SDW22438
438
1716
1381
275
255
3-ply 2x/Truss
SDW22458
458
1716
1381
275
255
SDW22600
1 16
4 2
1381
275
255
4-ply 2x/Truss
SDW22638
638
1716
412
1381
275
255
Load
170
Loaded on Point Side

1. For minimum penetration into main member of 118", use 235 lbs. for DF/SP and 210 lbs. for SPF/HF.
LUMBER FASTENING IN DRY CLIMATES

The highlighted regions on this map may experience drier
conditions which can result in reduced lumber thickness
(scant lumber) due to wood shrinkage. To help ensure
optimum thread penetration into the main (last) member
without excessive protrusion, Simpson Strong-Tie offers
the 438" and 6" lengths of the SDW screw, which are sized
for the thinner members common in these desert
climates (see table above). It is the responsibility of the
Truss Manufacturer or contractor/installer to determine
the appropriate fastener length for any given application.
(See tables and footnotes for minimum required penetration.)
LVL, PSL and LSL Loaded on Head Side
Side
Member
Assembly
Model
No.
Nominal
Screw
Length
(in.)
Thread
Length
(in.)
Nominal
Side Member
Thickness
(in.)
Main
Member
Penetration
(in.)
2-ply 134" SCL
SDW22338
338
1916
134
1581
3-ply 1 4" SCL
SDW22500
1 16
1 4
3 4
400
325
4-ply 134" SCL
SDW22634
634
1916
134
400
385
2-ply 312" SCL
SDW22634
634
1916
312
314
400
Equivalent
Equivalent
Specifi
Specifi
Gravity 0.50
Gravity 0.42
Allowable Shear Allowable Shear
400
Load
255
IP4,
F32
LVL, PSL and LSL Loaded on Point Side
Assembly
Thread
Length
(in.)
Nominal
Side Member
Thickness
(in.)
Main
Member
Penetration
(in.)
Side Member
Equivalent
Equivalent
Specifi
Specifi
Gravity 0.50
Gravity 0.42
Allowable Shear Allowable Shear
2-ply 134" SCL
SDW22338
338
1916
134
1581
400
255
3-ply 134" SCL
SDW22500
1916
312
112
300
255
4-ply 134" SCL
SDW22634
634
1916
514
112
300
255
2-ply 312" SCL
SDW22634
634
1916
312
314
400
1. For minimum penetration into main member of 1 2", use 300 lbs.
1
Loaded on Head Side

1. For minimum penetration into main member of 1 2", use 300 lbs.
Nominal
Screw
Length
(in.)
Main Member
Code
Ref.
Model
No.
DF/SP
Allowable
Shear
Main
Member
Main
Member
Load
Code
Ref.
IP4, F32
170
IP4, F32
Loaded on Point Side

141
Assembly
Model
No.
Nominal
Screw Length
(in.)
2-ply 3x2 PCT
SDW22500
280
200
2-ply 4x2 PCT
SDW22634
634
280
200
DF/SP
Allowable Shear
SPF/HF
Allowable Shear
Truss member
312"
312"
Code
Ref.
34"
112"
170
Strong-Drive SDW Screw Position
1. To transfer uniform or concentrated loads applied to

in 2-Ply 4x2 Truss
simply supported spans on assembly top chord:
(2-ply 3x2 similar)
a. Space screws as required to transfer half the load
into the supporting truss.
b. Minimum screw spacing shall be 4" o.c.
2. To transfer concentrated loads applied to simply
Concentrated Load
Uniform Load
supported spans on an assembly top chord or
vertical web:
12" Max.
12" Max.
a. Concentrated loads must be applied at a
panel point.
b. Screws to be installed within 12" of the
concentrated load on top-chord assembly
3. Gap between the trusses shall not exceed 18".
Strong-Drive
4. Floor sheathing shall be screwed or nailed to
SDW screw (typ.)
Strong-Drive
each top-chord ply. (Fastener spacing per the
SDW screw (typ.)
applicable Code requirements, or 12" o.c.)
5. Strong-Drive SDW screws shall not be installed
in areas where lumber wane exceeds 14".
6. Hangers on skewed girders:
a. Hanger loads not exceeding 34" o.c. on a skewed girder (resulting from uniformly spaced joists up to 24" o.c.) may be converted to a uniform load.
b. For girders with hanger load spacing in excess of 34" o.c. the loads shall be considered as concentrated loads at the applicable locations.
7. Other configurations acceptable as long as approved by Truss Designer.
Table 6 Strong-Drive SDW TRUSS-PLY and EWP-PLY Screws Allowable Uniform Load
Applied to Either Outside Member Side-Loaded Multi-Ply Assemblies
Multiple Members
Assembly Components
A-W
2 -ply 2x/Truss
Nominal
Screw
Length
(in.)
278
B-W
3 -ply 2x/Truss
438 or 458
C-W
4 -ply 2x/Truss
6 or 638
Loaded
Side
Either
Head
Point
Head
Point
DF/SP
12" o.c.
2 Rows
1300
1200
825
1065
735
SPF/HF
16" o.c.
3 Rows
1950
1800
1240
1600
1100
1. Each ply is assumed to carry same proportion of load.

2. Loads may be applied to the head side and point side concurrently
provided neither published allowable load is exceeded. (Example: a
3-ply DF assembly with a head side load of 1300 plf and point side load
of 900 plf may be fastened together with 3 rows of SDW @ 16" o.c.)
2 Rows
975
900
620
800
550
24" o.c.
3 Rows
1465
1350
930
1200
825
2 Rows
650
600
415
535
365
12" o.c.
3 Rows
975
900
620
800
550
2 Rows
1020
975
765
905
680
16" o.c.
3 Rows
1530
1465
1150
1360
1020
2 Rows
765
730
575
680
510
24" o.c.
3 Rows
1150
1095
860
1020
765
2 Rows
510
490
385
455
340
3 Rows
765
730
575
680
510
3. When hangers are installed on point side, hanger face fasteners must be a minimum of 3" long.
4. Tables are based on Main Member Penetration as noted in Tables 1 and 2.
5. Hanger load spacing on the multi-ply assembly should not exceed 24" o.c. Exception: On a
skewed girder, hanger loads up to 34" o.c. (resulting from joists uniformly spaced up to 24" o.c.)
may be converted to a uniform load.
6" Min. end distance
6" Min. between fasteners
1716" Min.
edge distance
W 22
W 22
X.X X
X.X X
W 22
W 22
Assembly A-W
Assembly B-W
Point Side
Head Side
Point Side
Head Side
Point Side
Head Side
Point Side
Head Side
X.X X
4" Min.
between
non-staggered
rows
58"
Min.
stagger
Min.
between
staggered
rows each
way
W 22
W 22
X.X X
X.X X
Spacing Requirements
Assembly F-W
Assembly C-W
X.X X
58"
Table 7 Strong-Drive SDW TRUSS-PLY and EWP-PLY Screws Allowable Uniform Load
Applied to Either Outside Member Side-Loaded Multi-Ply LVL, PSL and LSL Assemblies
Assembly
A-W
Components
2-ply SCL
Nominal
Screw Length
(in.)
338
B-W
3-ply SCL
C-W
4-ply SCL
634
F-W
2-ply 312" SCL
634
Multiple Members
142
Loaded
Side
Either
Head
Point
Head
Point
Either
1. Each ply is assumed to carry same proportion of load.

2. Loads may be applied to the head side and point side concurrently
provided neither published allowable load is exceeded.
(Example: a 3-ply assembly with a head side load of 1300 plf
12" o.c.
2 Rows
1600
1200
900
1065
800
1600
16" o.c.
3 Rows
2400
1800
1350
1600
1200
2400
2 Rows
1200
900
675
800
600
1200
24" o.c.
3 Rows
1800
1350
1015
1200
900
1800
2 Rows
800
600
450
535
400
800
3 Rows
1200
900
675
800
600
1200
and point side load of 1000 plf may be fastened together with 3 rows of SDW @ 16" o.c.)
3. When hangers are installed on point side, hanger face fasteners must be a minimum of 3" long.
4. Tables are based on Main Member Penetration as noted in single-fastener load tables 3 and 4.
Two-Ply 3x2/4x2 Parallel-Chord Trusses Loaded on Either Side
Plated Truss Connectors
THA/THAC Adjustable Truss Hangers

134" Typical
212" for THA422-2
and THA426-2
Min.
Header
Depth
Typical
THA29 Face
Mount Installation
Double 4x2
Use full table value
THA29
2 Face nails
total
Single 4x2
See
footnote 3
4 Top Nails
(Total)
Typical THA422
Top Flange
Installation on a
4x2 Floor Truss
Straighten the
double shear nailing tabs
and install nails straight
Top nails
per table
Face nails
per table
Typical THA Top Flange

Installation on a Nailer
(except THA29)
Dome Double-Shear
Nailing Side View
(available on
some models)
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
of THA422
Dimensions
Model
No.
Ga
THA29
THA213
THA218
THA218-2
THA222-2
THA413
THA418
THA422
THA426
THA422-2
THA426-2
THA29
THA213
THA218
THA218-2
THA222-2
THA413
THA418
THA422
THA426
THA422-2
THA426-2
Min.5
Min.
Top Header
Flange Depth
18
18
18
16
16
18
16
16
14
14
14
158
158
158
318
318
358
358
358
358
714
714
91116
13516
17316
171116
22316
13516
1712
22
26
221116
26116
518
512
512
8
8
412
778
778
778
934
934
2716
112
2
2
2
112
2
2
2
2
2
18
18
18
16
16
18
16
16
14
14
14
158
158
158
318
318
358
358
358
358
714
714
91116
13516
17316
171116
22316
13516
1712
22
26
221116
26116
518
512
512
8
8
412
778
778
778
934
934
91116
13516
17316
14116
14116
1338
14116
14116
16116
16316
18
Fasteners
Carrying
Carried
Uplift
Floor Snow Roof Wind
Member
Member
(160) (100) (115) (125) (160)
Top Face Straight Slant
TOP FLANGE INSTALLATION3
4-10d 4-10d
4-10d 560 2260 2310 2350 2350

4-10d 2-10d 4-10dx112
1615 1615 1615 1615
4-10d 2-10d 4-10dx112
1615 1615 1615 1615
4-16d 2-16d
6-10d
2245 2245 2245 2245

4-16d 2-16d
6-10d
2245 2245 2245 2245

4-10d 2-10d
4-10d
1615 1615 1615 1615

4-16d 2-16d
6-10d
2245 2245 2245 2245

4-16d 2-16d
6-10d
2245 2245 2245 2245

4-16d 4-16d
6-16d
2435 2435 2435 2435

4-16d 4-16d
6-16d
3330 3330 3330 3330

4-16d 4-16d
6-16d
3330 3330 3330 3330

FACE MOUNT INSTALLATION4
16-10d
4-10d 560 2125 2310 2350 2350

14-10d
4-10d 1170 1940 2000 2030 2030

18-10d
4-10d 1170 1940 2000 2030 2030

22-16d
6-16d 1855 3695 3695 3695 3695

22-16d
6-16d 1855 3695 3695 3695 3695

14-10d
4-10d 1170 1940 2235 2400 2400

22-16d
6-16d 1855 3695 3695 3695 3695

22-16d
6-16d 1855 3695 3695 3695 3695

30-16d
6-16d 1855 4550 4550 4550 4550

30-16d
6-16d 1855 5160 5520 5520 5520

38-16d
6-16d 1855 5520 5520 5520 5520
1. Uplift has been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no
2. Wind (160) is a download rating.
3. For single 4x2 top chord carrying members or single 2x nailers, the
following THA hangers can be installed using 10dx112" top nails and
2-16d face nails with reduced allowable loads as noted: THA418/THA422:
1415 lbs. for DF/SP, 1215 lbs. for SPF; THA426: 2245 lbs. for DF/SP,
1930 lbs. for SPF; THA422-2/THA426-2: 2345 lbs. for DF/SP, 2015 lbs.
for SPF. Loads are based on hanger installations at panel points.
4. Face mount installation loads are based on minimum of 2-ply 2x

Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind
(160) (100) (115) (125) (160)
The THA series have extra long straps that can be fieldformed to give height adjustability and top flange hanger convenience.
THA hangers can be installed as top flange or face mount hangers.
THA4x and THA2x-2 models feature a dense nail pattern in the
straps, which provides more installation options and allows for easy
top flange installation.
MATERIAL: See table

The following installation methods may be used:
Top Flange InstallationThe straps must be field formed over
the header see table for minimum top flange requirements.
Install top and face nails according to the table. Top nails shall
THA418
THAC422
not be within 14" from the edge of the top flange members. For
the THA29, nails used for joist attachment must be driven at an
angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist and
into the header. For all other top flange installations, straighten the
double shear nailing tabs and install the nails straight into the joist.
Face Mount Installation Install all face nails according to the
table. Not all nail holes will be filled on all models. On models
Refer to
where there are more nail holes than required, the lowest 4 face
footnote 6
holes must be filled. Nails used for the joist attachment must be
driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of
the joist into the header.
Alternate InstallationThe THA 4x hangers may be installed
in a top flange configuration using the tabulated fasteners for face
mount installation and achieve the face mount installation loads.
Typical THA29
Install the tabulated face nails into the face and top of the carrying
Top Flange
member. Nails used for the joist attachment must be driven at an angle
Installation
so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist into the header.
Uplift Lowest face nails must be filled to achieve uplift loads.
OPTIONS: THA hangers available with
Double-Shear

the header flanges turned in for 358"
DoubleNailing Side View

(except THA413) and larger, with no
Shear
Do not bend tab

load reduction order THAC hanger.
Nailing
unless otherwise
Top View
noted

Key Chart.
Code
Ref.
480
1740
1280
1280
1935
1935
1280
1935
1935
2095
2865
2865
1785
1280
1280
1935
1935
1280
1935
1935
2095
2865
2865
1815
1280
1280
1935
1935
1280
1935
1935
2095
2865
2865
1815
1280
1280
1935
I8, L15, F7
1935
1280
1935
1935
2095
F23
2865
170
2865
170
480
780
780
1595
1595
780
1595
1595
1595
1595
1595
1740
1385
1385
3185
3185
1660
3185
3185
3915
4440
4745
1785
1425
1425
3185
3185
1910
3185
3185
3915
4745
4745
1815
1450
1450
3185
3185
2075
3185
3185
3915
4745
4745
1815
1450
1450
3185
3185
2210
3185
3185
3915
4745
4745
I8, L15, F7
F23
170
170
carrying member. For single 2x carrying members, use 10dx112" nails into the carrying
member and tabulated fasteners into the carried member, and use 0.80 of the table value for
18 gauge, and 0.68 of the table value for 16 gauge and 14 gauge.
5. Min. Top Flange refers to the minimum length of strap that must be field formed over the header.
6. For the THA 2x models, one strap may be installed vertically according to the face mount
nailing requirements and the other strap wrapped over the truss chord according to the
top flange nailing requirements (see drawing above) and achieve full tabulated top flange
installation loads.
143
THASR/L Adjustable/Skewable Truss Hangers

The THASR/L hangers combine the height adjustability of THA hangers with field skewability,
offering maximum flexibility for the installer, and eliminating the need for special orders.
Shipped at 2212 right or left, the THASR/L hangers can be field skewed from 2212 to 75
(up to 85 for the THASR/L29 and THASR/L29-2).
The new THASR/L29, 29-2 and 422 are replacing the former 218, 218-2 and 418 versions.
FEATURES: The THASR/L single and two-ply versions have straps 9" tall.
The 4x version has 22" straps to fit more parallel-chord truss applications.
The new versions have only one acute side bend line to ease design and installation.
Joist fasteners are only required from one side for skews greater than 2212.
Rated for installation with either nails or Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SD
Connector screws.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
Product is factory skewed to 2212 and may be field skewed from 2212 to 75 (up to 85 for
the THASR/L29 and THASR/L29-2). See Installation Sequence below for skews greater than 2212.
For 2212 skew installations, fill all triangle holes. Triangle holes do not need to be
filled for skews greater than 2212.
For all installations, fill the fastener hole(s) in the bottom of the hanger seat
(THASR/L29 has one and all other models have two).
For top flange installations, the straps must be field-formed over the header a minimum of 2".
THASR/L29 and THASR/L29-2For installations where either strap cannot be
field-formed over the header, install the strap(s) vertical and fill all holes. Loads
must be reduced as noted in the table footnotes.
THASR/L422For face-mount installations, install the carrying member fasteners into the lowest holes.
INSTALLATION SEQUENCE FOR SKEWS > 2212
Heff
(2) 2x6 Min.
Typical
THASL29
Installation
(L in model name = Left,
R in model name = Right)
THASL29
2 Top nails in
eld formed strap
4 Face nails
Align back edge of carried member

with the slotted holes on the acute side
Step 1: Install acute

side top and/or face
header fasteners.
Step 2: Utilizing a piece of

scrap fastened to the hanger
(on obtuse side only), bend
the hanger along the acute side
bend line to the desired angle.
Step 3: Bend the obtuse side of the

hanger back toward the header until the
narrow nailing flange lies flat against
the header, and install obtuse side
header top and/or face fasteners.
Step 4: Install joist/truss

and install the carried
member fasteners on the
obtuse side and seat only.
Allowable Loads for Installation with Nails

Min.
Carried
Member
Model
No.
Fill all
holes in
vertical
strap
Double
2x6 min.
Dimensions Min. Skew

Heff4 (Degree)
W
H
2x
Truss
THASR/L29
158
978
2-2x
Truss
THASR/L29-2
318
978
4x
Truss
THASR/L422
358
22
4x
Truss
THASR/L422
358
22
2212
512 23 to 74
75 to 85
2212
1
5 2 23 to 45
46 to 85
2212
8 23 to 45
46 to 75
2212
512 23 to 45
46 to 75
Typical THASL29
Installed with
One Strap Vertical

Fasteners
Carrying Member
Carried
Member (160) (100) (115) (125) (160)
Top
Face
4-10d
8-10d
7-10dx112 795 1975 1975 1975 1975
4-10d
8-10d
4-10dx112 385 1485 1485 1485 1485
4-10d
8-10d
4-10dx112 385 1850 1895 1895 1895
4-10d
8-10d
8-10d
825 1660 1660 1660 1660
4-10d
8-10d
5-10d
295 1285 1285 1285 1285
4-10d
8-10d
5-10d
260 1285 1285 1285 1285
4-10d
4-10d
8-10d
1115 1115 1115 1115
4-10d
4-10d
5-10d
925 925 925 925
4-10d
4-10d
5-10d
745 745 745 745
8-10d
8-10d
810 810 810 810
8-10d
5-10d
730 730 730 730
8-10d
5-10d
730 730 730 730

Code
Ref.
(160) (100) (115) (125) (160)
685
330
330
710
255
225
1695
1275
1380
1425
1105
1105
960
795
640
1700
1275
1420
1425
1105
1105
960
795
640
1700
1275
1445
1425
1105
1105
960
795
640
1700
1275 170
1545
1425
1105 170
1105
960
795 170
640
700
625
625
700
625
625
700
625
625
700
625
625
170
Allowable Loads for Installation with Strong-Drive SD Connector Screws

Min.
Carried
Member
Model
No.
2x
Truss
THASR/L29
158
978
2-2x
Truss
THASR/L29-2 318
978
4x
Truss
THASR/L422
358
22
THASR/L422 358
22
4x
Truss
144
Dimensions Min. Skew

Heff4 (Degree)
W
H
2212
512 23 to 45
46 to 85
2212
1
5 2 23 to 45
46 to 85
2212
1
5 2 23 to 45
46 to 75
2212
512 23 to 45
46 to 75
Fasteners
Carrying Member
Carried
Member (160) (100) (115) (125) (160)
Top
Face
4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 7-SD #9x112 1085 2510 2665 2765 2790
4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 4-SD #9x112 660 1995 2075 2125 2220
4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 4-SD #9x112 535 1995 2075 2125 2220
4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 1450 2745 2745 2745 2745
4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 530 1915 1915 1915 1915
4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 665 1530 1530 1530 1530
4-SD #9x212 4-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 1140 1140 1140 1140
4-SD #9x212 4-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 1065 1065 1065 1065
4-SD #9x212 4-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 870 870 870 870
8-SD #9x212 8-SD #9x212 1600 1720 1720 1720
8-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 1330 1330 1330 1330
8-SD #9x212 5-SD #9x212 1330 1330 1330 1330

Code
Ref.
(160) (100) (115) (125) (160)
935
540
460
1075
455
540
1735
1400
1400
2360
1645
1315
980
915
750
1835
1450
1450
2360
1645
1315
980
915
750
1905
1485
1485
2360
1645
1315
980
915
750
2140
1600 170
1600
2360
1645 170
1315
980
915 170
750
895 1030 1120 1435

895 1030 1120 1145 170
895 1030 1120 1145
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further
downloads for skews greater than 2212 and 85% of the tabulated downloads for
2212 skews. Allowable uplift capacities are 100% of the tabulated uplift load capacities.
6. Allowable downloads for 75-85 skews with one or both straps installed
3. Minimum carried member heel height shall be 412".
vertically (with all holes filled) shall be limited to 75% of these loads.
4. Heff is the distance from the top of the hanger seat to the top of the carried member.
5. For tabulated top flange installation loads, the straps must be wrapped over the
header a minimum of 2". Allowable downloads for the THASR/L29 and THASR/L29-2
8. SCREWS: SD #9x112" (model SD9112) = 0.131" dia. x 112" long,
with one or both straps installed vertically (with all holes filled) are 90% of the tabulated
SD #9x212" (model SD9212) = 0.131" dia. x 212" long.
UPDATED 03/27/15
Rotate
acute
side to
desired
angle
W/WP/WM Plated Truss Top Flange Hangers

The W and WP hangers offer design flexibility and versatility
supporting trusses off of wood or steel. WM hangers are designed
for use on standard 8" grouted masonry block wall construction.
MATERIAL: W, WM12 gauge top flange and stirrup,
WP7 gauge top flange and 12 gauge stirrup
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; hot-dip galvanized available:
specify HDG.
Hangers may be welded to steel headers with 18" for W, and 316"
for WP, by 112" fillet welds located at each end of the top flange.
Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable load listed.
Uplift loads do not apply to this application.
Hangers can support multi-ply carried members; the individual
members must be secured together to work as a single unit
before installation into the hanger.
MID-WALL INSTALLATION: Installed between blocks with
duplex nails cast into grout with a minimum of one grouted
course above and below the top flange and one #5 vertical
rebar minimum 24" long in each adjacent cell.
TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION: Install on top of wall to a
grouted beam with masonry screws.
OPTIONS: For 4x2 trusses, specify alternate nail pattern (ANP)
which relocates the nails to the bottom of the joist. See
Hanger Options, pages 233-243 for hanger modifications.
WP
DF/SP SPF/HF
LSL
1600
1665
1765
2200
2525
3255
3000
3255
3375
3375
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16dx212
2-10d
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16dx212
2-10d
1600
1665
1740
2200
2500
3255
2510
3255
214"
SIMPSON
Strong-Tie
12 Ga.
Top
Flange
WM
WP
The table indicates

the maximum
allowable loads
for W and WP
hangers used
on wood nailers.
Nailers are wood
members attached
to the top of a steel
I-beam, concrete
or masonry wall.
Typical WP
Installation with Alternate
Nailing Pattern (ANP)
for 4x2 Truss
Typical WM Installation
with Alternate Nail Pattern
(ANP) for 4x2 Truss
W SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADERS

Joist
Model
W
WM
WP
Fasteners
Width 4
Depth
Top
Face
Joist
Uplift
(160)
LVL
PSL
LSL
DF/SP
112 to 312
112 to 312
112 to 312
112 to 7
112 to 7
112 to 7
112 to 7
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
312 to 30
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16d
2-16d DPLX
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-16d
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
1635
2150
2335
2865
2525
3635
1740
2020
1950
3250
3250
3320
2335
3650
3650
1600
2200
1765
2500
3255
3255
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further
2. WM hangers are limited based on joist bearing capacity for the specific wood species,
up to the maximum test value of 4175 lbs. All headers are grouted masonry block.
Dimensions
Model
No.
Ga
W1.62x
WM1.62x
WP3.31x
WM3.31x
W3.62x
WP3.62x
WM3.62x
WP7.25x
WM7.25x
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
W
158
158
3516
3516
358
358
358
714
714
Min.
H
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
TF
212
2
212
2
212
212
2
212
2
212
334
2316
334
212
2316
334
2316
334
1. WM hangers are limited based on joist bearing capacity for

the specific wood species, up to the maximum test value
of 4175 lbs. All headers are grouted masonry block.
Carrying
Member
2-10d
2-16d DPLX
2-10d
2-16d DPLX
2-10d
2-10d
2-16d DPLX
2-10d
2-16d DPLX
Carried
Member
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10d
2-10d
2-10d
2-10d
2-10d
2-10d
2-10d
SPF/HF I-Joist
1415
1435
1435
2000
2600
2600
Code
Ref.
Masonry
2030
4175
170
I10, L11, F9
IL12, L16
170
I19, L14, F18
3. Joist dimensions do not include truss plate thickness.

4. NAILS: 16d and 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
Fasteners
2x
2-2x
3x
4x
2x
2-2x
3x
4x
212"
7 Ga.
Top
Flange
NAILER TABLE
Allowable Loads
Top
Flange
Nailing
Model Nailer
12 Ga.
Top Flange

Floor
(100)
2200
1890
3255
3635
2200
3255
4175
3255
4175
Snow
(115)
2200
1920
3255
3675
2200
3255
4175
3255
4175
Roof
(125)
2200
1940
3255
3700
2200
3255
4175
3255
4175

Wind
(160)
2200
1955
3255
3720
2200
3255
4175
3255
4175
Floor
(100)
1435
1445
2600
2765
1435
2600
3190
2600
4175
Snow
(115)
1435
1470
2600
2795
1435
2600
3220
2600
4175
Roof
(125)
1435
1485
2600
2820
1435
2600
3240
2600
4175
3. Min. H is the minimum H dimension that may be ordered and desired H dimension should be specified.
For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load.
4. NAILS: 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
Wind
(160)
1435
1500
2600
2835
1435
2600
3260
2600
4175
145
LUS/MUS/HUS/HHUS/HGUS/HUSC
Double Shear Joist Hangers

1" for 2xs

1116" for 4xs
HUS210
(HUS26, HUS28,
and HHUS similar)
MUS28
LUS28
318
HGUS28-2

HHUS210-2
HUSC

Model
No.
LUS24
LUS26
MUS26
HUS26
HGUS26
LUS28
MUS28
HUS28
HGUS28
LUS210
HUS210
Model
No.
Min.
Heel Ga
Height
Dimensions
W
SINGLE 2x SIZES
1916 318 134
18
1916 434 134
18 1916 5316 2
16 158 538
3
12 158 538
5
18 1916 658 134
18 1916 61316 2
16 158
7
3
12 158 718
5
18 1916 71316 134
16 158
9
3
258
414
41116
4516
4916
4316
6516
612
6916
414
838
Concealed
Flanges
(not available
for HHUS,
HGUS and
HUS2x)
Fasteners
Carrying Carried
Member Member
4-10d
4-10d
6-10d
14-16d
20-16d
6-10d
8-10d
22-16d
36-16d
8-10d
30-16d
2-10d
4-10d
6-10d
6-16d
8-16d
4-10d
8-10d
8-16d
12-16d
4-10d
10-16d
1. See table
on page
147 for
allowable
loads.
(Truss Designer
to provide fastener
quantity for connecting
multiple members
together)
Typical HUS26 with

Reduced Heel Height
Double Shear
Nailing
Side View
Do not
bend tab
Double
Shear
Nailing
Top View
DF Allowable Loads
SP Allowable Loads
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
LUS24
490
670
765
825
1045
490
725
830
895
LUS26
1165
865
990
1070
1355
1165
940
1075
1165
MUS26
1090
1295
1480
1605
1825
1090
1410
1610
1745
"M
in.
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Dome Double Shear

Nailing Side View
(available on
some models)
U.S. Patent 5,603,580

Wind
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
1135
420
1475
1005
575
655
705
895
740
845
915
1160
1825
940
1110
1265
1370
1570
Wind
(160)
Code
Ref.
SINGLE 2x SIZES
146
HUS26
1550
2720
3095
3335
3335
1550
2950
3335
3335
3335
1335
2330
2650
2820
2865
HGUS26
1765
4360
4885
5230
5390
1765
4725
5290
5390
5390
1520
3750
4200
4500
4635
LUS28
1165
1100
1255
1360
1725
1165
1200
1365
1480
1835
1005
940
1075
1165
1475
MUS28
1555
1730
1975
2140
2645
1555
1880
2150
2330
2645
1335
1475
1690
1830
2275
HUS28
2000
3965
4120
4220
4335
2000
3790
3960
4070
4335
1720
2905
3035
3125
3435
HGUS28
3015
6745
6970
7125
7275
3015
6460
6705
6870
7275
2595
4960
5160
5290
5745
LUS210
1165
1340
1525
1650
2090
1165
1445
1660
1795
2270
1005
1145
1305
1415
1745
HUS210
3000
4255
4445
4575
5020
3000
4105
4310
4450
4930
2580
3150
3315
3425
3815
Note: For dimensions and fastener information, see table above. See table footnotes on page 147.
I7, F6, L17
170
I7, F6, L17
170
I7, F6, L17
All hangers in this series have double shear nailing an

innovation that distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for
greater strength. This allows for fewer nails, faster installation, and the use
of all common nails for the same connection.
Double shear hangers range from the light capacity LUS hangers to the
highest capacity HGUS hangers. For medium load truss applications, the
MUS offers a lower cost alternative and easier installation than the HUS or
THA hangers, while providing greater load capacity and bearing than the LUS.
MATERIAL: See tables below and on page 147.

Nails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into
OPTIONS: LUS and MUS hangers cannot be modified.
HUS hangers available with the header flanges turned in for
2-2x (318") and 4x only, with no load reduction. See HUSC
Concealed Flange illustration.
Concealed flanges are not available for HGUS and HHUS.
See Hanger Options, page 237, for sloped and/or skewed
HHUS models.
Other sizes available; consult your Simpson Strong-Tie representative.
FACE MOUNT HANGERS

Dimensions
Fasteners
Min.
Heel Ga
Height
LUS24-2
2 4
18
3 8
3 8
4-16d
2-16d
440
800
910
985
1250
380
680
780
845
1070
LUS26-2
4916
18
318
478
4-16d
4-16d
1165
1030
1180
1280
1625
1000
880
1010
1090
1385
HHUS26-2
4516
14 3516
538
14-16d
6-16d
1550
2785
3155
3405
4265
1335
2390
2710
2925
3665
HGUS26-2
4 16
12 3 16
5716
20-16d
8-16d
2155
4355
4875
5230
5575
1855
3750
4200
4500
4795
LUS28-2
4916
18
6-16d
4-16d
1165
1315
1500
1625
2060
1000
1125
1285
1390
1765
HHUS28-2
6916
14 3516
714
22-16d
8-16d
2000
4210
4770
5140
6440
1720
3615
4095
4415
5375
7316
36-16d
12-16d
3235
7460
7460
7460
7460
2785
6415
6415
6415
6415
I7, L17, F23
8-16d
6-16d
1745
1830
2090
2265
2870
1500
1565
1785
1935
2455
I7, F6, L17
Model
No.
Carrying Carried Uplift1

B
Member Member (160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift1
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Code
Ref.
DOUBLE 2x SIZES
318
HGUS28-2
6916
12 3516
LUS210-2
6716
18
HHUS210-2
838
14 3516
878
30-16d
10-16d
4000
5635
6380
6880
7165
3525
4835
5270
5380
5765
HGUS210-2
8916
12 3516
9316
46-16d
16-16d
4095
9100
9100
9100
9100
3525
7465
7730
7825
7825
HGUS26-3
41316
12 41516
512
20-16d
8-16d
2155
4355
4875
5230
5575
1855
3750
4200
4500
4795
HGUS28-3
61316
12 41516
714
36-16d
12-16d
3235
7460
7460
7460
7460
2785
6415
6415
6415
6415
HGUS210-3
81316
12 41516
914
46-16d
16-16d
4095
9100
9100
9100
9100
3525
7825
7825
7825
7825
HGUS212-3
1058
12 41516 1034 4
56-16d
20-16d
5045
9600
9600
9600
9600
4335
8255
8255
8255
8255
HGUS214-3
1258
12 41516 1234 4
66-16d
22-16d
5515
10100
10100
10100
10100
4745
8685
8685
8685
8685
HGUS26-4
512
12 6916
5716
20-16d
8-16d
2155
4355
4875
5230
5575
1855
3750
4200
4500
4795
HGUS28-4
714
12 6916
7316
36-16d
12-16d
3235
7460
7460
7460
7460
2785
6415
6415
6415
6415
HGUS210-4
914
12 6916
9316
46-16d
16-16d
4095
9100
9100
9100
9100
3525
7825
7825
7825
7825
HGUS212-4
1058
12 6916 1058 4
56-16d
20-16d
5045
9600
9600
9600
9600
4335
8255
8255
8255
8255
HGUS214-4
1258
12 6916 1258 4
66-16d
22-16d
5515
10100
10100
10100
10100
4745
8685
8685
8685
8685
318
I7, F6, L17

I7, L17, F23
I7, F6, L17
I7, L17, F23
TRIPLE 2x SIZES
I7, L17, F23
I7, L17, F23
4x SIZES
LUS46
438
18 3916
434
4-16d
4-16d
1165
1030
1180
1280
1625
1000
880
1010
1090
1385
HGUS46
4 16
12
3 8
4716
20-16d
8-16d
2155
4355
4875
5230
5575
1855
3750
4200
4500
4795
HHUS46
4516
14
358
5316
14-16d
6-16d
1550
2790
3160
3410
4265
1335
2390
2710
2925
3665
LUS48
438
18 3916
634
6-16d
4-16d
1165
1315
1500
1625
2060
1000
1125
1285
1390
1765
HUS48
6 8
14 3 16
6-16d
6-16d
1550
1595
1815
1960
2470
1550
1365
1555
1680
2115
HHUS48
612
14
358
718
22-16d
8-16d
2000
4215
4770
5150
6440
1720
3615
4095
4415
5535
HGUS48
6716
12
358
7116
36-16d
12-16d
3235
7460
7460
7460
7460
2785
6415
6415
6415
6415
LUS410
614
18 3916
HHUS410
838
14
834
8-16d
6-16d
1745
1830
2090
2265
2870
1500
1565
1785
1935
2455
358
30-16d
10-16d
3745
5640
6385
6890
7165
3440
4835
5480
5910
6165
9116
HGUS410
8716
12
358
46-16d
16-16d
4095
9100
9100
9100
9100
3525
7825
7825
7825
7825
HGUS412
10716
12
358 10716 4
56-16d
20-16d
5045
9600
9600
9600
9600
4335
8255
8255
8255
8255
HGUS414
11716
12
358 12716 4
66-16d
22-16d
5515
10100
10100
10100
10100
4745
8685
8685
8685
8685
1. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further
increase allowed. For normal loading applications such as cantilever construction
refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector software or conservatively
divide the uplift load by 1.6.
3. Minimum heel height shown is required to achieve full table loads. For less than
minimum heel height, see technical bulletin T-REDHEEL.
QUADRUPLE 2x SIZES
I7, F6, L17

I7, L17, F23
I7, F6, L17
I7, L17, F23
I7, F6, L17
I7, L17, F23
I7, L17

5. Loads shown are based on minimum of 2-ply 2x carrying member. With 3x carrying
members, use 16dx212" nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist with no
load reduction. With single 2x carrying members, use 10dx112" nails into the header
and 10d commons into the joist, and reduce the load to 0.64 of the table value.
147
HTU
Face Mount Truss Hangers
134"
HTU26
Typical HTU26
Minimum Nailing
Installation
HTU28 installed on
2x6 carrying member
(HTU210 similar)
HTU Installation for Standard Allowable Loads

(For 12" maximum gap,
use Alternate Allowable Loads.)
Standard Allowable Loads (18" Maximum Hanger Gap)

Dimensions
Min.
Heel
Height
HTU26
HTU26 (Min)
HTU26 (Max)
HTU28 (Min)
HTU28 (Max)
HTU210 (Min)
HTU210 (Max)
312
378
512
378
714
378
914
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
HTU26-2 (Min)
HTU26-2 (Max)
HTU28-2 (Min)
HTU28-2 (Max)
HTU210-2 (Min)
HTU210-2 (Max)
378
512
378
714
378
914
3516
3516
3516
3516
3516
3516
Model
No.
Fasteners
Carrying
Member
Carried
Member
Uplift
(160)
5716
5716
5716
7116
7116
9116
9116
312
312
312
312
312
312
312
20-16d
20-16d
20-16d
26-16d
26-16d
32-16d
32-16d
11-10dx112
14-10dx112
20-10dx112
14-10dx112
26-10dx112
14-10dx112
32-10dx112
5716
5716
7116
7116
9116
9116
312
312
312
312
312
312
20-16d
20-16d
26-16d
26-16d
32-16d
32-16d
14-10d
20-10d
14-10d
26-10d
14-10d
32-10d
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
SINGLE 2x SIZES
730
2940
3045
1250
2940
3200
1555
2940
3340
1235
3820
3895
2140
3820
4340
1330
4355
4355
3315
4705
5345
DOUBLE 2x SIZES
1515
2940
3340
2175
2940
3340
1530
3820
4310
3485
3820
4340
1755
4705
4815
4110
4705
5345
1. The maximum hanger gap is measured between the joist (or truss) end and
the carrying member.
2. Minimum heel heights required for full table loads are based on a minimum 2/12 pitch.
3. Uplift has been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase
allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
5. For hanger gaps between 18" and 12", use the Alternate Allowable Loads.
Code
Ref.
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
3045
3200
3600
3895
4680
4355
5760
3045
3200
4010
3895
5435
4355
5995
630
1075
1335
1060
1840
1145
2850
1920
2015
2530
2920
3285
3265
4045
1920
2015
2870
2920
3730
3265
4595
1920
2015
3095
2920
4025
3265
4955
1920
2015
3450
2920
4675
3265
5155
I7,
L17,
F22
3600
3600
4310
4680
4815
5760
3910
4485
4310
5850
4815
7200
1305
1870
1315
2995
1510
3535
2465
2530
3235
3285
3610
4045
2465
2870
3235
3730
3610
4595
2465
3095
3235
4025
3610
4955
2465
3855
3235
5030
3610
6190
I7,
L17,
F22

7. Loads shown are based on a minimum 2-ply 2x carrying member. For single
2x carrying members, use N10 (10dx112") nails into the header and reduce the
allowable download to 0.70 of the table value. The allowable uplift is 100% of
the table load.
8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx112 =
0.148" dia. x 112" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
Alternate Installation Table for 2x4 and 2x6 Carrying Member

Model
No.
148
Min.
Heel
Height
(in.)
Minimum
Carrying
Member
Carrying
Member
Fasteners
Carried
Member
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
HTU26 (Min)
378
2-2x4
10-16d
14-10dx112
925
1470
1670
1800
2040
795
1265
1435
1550
1755
HTU26 (Max)
512
2-2x4
10-16d
20-10dx112
1310
1470
1670
1800
2250
1125
1265
1435
1550
1935
HTU28 (Max)
7 4
2-2x6
20-16d
26-10dx1 2
1970
2940
3340
3600
3905
1695
2530
2870
3095
3360
HTU210 (Max)
914
2-2x6
20-16d
32-10dx112
2760
2940
3340
3600
3905
2375
2530
2870
3095
3360
1. See table above for dimensions and additional footnotes.

2. Maximum hanger gap for the alternate installation is 12".
Code
Ref.
I7,
L17,
F22
The HTU face mount truss hangers have nail

patterns designed specifically for shallow heel heights,
so that full allowable loads (with minimum nailing)
apply to heel heights as low as 378". Minimum and
maximum nailing options provide solutions for varying
heel heights and end conditions.
Alternate allowable loads are provided for gaps
between the end of the truss and the carrying member
up to 12" max. to allow for greater construction
tolerances (maximum gap for standard allowable
loads is 18" per ASTM D1761 and D7147). See technical
bulletin T-HANGERGAPS for more information.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
Can be installed filling round holes only, or filling
round and triangle holes for maximum values.
See alternate installation for applications
using the HTU26 on a 2x4 carrying member or
HTU28 or HTU210 on a 2x6 carrying member
for additional uplift capacity.
OPTIONS: HTU may be skewed up to 6712.

See Hanger Options on pages 233-243 for

allowable loads.
HTU
Face Mount Truss Hangers
Alternate Allowable Loads (12" Maximum Hanger Gap)

Dimensions
Min.
Heel
Height
HTU268
HTU26 (Min)
HTU26 (Max)
HTU28 (Min)
HTU28 (Max)
HTU210 (Min)
HTU210 (Max)
312
378
512
378
714
378
914
158
158
158
158
158
158
158
HTU26-2 (Min)
HTU26-2 (Max)
HTU28-2 (Min)
HTU28-2 (Max)
HTU210-2 (Min)
HTU210-2 (Max)
378
512
378
714
378
914
3516
3516
3516
3516
3516
3516
Model
No.
Fasteners
Carrying
Member
Carried
Member
5716
5716
5716
7116
7116
9116
9116
312
312
312
312
312
312
312
20-16d
20-16d
20-16d
26-16d
26-16d
32-16d
32-16d
11-10dx112
14-10dx112
20-10dx112
14-10dx112
26-10dx112
14-10dx112
32-10dx112
5716
5716
7116
7116
9116
9116
312
312
312
312
312
312
20-16d
20-16d
26-16d
26-16d
32-16d
32-16d
14-10d
20-10d
14-10d
26-10d
14-10d
32-10d

Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
SINGLE 2x SIZES
670
2735
2735
1175
2940
3100
1215
2940
3340
1125
3770
3770
1920
3820
4340
1250
3600
3600
3255
4705
5020
DOUBLE 2x SIZES
1515
2940
3340
1910
2940
3340
1490
3820
3980
3035
3820
4340
1755
4255
4255
3855
4705
5345
Code
Ref.
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
2735
3100
3600
3770
4680
3600
5020
2735
3100
3760
3770
5015
3600
5020
575
1010
1045
970
1695
1075
2800
1725
1955
2370
2825
3285
2700
3765
1725
1955
2370
2825
3730
2700
3765
1725
1955
2370
2825
3765
2700
3765
1725
1955
2370
2825
3765
2700
3765
I7,
L17,
F22
3500
3500
3980
4680
4255
5760
3500
3500
3980
5555
4255
6470
1305
1645
1280
2610
1510
3315
2205
2205
2985
3285
3190
4045
2205
2205
2985
3730
3190
4595
2205
2205
2985
4025
3190
4855
2205
2205
2985
4165
3190
4855
I7,
L17,
F22
See table footnotes on page 148.
HGUQ Multi-Ply Girder Truss Hangers

HGUQ hangers provide similar capacities as HGUS double shear hangers, but they use Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws instead of nails for faster and easier installation. In addition,
the Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws help transfer the load between the plies of the supporting
girder when they penetrate all plies.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. HDG available. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws supplied.
The thickness of the supporting girder must be equal to or greater than the screw length.
For applications where the length of the supplied screws exceeds the thickness of the
supporting girder, 3" or 412" screws may be substituted for the longer length screws with
no load reduction, or a shim block may used as approved by the Designer.
HGUQ28-2
Model
No.
HGUQ26-2-SDS3
HGUQ28-2-SDS3
HGUQ210-2-SDS3
Dimensions
Ga
SDS Fasteners
Carrying
Member
Carried
Member
12 3516 5716 4
12 3516 7316 4
12 3516 9316 4
(12) 14"x3"
(20) 14"x3"
(28) 14"x3"
(4) 14"x3"
(6) 14"x3"
(8) 14"x3"
HGUQ26-3-SDS4.5 12 41516 512 4 (12) 14"x412" (4) 14"x412"

HGUQ28-3-SDS4.5 12 41516 714 4 (20) 14"x412" (6) 14"x412"
HGUQ210-3-SDS4.5 12 41516 914 4 (28) 14"x412" (8) 14"x412"
HGUQ26-4-SDS6
HGUQ28-4-SDS6
HGUQ210-4-SDS6
12 6916 5716 4
12 6916 7316 4
12 6916 9316 4
(12) 14"x6"
(20) 14"x6"
(28) 14"x6"
(4) 14"x6"
(6) 14"x6"
(8) 14"x6"
HGUQ46-SDS3
HGUQ48-SDS3
HGUQ410-SDS3
12 358
12 358
12 358
(12) 14"x3"
(20) 14"x3"
(28) 14"x3"
(4) 14"x3"
(6) 14"x3"
(8) 14"x3"
478 4
678 4
878 4

Uplift1
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
DOUBLE 2x SIZES
1635
5040
5565
2565
7330
7330
3440
7415
7415
TRIPLE 2x SIZES
1635
5040
5165
2565 8400
9175
3440
9745
9745
QUADRUPLE 2x SIZES
2375
5040
5165
4020 8400
8860
4170 10260 10260
4x SIZES
1635
5040
5165
2565
7330
7330
3440
7415
7415
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no
3. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads in accordance
with ANSI/TPI 1-2007. Simpson Strong-Tie Connector Selector Software
includes the evaluation of cross-grain tension in its hanger allowable loads.
For additional information, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
4. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are
permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss
Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and
8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
Code
Ref.
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift1
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
5565
7330
7415
5565
7330
7415
1175
1845
2475
3630
5280
5340
4005
5280
5340
4005
5280
5340
4005
5280
5340
F23
5165
9175
9745
5165
9175
9745
1175
1845
2475
3630
6050
7015
3720
6605
7015
3720
6605
7015
3720
6605
7015
F23
5165
8860
10260
5165
8860
10260
1710
2890
3000
3630
6050
7385
3720
6380
7385
3720
6380
7385
3720
6380
7385
F23
5165
7330
7415
5165
7330
7415
1175
1845
2475
3630
5280
5340
3720
5280
5340
3720
5280
5340
3720
5280
5340
F23
5. Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws that penetrate all plies of the supporting
girder (screws must penetrate a minimum of 1" into the last truss ply) may also be used to
transfer the load through all the plies of the supporting girder. When Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws do not penetrate all plies of the supporting girder truss,
supplemental Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws at the hanger locations
may be required to transfer the load to the truss plies not penetrated by the face fasteners,
as determined by the Designer.
6. The supporting girder truss must have adequate thickness to accommodate the screw length,
so that the screw does not protrude out the back of the girder. 3" or 412" long Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws may be substituted for the longer Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws with no load reduction.
7. For installations to LSL, use the DF/SP table loads.
149
Heavy Severe Skew Truss Hanger
The HHSUQ is a high-load, face-mount, truss-to-truss hanger

designed to accommodate severe skews (45-84) for hip trusses,
enabling a greater range of installation applications. Fastening the
HHSUQ with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws makes installation fast and easy, while eliminating
the inconvenience of bolted applications.
MATERIAL: Back plate3 gauge; stirrup7 gauge
The joist/truss end may be square cut or bevel cut.
378" minimum heel height.
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws
supplied for all round holes.
All multiple members must be fastened together to act
as a single unit.
TO ORDER: Left or right skew must be specified.
7"
HHSUQ
45-84
Skew
(Left skew
shown)
SDS Fasteners
Uplift
Floor
Snow
Roof
Uplift
Floor
Snow
Roof
(125)
Face
Joist
(160)
(100)
(115)
(125)
(160)
(100)
(115)
HHSUQ28-SDS
158
714
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x112"
1170
4215
4405
4530
1005
3025
3160
3250
HHSUQ28-2-SDS
3516
714
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x3"
1250
5065
5065
5065
1075
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ210-SDS
158
914
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x112"
1170
4215
4405
4530
1005
3025
3160
3250
HHSUQ210-2-SDS
3 16
9 4
3 2
23 - 4"x3"
5 - 14"x3"
1250
5065
5065
5065
1075
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ212-SDS
158
1114
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x112"
1170
4215
4405
4530
1005
3025
3160
3250
HHSUQ212-2-SDS
3516
1114
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x3"
1250
5065
5065
5065
1075
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ214-SDS
158
1314
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x112"
1170
4215
4405
4530
1005
3025
3160
3250
HHSUQ214-2-SDS
3316
1314
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x3"
1250
5065
5065
5065
1075
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ48-SDS
358
714
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x3"
1250
5065
5065
5065
1075
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ410-SDS
3 8
9 4
3 2
23 - 4"x3"
5 - 4"x3"
1250
5065
5065
5065
1075
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ412-SDS
358
1114
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x3"
1250
5065
5065
5065
1075
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ414-SDS
358
1314
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x3"
1250
5065
5065
5065
1075
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ1.81/7-SDS
11316
714
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x112"
1170
5065
5065
5065
1005
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ1.81/9-SDS
11316
912
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x112"
1170
5065
5065
5065
1005
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ1.81/11-SDS
11316
1178
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x112"
1170
5065
5065
5065
1005
5065
5065
5065
HHSUQ1.81/14-SDS
11316
1314
312
23 - 14"x3"
5 - 14"x112"
1170
5065
5065
5065
1005
5065
5065
5065
1. Allowable Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with
2. Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws that penetrate all plies of the
supporting girder (screws must penetrate a minimum of 1" into the last truss ply) may
also be used to transfer the load through all the plies of the supporting girder. When
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws do not penetrate all plies of the
supporting girder truss, supplemental Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws at the hanger locations may be required to transfer the load to the truss
plies not penetrated by the face fasteners, as determined by the Designer. 3" long
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws screws into face may be
replaced with 412" or 6" long Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws
3. Loads shown are based on a minimum 2-ply 2x8 carrying member. For single 2x
carrying members, replace 3" long Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws
face fasteners with 112" long Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws and
Code
Ref.
160
reduce the allowable download to 2630 lbs. for DF/SP and 1895 lbs. for SPF/HF. The
tabulated allowable uplift load is not reduced.
4. Girders must be adequately laterally braced to prevent excessive displacement due
to secondary torsional stresses (Ref ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.5).
5. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Designer to refer to
ANSI/TPI Section 7.5.3.2 for connection details, limitations, and reductions.
6. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are
permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss
Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2
are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
7. For installations into LSL or PSL, use DF/SP table loads.
Single-ply carrying
member permitted
with 112" SDS face
fasteners only
150
Typical HHSUQ
Skewed Right Installation
Typical HHSUQL
Skewed Left Installation
with Min. Heel Height
37
hee8" min
l he .
igh
t
4" m
in.
2x8
b min
choottom .
rd d
epth
Dimensions (in.)
Model Number
12"
HHSUQ
THAR/L422 Skewed Truss Hangers

Designed for 4x2 floor trusses and 4x beams, the
THAR/L422 has a standard skew of 45. Straps must be
bent for top flange installation. PAN nailing helps eliminate
splitting of 4x2 truss bottom chords.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized

See General Notes.
Straps must be field-formed over the header
a minimum of 212".
Minimum and maximum nailing configurations
available see table for nailing requirements.
Model
No.
Ga
Dimensions Minimum Effective

Top Chord
(in.)
Height
on Carrying
Heff3
W H C Member
Single 4x2
THAR/L422 (Min)
16 3 8 22 8 8
5
Double 4x2
THAR/L422 (Max) 16 358 2258 8 Double 4x2
9 min.
THAL422
Typical THAL422 Installation
with Minimum Nailing on a Floor Truss
with Double 4x2 Top Chord
Fasteners
Carrying Member
Top
Face
Carried Member
Straight
Slant
4-10dx1 2 2-10dx1 2 1-10dx1 2 2-10dx112
9 to 12
> 12
9 min.
4-10d
2-10d
1-10d
2-10dx112
4-10d
8-10d
1-10d
2-10dx112
Uplift Floor Snow Roof Uplift Floor Snow Roof

(160) (100) (115) (125) (160) (100) (115) (125)
880
880
880
755
755
755
1525
1525
1525
1315
1315
1315
1090 1090 1090
935
935
935
310
1675
265
1440 1440 1440
1675
1675
Code
Ref.
I8,
L15,
F7
3. Where the top of the carried member is flush with the top of the carrying member,
Heff is equal to the depth of the carried member. Otherwise, Heff shall be measured
from the top of the bearing seat to the top of the carrying member.
1. Uplift has been increased for wind or earthquake loading with

Floor loads may be adjusted for load durations according to the code
provided they do not exceed those in the roof column.
LTHMA Multiple Truss Hangers

Light capacity hanger designed to carry 2 or 3 trusses in a
terminal hip installation.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
The total load must be symmetrically distributed about
the centerline to avoid eccentric loading of the connector.
Fill round holes for girder trusses with 2x4 bottom chords.
Fill round and triangle holes for girder trusses
with 2x6 bottom chords.
LTHMA
Fasteners
Model
No.
Header
LTHMA
1 ply 2x4
2 ply 2x4
1 ply 2x6
2 ply 2x6
Model
No.
Header
LTHMA
1 ply 2x4
2 ply 2x4
1 ply 2x6
2 ply 2x6
Header
Hips
(Total)
Jack
12-10dx112
12-10d
18-10dx112
18-10d
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
Uplift (160)
Hip
Jack Total
55
20
130
55
20
130
55
20
130
85
25
195

Floor (100)
Snow (115)
Hip
Jack Total
Hip
Jack Total
485
110
1080 540
125
1205
600
130 1330 675
150 1500
635
140
1410
635
140
1410
900
200 2000 1035 230 2300
Roof (125/160)
Hip
Jack Total
540
125 1205
675
150 1500
635
140
1410
1050 240 2340
Uplift (160)
Hip
Jack Total
50
10
110
50
10
110
50
10
110
85
15
185

Floor (100)
Snow (115)
Hip
Jack Total
Hip
Jack Total
440
55
935
485
65
1035
540
70
1150
570
75
1215
570
75
1215
570
75
1215
815
100 1730 930
125 1985
Roof (125/160)
Hip
Jack Total
485
65
1035
570
75
1215
570
75
1215
940
120 2000
Fasteners
Header
Hips
(Total)
Jack
12-10dx112
12-10d
18-10dx112
18-10d
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
Typical LTHMA Installation
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with
2. Hip loads are for each hip.
3. Load distribution is 45% for each hip and 10% for jack. Other hip/jack load
distributions are allowed if the sum of all three carried members does not
exceed the total load and the hip members are equally loaded.
Code
Ref.
IL15,
F12
Code
Ref.
IL15,
F12
151
Truss Hip/Jack Hanger
The THJU hip/jack hanger offers the most

flexibility and ease of installation without sacrificing
performance. The U-shaped hanger works for right
and left hand hips and can be ordered to fit a range
of hip skews (up to 6712 degrees) as well as various
single and 2-ply hip/jack combinations. Also can be
installed before or after the hip and jack.
THJU26 is sized for the standard hip/jack
combination with a 45-degree left or right-hand hip.
The wide seat of THJU26-W accommodates a 2-ply
hip and 2-ply jack combination with a 45 degree
maximum hip skew, or a standard single-ply hip/
jack configuration with a maximum 6712-degree
hip skew. Intermediate seat widths are available
for other hip/jack or hip/hip combinations.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
See General Notes.
OPTIONS:

THJU is available in intermediate seat
widths between 518" (THJU26 width)
and 818" (THJU26-W width) with no
load reduction.

For double hip installation, divide the
total allowable load by 2 to determine
the allowable load for each hip. Order
as THJU26X and specify width; see table
page 237 for reference.
Dimensions (in.)
Model
No.
THJU26
THJU26-W
Min.
Carried
Member
2x4
2x6 or End. Vert.3
2x4
2x6 or End. Vert.3
518
538
312
8 8
5 8
3 2
112"
THJU26
Typical THJU26 Installation
112" Typ.
Working
Point
45
45
THJU26-W Top View

2-Ply Hip / 2-Ply Jack Installation
Fasteners
THJU26 Top View

Right Hand Hip Installation

Uplift
(160)
Download
Uplift
(160)
Download
Carrying
Member
Hip
Jack
16-10d
4-10d
4-10d
745
1915
1915
1915
1915
645
1645
1645
1645
1645
16-10d
7-10d
7-10d
1310
2255
2350
2350
2350
1125
1935
2020
2020
2020
16-10d
4-10d
4-10d
710
1825
1825
1825
1825
610
1570
1570
1570
1570
16-10d
7-10d
7-10d
1240
1965
1965
1965
1965
1065
1690
1690
1690
1690
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
1. Tabulated loads are the total allowable loads of the hip and jack members combined; 65%-85% of the total load
shall be distributed to the hip member, and the remaining percentage of total load shall be distributed to the jack.
The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published total load.
2. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed.
3. For full load, the jack requires either a min. 2x6 bottom chord or a min. 2x4 end vertical; the hip requires either
a min. 2x6 bottom chord or a min. 2x6 end vertical for hip skews up to 60. For hip skews greater than 60 (THJU26-W only),
a min. 2x6 bottom chord or min. 2x8 end vertical is required.
4. With single 2x carrying members use 10dx112" nails and use 100% of the table value.
5. For single 2x jacks, 10dx112" nails may be substituted for the specified 10d commons with no reduction in load.
6. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads.
152
3
4" Typ.
Working
Point
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Code
Ref.
F23
THJU
TJC Jack Truss Connector

312"
312"
312"
Use 8d x 1 1/2 Nails - Wood
or Use #10 Screws - Steel
67
.5
67
.5
Use & Warnings:

strongtie.com/info
ER-102
TJC57
318"
SIMPSON
Strong-Tie
TJC57
Use 8d x 1 1/2 Nails - Wood

or Use #10 Screws - Steel
SIMPSON
Strong-Tie
ER-102
Use & Warnings:

strongtie.com/info
518"
312"
TJC37
TJC57
Typical TJC57 Standard Installation

(TJC37 similar)
Typical TJC57 Alternate Installation

(TJC37 similar)
TJC57IN
TJC57IN
Standard Installation
Model
No.
Allowable Loads
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Carrying
Member
Carried
Member
1-60
61-67.5
68-85
1-60
61-67.5
68-85
TJC37 (Min)
4-8dx112
4-8dx112
340
300
320
285
290
260
275
245
TJC37 (Max)
TJC57
Fasteners
6-8dx1 2
6-8dx1 2
580
485
425
425
500
415
365
365
12-8dx112
12-8dx112
865
830
850
850
745
715
730
730
12-SD9112
12-SD9112
1140
990
990
990
980
850
850
850
Code
Ref.
TJC is a versatile connector for jack trusses.

Adjustable from 0 to 85 degree (shipped with 67.5
degree bend). Nail hole locations allow for easy
installation. Minimum nailing option on TJC37
provides faster installation and lower installed cost.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners;
see General Notes.
TJC37 can be installed filling round holes only,
or filling round and triangle holes for
maximum values.
To reduce the potential for splitting, install
the TJC with a minimum 316" edge distance on
the chord members.
Position the jack truss on the inside of
the bend line with the end of the jack truss
flush with the bend line.
Bend the TJC to the desired position
(one bend cycle only).
No bevel cut required.
Attachment of TJC to the top chord
requires the Designer to check connection
geometry for placement on both carried
and carrying chord members. See Top
Chord Member Sizes table below for
suggested chord sizes.
Supported jack member is a single 2x.
IP1,
L18, F25
Model
No.
Fasteners
Allowable Loads
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Carrying
Member
Carried
Member
1-45
1-45
TJC37 (Alt. Min)
4-8dx112
4-8dx112
255
225
220
195
TJC37 (Alt. Max)
6-8dx112
6-8dx112
435
365
375
310
TJC57 (Alt.)
12-8dx112
12-8dx112
785
740
675
635
1. No load duration increase allowed.

2. Allowable loads are for upward or downward direction.
3. TJC37 and TJC57 require single-ply carried members with minimum 2x4 and 2x6 cord members, respectively.
4. For back-to-back installation on a single-ply girder/hip member, use a 0.70 reduction of table loads.
SCREWS: SD9112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long.
0-85
Standard Installation
Top View
TJC57IN_TopView
Top Chord Member Sizes

Part
Pitch
3:12
7:12
12:12
TJC37
2x6
2x6
2x8
TJC57
2x8
2x8
2x10
0-45
Top View
TJC57IN_TopView
153
LTHJA26
Truss Hip/Jack Hangers
This product is preferable to similar connectors because

of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower
installed cost, or a combination of these features.

The LTHJA26 is a lighter capacity version of the
THJA26 and offers the lowest cost alternative for light hip/jack
load applications.
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
Shall be attached to a double girder truss to allow for
required minimum nail penetration. See footnote 3.
10dx112" nails must be installed into bottom of hip
members through bottom of hanger seat for table loads.
OPTIONS: These hangers can not be modified.
LTHJA26
US Patent 7,913,472
Typical LTHJA26 Installation
Typ.
Working
Point
Top View
Left Hand Hip Installation
Carried
Member
Carrying
Combination Member
Fasteners
Hip
(each)
Carried
Member
Jack
Jack
Side Hip &
Center Jack
20-10d
7-10dx1 2 4-10dx1 2
1
LTHJA26
Double
(Terminal) Hip
20-10d
7-10dx112
Top View
Terminal Hip without
Center Common Jack
Top View
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
75
290
290
290
290
65
245
245
245
245
Hip
220
875
875
875
875
185
735
735
735
735
Hip & Jack
295
1165
1165
1165
1165
250
980
980
980
980
Hip (each)
290
635
635
635
635
245
535
535
535
535
Two Hips
580
1270
1270
1270
1270
490
1070
1065
1065
1065
1. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed;
3. Loads shown are based on a minimum 2-2x6 carrying member. For single 2x carrying members (min. 2x6),
use 10dx112" nails and use 0.67 of the table value.
4. Tabulated hip and jack allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack.
It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85% of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total load
to the jack.The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load.
5. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1-2007. Simpson Strong-Tie
Connector Selector Software includes the evaluation of cross-grain tension in its hanger allowable loads. For additional
154
Code
Ref.
I11,
F10
Typ.
Working
Point
Model
No.
Working
Point
34"
34"
THJA26 Truss Hip/Jack Hangers

The versatile THJA26 can accommodate right
or left hand hips (at 45-degree skews), and can be
installed before or after the hip and jack. Can also be
used for double (terminal) hips.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized

See General Notes.
All multiple members must be fastened
together to act as a single unit.
Shall be attached to a double girder truss to
allow for required minimum nail penetration.
See footnote 3.
THJA26
Typical THJA26 Installation
Typ.
Working
Point
Typ.
Working
Point
Fasteners
Carrying
Member
Hip
20-16d
6-10dx1 2
Carried
Member
Jack
Hip
THJA26
4-10dx1 2
1
Top View
Terminal Hip without
Center Common Jack
Top View
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
720
2010
2310
2450
2450
590
1740
2000
2100
2100
Jack
240
670
770
815
815
195
580
670
700
700
Total
960
2680
3080
3265
3265
785
2320
2670
2800
2800
Code
Ref.
Top View
Model
No.
Working
Point
34"
34"
I11, F10
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed;
3. Loads shown are based on a minimum 2-2x6 carrying member. For single 2x carrying members (min. 2x6),
use 10dx112" nails and use 0.67 of the table value. For 2-2x4 carrying members, multiply the download by 0.50.
4. 16d sinkers (0.148 dia. x 314 long) may be substituted for the specified 16d commons at 0.85 of the table load.
5. Tabulated hip and jack allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack.
It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85% of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total
load to the jack.The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load.
6. For terminal hips, divide the total allowable load by 2 to determine the allowable load for each hip.
7. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1-2007. Simpson Strong-Tie
Connector Selector Software includes the evaluation of cross-grain tension in its hanger allowable loads. For
additional information, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162 dia. x 312 long, 10dx112 = 0.148 dia. x 112 long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
155
MTHMQ/MTHMQ-2 Multiple Truss Hangers
Single Ply
(MTHMQ)
2-Ply Hips
(MTHMQ-2)
(Typ.)
MQ
418" MTH Q-2
M
638" MTH
7"
3716"
3516"
MTHMQ
4716" MTHMQ-2
MTHMQ-SDS3
(MTHMQ-2-SDS3 similar)
Typical MTHMQ Min. Installation
at Panel Point
Single Ply
(MTHMQ)
2-Ply Hips
(MTHMQ-2)
(Typ.)
34" Typ.
Working
Point
34" Typ.
Working
Point
Single Ply
MTHMQ Top View

MTHMQ Top View Terminal Installation

without Center Common Jack
(MTHMQ-2 similar)
(MTHMQ-2 similar)
2-Ply Hips
(MTHMQ-2)
Single Ply
(MTHMQ)
(Typ.)
34" Typ.
Working
Point
Single Ply
MTHMQ-2 Top View Terminal Installation

with Center Common Jack
(MTHMQ similar)
Right or Left Hand Hip Installation (Two-Member Connection) 3,4

Model
No.
Min.
Carrying
Member2,3
Fasteners
Carrying
Member
Hip
Jack

Uplift
Download
Uplift
Download
Code
(160)
(100/115/125/160)
(160)
(100/115/125/160) Ref.
Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total
MTHMQ-SDS3 (Min)
(2)-2x6
10-14"x3" SDS 4-14"x3" SDS
1-14"x3" SDS
440
145
585 1965 655 2620 315
105
420
MTHMQ-SDS3 (Max)
(2)-2x8
14- 4"x3" SDS 4- 4"x3" SDS
1-14"x3" SDS
440
145
585 2715 905 3620 315
105
420 1955 650 2605
MTHMQ-2-SDS3 (Min)
(2)-2x6
12-14"x3" SDS 5-14"x3" SDS
1-14"x3" SDS
800
265 1065 2905 970 3875 575
190
765 2090 700 2790
MTHMQ-2-SDS3 (Max)
(2)-2x8
16-14"x3" SDS 5-14"x3" SDS
1-14"x3" SDS
800
265 1065 3330 1110 4440 575
190
765 2395 800 3195
1415
470 1885
170
Terminal Type Installation (Three-Member Connection) 5

Fasteners
Model No.
Min.
Carrying
Member2,3
Carrying
Member
Hips
(Total)
Jack

Uplift
Download
Code
(160)
(100/115/125/160) Ref.
Hip
Jack Total
Jack Total
(Ea)
185 905 1055 530 2640
MTHMQ-SDS3 (Min)
(2)-2x6
10-14"x3" SDS 8-14"x3" SDS
1-14"x3" SDS
MTHMQ-SDS3 (Max)
(2)-2x8
14- 4"x3" SDS 8- 4"x3" SDS
1-14"x3" SDS
505
250 1260 1985 995 4965 360
185
MTHMQ-2-SDS3 (Min)
(2)-2x6
12- 4"x3" SDS 10- 4"x3" SDS 1-14"x3" SDS
685
340 1710 2015 1010 50407 490
250 1230 1450 730 36307
MTHMQ-2-SDS3 (Max)
(2)-2x8
16-14"x3" SDS 10-14"x3" SDS 1-14"x3" SDS
685
340 1710 2655 1330 6640 490
250 1230 1910 960 4780
2. A minimum 2-ply carrying member is required for the tabulated loads. With single
2x carrying members, use 14"x112" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws into the carrying member and reduce the load to 0.60 of the table value.
3. For installations on 2x6 carrying members not at a panel point, the four upper most face fasteners are not installed. For installations on 2x6 carrying members
at a panel point, fasteners are installed into the round holes only (minimum
vertical member sizes are 2x6 and 2x8 for the MTHMQ and MTHMQ-2, respectively).
4. Tabulated two-member allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is
distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack. It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85%
of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total load to
the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load.
156

Uplift
Download
(160)
(100/115/125/160)
Hip
Hip
Hip
Jack Total
Jack Total
(Ea)
(Ea)
(Ea)
505 250 1260 1470 730 3670 360
905 1430 715 3575
170
5. For terminal hips divide the total allowable load by 2 to determine the allowable
load for each hip.
6. Tabulated three-member loads assume that each hip carries 40% of the total
load and the jack carries 20% of the total load. Other hip/jack load distributions
are allowed if the sum of all three carried members does not exceed the total load
and the hip members are equally loaded.
7. The total allowable download for the MTHMQ-2-SDS3 (Min) for a 3-member connection
at the 115/125/160 load duration is 5400 lbs. (DF/SP) and 3890 lbs. (SPF/HF).
8. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads as determined by the
Designer in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1-2007.
9. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are permitted
to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided
the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling
required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
The MTHMQ and MTHMQ-2 are redesigned versions

of our medium-to-high load capacity hangers for
carrying 2 or 3 trusses. The new design offers
concealed flanges and installs with Simpson
Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws for easier installation.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized (G90)
INSTALLATION:
Can be installed filling round holes only,
or filling round and triangle holes for
maximum load. For all installations,
fill the fastener holes in the bottom of
the hanger seat.
For installations at panel points with 2x6
bottom chords, do not fill the triangle holes
unless approved by the Truss Designer.
THJM
Multiple Truss Hip Jack Hanger
1"
5"
Carrying Member 3
Carried Members
(Total)
8-14"x112" SDS
8-14"x3" SDS
8-14"x112" SDS
8-14"x3" SDS
4-14"x3" SDS
4-14"x3" SDS
5-14"x3" SDS
5-14"x3" SDS
THJM2-4-SDS3
THJM2-5-SDS3
3"
Typ.
"
THJM2-4-SDS3
(THJM2-5-SDS3 similar)
Typical THJM Installation
U.S. Patent Pending

7"
Working
Point
Fasteners
Model No.
3"
Total
Uplift
(160)6
535
535
620
620
858"
22.5
22.5
34" Typ.
Working
Point
45
45
30
30
30
30
45
30
THJM2-4-SDS3
Top View Installation
Total Download
Floor
Snow
Roof
(100)
(115)
(125)
2000
2300
2500
3270
3270
3270
2000
2300
2500
3360
3765
3765
1. Tabulated loads are the total allowable loads of all carried members combined;
the load on any single carried member shall not exceed 25% of the total published
load for the THJM2-4 or 20% of the total published load for the THJM2-5.
3. A minimum 2-ply carrying member is required for the 14"x3" Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws (provided). For single 2x carrying members,
use 14"x112" Strong-Drive SDS screws (not supplied) with corresponding loads.
30
THJM2-5-SDS3
Top View Installation
Total
Uplift
(160)6
535
535
445
620
Wind
(160)
3030
3270
3030
3765

Total Download
Floor
Snow
Roof
(100)
(115)
(125)
1440
1655
1800
2355
2355
2355
1440
1665
1800
2420
2710
2710
Wind
(160)
2180
2355
2180
2710
Code
Ref.
I13,
F12
4. A minimum 2-ply carrying member is required for the tabulated loads.

5. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads per ANSI/TPI 1-2007.
The optional triangle holes may be used for installation on 2x6 and larger carrying
members, for a total of 10 fasteners into the carrying member, to resist cross-grain
tension forces when no other mechanical reinforcement is available.
6. Tabs on the seats of the THJM hangers have obround holes for optional 10dx112" slant
nails (2 per carried member) when additional uplift capacity is required. Total allowable
uplift with the optional 10dx112" slant nailing is 970 lbs. (DF/SP/SPF/HF).
The THJM is a non-welded hanger designed to carry

radial-end jack framing and provide optimal efficiency for those
multi-plane, angled bay roofs over breakfast, study and library
alcoves. The unique patent pending design of the THJM
accommodates 2x4 girder bottom chords and uses our
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws for easy
installation with minimal fasteners.
FEATURES:
The THJM hangers are designed for installation with 14"x3"
that are included with the parts.
The THJM2-4-SDS3 is designed for four incoming jack
trusses with the outer jacks being 2212 from the face
of the girder and the inner jacks being 45 from each
other and the outer jacks.
The THJM2-5-SDS3 is designed for five jacks coming
into the hanger at 30 from the girder and each other.
Tabs on the seats of the THJM assist in the placement
of the jacks and also include obround holes for optional
slant nails (10dx112") when increased uplift is required.
Each carried jack truss requires one 14"x3" Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screw installed into the
bottom chord through the bottom of the hanger seat.
For installation on girders with 2x6 or 2x8 bottom
chords, install one additional 14"x3" Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screw in the triangular hole
on each vertical strap.
Install two (2) 10dx112" slant nails in the obround holes
on each of the seat tabs to achieve the additional uplift
load noted in the footnote.
DSC Drag Strut Connector

The DSC drag-strut connector transfers the diaphragm shear
forces from the girder truss or beam to the shearwalls. The new
DSC5 has been designed to optimize fastener location, resulting
in a connector that outperforms the DSC4 with fewer fasteners. The
DSC2 is a smaller, lighter version that installs with fewer screws.
FEATURES
The DSC5 requires 40% fewer fasteners than our
previous DSC4, and gets 12% higher loads
Left hand and right hand versions available
DSCs install with the 14"x3" Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws provided
MATERIAL: DSC27 gauge, DSC53 gauge
FINISH: DSC2Galvanized; DSC5Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are provided.
Model
No.
L
(in.)
Fasteners
DSC2R/L-SDS3
DSC5R/L-SDS3
16
21
20-14"x3" SDS
24-14"x3" SDS

Compression
Tension
(160)
(160)
2590
3720
4745
5925
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading
with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
2. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws
minimum penetration is 234", minimum end distance is 212" for DSC2 and
3"
L
Typical DSC5R-SDS3
Installation
(DSC2 similar)
Compression
Tension
(160)
(160)
1865
2680
3415
4265
334"
TYP.
3"
L/2
DSC5R/L-SDS3
Code
Ref.
(DSC2 similar)
(Right hand DSC shown; specify
right or left hand when ordering)
F12
U.S. Patent 6,655,096
3 4" for DSC5 and minimum edge distance is 8" for full load values.
3. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are permitted to be installed
through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI
1-2007 Section 7.5.3.4 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
3
157
SCL-to-Truss Girder Hangers

A lower cost alternative to bolted hangers, the THGQ and

THGQH hangers for multi-ply girder trusses use Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws to provide high load
capacities and easier installation compared to bolts. The Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws help transfer the load between the
plies of the supporting girder when they penetrate all plies.
THGQ and THGQH models offer minimum and optional maximum
fastener quantities to accommodate varying design needs. Allowable
loads for various girder web member sizes provide additional
installation options.

The HTHGQ is a high-load version designed to carry multi-ply
trusses or composite lumber up to 5-ply girder trusses. For high-load
capacities and easier installation compared to bolts, the HTHGQ
is designed for use with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws.
MATERIAL: THGQ7 gauge, THGQH/HTHGQ3 gauge
FINISH: THGQGalvanized, THGQH/HTHGQSimpson Strong-Tie

gray paint
Can be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws supplied
for all round and triangle holes. Installation may not require use
of all Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws.
All multiple members must be fastened together to act as
a single unit.
The thickness of the supporting girder must be equal to or
greater than the screw length. For applications where the
length of the supplied screws exceeds the thickness of the
supporting girder, 3" or 412" screws may be substituted for
the longer length screws with no load reduction, or a shim
block may be used as approved by the Designer.
Girders must be adequately laterally braced to prevent
excessive displacement due to secondary torsional stresses
(Ref ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.5).
OPTIONS: THGQH hangers for multi-ply truss girders may be

skewed 45 degrees. THGQH for structural composite

lumber (SCL) cannot be skewed. See Hanger Options on

pages 233-243.
9"
714"
7"
30"
H
H
1 "
11 4
312"
THGQ3.62
(others similar)
5"
6"
HTHGQ
THGQH5.50
(others similar)
(others similar)
U.S. Patent Pending
THGQ2-SDS3
(THGQ3-SDS4.5 similar)
THGQH2-SDS3
THGQH3-SDS4.5
(THGQH4-SDS6 similar)
2x10 min.
vertical web
Min. 3-2x required
2x6 min.,
2x12 max.
bottom chord
Typical HTHGQ
Installation
Typical THGQ3.62-SDS
Installation with Minimum
Vertical Web Face Fasteners
158
Typical THGQH5.50-SDS
Installation with Maximum
Vertical Web Face Fasteners
THGQ/THGQH/HTHGQ
THGQ/THGQH/HTHGQ
Allowable Loads for Multi-Ply Truss Girder

Model
No.
Dim.
(in.)
W
Min.
Vert.
Web
Size
2x6
2x8
2x6
2x8
2x6
2x8
2x6
2x8
2x6
2x8
2x6
2x8
2x8
2x10
2x8
2x10
2x8
2x10
2x8
2x10
Max.
B.C.
H Depth
THGQ2-SDS3
(Min)
3516
16
2x8
THGQ2-SDS3
(Max)
3516
16
2x8
THGQH2-SDS3
(Min)
3516
25 2x10
THGQH2-SDS3
(Max)
3516
25 2x10
THGQ3-SDS4.5
(Min)
41516 16
2x8
THGQ3-SDS4.5
(Max)
41516 16
2x8
THGQH3-SDS4.5 15
4 16 25 2x10
(Min)
THGQH3-SDS4.5 15
4 16 25 2x10
(Max)
THGQH4-SDS6
(Min)
6916
25 2x12
THGQH4-SDS6
(Max)
6916
25 2x12
SDS Fasteners
Face
Joist
(22) 14"x3"
(28) 14"x3"
(22) 14"x3"
(28) 14"x3"
(18) 14"x3"
(28) 14"x3"
(18) 14"x3"
(28) 14"x3"
(22) 14"x412"
(28) 14"x412"
(22) 14"x412"
(28) 14"x412"
(32) 14"x412"
(38) 14"x412"
(32) 14"x412"
(38) 14"x412"
(34) 14"x6"
(40) 14"x6"
(34) 14"x6"
(40) 14"x6"
(10) 14"x3"
(14) 14"x3"
(12) 14"x3"
(26) 14"x3"
(10) 14"x412"
(14) 14"x412"
(12) 14"x412"
(26) 14"x412"
(12) 14"x6"
(26) 14"x6"
Uplift
(160)
3600
3600
4535
4535
3875
3875
7635
9900
3600
3600
4535
4535
3875
3875
9900
9900
3875
3875
9900
9900
SDS Fasteners
Roof
(125)
7920
10080
9770
12435
8275
11950
7940
12350
7920
10080
9140
11635
12565
14920
12980
15415
13875
16320
14335
16865

Wind
(160)
7920
10080
9770
12435
8275
11950
7940
12350
7920
10080
9140
11635
12565
14920
12980
15415
13875
16320
14335
16865
Width
(W)
HTHGQ2-SDS
3516
3940
17130
HTHGQ3-SDS
41516
3940
20735
HTHGQ4-SDS
6916
3940
20735
HTHGQ5-SDS
818
3940
20735
Carried
Member
(55) 14"x 412" (14) 14"x 3"
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
1. Tabulated allowable loads must be selected based on duration of load as

permitted by the applicable building code.
2. The uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with
no further increase allowed. Reduce when other load durations govern.
4. Connector must be installed centered on minimum 2x10 vertical web.
Uplift
(160)
2590
2590
3265
3265
2790
2790
5495
7130
2590
2590
3265
3265
2790
2790
7130
7130
2790
2790
7130
7130
Floor
(100)
5700
7260
6655
8465
5445
8465
5445
8465
5700
7260
6580
8375
9045
10740
9345
11100
9990
11750
10280
12095
Snow
(115)
5700
7260
7035
8955
5960
8605
5715
8890
5700
7260
6580
8375
9045
10740
9345
11100
9990
11750
10320
12145
Roof
(125)
5700
7260
7035
8955
5960
8605
5715
8890
5700
7260
6580
8375
9045
10740
9345
11100
9990
11750
10320
12145
Wind
(160)
5700
7260
7035
8955
5960
8605
5715
8890
5700
7260
6580
8375
9045
10740
9345
11100
9990
11750
10320
12145
Code
Ref.
F23
the supporting girder. When Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws do not
penetrate all plies of the supporting girder truss, supplemental Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws at the hanger locations may be required to transfer the load to the truss plies
not penetrated by the face fasteners, as determined by the Designer.
5. The supporting girder truss must have adequate thickness to accommodate the screw length,
so that the screw does not protrude out the back of the girder. 3" or 412" long Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws may be substituted for the longer Strong-Drive SDS
screws with no load reduction.
6. For installations to LSL, use 14"x3" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws and
use the DF/SP table loads.
Model
No.
Carrying
Member
Snow
(115)
7920
10080
9770
12435
8275
11950
7940
12350
7920
10080
9140
11635
12565
14920
12980
15415
13875
16320
14335
16865
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
18010
18600
20660
3390
20735
20735
20735
3390
11885
12520
12940
14425
15710
16345
16765
20735
20735
20735
17835
3390
16630
17835
17835
17835
20735
20735
20735
3390
16630
17835
17835
17835
Code
Ref.
1. Allowable uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake

loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
2. Connector must be installed centered on girder vertical webs.
are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by
the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007
Section 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required through the
plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
4. Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws that penetrate all plies
of the supporting girder (screws must penetrate a minimum of 1" into the
last truss ply) may also be used to transfer the load through all the plies of
Floor
(100)
7920
10080
9240
11760
7560
11760
7560
11760
7920
10080
9140
11635
12565
14920
12980
15415
13875
16320
14280
16800
170
6. Carrying truss plies must be adequately fastened together as determined by Designer.

7. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads as determined by the Designer in
accordance with ANSI/TPI 1-2007.
8. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are permitted
to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the
requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required
through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
Allowable Loads for Structural Composite Lumber (SCL)

Model
No.
THGQ3.62-SDS (Min)
THGQ3.62-SDS (Max)
THGQH3.62-SDS (Min)
THGQH3.62-SDS (Max)
THGQ5.50-SDS (Min)
THGQ5.50-SDS (Max)
THGQH5.50-SDS (Min)
THGQH5.50-SDS (Max)
Dimensions (in.)
W
hb
358 16116 10
2x8 Max
358 2412
2x8
or 2x10
11
5 2 17 4 8 4 2x8 Max
1
512
25
1114 or2x8
2x10
THGQH7.25-SDS (Min)
THGQH7.25-SDS (Max)
Bottom
Chord
Size
7 4 24 2 11 4
1
2x8
or 2x10
Min.
Vert.
Web
Size
SDS Fasteners

Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Code
Ref.
(160) (100) (115) (125) (160) (160) (100) (115) (125) (160)
Face
Joist
2x6
(22) 4" x 3"
(8) 14" x 3"
2620 6310 6310 6310 6310 2250 5425 5425 5425 5425
2x8
(28) 4" x 3"
(8) 14" x 3"
2620 8825 8825 8825 8825 2250 7360 7590 7590 7590
2x6
(26) 14" x 3"
(18) 14" x 3"
3525 10920 11080 11080 11080 3030 7800 8970 9530 9530
2x8
(36) 14" x 3"
(18) 14" x 3"
3525 12080 12080 12080 12080 3030 10390 10390 10390 10390
2x6 (24) 14" x 412" (8) 14" x 412"
2620 7315 7315 7315 7315 2250 6295 6295 6295 6295
2x8 (32) 14" x 412" (8) 14" x 412"
2620 8655 8655 8655 8655 2250 7445 7445 7445 7445
170
2x6 (28) 14" x 412" (16) 14" x 412" 3525 10640 10640 10640 10640 3030 8400 9150 9150 9150
2x8 (38) 14" x 412" (16) 14" x 412" 3525 15960 17325 17325 17325 3030 11400 13110 14250 14900
2x6
(28) 14" x 6"
(16) 14" x 6"
3525 11760 12070 12070 12070 3030 8400 9660 10380 10380
2x8
(38) 4" x 6"
(16) 14" x 6"
3525 15565 15565 15565 15565 3030 11400 13110 13385 13385
2x10
(46) 14" x 6"
(16) 14" x 6"
3525 18360 18360 18360 18360 3030 13800 15790 15790 15790
See THGQ foonotes above.
159

An extension of the THGB/THGBH/THGW series, these
high-capacity hangers are designed for attaching 2-ply, 3-ply or
4-ply sized structural composite lumber (SCL) to a girder truss.
The THGBV offers optional installation with Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws, while the
bolted THGBHV and THGWV offer higher load capacities. Two
bucket heights are available for each width to accommodate
a range of SCL sizes. Options for skewing or dropping the
buckets for conditions where the SCL joist is lower than the
girder bottom chord provide additional design flexibility for a
variety of SCL-to-truss connections.
MATERIAL: 3 gauge
as a single unit.
Maximum 1178" bottom chord in the carrying member
to allow for the minimum bolt end distance.
Bolts must be installed symmetrically when using less
than 8 bolts on the 8-bolt backplate.
excessive displacement due to secondary torsional stresses
(Ref. ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.5).
Shall be attached to a 2-ply girder truss to allow for
required minimum screw penetration. See footnote 4.
OPTIONS: THGB/THGBH/THGBV/THGBHV hangers can be

skewed to a maximum of 45. Allowable download or uplift

is 0.87 of table load. See Hanger Options pages 233-243

for additional options.
Joist Dimensions
Width
Depth
914 - 14
312
1114 - 20
914 - 14
5 4
1
11 4 - 20
1
914 - 14
7
1114 - 20
Hanger Dimensions
W
hb
Model No.
THGBV3.62/9
THGBHV3.62/9
THGBV3.62/11
THGBHV3.62/11
THGBV5.50/9
THGBHV5.50/9
THGWV5.50/9
THGBV5.50/11
THGBHV5.50/11
THGWV5.50/11
THGBHV7.25/9
THGWV7.25/9
THGBHV7.25/11
THGWV7.25/11
778"
618"
Optional for
temporary
product
placement
Bolts or
screws
see table
Backplate
widens to
778" on
2314" THGBV5.50
models only
25"
hb
hb
5"
5"
THGBHV
THGBV
41516" for
THGWV5.50
6916" for
THGWV7.25
778"
812"
Optional for
temporary
product
placement
25"
Min. 2x6 THGBV

Min. 2x8 THGBHV
Backplate
widens to
834" on
THGWV7.25
models only
9
358
SIMP
StronSON
g-Tie
hb
5"
11
THGWV
9
5 2
1
1178"
(Max. bottom
chord depth)
11
9
714
Typical THGBV3.62/9
Installation
11
QUIK DRIVE AUTO-FEED SYSTEM FOR 2-PLY AND 3-PLY GIRDERS

Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive WSNTL Wood screws
are a safe, fast and reliable method for attaching multi-ply
trusses. The WSNTL screws, like their Strong-Drive SDW
Truss-Ply and EWP-Ply screws counterpart, virtually
eliminate ply separation during handling.
See the Fastening

Systems catalog
(form C-F-14) for
more information.
160
Backplate
widens to
834" on
THGBHV7.25
models only
Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive WSNTL
WOOD Screw
WSNTL Installation in 2-ply and

3-ply Assemblies
THGBV/THGBHV/THGWV
THGBV/THGBHV/THGWV
Fasteners
Model
No.
THGBV3.62/9
THGBV3.62/11
Width
(W)
Carried
Member
Carrying
Member
Length of
Bolt in
Carrying
Member
4- 4" MB
3
358
10-10d

Snow
(115)
6030
6835
7375
412
6910
7780
8350
6910
7780
8350
8715
7980
8675
8675
8675
10105
10345
10505
10915
10915
10915
10915
10915
10915
10915
10915
10915
6030
6835
7375
412
6910
7780
8350
6910
7780
8350
8715
7980
8675
8675
8675
10915
10915
10915
10915
12665
12665
12665
12665
12815
12815
12815
12815
6040
6850
7390
8715
6910
7780
8350
8715
6910
7780
8350
9065
10010
10010
6
3
19-SDS 14"x3"
8- 34" MB
412
2570
3
THGBHV3.62/9
THGBHV3.62/11
THGBV5.50/9
THGBV5.50/11
358
514
10-10d
10-10d
4- 34" MB
6
19-SDS 14"x3"
THGBHV5.50/9
THGBHV5.50/11
5 4
1
10-10d
8- 4" MB
3
4 2
1
2570
2570
2570
6
3
THGBHV7.25/9
THGBHV7.25/11
THGBHV7.25/9
THGBHV7.25/11
THGBHV7.25/9
THGBHV7.25/11
10-10d
10-10d
10-10d
4- 34" MB
6- 4" MB
3
8- 34" MB
412
4 2
1
412
2570
2570
2570
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
8715
5160
5840
6290
7320
8715
6385
7185
7320
7320
6400
7200
7320
7320
5700
6245
6245
6245
2570
Wind
(160)
7465
7675
7815
8285
9165
9165
9165
9165
9165
9165
9165
9165
8715
5160
5840
6290
7320
8715
6385
7185
7320
7320
6400
7200
7320
7320
5700
6245
6245
6245
9165
9165
9165
9165
10500
10640
10640
10640
10500
10710
10765
10765
2570
2570
2570
5165
5845
6295
7320
6385
7185
7320
7320
8715
6400
7200
7320
7320
10010
10010
7750
8410
8410
8410
10010
10010
10010
8410
8410
8410
8410
10010
10010
10010
10010
8410
8410
8410
8410
10915
10915
10915
10915
9165
9165
9165
9165
13830
15060
15060
15060
12650
12650
12650
12650
13830
15060
15060
15060
12650
12650
12650
12650
2570
2570
2570
THGWV5.50/9
THGWV5.50/11
514
10-10d
8- 34" MB
412
2570
21320
21835
21835
21835
2570
18340
18340
18340
18340
THGWV7.25/9
THGWV7.25/11
10-10d
8- 34" MB
2570
24165
24165
24165
24165
2570
20300
20300
20300
20300
Code
Ref.
160
Floor
(100)
Uplift
(160)
1. Allowable loads are based on a SCL (LVL, PSL or LSL) carried member with an allowable F'c of 750 psi and
equivalent Specific Gravity of 0.50 or higher.
2. Uplift loads have been increased for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
3. A 3-ply carrying member is required for the THGWV5.50/9 and THGWV5.50/11; a 4-ply carrying member is required for the
THGWV7.25/9 and THGWV7.25/11.
4. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws require a minimum 2-ply (3") carrying member.
5. Bolts and Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss
connector plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met.
7. To achieve published loads, machine bolts (MB) into the girder truss shall be installed with the nut on the opposite side of the hanger
with a standard cut washer (except THGWVs). Standard cut washers are required for THGBV and THGBHV.
161
High capacity, welded hangers for

multi-ply girder trusses. The THGB series
offers optional installation with Simpson
Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws, and the bolted THGBH
and THGW hangers offer higher design
loads. For a lower cost alternative that uses
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws instead of bolts and offers high load
capacities, see the THGQ/THGQH series.
MATERIAL: 3 gauge
See General Notes.
All multiple members must be
fastened together to act as a single unit.
Maximum 1178" bottom chord in
the carrying member to allow for
the minimum bolt end distance.
Bolts must be installed symmetrically
when using less than 8 bolts on the
8-bolt backplate.
Girders must be adequately laterally
braced to prevent excessive displacement
due to secondary torsional stresses
(Ref ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.5).
OPTIONS: See Hanger Options, page 238 for
THGB/THGBH skew options.
Key Chart.
Model
No.
Width
(W)
Fasteners
Carried
Member
Carrying
Member
THGW3
THGB2
U.S. Patent
6,230,466
THGBH3
(THGB3
similar)
(THGBH2
&THGBH4
similar)
2x8 Min.
Min. 2x6 THGB

Min. 2x8 THGBH
Blocking of same
wood species as
truss and bolts
may be added for
additional uplift
118" Min.
1178"
(Max. bottom
chord depth)
Typical THGW3
Installation
Length of
Bolt in
Carrying
Member
3
412
6
Typical THGB2
Installation
Uplift1
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
Uplift1
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Wind
(160)
9700
9700
9700
6030
6910
6910
6835
7780
7780
7375
8350
8350
8715
8715
8715
8145
8145
8145
5160
6385
6400
5840
7185
7200
6290
7320
7320
7320
7320
7320
THGB2
3516
10-10d &
2-34" MB
4-34" MB
THGB2
3516
10-10d &
2-34" MB
19-14"x3" SDS
8675
7980
8675
8675
8675
6245
5700
6245
6245
6245
9700
9700
9700
10105
10915
10915
10345
10915
10915
10505
10915
10915
10915
10915
10915
8145
8145
8145
7465
9165
9165
7675
9165
9165
7815
9165
9165
8285
9165
9165
9700
9700
9700
6030
6910
6910
6835
7780
7780
7375
8350
8350
8715
8715
8715
8145
8145
8145
5160
6385
6400
5840
7185
7200
6290
7320
7320
7320
7320
7320
THGBH2
3516
10-10d &
2-34" MB
8-34" MB
3
412
6
THGB3
41516
10-10d &
2-34" MB
4-34" MB
3
412
6
THGB3
41516
10-10d &
2-34" MB
19-14"x3" SDS
8675
7980
8675
8675
8675
6245
5700
6245
6245
6245
3
412
6
9700
9700
9700
10915
12665
12815
10915
12665
12815
10915
12665
12815
10915
12665
12815
8145
8145
8145
9165
10500
10500
9165
10640
10710
9165
10640
10765
9165
10640
10765
3
412
6
3
412
6
3
412
6
9700
9700
9700
9700
9700
9700
9700
9700
9700
6040
6910
6910
9065
10010
10010
10915
13830
13830
6850
7780
7780
10010
10010
10010
10915
15060
15060
7390
8350
8350
10010
10010
10010
10915
15060
15060
8715
8715
8715
10010
10010
10010
10915
15060
15060
8145
8145
8145
8145
8145
8145
8145
8145
8145
5165
6385
6400
7750
8410
8410
9165
12650
12650
5845
7185
7200
8410
8410
8410
9165
12650
12650
6295
7320
7320
8410
8410
8410
9165
12650
12650
7320
7320
7320
8410
8410
8410
9165
12650
12650
412
6
412
6
9700
9700
9700
9700
21830
21830
24165
24165
21830
21830
24165
24165
21830
21830
24165
24165
21830
21830
24165
24165
8145
8145
8145
8145
18340
18340
20300
20300
18340
18340
20300
20300
18340
18340
20300
20300
18340
18340
20300
20300
THGBH3
41516
10-10d &
2-34" MB
8-34" MB
THGBH4
6916
10-10d &
2-34" MB
4-34" MB
THGBH4
6916
10-10d &
2-34" MB
6-34" MB
THGBH4
6916
10-10d &
2-34" MB
8-34" MB
THGW3-36
THGW3-46
THGW4-36
THGW4-46
162
Truss Girder Hangers
41516
6916
10-10d &
2-34" MB
10-10d &
2-34" MB
8-34" MB
8-34" MB
2. A 3-ply carrying member is required for the THGW3-3 and THGW4-3;
a 4-ply carrying member is required for the THGW3-4 and THGW4-4.
For all other models, a minimum 2-ply carrying member is required.
3. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws
require a minimum 2-ply (3") carrying member.
4. Bolts and Simpson Strong-Tie Strong Drive screws are permitted to be installed
through metal truss connector plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided
the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met.
Code
Ref.
F23
5. 10-10d nails for the carried member will achieve the maximum down loads.
Uplift loads are 2570 lbs. for DF/SP and 2210 lbs. for SPF/HF. To achieve maximum
uplift, install nails and bolts listed in the table.
6. Loads for THGW models require that the supported member have minimum 2x6 end
verticals to ensure end-grain bearing. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for loads when horizontal
members are bearing in the hanger seat.
8. To achieve published loads, machine bolts (MB) into the girder truss shall be installed with
the nut on the opposite side of the hanger with a standard cut washer (except THGWs).
Standard cut washers are required for THGB and THGBH.
THGB/THGBH/THGW
HTHMQ Heavy Multiple Truss Hangers

The HTHMQ is a versatile, high-capacity truss hanger
designed for various lumber types and multiple-ply trusses.
The truss hanger accommodates a greater range of
structural designs while accommodating right or left hand
hips (at 30- 60 skews), which can be used for terminal
hips with or without the center common jack. The HTHMQ
can accommodate various widths of lumber.
FEATURES:
Available in various stirrup widths to accommodate
various lumber types and multiple ply trusses
Installed with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws that eliminate
the inconvenience of bolted installation
Enables 2-3 member connection for a broader range
of structural designs
MATERIAL: Back plate3 gauge; stirrup7 gauge
See General Notes.
supplied with connector.
All multiple members must be fastened together
to act as a single unit.
Shall be attached to a minimum double girder truss
to allow for required minimum screw penetration.
See footnote 5.
excessive displacement due to secondary torsional
stresses (Ref ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.5).
See below for different installation options.
7"
24"
W2
Typical HTHMQ Installation
W1
HTHMQ
Hip
Min. 2-2x required
Min. 2-2x required
Min. 2-2x required
Hip
Hip
Hip
(typ.)
Jack
Jack
HTHMQL Top View

HTHMQN Top View

Terminal Hip Installation
without Common Center Jack
Dimensions (in.)
Model
No.
W1
Hip
W2 Skew
Angle
Fasteners
Hips
(Total)
Carrying
Member
HTHMQ Top View

Terminal Installation
with Center Common Jack
Down
Code
(100/115/125/160)
Ref.
Hip
Hip
Hip
Hip
Jack Total
Jack Total
Jack Total
Jack Total
(ea)
(ea)
(ea)
(ea)
Uplift (160)
Jack
Down
(100/115/125/160)
Uplift (160)
HTHMQ-SDS
158 - 41516 158 30-60 34-14"x3" SDS 8-14"x112" SDS 4-14"x112" SDS 1085 545 2715 4045 2020 10110 935 470 2340 2790 1395 6975
HTHMQ-2-SDS
158 - 41516 3516 30-60 34-14"x3" SDS 8-14"x212" SDS 4-14"x112" SDS 1085 545 2715 4585 2290 11460 935 470 2340 3945 1970 9860
HTHMQN-SDS
158 30-60 34-14"x3" SDS 8-14"x112" SDS
920
1840 4045
8090 790
1580 2790
5580
HTHMQN-2-SDS
3 16 30-60 34- 4"x3" SDS 8- 4"x2 2" SDS
920
1840 4695
9390 790
1580 4040
8080
HTHMQR/L-SDS
170
158- 41516 158 30-60 34-14"x3" SDS 4-14"x112" SDS 4-14"x112" SDS 1470 490 1960 4045 1350 5395 1265 420 1685 2790 930 3720
HTHMQR/L-2-SDS 158 - 41516 3516 30-60 34-14"x3" SDS 4-14"x212" SDS 4-14"x112" SDS 1470 490 1960 6190 2065 8255 1265 420 1685 4865 1620 6485
1. Tabulated allowable loads must be selected based on duration of load as
permitted by the applicable building code.
2. The uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with
no further increase allowed. Reduce when other load durations govern.
3. Specify W1 where applicable and Hip Skew Angle.
4. Connector must be installed centered on minimum 2x8 vertical web.
6. Carrying truss plies must be adequately fastened together as
determined by Designer.
7. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads as determined
by the Designer in accordance with ANSI/TPI 1-2007.
8. Tabulated allowable loads for three-member configurations assume that each hip carries 40%
of the total load and the jack carries 20% of the total load. Tabulated allowable loads for single
hip-jack configurations assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25%
to the jack.
9. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are permitted to be
installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the
requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Section 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required
10. " x 2" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screw may be substituted for the
" x 3" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screw provided with the HTHMQ with no
load reduction. Back-to-back installations require a 3-ply minimum girder.
163
ALTERNATE INSTALLATIONS
Truss Designer is to confirm blocking size/grade,
fasteners required and application.
Fasteners used to attach the additional blocking
should be independent of the truss hanger fasteners.
Block(s) should be of similar size/grade as the truss member to which it is

attached. Blocking should be designed to act as one unit with the truss members.
Block(s) should be of sufficient size to accept all carried/carrying member nails,
and develop full seat bearing as specified in Simpson Strong-Tie publications.
Example shown: HGUS210-2

installed on a 2x6 bottom chord
(other applications similar)
Example shown:
THGBH4 installed
Min. 2x6 THGB

Min. 2x8 THGBH
Max. 2x10
Wood
Filler
Blocking
Wood Filler Blocking
Use of Wood Blocking to Achieve

the Full Design Load Value of a
Face Mount Hanger Attached to
a Single Ply Carrying (Girder)
Member. (Block designed by
Engineer of Record or Truss
Designer)
MSCPT
Connection Design to Achieve Specified Nailing

of a Face Mount Hanger at a Panel Point.
Nails located in joints formed by the intersection of wood

members or with edge or end distances less than suggested
by NDS have no load resistance. The hanger allowable
load value shall be reduced by the nail shear value for each
header nail less than the specified quantity. Connection shall
be approved by the Truss Designer.
The MSCPT is a high capacity, top flange welded hanger

designed to carry 2 or 3 trusses in a terminal hip installation.
The top flange is notched at the center to accommodate vertical
and diagonal web members in the girder truss.
MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge; stirrup11 gauge (MSCPT2,
MSCPT2N), 7 gauge (MSCPT2-2, MSCPT2-2N)
The total load must be evenly distributed about the
centerline to avoid eccentric loading.
as a single unit.
Minimum vertical carrying member sizes are 2x6 for MSCPT2
and MSCPT2N, and 2x8 for MSCPT2-2 and MSCPT2-2N.
Minimum carrying member bottom chord is a 2-ply 2x6.
OPTIONS: H1 and H2 should be equal to the bottom chord depth of the

carrying member in order to maintain all members flush at the bottom.
Hip stirrups can be skewed from 25 to 45.
The W1 and W2 of the MSCPT2 may be increased up to 3716", provided
the stirrups configuration remains symmetrical.
Model
No.
MSCPT2
MSCPT2N
MSCPT2-2
MSCPT2-2N
514
514
514
514
278
278
278
278
Dimensions
Model
No.
MSCPT2
MSCPT2N
MSCPT2-2
MSCPT2-2N
Fasteners
W1
H1
& & H2 TF Header
W2 (min.)
158
158
3516
3516
26-16d
26-16d
30-16d
30-16d
514
514
514
514
278
278
278
278
Joists
18-10dx112
14-10dx112
20-10d
14-10d
Fasteners
W1
H1
& & H2 TF Header
W2 (min.)
158
158
3516
3516
Use of Wood Filler Blocking

for Carried Member Width
Less than Hanger Width.
(Block designed by Designer
or Truss Designer)
Multiple Truss Hangers
Dimensions
164
26-16d
26-16d
30-16d
30-16d
1. For MSCPT2 and MSCPT2-2 models,

allowable hip loads are 0.40 x Total Loads,
and Jack Loads are 0.20 x Total Loads.
2. Uplift loads have been increased for wind
or earthquake loading with no further
Joists
18-10dx112
14-10dx112
20-10d
14-10d
Hip
Jack
Hip
MSCPT2-2
MSCPT2
MSCPT2 Top View (MSCPT2-2 similar)
DF/SP Allowable Loads 1,2

Uplift
(160)
Floor/Snow/Roof/Wind Code
Ref.
(100/115/125/160)
Hip Jack Total Hip

750 370 1870 3145
750 1500 3930
750 370 1870 3470
750 1500 4335
Jack
1570
1735
Total
7860
7860
8675
8675
F23
MSCPT2N Top View (MSCPT2-2N similar)
SPF/HF Allowable Loads 1,2

Uplift
(160)
Floor/Snow/Roof/Wind Code
Ref.
(100/115/125/160)
Hip Jack Total Hip

645 320 1610 3000
645 1290 3470
645 320 1610 3000
645 1290 3750
Jack
1500
1500
Total
7500
6940
7500
7500
F23

4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long,
Typical MSCPT2 Installation
AHEP Adjustable Hip-End Purlin

For wood and cold-formed steel trusses, the Simpson Strong-Tie AHEP is
a structural purlin that also serves as an installation lateral restraint and spacer
during the truss erection process. The AHEP attaches to the leading edge of stepdown hip trusses, eliminating the need for drop-top chords, 2x lumber or gable
end fillers. The interlocking design of the AHEP allows them to install linearly,
aligned with the end jacks, to maintain framing spacing from eave to hip or peak.
Roof sheathing/decking attaches directly to the purlin with knurled pneumatic
fasteners or low-profile head, self-drilling screws. Adjustable in length, the AHEP
is designed to accommodate a pitch range of 3/12 to 9/12 as a structural purlin
and up to 12/12 as an installation lateral restraint and spacer.
FEATURES: A structural purlin to which sheathing can be directly
attached no need to remove temporary bracing
Accurately spaces the installed trusses and helps meet the temporary
top-chord lateral restraint recommendations of WTCA/TPI BCSI on
step-down hip ends
Adjustable in length to accommodate a wide pitch range
MATERIAL: 20 gauge (33 mil) FINISH: Galvanized
Prior to installation, the AHEP must be set to the proper length and
the two tubes fastened together with four #10 x 34" self-drilling screws
through the round holes in the side flanges for pitches between 3/12 and
9/12; and in the triangular and upper round hole when the AHEP will be
used as an installation restraint and spacer at pitches 9/12 up to 12/12.
For trusses spaced 24" o.c., the pitch markings on the inner tube may
be used to line up the tubes to the correct length for a given pitch. For
other spacings, the length of the AHEP must be set to the calculated
sloping length (from leading edge to leading edge of the framing members).
To install the AHEPs on wood trusses, use four 10d (.148"x3") nails.
The two nails at the bottom of the part (the yoke end) must be clinched.
Sheathing is attached to the AHEP with knurled pneumatic fasteners or
low-profile-head, self-drilling screws.
For efficiency, the AHEPs should be installed in line with the end jacks
so that framing alignment can be maintained from eave to hip/ridge.
Tongue
Side-ange fasteners
two (2) #10x 3 4"
each side
5
Leng
th fr
om
bend
line
to
AHEP
U.S. Patent Pending
3
4
5
6
7
3
4
5
6
7
3
4
5
6
7
3
4
5
6
7
3
4
5
6
7
3
4
5
6
7
3
4
5
6
7
3
4
5
6
7
3
4
5
6
7
Typical AHEP
Installation
A Web-based calculator is available to help Designers check AHEP applicability

based on the actual hip-end roof pitch, input live and dead loads, truss and
purlin spacing and the selected sheathing and deflection criteria. To view the
calculator, visit www.strongtie.com/webapps/ahep.
AHEP
4 - #10
4 - 10d
Sheathing
Option
Allowable Down Loads

3/12 Pitch
L/180
3.1/12 Pitch
16 "
L/180
9/12 Pitch
16 "
L/180
16 "
None
180
240
180
240
135
150
32" (Min.)
Wood Sheathing
250
345
210
275
160
175
15
Code
Ref.
I13,
F12

2. Allowable loads apply to wood with a specific
gravity of 0.42 or greater.
3. Designer shall insure attached members are
adequately designed to resist applied loads.
4. Straight line interpolation can be used to
determine allowable loads for pitches between
3.1/12 and 9/12.
5. Nails: 10d = 0.148 dia. x 3" long.
Screws: #10 = #10 x 34" long self-drilling screws.
The two nails at the

bottom of the part
(the yoke end) must
be clinched
Online Calculator for AHEP Installation
Fasteners
Model
No. AHEP Side To Hip
Flanges Trusses
Yoke
bend
line
TSF Truss Spacer

The TSF is a fast and accurate method for spacing trusses that eliminates
layout marking of top plates and can be left in place under the sheathing.
Accuracy is improved, spacing errors are minimized, and it is easy to use.
MATERIAL: 24 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION: See Installation Sequence below.

TSF Truss Spacers do not provide bracing of any kind and

are not structural members. The TSF is for spacing only.

Refer to instructions from architect, engineer, truss manufacturer

or other for bracing and installation information.
Dimensions
Model
No.
O.C.
Spacing
Total
Length
TSF2-16
112
16
8'
TSF2-24
1 2
24
10'
TSF
Code
Ref.
180
STEP 1
Nail starting notch to first member.
STEP 2
As each successive member is
positioned, unfold TSF to next
notch. The notch teeth grip
member and align it for nailing.
STEP 3
If spacer does not align with end
truss, break spacer off at notch.
Then, hammer spacer flat, fold
it under and nail.
165
TSBR Truss Spacer-Restraint

The Simpson Strong-Tie TSBR truss spacer-restraint is a time-saving lateral-restraint
product for wood and CFS framing that improves quality and safety while helping to meet
the prescriptive recommendations of the WTCA/TPI. Easier to install than wood bracing, the
TSBR firmly grips the trusses, capturing on-center spacing and keeping them vertical and
plumb after placement, resulting in a better truss installation. The unique design eliminates
additional time spent measuring truss spacing and laying out temporary lateral bracing. And
once installed, the TSBR can remain in place to be sheathed over, thereby eliminating the need
to remove temporary bracing and creating a safer, more stable work platform.
FEATURES: Enables the quick and accurate spacing of trusses without measuring or adjusting

Helps meet prescriptive temporary bracing recommendations of the BCSI

Easily grabs onto the truss may be put in place with one hand

Stays in place during sheathing, saving time and making the roof more stable for workers

Installs in less time and requires less total bracing material than prescriptive wood
bracing methods reducing labor costs

The TSBR is a direct replacement for the TSB Truss Spacer Bracer.

TSBR lateral restraint locations are as recommended in Table B2-1 of WTCA/TPI BCSI
or the BCSI B2 Summary Sheet. For more information see the Simpson Strong-Tie
Wood Truss Bracing and Restraint Guide (F-TSBRTBD22).
Dimensions (in)
Model No.
TSBR2-16 (Min)
TSBR2-16 (Max)
TSBR2-242 (Min)
TSBR2-24 (Max)
17 2
1712
2512
2512
1 4
114
134
134
1 4
114
1
1
Allowable Loads (lbs)

Code
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Ref.
Compression Tension Compression Tension
2-10d
540
180
465
155
170
4-10dx112"
540
455
465
390
2-10d
500
180
430
155 I13,
4-10dx112"
500
455
430
390 F12
Fasteners
(Total)
1 1
9 6
U.S. Patent 6,993,882
"
D
TSBR may be replaced at ridge
by wood blocking as required
for diaphgram nailing
Typical TSBR2-24
Installation on
2x Wood Truss
1. No load duration
increase allowed.
2. Minimum nailing meets or exceeds
the temporary lateral restraint recommendations
of WTCA/TPI BCSI (5/08).
3. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long.
TBD22 Diagonal Brace

The TBD22 diagonal truss brace offers a time-saving subsitute for 2x4 diagonal bracing that helps meet
the recommendations of WTCA/TPI BCSI. The TBD travels in a box like a flat strap, and is formed into an
A-shape as it is pulled from the carton to provide rigidity and prevent sagging between trusses during
installation. As it is fastened to the trusses the brace flattens, allowing sheathing to be installed right
over it and saving the time typically needed to remove 2x4 bracing.

When installed on the top and bottom chords as well as the web planes, the TBD captures the
lateral construction and wind forces delivered by the TSBR truss spacer restraints and transfers
it diagonally in tension to the edge of the braced-truss system. When used in conjunction
with the TSBR, the TBD22 meets or exceeds the the recommendations set forth
by the WTCA/TPI BCSI.
FEATURES: Helps meet prescriptive temporary bracing

recommendations of the WTCA/TPI BCSI.
Rigid A-shape design virtually eliminates sagging between
trusses spaced 16"-24" on center.
Can be sheathed over after installation, no need to remove bracing.
Dimpled nailing grid allows installation with standard
pneumatic fasteners.
160' of bracing in an easy-to-handle carton.
MATERIAL: 22 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
Strap does not have holes for fasteners. Nails shall be installed in
the dimpled areas and placed to maintain a minimum of 14" strap
edge distance and a minimum of 12" center to center distance.
Nails should be installed in the center of the lumber narrow
face and with a minimum edge distance of 1" on the
lumber wide face.
TBD22 straps span diagonally at approximately 45.
Strap shall not be slack, but tight and ready to engage in tension.
To resist construction forces, diagonal X-bracing is
required at each end and every 10 truss spaces (20' max).
Refer to WTCA/TPI BCSI for additional information.
At the end of the TBD braces trusses shall be laterally
braced to resist out of plane forces.
Bracing locations shown in the drawing are recommendations for
temporary bracing only. Installation of TBD braces for permanent
lateral bracing shall be per the Building Designer.
Model
No.
TBD22
(Min)
TBD22
(Max)
166
TSBR2-24
(TSBR2-16 similar)
Fasteners
Strap Ends
1-10dx1 2 in face and
1-10dx112 in edge
2-10dx112 in face and
1-10dx112 in edge
1
Intermediate
Trusses
Allowable
Tension Loads
DF/SP SPF/HF
1-10dx112
430
390
1-10dx112
565
520
114" ened
t
Flat
TBD22
U.S. Patent 8,109,124

Spacing between
TSBR rows per
BCSI Table B2-1
Sheathing
installs directly
over TBD22
x.) s
ma ion
0' sect
2
(
x. ed
ma rac
es b
ac nally
p
s o
ss iag
Tru n d
Minimum
10 twee
be
lly n
na tio s
go sec ace .)
Dia ced s sp max
bra trus . (8'
4 ax
m
Temporary Bracing
Recommendations
from WTCA/TPI BCSI
TSB
Code
Ref.
Edge Nail
170
1. Allowable loads have been increased for construction and wind loading
with no further increase allowed.
2. Minimum nailing meets or exceeds the temporary bracing recommendations
of WTCA/TPI BCSI.
Face Nail
TBD22
Typical TBD22 Top Chord

Installation with Minimum Nailing
TBD22
Dispenser Detail
1916"
TBE
Truss Bearing Enhancers
The TBE transfers load from the truss or girder to plates for bearing-limited
conditions and provides exceptional uplift capacity. Replaces nail-on scabs that
provide lower load transfer, or in some cases, an additional ply when needed for
bearing. One size works with any number of girder plies.
The table lists allowable loads for TBE4 used on 2x4 and TBE6 used on 2x6
top plates. The table gives the different loads calculated for TBE with and without
wood bearing. See Fastener Schedule below and page 168 for Alternate Installation.
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
TBE must be installed in pairs.
Top plate size is 2x4 for TBE4, 2x6 for TBE6. Use alternate installation for
TBE4 and TBE6 on larger plates or pre-sheathed walls. See page 168.
TBE4
(TBE6 similar)
Two TBE
installed with
single-ply
truss
F1
F1
TBE FASTENER SCHEDULE

Model
No.
TBE4
TBE6
Truss
Plies
1
2 or more
1
2 or more
Top Plate No.

or Truss
of
Wood
Truss
Species 2 Plies
Douglas
Fir Larch
Southern
Pine
TBE4
2x4
SprucePine-Fir
Hem Fir
Douglas
Fir Larch
Southern
Pine
TBE6
2x6
SprucePine-Fir
Hem Fir
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
F2
NAILS:
10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.
Allowable Loads 1,2,3

Download
Uplift
(160)
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
850
935
935
935
935
935
935
935
935
935
935
935
935
935
935
935
935
TBE Only
(100)
1820
2220
2220
2220
1820
2220
2220
2220
1560
1920
1920
1920
1560
1920
1920
1920
1820
2220
2220
2220
1820
2220
2220
2220
1560
1920
1920
1920
1560
1920
1920
1920
(115)
2095
2230
2230
2230
2095
2230
2230
2230
1795
2100
2100
2100
1795
2100
2100
2100
2095
2555
2555
2555
2095
2555
2555
2555
1795
2210
2210
2210
1795
2210
2210
2210
(125)
2230
2230
2230
2230
2230
2230
2230
2230
1950
2100
2100
2100
1950
2100
2100
2100
2275
2735
2735
2735
2275
2735
2735
2735
1950
2400
2400
2400
1950
2400
2400
2400
1. Loads are for a pair of TBEs.

2. When truss chord wood species is different than the wall top plate
wood species, choose the tabulated allowable loads based on the
species with the lower tabulated download capacity.
3. Uplift and lateral loads have been increased for wind or earthquake
loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other
loads govern.
TBE & Wood Top Plate

(160)
2230
2230
2230
2230
2230
2230
2230
2230
2080
2100
2100
2100
2080
2100
2100
2100
2425
2735
2735
2735
2425
2735
2735
2735
2080
2560
2560
2560
2080
2560
2560
2560
(100)
5100
8785
12065
15345
4785
8155
11120
14085
3790
6385
8615
10845
3685
6175
8300
10425
6975
12535
17690
22845
6480
11545
16205
20865
5065
8935
12440
15945
4900
8605
11945
15285
F2
Two TBE installed

with two-ply girder truss
(115)
5375
8795
12075
15355
5060
8165
11130
14095
4025
6565
8795
11025
3920
6355
8480
10605
7250
12870
18025
23180
6755
11880
16540
21200
5300
9225
12730
16235
5135
8895
12235
15575
(125)
5510
8795
12075
15355
5195
8165
11130
14095
4180
6565
8795
11025
4075
6355
8480
10605
7430
13050
18205
23360
6935
12060
16720
21380
5455
9415
12920
16425
5290
9085
12485
15765
(160)
5510
8795
12075
15355
5195
8165
11130
14095
4310
6565
8795
11025
4205
6355
8480
10605
7580
13050
18205
23360
7085
12060
16720
21380
5585
9575
13080
16585
5420
9245
12645
15925
Lateral
(160)
F1
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
375
375
375
375
375
375
375
375
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
F2
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
Equivalent Bearing Length 7

of TBE and Top Plate
(in.)
(100)
5.44
4.68
4.29
4.09
5.65
4.81
4.37
4.15
5.95
5.01
4.50
4.25
6.07
5.08
4.55
4.29
7.44
6.68
6.29
6.09
7.65
6.81
6.37
6.15
7.95
7.01
6.50
6.25
8.07
7.08
6.55
6.29
(115)
5.73
4.69
4.29
4.09
5.97
4.82
4.38
4.16
6.32
5.15
4.60
4.32
6.45
5.23
4.65
4.36
7.73
6.86
6.41
6.71
7.97
7.01
6.50
6.25
8.32
7.23
6.66
6.37
8.45
7.32
7.32
6.41
(125)
5.88
4.69
4.29
4.09
6.13
4.82
4.38
4.16
6.56
5.15
4.60
4.32
6.71
5.23
4.65
4.36
7.93
6.96
6.47
6.82
8.18
7.11
6.58
6.31
8.55
7.38
6.75
6.44
8.70
7.48
7.48
6.49
(160)
5.88
4.69
4.29
4.09
6.13
4.82
4.38
4.16
6.76
5.15
4.60
4.32
6.92
5.23
4.65
4.36
8.09
6.96
6.47
6.90
8.36
7.11
6.58
6.31
8.76
7.51
6.84
6.50
8.92
7.61
7.61
6.55
4. Allowable loads are determined only by nail shear calculations or tests of the metal connectors
based on the lowest of 0.125" of deflection or the ultimate load with a 3 times factor of safety.
The attached wood members must be designed to withstand the loads imposed by the nails.
5. Perpendicular to Plate loads are reduced for Alternate Installation.
6. Parallel to Plate loads are not reduced for Alternate Installation.
7. Equivalent Top Plate Bearing Width is the actual top plate width (TBE4 = 312", TBE6 = 512") plus
the enhanced bearing width provided by the TBE.
Code
Ref.
Wall
Model
Top
No.
Plate
Fasteners per each TBE

Rafter
Plate
10-10dx112
10-10dx112
10-10d
10-10d
10-10dx112
10-10dx112
10-10d
10-10d
I13,
F12
167
TBE
Truss Bearing Enhancers
(See illustrations at right)
Model
No.
TBE4
TBE6
Alternate Installation Allowable Loads5,6

Perpendicular to Plate
DF/SP
(160)
SPF/HF
(160)
F2
F3
F2
F3
1000
300
860
260
TBE6 Installed
on Double 2x8 Top Plate
1. Use full table loads for uplift and parallel-to-plate

allowable loads.
2. Download capacities are 0.80 of table loads.
3. See additional footnotes on page 167.
Alternate Installation Allowable Down Loads

are 0.80 and Allowable Uplift Loads are 1.0
of the TBE only table loads on page 167.
Pre-sheathed shearwall.
Bend tab along slot and nail
one leg to top of the plate.
The TC truss connector is an ideal connector for scissor

trusses and can allow horizontal movement up to 114". The
TC also attaches plated trusses to top plates or sill plates
to resist uplift forces. Typically used on one or both ends
of truss as determined by the Designer.
INSTALLATION:
Drive 10d nails into the truss at the inside end of
the slotted holes (inside end is towards the center
of the truss and clinch on back side). Do not seat
these nails into the trussallow room under the
nail head for movement of the truss with respect
to the wall.
After installation of roofing materials nails may be
required to be fully seated into the truss.
(As required by the Designer or Truss Designer.)
Optional TC Installation
Bend one flange up 90. Drive specified nails into the
top and face of the top plates or install Titen screws
into the top and face of masonry wall. See optional
load tables and installation details.
Model
No.
TC24
TC26
TC28
Fasteners
114"
Slots
114"
Slots
214"
3516"
118"
Slotted seat
tabs for easy
removal for
multi-ply truss
installations
3916"
TC24
For 2x
Truss
For optional
installation
bend up 90
TC26 only
(Bend one
time only)
5916"
(7516" for TC28)
TC26
(TC28 similar)
Install nails to allow horizontal movement
of scissors truss. Nails must be
clinched on back side.
DF/SP
Allowable Loads
SPF/HF
Allowable Loads
Truss
Plate
Uplift
(160)
Uplift
(160)
4-10d
5-10d
5-10d
4-10d
6-10d
6-10d
400
665
665
345
570
570
Typical TC24 Installation

Code
Ref.
I13, F12
See footnotes below.
OPTIONAL TC INSTALLATION TABLE

Fasteners
Model
No.
TC26
168
DF/SP
Allowable
Loads
SPF/HF
Allowable
Loads
Masonry
Allowable
Loads
Truss
Plate
Uplift
(160)
Uplift
(160)
Uplift
(160)
5-10dx112
5-10d
5-10d
6-10dx112
6-10d
6- 316 x214 Titen
430
450
350
390
195
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with

2. Grout strength is 2000 psi minimum.
3. Nail values based on single 2x truss. 10d joist nails must be clinched.
4. Optional TC26 installation with 10d nails requires minimum 3" top plate thickness.
Code
Ref.
I13, F12
Optional TC26 Installation for Grouted

Concrete Block using a Wood Nailer
(8", 10", 12" Wall Installation similar)
Moisture barrier
not shown
Optional TC26 Installation for Grouted

Concrete Block using Titen Screws
TC Truss Connectors
HTC
Heavy Truss Clips
For alignment control between a roof truss and nonbearing

walls; the 212" slot permits vertical truss chord movement when
loads are applied.
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized

The HTC has a 212" slot to accommodate truss movement

This connector has high lateral capacity.

The S/HTC is available for steel truss applications.
Gap,
Where Occurs
Dimensions Fasteners
Model
No.
Top Plate Base Slot
HTC4
HTC4
Allowable Loads1 (160)

Without Gap
Typical HTC4 Installation

on a 2x4 Plate
Code
With 1 4" Gap
Ref.
F1
F2
3
F1
F2
2x4 Plate
6-10d 3-10d
390
305
85
280
2x6 Plate
6-10d 3-10d
485
280
155
280
170

2. Truss or rafter must be bearing on top plate to achieve the allowable loads
under WITHOUT GAP.
3. When installed with maximum 114" space between rafter or truss and
top plate use loads under WITH 114" GAP. Where loads are not required,
space is not limited to 114".
4. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long.
Allow 116"
gap between
nail head and
truss clip to
help prevent
squeaking
Nails should not be driven

completely flush against
the connector, to allow
vertical truss movement.
Typical HTC4 Installation
on a 2x6 or Larger Plate
For alignment control between a roof truss and nonbearing

walls; the 112" slot permits vertical truss chord movement when
loads are applied.
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
Use STC or DTC depending on required loads. STC,
installed with Drywall Stop (DS), helps prevent fasteners
tearing through the ceiling sheetrock (see illustration).
Use STCT where truss or rafter is separated from the top
plate of the nonbearing wall.
Install slot nails in the middle of the slot.
Products not intended for floor applications due to
the frequency of floor joist deflections and potential
for squeaks.
Fasteners
Model
No. Base Slot
STC
2-8d
1-8d

Without Gap2
4" Max Gap
4" < Gap 12 "
F1
F2
F1
F2
F1
F2
85
55
35
35
30
40
STCT
2-8d
1-8d
DTC
4-8d
2-8d
125
210
85
135
55
70

2. Truss or rafter must be bearing on top plate to achieve the
allowable loads under WITHOUT GAP.
3. Clips are required on both sides of the truss to achieve F1 loads
in both directions (stagger parts to avoid nail interferences).
4. NAILS: 8d = 0.131" dia. x 212" long.
STCT
STC
DTC
Code
Ref.
Gap
170
To
16" eetrock
h
S
er
First Fasten
STC/STCT/DTC Roof Truss Clips
To allow vertical
truss movement,
nails should not be
driven completely
flush against
the connector.
Typical STC Installation with DS
169
VTCR Single-Sided Valley Truss Clip

12
10
3"
1 2
11
9
ON
PS ie
SIMong-T
Str

The VTCR is single-sided valley truss clip that provides a positive
connection between the valley truss and the supporting framing below. Installed
on top of the roof sheathing, it eliminates the need to add a support wedge under
the valley truss or to bevel the bottom chord to match the roof pitch.
Single-sided for new construction or retrofit applications
can be installed after the valley truss is set in place
Accommodates pitches from 0/12 to 12/12
Can be installed on either beveled or non-beveled bottom chords
Installs with nails or
Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive SD
Designed for Connectors
Connector screws
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
The dome holes assist in installing the fasteners into the supporting
framing at approximately 45.
"
21 2
2"
VTCR
U.S. Patent
D640,916
Model
No.
Fasteners
Supporting
Framing
Valley Truss
4-10d
3-10dx112"
4-SD #9x212"
3-SD #9x112"
VTCR
Supporting
Roof Pitch
Uplift3
(160)
Download5
(100/115/125/160)
Download6
(100/115/125/160)
< 4/12
370
790
320
655
4/12 to 12/12
< 4/12
370
790
320
655
390
790
335
655
4/12 to 12/12
500
790
430
655
1. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed.
2. Loads are based on installation over 716 " or 1532" sheathing. For installation over 1932" or 58" sheathing,
allowable uplift loads are 285 lbs. (DF/SP) and 245 lbs. (SPF/HF) when installed with nails, or 370 lbs. (DF/SP)
and 320 lbs. (SPF/HF) when installed with screws.
3. When attached directly to the supporting framing with either screws or nails, the allowable uplift for pitches
less than 4/12 is 240 lbs. (DF/SP) and 205 lbs. (SPF/HF). For pitches 4/12 to 12/12, use the tabulated uplift loads.
4. Allowable uplift loads are based on the lower of the test loads at 316 " deflection or the ultimate load divided by 3.
5. Southern pine allowable download is 750 lbs.
6. Hem fir allowable download is 625 lbs.
7. When the valley truss and supporting framing are of different species, use the lower tabulated values.
9. SCREWS: SD #9x112" (model SD9112) = 0.131" dia. x 112" long,
SD #9x212" (model SD9212) = 0.131" dia. x 212" long.
Common
Truss
Typical VTCR
Roof View
(Install the VTCR at

each specified truss
top chord location.)
170
Uplift3
(160)
I13, F12
Typical VTCR
Installation
Valley
Truss
Code
Ref.
Roof
Sheathing
Typical VTCR Side View
These products are approved for installation with the Strong-Drive SD Connector screw.
GBC
Gable Brace Connector

GBC
US Patent
7,788,873;
5,603,580
The GBC provides a proven, tested connection for the anchorage of

building stability bracing to the top of the gable end wall. With allowable
bracing installation angles between 40 to 60, the GBC offers greater
flexibility in a connector rated for both tension and compression loads.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
The GBC must be installed in pairs to achieve full load capacity.
Model Qty
No. Reqd
GBC
Typical GBC Installation
DF/SP Allowable Loads (160)

Perpendicular to Endwall (F2)
Fasteners
per
Connector
Toward GBC
Away from GBC
SPF/HF Allowable Loads (160)

Perpendicular to Endwall (F2)
Toward Anchors
Away from Anchors
Top Gable Brace Angle Gable Brace Angle Gable Brace Angle Gable Brace Angle
Plates 40-45 46-60 40-45 46-60 40-45 46-60 40-45 46-60
Gable
Brace
5-8dx112
7-8d
635
570
425
325
535
480
355
275
Gable
Brace
I13, F12
Wall
Top
Plate
2"
min.
Gable Brace
Flush at
Inside Edge
of Plates
Typical Sloped Installation
GBC INSTALLATION SEQUENCE
1. For 1 4 x 3 2 (or larger) LVL gable brace, the allowable load at 40 to 45 is 635 lbs. towards anchors,
515 lbs. away from anchors.
2. Loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed;
3. Use a minimum 2x4 gable brace. Larger members may be used.
3
Gable End
Truss
Code
Ref.
Gable End
Truss
H
Slope
Dimension
40
21516
50
3116
60
3916
2x4
Gable Brace
H = 21516"
Example:
Gable Brace
Cut Diagram
STEP 1
Double angle cut the gable brace
to sit flat on the wall double top
plate and flush against the gable
end truss for 2x4 top plate. The
double angle cuts should form
a 90 angle on the end of the
gable brace.
STEP 2
Set each GBC on top of the
double top plate so that the
bend line slots are flush
with the inside edge of the
double top plate. Install
fasteners into the top of the
double top plate.
STEP 3
Bend GBC legs (one time
only)over the inside of the
double top plate and install
fasteners.
STEP 4
Install fasteners into the
gable brace.
NOTE: Attach the other end
of the gable brace to blocking
at the roof diaphragm as
directed by the Designer.
171
CHC
Component Hoist Clip
The CHC component hoist clip provides a tested, load-rated

solution for the safe lifting and placement of assembled wood
components. The CHC is load-rated with Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws for easy
installation and removal, and superior shear and withdrawal
strength during lifting.
FEATURES:
Attaches easily to wood members using Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws (sold separately)
May be used alone or in pairs for increased load
Tested in multiple load directions for versatility
INSTALLATION:
Fasteners require full penetration into the
framing members.
Use one time only.
Lifting devices should be connected to the
CHC with a closed-loop attachment of sufficient
strength to carry the allowable load.
Tension
318"
114"
45-90
Angle of load
from horizontal,
0-44
114"
8"
CHC with
Tension Load
Applied
138"
CHC
U.S. Patent 8,720,129
Single Part Allowable Loads

Fasteners4
Model
No.
Top
Face
CHC
2-SDS 14"x3"
3-SDS 14"x3"
Angle from
Horizontal, q
Allowable Tension
DF/SP/SPF/HF
(125)
0-44
610
45-90
975
Code
Ref.
170
1. Allowable loads are based on the lowest ultimate test load of 3 test specimens,
or the average of 6 specimens, divided by 5.
3. Allowable loads are based on installation over sheathing on stud walls with
double 2x top plates and max. 58" sheathing.
4. Fasteners require full penetration into the framing members.
5. All lifting devices and spreader bars that are used in conjunction with the CHC
shall be of sufficient strength to carry the required load. Spreader bars must also
have sufficient rigidity to resist bending of the lifted component.
Model
No.
CHC
Type of
Connection
Angle from
Horizontal, q
Line
Angle, a
Total Allowable
Vertical Load
DF/SP/SPF/HF
(125)
30
120
610
45
90
1380
60
60
1690
90
1950
Code
Ref.
170
Typical CHC Installation Using Two Parts

Vertical Load
Vertical Load
Spreader bar
by others
Line
Angle,
Typical CHC Installation

with Angular Loading
172
Closed-loop
lifting device
by others
90
Closed-loop
lifting device
by others
Typical CHC Installation

with Spreader Bar
Allowable Loads for Two Parts
Masonry Connectors
TITEN Screws
Titen screws are 316" and 14" diameter masonry screws for attaching various components to concrete and
masonry. Available in hex and phillips head and both carbon and stainless steel (see the Simpson Strong-Tie
Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog for information on stainless steel versions).
Use with appropriately sized Titen drill bits included with each box.
CODES: FL 2355.1
WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive
environments. Accordingly, use this product in dry and noncorrosive environments only or provide a moisture barrier.
Titen Screw Anchors for Concrete

Titen
Diameter
(in.)
16
16
1
4
1
4
Drill Bit
Diameter
(in.)
Embed.
Depth
(in.)
Critical
Spacing
(in.)
Critical
Edge Dist.
(in.)
32
32
3
16
3
16
1
112
1
112
214
214
3
3
118
118
112
112
Allowable Loads
Concrete
CMU
Tension
Shear
Tension
Shear
125
255
110
205
305
415
145
225
150
250
365
400
Code
Ref.
F35
1. Allowable loads may not be increased for short term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
2. Concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2000 psi. CMU is based on installation into face shell of hollow and grout-filled CMU.
3. The attached member or element may govern the allowable load. The designer shall verify allowable load.
4. Refer to the Simpson Strong-Tie Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog (form C-SAS) for
complete information on the Titen screws.
Titen
Hex Head
See page 174 for sizes, fasteners and load information.

WMs are designed for use on standard 8" grouted masonry block wall construction.
MATERIAL: See table on page 174; WM, WMI, WMU12 ga. top flange and stirrup
FINISH: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; hot-dip galvanized available: specify HDG.
INSTALLATION:
WMtwo 16d duplex nails must be installed into the top flange and embedded into
the grouted wall. Verify that the grouted wall can take the required fasteners specified
in the table.
MID-WALL INSTALLATION:
Installed between blocks with duplex nails cast into grout with a minimum of one
grouted course above and below the top flange and one #5 vertical rebar minimum
24" long in each adjacent cell.
TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION:
Install on top of wall to a grouted beam with masonry screws.
Refer to technical bulletin T-SLOPEJST for information regarding load reductions on
selected hangers which can be used without modification to support joists which have
shallow slopes (34:12).
OPTIONS:
WM/WMI may be skewed and/or sloped to 45 maximum with no reduction.
WM/WMI top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the end of a header.
The allowable load is 0.50 of the table roof load.
See Hanger Options pages 233-243 for additional information.
WMU may not be modified.
WMU Mid-Wall
Installation
WMU Top-of-Wall
Installation
7" - 8"
12 Ga.
Top Flange
Masonry Connectors
WM/WMI/WMU Hangers
3"
2"
WM
WM Mid-Wall
Installation
173
Masonry Connectors
WM/WMI/WMU Hangers
Specify
Masonry Connectors
2x6
2x8
2x10
2x12
2x14
2x16
2x6 double
2x8 double
2x10 double
2x12 double
3x6
3x8
3x10
3x12
3x14
3x16
4x6
4x8
4x10
4x12
4x14
4x16
6x6
6x8
6x10
174
112x914
112x912
112x1114
112x1178
134x912
134x1178
134x14
134x16
2516x1178
2516x14
2516x16
2516x18
2516x20
212x14
212x16
212x18
212x20
3x914
3x912
3x1114
3x1178
312x912
312x1178
312x12
312x14
312x16
312x18
312x20
458x1178
458x14
458x16
458x18
458x20
514x912
514x1178
7x912
7x1114
7x1178
7x14
7x16
7x18
7x20
Model
No.
Fasteners
Top Fasteners Top Fasteners
Top-Of-Wall
Mid-Wall
Installation Installation
Face
Joist
STANDARD LUMBER SIZES - UPLIFT

112 to 712 9 to 28 2-16d Duplex 2-14x134 Titen 4-14x134 Titen 6-10dx112
STANDARD LUMBER SIZES
538 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WM26
1916
2-10dx112
WM28
1916
2-10dx112
WM210
1916
WM12
1916
2-10dx112
WM12
1916
2-10dx112
WM12
1916
2-10dx112
WM26-2
318
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
WM28-2
318
2-10dx112
WM210-2
318
WM212-2
318
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
WM36
2916
WM38
2916
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
WM310
2916
WM312
2916
2-10dx112
WM314
2916
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
WM316
2916
2-10dx112
WM46
3916
WM48
3916
2-10dx112
WM410
3916
2-10dx112
WM412
3916
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
WM414
3916
WM416
3916
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
WM66
512
WM68
512
2-10dx112
WM610
512
2-10dx112
ENGINEERED LUMBER SIZES
WM29.25
1916
2-10dx112
WM29.5
1916
2-10dx112
WM211.25
1916
1114 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WM211.88
1916
1178 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WM9
11316
2-10dx112
WM11
11316
1178 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WM14
11316
2-10dx112
WM16
11316
2-10dx112
WM3511.88
2516
1178 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WM3514
2516
2-10dx112
WM3516
2516
2-10dx112
WM3518
2516
2-10dx112
WM3520
2516
2-10dx112
WMI314
2916
2-10dx112
WMI316
2916
2-10dx112
WMI318
2916
2-10dx112
WMI320
2916
2-10dx112
WM29.25-2
318
2-10dx112
WM29.5-2
318
2-10dx112
WM211.25-2
318
1114 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WM211.88-2
318
1178 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WM3.56/9.5
3916
2-10dx112
WM3.56/11.88
3916
1178 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WMI412
3916
2-10dx112
WMI414
3916
2-10dx112
WMI416
3916
2-10dx112
WMI418
3916
2-10dx112
WMI420
3916
2-10dx112
WM3511.88-2
434
1178 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WM3514-2
434
2-10dx112
WM3516-2
434
2-10dx112
WM3518-2
434
2-10dx112
WM3520-2
434
2-10dx112
WM5.50/9.5
512
2-10dx112
WM5.50/11.88
512
1178 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WMI49.5-2
718
2-10dx112
WM411.25-2
718
1114 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WM411.88-2
718
1178 2-16d Duplex 2-14x1 34 Titen
2-10dx112
WM414-2
718
2-10dx112
WM416-2
718
2-10dx112
WM418-2
718
2-10dx112
2-10dx112
WM420-2
718
WMU
1. Uplift loads have been increase for wind or earthquake loading with no further
2. See figures for Top-of-Wall and Mid-Wall installation. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi.
3. Products shall be installed such that Titen screws are not exposed to weather.
Masonry Allowable Loads

Mid-Wall Installation
Top-of-Wall Installation Code
Download Download Ref.
Download Download
Uplift
Uplift
(100/115) (125)
(100/115)
(125)
625
4175
4175
545
3380
3380
170
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
I21,
L16
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
4175
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
3380
I21,
L16
4. For hanger heights that exceed the joist height, the allowable download
5. NAILS: 16d Duplex = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.
Dimensions
Joist
Size
Masonry Connectors
HU/HUC/HSUR/L
Hangers

HU and HUC products are heavy duty face mount joist hangers made from 14 gauge
galvanized steel.
The HUC is a concealed flange version of the HU. Concealed flange hangers

have the header flanges turned in.
HU is available with header flanges concealed, provided the W dimension is 2516" or

greater, at 100% of the table load. Specify HUC.
HU is available with one header flange concealed when the W dimension is less than

2516" at 100% of the table load.
For allowable loads on HUproducts not listed in the table, request technical bulletin

T-HUHUCTTN.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized, ZMAX and stainless steel available
INSTALLATION: These hangers are attached to grouted CMU walls using 14" x234" hex

head Simpson Strong-Tie Titen screws or for concrete walls using 14" x134" hex

head Titen screws. Titen screws are not provided.
Drill the 316" diameter hole to the specified embedment depth plus 12".
Alternatively, drill the 316" diameter hole to the specified embedment depth and

blow it clean using compressed air.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the

mechanical interlock of the threads with the base material and will reduce the

anchors load capacity.
The hangers should be installed such that a minimum end and edge distance of

112" is maintained.
Provide moisture barrier between beam and wall per jurisdictional requirements.
1"
HU410
HUC410
Dimensions
Fasteners
Model
No.
CMU
Concrete
Joist
HU26
HU283
HU210
HU46
HU26-2
HU48
HU28-2
HU410
HU210-2
HSUR/L26-2
1916
1916
1916
3916
318
3916
318
3916
318
318
3116
514
718
5316
538
61316
7
858
81316
41516
214
214
214
212
212
212
212
212
212
2716
4-14x234 Titen
6-14x234 Titen
8-14x234 Titen
12-14x234 Titen
12-14x234 Titen
14-14x234 Titen
14-14x234 Titen
18-14x234 Titen
18-14x234 Titen
12-14x234 Titen
4-14x134 Titen
6-14x134 Titen
8-14x134 Titen
12-14x134 Titen
12-14x134 Titen
14-14x134 Titen
14-14x134 Titen
18-14x134 Titen
18-14x134 Titen
12-14x134 Titen
2-10dx112
4-10dx112
4-10dx112
6-10d
6-10d
6-10d
6-10d
10-10d
10-10d
4-16dx212

Uplift
Down
(160)
(100/115/125)
290
1545
575
2400
575
2400
1085
3950
1085
3950
1085
4350
1085
4350
1810
5085
1810
5085
815
26255
Code
Ref.
170
Masonry Connectors
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase is allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
2. Minimum concrete strength f'c shall be 2500 psi. CMU shall have a minimum grout strength of 2500 psi with standard ASTM C90 units and type N or S mortar.
3. The HU28 can be ordered skewed 45 and achieve the same loads.
4. See page 173 for Titen screw information. Use stainless-steel Titen screws and products in exposed applications.
Tabulated loads apply to stainless-steel applications.
5. Noted loads for the HSUR/L shall be 0.8 the table loads for concrete applications.
6. Table allowable loads were determined using tested lowest ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values.
7. NAILS: 16dx212 = 0.162" dia. x 212" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
HU410 Installed on
Masonry Block Sidewall
HUC410 Installed on
Masonry Block End Wall
HSUR/L26-2 Installed on
Masonry Block Sidewall
175
Masonry Connectors
LGUM/HGUM High Capacity Beam/Girder Hangers for Concrete/Masonry
Masonry Connectors
Dimensions
Model
No.
Ga
LGUM26-2-SDS
LGUM28-2-SDS
LGUM210-2-SDS
12
12
12
3516
3516
3516
LGUM26-3-SDS
LGUM28-3-SDS
LGUM210-3-SDS
12
12
12
41516
41516
41516
LGUM26-4-SDS
LGUM28-4-SDS
LGUM210-4-SDS
12
12
12
6916
6916
6916
LGUM46-SDS
LGUM48-SDS
LGUM410-SDS
12
12
12
358
358
358
HGUM5.25-SDS
HGUM5.50-SDS
HGUM7.00-SDS
HGUM7.25-SDS
HGUM9.00-SDS
7
7
7
7
7
514
512
7
714
9
LGUM26-X = 2
LGUM28-X, 210-X, "
4X = 2"
"
LGUM
W
Titen HD
Anchors
4
4
4
15" Min.
to End
of Wall
10 "
H
HGUM
W
SDS
Screws
Typical HGUM Installation
Allowable Loads
Download (DF, SP, LVL, PSL, LSL)
CMU
Concrete
15" Min. to
Top of Wall
(100/115/125)
Uplift (160)
4" Min. to
Top of Wall
DOUBLE 2x SIZES
4 - 14"x212"
1430
1430
6 - 14"x212"
2435
2435
8 - 14"x212"
3575
3575
TRIPLE 2x SIZES
512
4
4 - 38"x4"
4 - 14"x212"
1430
1430
714
4
6 - 38"x4"
6 - 14"x212"
2435
2435
914
4
8 - 38"x4"
8 - 14"x212"
3575
3575
QUADRUPLE 2x SIZES
5716
4
4 - 38"x4"
4 - 14"x212"
1430
1430
7316
4
6 - 38"x4"
6 - 14"x212"
2435
2435
9316
4
8 - 38"x4"
8 - 14"x212"
3575
3575
4x SIZES
478
4
4 - 38"x4"
4 - 14"x212"
1430
1430
678
4
6 - 38"x4"
6 - 14"x212"
2435
2435
878
4
8 - 38"x4"
8 - 14"x212"
3575
3575
ENGINEERED WOOD & STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER SIZES (Heavy Duty)
514
8 - 58"x5"
24 - 14"x212"
42302
61802
2
1
5
1
1
5
4
8
8
"x5"
24
4
"x2
2
"
4230
61802
11
to
514
8 - 58"x5"
24 - 14"x212"
42302
61802
2
1
5
1
1
30
5 4
8 - 8"x5"
24 - 4"x2 2"
4230
61802
514
8 - 58"x5"
24 - 14"x212"
42302
61802
5716
7316
9316
.
4" Min
to Top
ll
of Wa .
in
(15" M x.
a
for M )
Uplift
4"
4 - 38"x4"
6 - 38"x4"
8 - 38"x4"
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind

or earthquake loading with no further
increase is allowed.
2. HGUM uplift loads for concrete applications
are 5840 lbs. with a 4" min. distance to top
of wall and 6960 lbs. with a 15" min. distance
to top of wall.
3. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi and f'c = 2500 psi.
4. LGUM must be installed on minimum
6" thick wall and HGUM on minimum
8" thick wall. (Nominal values for CMU)
5. Titen HD anchors may be installed
into the head or bed joints.
6. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws are permitted
to be installed through metal truss plates as
approved by the Truss Designer, provided the
requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections
7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required
176
1"
Fasteners
CMU/Concrete
Joist
B
re
Moistu
r
barriewn
o
not sh
Code
Ref.
5595
8250
9575
5610
8290
9715
5625
8335
9860
F27
5600
8260
9620
14965
14940
14770
14740
14545
16015
16015
16015
16015
16015
.
4" Min
to Topll
of Wa
re
Moistu
r
barriewn
o
not sh
.
12" Min
to End
ll
a
of W
HGUM with right flange concealed

Typical LGUM Installation
(See page 243 for reduction factors)
High-capacity beam or girder hangers for concrete or masonry

applications. Installation is made easier using Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws (provided) into
the wood member and Titen HD anchors (provided) into the masonry.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners (included).
Attach hanger to a concrete or grouted CMU wall using
Titen HD anchors. Note the following:
- Drill holes using drill bits equal in diameter to
the specified Titen HD anchor.
- Holes shall be drilled 12" deeper than the specified

Titen HD length (i.e. 412" for a 4" long Titen HD anchor)
- Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce

or eliminate the mechanical interlock of the threads with the

base material and will reduce the anchors load capacity.
Titen HD is not recommended for exposed exterior applications.
Provide moisture barrier between beam and wall per
jurisdictional requirements.
OPTIONS: For HGUM onlyOther seat widths available.
Order as X version.
HGUM available with one flange concealed.
LGUM/HGUM available in skews up to 45.
See Hanger Options, pages 233-243.
Masonry Connectors
MBHU Masonry Beam Hangers

The new MBHU beam hanger provides a face-mounted solution
for connecting beams to masonry or concrete walls. A non-welded,
one-piece connector, the MBHU is suitable for solid sawn and
engineered wood beams as well as trusses. Installation is
simplified because the Titen HD heavy-duty screw anchor and
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are included
1
with the hanger. Since the Titen HD anchor is installed after the
118" for 9 4"
wall is built, locating the anchor in the right spot is easier than
height models
with cast-in-place bolts.
214" all others
MATERIAL: 10 gauge
H
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners (included).
Attach hanger to a concrete or grouted CMU wall using

Titen HD anchors. Note the following:
- Drill holes using drill bits equal in diameter to
the specified Titen HD anchor.
B
- Holes shall be drilled 12" deeper than the specified

Titen HD length (i.e. 512" for a 5" long Titen HD anchor)
- Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will
reduce or eliminate the mechanical interlock of
the threads with the base material and will reduce
the anchors load capacity.
Titen HD is not recommended for exposed
exterior applications.
Provide moisture barrier between beam
1
4"x212" Strong-Drive SDS

and wall per jurisdictional requirements.
HEAVY-DUTY
CONNECTOR Screw
Dimensions
MBHU3.56/9.25KT
3 16
9 4
MBHU3.56/11.25KT
3916
1114
MBHU3.56/11.88KT
3916
1178
MBHU3.56/14KT
3916
14
MBHU3.56/16KT
3916
16
MBHU3.56/18KT
3916
18
MBHU5.50/9.25KT
512
914
MBHU5.50/11.25KT
512
1114
MBHU5.50/11.88KT
512
1178
MBHU5.50/14KT
512
14
MBHU5.50/16KT
512
16
MBHU5.50/18KT
512
18
Series
Model
No.
1. Each MBHU hanger includes

(2) 34"x5" Titen HD anchors and
(12) 14"x212" Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws.
MBHU3.56 10 3916
MBHU5.50 10 5 2
1
914 to <14
14 to 18
914 to <14
14 to 18
Allowable Loads
End of Wall / Outside Corner
DF/SP
CMU
CMU/
Concrete
Joist
Titen HD
Anchors
SDS
Screws
CMU/Concrete
Uplift Download Uplift Download Uplift Download
3 2 2 - 4"x5" 12 - 4"x2 2"

3
Concrete
Allowable Loads
Away from Edge
DF/SP
312 2 - 34"x5" 12 - 14"x212"
Typical MBHU Installation
Titen HD 34" x5" Screw Anchor
Fasteners
Ga
W
MBHU
(160)
Code
Ref.
(100/
(100/
(100/
(160)
(160)
115/125)
115/125)
115/125)
1720
2440
2715
4190
2210
4005
1720
2440
2715
4190
3345
6065
1720
2440
2715
4190
2210
4005
2175
3260
3485
6970
3345
6065
F24
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed;
2. Minimum CMU compressive strength f'm shall be 1500 psi and concrete compressive strength f'c shall be 2500 psi.
3. Structural composite lumber (SCL) shall have a minimum specific gravity of 0.5.
4. Allowable loads only apply to installation on 8" nominal grouted CMU walls, with minimum one
horizontal #5 rebar located in the top course.
5. Products shall be installed such that the Titen HD anchors are not exposed to the weather.
6. Allowable loads are based upon the tested ultimate load with a safety factor of 3.
Minimum one
horizontal #5 rebar
located in top course
Minimum one
horizontal #5 rebar
Minimum one
horizontal #5 rebar
11" min.
4" min.
Masonry Connectors
Dimensions
(in.)
Width Height
(H)
(W)
(in.)
(in.)
Model No.
"
4" min.
11" min.
Titen HD
anchor
Installation at Outside Corner

Minimum
Load
(Minimum Load)
Installation on
Minimum
Load
End of Wall
(Minimum
(On
end ofLoad)
wall)
(End of wall face)
Installation Away from Edge of Wall

Maximum
Load
(Maximum Load)
(Away from end or edge of wall)
177
Masonry Connectors
MBHA Masonry Hangers

The MBHA is a single piece, non-welded connector available for solid
sawn, truss and engineered wood products.
MATERIAL: 10 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
OPTIONS: Seat can be skewed at 45 only. The maximum allowable

download is 3495 lbs. and 1585 lbs. uplift for height 714". For

all other models, use the table listed download and uplift of

2390 lbs. Order MBHAR

for skew right and MBHAL
Dimensions
Model
CL

for skew left.
No.
W
H

CODES: See page 12 for
MBHA3.12/9.25
1916
318
914

Code Reference Key Chart.
9
1
1
178
3 8
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
512
512
512
512
512
512
512
11 4
714
914
1114
1178
14
16
18
714
914
1114
1178
14
16
18
N
O
Se
P -Ti
IM g
Stron
Seismic & Hurricane Ties
From edge
to of bolt
3"
MBHA
Model
No.
MBHA
MBHA models
with H = 714
Header
Typical MBHA Installation
Solid Concrete
Allowable Loads
DF/SP
Uplift7
Maximum
Down
(160)
Load
Fasteners1
Joist
Grouted CMU
Allowable Loads
DF/SP
Uplift7
Maximum
Down
(160)
Load
Top
Face
1-ATR344
1-ATR344
18-10d
3775
6050
3475
5330
1-ATR344
1-ATR345
18-10d
1885
4380
1885
4380
1. ATR is all threaded rod.

2. Minimum concrete strength f'c shall be 2500 psi. CMU shall have a minimum
grout strength of 2500 psi with standard ASTM C90 units and type N or S mortar.
3. Uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with
4. Loads are based on installation using Simpson Strong-Tie ET Epoxy-Tie adhesive
634" minimum embedment required. All thread rods to be 34" diameter, grade
A307 or better. Refer to the Simpson Strong-Tie Anchoring and Fastening
Minimum one
#5 rebar located
in top course
SIMPSON
Strong-Tie
Code
Ref.
I20,
L16, F19
Systems for Concrete and Masonry catalog (form C-SAS).

5. MBHA hangers with height of 714" require a 312" minimum embedment of the face bolt
using ET Epoxy-Tie adhesive. All thread rods to be 34" diameter, grade A307 or better.
6. Additional anchorage products to be designed by others.
7. Uplift loads are for Southern Pine. For Doug Fir use 3515 lbs.
8. Table allowable loads were determined using test ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values.
9. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long.
/ LTA2 Lateral Truss Anchor
The Hurricane Tie series features various configurations of wind and

seismic ties for trusses and rafters.
The H10S provides a high capacity connection from truss/rafter to
wall. Also suitable for wood-to-wood applications (see page 196).
The HM9 is designed to retrofit roof truss/rafters for block
construction. The HM9 hurricane tie provides high uplift and lateral
capacity using Simpson Strong-Tie concrete fasteners.
The presloped 5/12 seat of the H16 provides for a tight fit and reduced
deflection. The strap length provides for various truss heights up to a
maximum of 1312". Minimum heel height for H16 series is 4".
The new LTA2 is an embedded truss anchor for grouted CMU and
concrete walls that develops high loads with shallow embedment. Designed
for 2x4 minimum truss chords, the LTA2 resists uplift and lateral loads
parallel and perpendicular to the wall with a minimum heel height requirement.
FEATURES:
Simplified design of the embedded portion allows for easy

positioning close to rebar
Ideal for anchoring trusses running perpendicular or

parallel to the wall
Embedment line stamped on part simplifies installation and

helps avoid installation errors
MATERIAL: H Tiessee table; LTA218 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
H Ties:
Connectors attached using hex head Simpson Strong-Tie Titen screws.
Attach to grouted concrete block with a minimum one #5 rebar
horizontal in the course.
Hurricane Ties do not replace solid blocking.
LTA2:
Whether in grouted CMU or concrete, the LTA2 must be
embedded to the depth of the embedment line stamped on the part.
A minimum of one horizontal #5 rebar is required at top of
concrete or in the top course of grouted CMU.
For parallel-to-wall applications, install the LTA2 with flanges facing
the center of the wall. Minimum edge distance of 112" required.
5"
1"
Presloped at 5/12.
Truss/Rafter Pitch of
3/12 to 7/12 is acceptable
3"
11"
HGAM10
3"
H10S
4"
H16
(H16-2 similar)
3"
7"
3"
1"
HM9
LTA2
4
Embed"
ment
1 16
134
134
134
134
134
134
134
234
234
234
234
234
234
234
eq.
Embedment
Line
Masonry Connectors
MBHA3.12/11.25
MBHA3.56/7.25
MBHA3.56/9.25
MBHA3.56/11.25
MBHA3.56/11.88
MBHA3.56/14
MBHA3.56/16
MBHA3.56/18
MBHA5.50/7.25
MBHA5.50/9.25
MBHA5.50/11.25
MBHA5.50/11.88
MBHA5.50/14
MBHA5.50/16
MBHA5.50/18
eq.
5"
Masonry Connectors
H Seismic & Hurricane Ties / LTA2 Lateral Truss Anchor

DF/SP
Allowable Loads1,2
Lateral
Uplift4
(160)
(160)
F1
F2
Fasteners
Model
No.
Ga
To
Rafters/
Truss
18
1916
614
14
H10S
18
LTA2
Perpendicular to
Wall Installation
LTA2
Parallel to Wall
Installation
HM9KT3
HGAM10KTA
SPF/HF
Allowable Loads1,2
Lateral
Uplift4
(160)
(160)
F1
F2
To
CMU
To
Concrete
4-SDS 14"x112"
5-14x214 Titen
5-14x134 Titen
595
425
200
595
425
200
4-SDS 4"x1 2"
4- 4x2 4 Titen
4-14x134 Titen
850
1005
11057
610
725
7957
158
1158
8-8dx112
2-38x4 Titen HD
2-38x4 Titen HD
1065
915
18
10-10dx112
Embed
Embed
12108
415
875
1015
415
735
18
10-10dx1 2
Embed
Embed
1210
F27
IP1, F25
F24
1
950
220
1015
800
220
H16
18
158
1834
2-10dx112
6-14x214 Titen
6-14x134 Titen
1470
1265
H16S
18
158
111116
2-10dx112
6-14x214 Titen
6-14x134 Titen
1470
1265
H16-2
18
3 4
18 4
2-10dx1 2
6- 4x2 4 Titen
6- 4x1 4 Titen
1470
1265
H16-2S
18
314
111116
2-10dx112
6-14x214 Titen
6-14x134 Titen
1470
1265
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further
2. Allowable loads are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 212" must
be used when framing anchors are installed on each side of the joist and on
the same side of the plate.
3. The HM9KT and HGAM10KTA are kits with (20) HM9 and (10) HGAM10
connectors packaged with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws and 214" and 234" Titen screws, respectively.
(134" Titen screws for concrete installations sold separately.)
4. See page 173 for Titen screw information.
F26
6. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws and Titen HD anchors are
not exposed to the weather.
7. HGAM10 F2 loads are for forces into the connector. See illustration 2 for loads
away from the connector.
8. LTA2 allowable uplift on SP is 1425 lbs. for perpendicular to wall installation and
1390 lbs. for parallel to wall installation.
9. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long, 8dx112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long.
F2
Masonry Connectors
F1
F2
Code
Ref.
F1
5"
#5 Rebar
Min.
Typical H10S
Installation
Flanges face in
Min. edge distance = 1"
#5 Rebar
Min.
LTA2 Parallel to Wall

Installation
LTA2 Perpendicular to Wall

Installation
Moisture barrier
not shown (Typ.)
F2
112"
Min.
680 lbs. (DF/SP)

530 lbs. (SPF)
F1
1 H16S Installed
into Masonry
2 HGAM10 Installed
into Masonry
3 HM9 Attaching Truss
to Masonry
179
Masonry Connectors
Embedded Truss Anchors and Truss Seat Snap-In
The embedded truss anchor series provides an

engineered method to properly attach roof trusses to
concrete and masonry walls. The products are designed
with staggered nail patterns for greater uplift resistance.
Information regarding the use of two anchors on
single- and multi-ply trusses is included.
The TSS, a companion product of the META, provides
a moisture barrier between the concrete and truss. The
131/4"
preassembled unit is riveted with no height adjustment.
The DETAL20 is a high capacity embedded truss
anchor for attachment of single-ply trusses to concrete
and masonry walls. It combines dual embedded anchors
with a structural moisture-barrier seat that is partially
embedded in the concrete or grout. This seat serves to
protect the truss and also provides additional lateral and
uplift capacity. The embedded anchors are pre-attached
to the moisture barrier through slots that allow for a
slight amount of adjustability, providing flexibility during
5
Em 41/2" 7 /8"
4" ent
installation to avoid rebar. The moisture-barrier seat
bed
me
edm
nt
b
includes tabs at each end for optional attachment to the
Em
form board in concrete tie-beam applications.
MATERIAL: HHETA14 gauge; HETA16 gauge;

HETALstrap 16 gauge, truss seat 18 gauge;

META18 gauge; TSS22 gauge;
META with TSS
DETAL20

DETAL16 gauge (Barrier18 gauge)
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX
U.S. Patent 7,987,636
Model

W
No.

See General Notes.
TSS2
134
The META, HETA and HHETA are embedded 4" into a
TSS2-2
318
6" min. concrete beam or 8" nominal grouted block wall;
TSS4
358
HETAL is embedded 5116"; DETAL is embedded 412".
The DETAL20 is installed centered and flush on top
of an 8" masonry bond beam or concrete tie beam.
Moisture barrier
The moisture barrier seat bears on masonry face
not shown (Typ.)
shell or concrete tie beam form boards; the two
flanges embed into grout or concrete. The two
embedded anchors shall be installed vertically
into grout or concrete.
See note 9
The TSS moisture barrier may be preattached to
for edge
distance
the truss using 6d commons.
For mislocated truss anchors which are greater
than 18" but less than 112" from the face of the truss,
a shim must be provided. Shim design by Truss
Engineer. When gap is greater than 112", install new anchors.
In double embedded anchor installations, do not install fasteners
where the straps overlap when wrapped over the truss heel.
6"
Typical HETA20
M
in.
Installation
"
5ment
ed
b
Em
2 1/2
"
11 /2
"
4" ent
dm
e
b
Em
HETA20
HETAL
(HHETA similar)
Typical META
Installed with TSS
n.
Mi
6"
Typical DETAL
Installation
#5 Rebar
(min.)
Single Embedded Anchor Installation

Model
No.
180
META12
META14
META16
META18
META206
META22
META24
META40
HETA12
HETA16
HETA206
HETA24
HETA40
HHETA16
HHETA206
HHETA24
HHETA40
HETAL12
HETAL16
HETAL20
H
(in.)
SP Uplift Load 160 Load Duration Increase

10dx112
16d
Quantity
Load
Quantity
8
7
1450
6
Discontinued See META12 and META16
12
7
1450
6
14
7
1450
6
16
7
1450
6
18
7
1450
6
20
7
1450
6
36
7
1450
6
8
7
1520
7
12
9
1810
8
16
9
1810
8
20
9
1810
8
36
9
1810
8
12
10
2235
9
16
10
2235
9
20
10
2235
9
36
10
2235
9
7
104
1085
104
11
144
1810
134
15
144
1810
134
Lateral Loads
(160)
Load
1450
F1
340
F2
725
1450
1450
1450
1450
1450
1450
1780
1810
1810
1810
1810
2235
2235
2235
2235
1270
1810
1810
340
340
340
340
340
340
340
340
340
340
340
3407
3407
3407
3407
4155
4155
4155
725
725
725
725
725
725
725
725
725
725
725
815
815
815
815
1100
1100
1100
Code
Ref.
Straps may be installed straight

or wrapped over to achieve listed loads
1. Loads have been increased for wind or seismic loading.

2. Minimum f'c = 2500 psi. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi.
3. For simultaneous loads in more than one direction,
the connector must be evaluated as described in Note e,
page xx under Instructions to the Designer.
4. Five nails must be installed into the truss seat of the HETAL.
5. Parallel-to-wall load towards face of HETAL is 1975 lbs.
6. It is acceptable to use a reduced number of fasteners
provided that there is a reduction in uplift load capacity.
See example on page 190. Lateral loads do not apply
when fewer than 7 fasteners are used with the HETA and
HHETA anchors or less than 6-16d or 7-10dx112 fasteners
are used with the META anchor.
7. The HHETA allowable F1 load can be increased to 435 lbs.
if the strap is wrapped over the truss and a minimum of
12 nails are installed.
8. Minimum spacing for multiple anchor installation is 2 times
the embedment depth for full load. See Double Embedded
Anchor Installation table on page 181 for loads on closer
spaced anchors.
9. Minimum edge distance for HETA/META is 112" for concrete
and 2" for masonry.
10. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long,
10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long.

F27
Masonry Connectors
META/HETA/HHETA/HETAL/DETAL/TSS
Masonry Connectors
META/HETA/HHETA/HETAL/DETAL/TSS
Embedded Truss Anchors and Truss Seat Snap-In
Double Embedded Anchor Installation

Model
No.
Qty. Application
DETAL20
META
HETA
HHETA
CMU
Concrete
CMU
Concrete
CMU
Concrete
CMU
Concrete
SP Uplift Load Capacity (160)

1 Ply
2 or 3 Ply
Fasteners5
Load
Fasteners5
Load
18-10dx112
2480
18-10dx112
2480
10-10dx112
1985
14-16d
1900
10-10dx112
1985
14-16d
2565
10-10dx112
2035
12-16d
2500
10-10dx112
2035
12-16d
2700
10-10dx112
2035
12-16d
2500
10-10dx112
2035
14-16d8
3350
Lateral Loads (160)6

F1
F2
20009
2000
1210 7
1210 7
12257
12257
12257
12257
1370
1505
1160
1160
1520
1520
1520
1520
Moisture barrier
not shown (Typ.)
Code
Ref.
F2
F27
#5 Rebar
Min.
F1
1. Loads include a 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for wind or seismic loading.
2. Minimum f'c = 2500 psi. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi.
3. For simultaneous loads in more than one direction, the connector must be evaluated as described in Note e,
Typical Installation
page xx under General Instructions for the Designer.
with two METAs
4. Install with spoons facing outward and straps spaced no more than 18" wider than the truss width.
5. The DETAL20 requires 6-10dx112" nails in the truss seat and 6-10dx112" nails into each strap.
For all other models, install half of the required fasteners in each strap.
6. Lateral loads for META, HETA and HHETA anchors apply only to 2- or 3-ply applications with anchors spaced a minimum of 3" apart. For single-ply
applications use lateral loads from the Single Embedded Anchor Installation table on page 180. DETAL lateral loads apply for single-ply application.
7. F1 lateral loads listed may cause an additional 116" deflection beyond the standard 18" limit where the straps are installed not wrapped over the heel as shown.
8. Two HHETA anchors may be installed in a concrete tie beam on a 2- or 3-ply truss with 2 fewer nails for an allowable uplift load of 3050 lbs.
9. Noted F1 lateral loads for the DETAL20 may cause an additional 132" deflection beyond the standard 18" limit.
10. Single-ply trusses may use either 10dx112 or 16d nails with allowable loads limited to the single-ply column. 2- or 3-ply trusses shall use 16d nails.
MSTAM/MSTCM Straps Ties
Typical
MSTAM36
Installation
1"
Min.
Masonry Connectors
MSTAM and MSTCM models are designed for wood to

masonry applications.
The MSTC series has countersunk nail slots for a lower
nailing profile.
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products are available in

stainless steel or ZMAX coating; see Corrosion

INSTALLATION:


Attaches to grouted concrete block and wood framing.

Minimum end and edge distance for Titen screws is 112".
Clear
Span

Masonry Application
Model
No.
MSTAM24
MSTAM36
MSTCM40
MSTCM60
Dimensions
Ga
18 1 4
16 114
16 3
16 3
1
Fasteners (Total)
Nails
24
9-10d
36
13-10d
4014 26-16d sinkers
5912 26-16d sinkers
CMU
Concrete
5- 4 x2 4 Titen
8-14 x214 Titen
14-14 x214 Titen
14-14 x214 Titen
5- 4 x134 Titen
8-14 x134 Titen
14-14 x134 Titen
14-14 x134 Titen
Top of
Masonry
Allowable Tension/Uplift Loads

Code
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Ref.
(160)
(160)
1500
1500
1870
1870
F27
4220
4220
4220
4220
1. Loads include a 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for wind or earthquake loading.
2. Minimum edge distance 112" using Titen screws.
4. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws are not exposed to the weather.
6. NAILS: 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 314" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
Floor-to-Floor Clear Span Table

Fasteners (Total)
Model
No.
Clear
Span
Nails
MSTAM36
MSTCM40
MSTCM60
MSTCM60
16 or 18
16 or 18
2214
2614
7-10d
14-16d sinkers
26-16d sinkers
20-16d sinkers
See notes above.
Allowable Tension/Uplift Loads

Code
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Ref.
CMU
Concrete
(160)
(160)
4-14 x214 Titen 4-14 x134 Titen
1400
1210
10-14 x214 Titen 10-14 x134 Titen
2800
2420
F27
14-14 x214 Titen 14-14 x134 Titen
4220
4220
1
1
1
3
14- 4 x2 4 Titen 14- 4 x1 4 Titen
3840
3320
MSTAM36
MSTCM40
(Other MSTCM
similar)
181
Masonry Connectors
MTSM/HTSM Twist Straps

The MTSM and HTSM offer high strength trussto-masonry connections.
MATERIAL: MTSM16 gauge; HTSM14 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information,

pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION:


Installs with hex-head Titen screws.

Attach to either side of grouted concrete block

with a minimum one #5 rebar horizontal.
Fasteners2
Model
No.
L
Truss
MTSM16
MTSM20
HTSM16
HTSM20
16 7-10d
20 7-10d
16 8-10d
20 10-10d
CMU
Concrete
4- 4x2 4 Titen
4-14x214Titen
4-14x214 Titen
4-14x214Titen
4- 4x134 Titen
4-14x134 Titen
4-14x134 Titen
4-14x134Titen
F2
Typical
MTSM20
Installation
Moisture barrier
not shown
F1
1
Min"
.
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Allowable Lateral
Allowable Uplift Loads1 Allowable Uplift Loads1 Loads (DF/SP/SPF/HF) Code
Ref.
10d
10dx112
10d
10dx112
F1
F2
(160)
860
860
1175
1175
(160)
860
860
1175
1175
(160)
750
750
1020
1020
(160)
750
750
1020
1020
(160)
(160)
2358
908
F27
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
2. Twist straps do not have to be wrapped over the truss to achieve the allowable load.
3. Minimum edge distance for Titen screw is 112".
6. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws are not exposed to the weather.
8. Lateral loads apply when on the wall side Titen screws are installed into the first four hexagonal holes from the bend line and on
the truss/rafter the first seven nail holes near the bend line are filled. Any other fasteners required can be installed in any open hole.
HTSM20
(MTSM20
similar)
MTSM16
(HTSM16
similar)
The MGT and HGT series are girder tie downs for moderate to high load
applications that are typically installed prior to roof sheathing. The MGT
wraps over the heel and is anchored on one side of the truss. The HGT
straddles the heel and anchors on both sides of the truss. The HGT is field
adjustable, making it suitable for trusses with top chord slopes up to 8/12.
The HGT is available in sizes for 2-, 3- and 4-ply widths.
MATERIAL: MGT12 gauge; HGT7 gauge
FINISH: MGT Galvanized; HGTSimpson Strong-Tie gray paint
When the HGT-3 is used with a 2-ply girder or beam, shimming is

required and must be fastened to act as one unit.
Attach to grouted concrete block with a minimum one #5 rebar

horizontal in the top lintel block.
See page 204 for wood applications.
Moisture
barrier
not shown
Install a
minimum
of 6-10d
nails into
the face
3" Min.
3"
MGT
Model
No.
MGT
#5 Rebar
Min.
Typical MGT Installation
O.C.
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Fasteners
Dim
Allowable Allowable Code
Between Concrete/ Girder Uplift Loads Uplift Loads Ref.
CMU
Anchors
(160)
(160)
334
1- 58
22-10d
3965
3330
HGT-2 3516
534
2- 34
16-10d
10980
6485
HGT-3 41516
738
2- 34
16-10d
10530
9035
HGT-4 6916
2- 34
16-10d
9250
9250
F26
I20,
F19
1. Attached members must be designed to resist applied loads.

3. To achieve the loads listed for the MGT and HGT, anchorage into a 8" wide
concrete tie-beam or grouted and reinforced CMU tie-beam can be made using
Simpson Strong-Tie SET Epoxy-Tie adhesive with a minimum embedment depth of 12".
Vertical reinforcement may be required to transfer the loads per Designer.
5. The MGT can be installed with straps vertical for full table load provided all specified
nails are installed to either a solid header or minimum double 2x6 web.
6. Table allowable loads were determined using tested lowest ultimate/3 or fastener
calculation values.
182
1"
HGT-2
(HGT-3 and
HGT-4 similar)
Typical HGT-2 Installation

into Concrete
Masonry Connectors
MGT/HGT Girder Tiedowns
Masonry Connectors
FGTR/LGT/VGT Retrofit Girder Tiedowns
Model No.
Qty.
LGT2
LGT3-SDS2.5
LGT4-SDS3
1
1
1
1
VGT
2
1
2
1
2
1
VGTL/R
FGTR
FGTRHL/R
No. of
Plies
2 ply
3 ply
4 ply
2 ply min.
2 ply min.
3 ply min.
2 ply min.
2 ply min.
2 ply min.
Fasteners
To Girder
To Wall
16-16d Sinker
7-14x214 Titen11
12-SDS 14"x212"
4- 38 x5 Titen HD
16-SDS 14"x3"
4- 38 x5 Titen HD
16-SDS 14"x3"
1-582
32-SDS 14"x3"
2-582
32-SDS 14"x3"
2-582
16-SDS 14"x3"
1-582
32-SDS 14"x3"
2-582
18-SDS 14"x3"
2-12 x5 Titen HD
36-SDS 14"x3"
4-12 x5 Titen HD
18-SDS 14"x3"
2-12 x5 Titen HD
2. To achieve the loads listed for the VGT single and double connector options,
anchorage into a 8" wide concrete tie-beam or grouted and reinforced CMU
tie-beam can be made using Simpson Strong-Tie SET Epoxy-Tie adhesive
with a minimum embedment depth of 12", a minimum end distance of 12"
and centered in the 8" member. Vertical reinforcement may be required to
transfer the loads per Designer.
3. Minimum concrete strength f'c shall be 2500 psi. CMU shall have a
minimum grout strength of 2500 psi with standard ASTM C90 units and
type N or S mortar.
4. FGTRMinimum edge distance for Titen HD anchor is 4".
5. FGTRTiten HD anchors should be spaced in every other hole on the part.
6. FGTRThe Titen HD anchors and SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are
provided with the part.
16" Min.
from end
of wall
16" Min.
from end
of wall
Install
Titen HDs
in every
other hole
on the part
Typical FGTR
Single Installation
Code
Ref.
LGT2
F26
TOP
TOP
4" Min.
16" Min.
from end
of wall
LGT3 = 4"
LGT4 = 4"
F27
7. LGT2F1 load = 700, F2 load = 170.

9. Table allowable loads were determined using tested lowest
ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values.
10. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws and
Titen HD anchors are not exposed to the weather.
11. For concrete wall applications use 14 x134 Titen screws.
12. Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as
approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of
ANSI/TPI 1-2007 Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling
required through the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
13. NAILS: 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 314" long.
Shaded cells
grouted and
reinforced per
Designer (min.)
Shaded cells
grouted and
reinforced per
Designer (min.)
4" Min.
Allowable Uplift Load (160)

DF/SP
SPF/HF
2150
1850
3285
2365
3285
2365
4940
3555
7185
5175
8890
6400
2230
1605
5545
3990
5000
3600
9400
6770
3850
2770
LGT3 = 5"
LGT4 = 6"
(See Options)
Masonry Connectors
3"
The LGT, VGT and FGTR products are moderate to high load capacity girder
2"
LGT3 = 10"
tie-downs for new or retrofit applications.
LGT4 = 12"
LGT connectors provide a low profile connection to the wall for easy
CL = 1"
installation of drywall. Simple to install and can be installed on the inside or
4"
3"
outside of the wall.
The Variable Girder Tiedown (VGT) is a higher capacity alternative to the LGT
and MGT for girder trusses. It attaches with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws to the side of truss and features a predeflected
3"
crescent washer that allows it to accommodate top chord pitches up to 8/12. The
VGT is also available with one flange concealed for attachment to trusses with no tail.
VGT
The Face Mount Girder Tie-Down (FGTR) is a non-pitch specific girder tiedown
LGT3 = 14"
U.S. Patent
that offers the highest uplift capacity for retrofit applications. The FGTRHL/R is
LGT4 = 15"
7,707,785
designed for corner hip applications.
MATERIAL: VGT7 gauge; LGT214 gauge; LGT3/LGT412 gauge;
FGTRStraps: 7 gauge, Plate: 3 gauge
FINISH: VGT, LGTGalvanized; FGTRPowder Coated
4"
LGT3 = "
Connectors attached using Titen screws shall have hex heads.
6
LGT4 =
To achieve the loads listed in the table below, the product shall be attached
LGT3-SDS2.5
to a grouted and reinforced block wall or a reinforced concrete wall designed
(LGT4-SDS3 similar)
by others to transfer the high concentrated uplift loads to the foundation.
Strong-Drive SDS screws included with LGT3, LGT4, VGT Series and FGTR Series.
Typical VGT Installation
VGT/FGTR:
Screw holes are configured to allow for double installation on a two-ply
(minimum) truss.
The product can be installed in a single application or in pairs to achieve
a higher uplift capacity.
Can be installed on roof pitches up to 8/12 or on a bottom chord designed
4"
to transfer the loads.
FGTR Only 2 of the 4 holes provided on each strap are required to be
filled to achieve the catalog loads. The first Titen HD anchor 12"x5" (THD)
shall be installed a minimum of 4" from the top of the wall.Fasteners
shall not be installed in adjacent holes.
VGTWhen installed on trusses with no overhangs, specify VGTR/L.
VGTInstall washer component (provided) so that top of washer is
horizontal as well as parallel with top of wall.
Typical LGT2 Installation into
OPTIONS: LGT3 is available with reduced widths of W = 41316" order as LGT3N-SDS2.5.
Masonry (LGT3 similar)
FGTR
U.S.Patent
7,891,144
Moisture barrier
not shown
(Typ.)
16" Min.
from end
of wall
Install
Titen HDs
in every
other hole
on the part
Typical FGTR
Double Installation
FGTRHL Installation
(FGTRHR similar)
183
Masonry Connectors
CCQM/CCTQM/ECCLQM/CCCQM/ECCLQMD Column Caps for CMU and Concrete Piers

The CCQM/CCTQM/CCCQM/ECCLQM embedded column caps are designed
for use in raised pier foundations and applications where heavy timbers rest on
concrete or concrete block columns. The heavy-gauge beam seats and unique
SSTB-style anchor bolts provide the high uplift and lateral resistance needed to
help resist high wind events. The new ECCLQMD is a variation that incorporates
an additional seat to support a third member at the corner connection. The new
CCCQM is a variation that incorporates a stirrup on each side for intermediate
support beams perpendicular to the main channel.
Framing is fastened with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws (included) that install with no pre-drilling and feature a
corrosion-resistant double barrier coating.
CCQM Intended for use along a floor support beam and non-corner locations.
CCTQM Also for use along a floor support beam and non-corner locations
with a side stirrup that accommodates intermediate support beams coming at
90 degrees.
CCCQM For use along a floor support beam with a stirrup on each side
of the main channel that accommodates intermediate support beams coming
at 90 degrees.
ECCLQM-KT Intended for use at the corners with MSTQM straps to make
the connection from the ECCLQM to the wall framing above.
ECCLL/RQMD-KT Ideal for applications where a member is needed off the
corner of the structure, such as a deck joist/beam.
MATERIAL: Column caps7 gauge; strap (MSTQM)12 gauge
FINISH: Column capsHot-dip galvanized or Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint;
strap (MSTQM) = galvanized (ZMAX)
Reference F-C-CCQM-WS special order worksheet for ordering assistance.
OPTIONS: For variable widths on side stirrups specify W3 or W4 (314" to 7")
and add an X to the end of the core model name.
Example: CCTQM5.50X-SDSG, W3 = 358".
L1
11"
7"
W1
W3
12 "
12"
10 7
8
CCQM-SDSHDG
CCTQM-SDSG
CCCQM-SDSG
ECCLQMG-KT8
ECCLQMDG-KT
"
10
L1
"
11"
W3
7"
7"
W3
73/4
W1
"
W1
12 "
12"
CCTQM
Main
Side
Main
Channel
Stirrup
Channel
Width
Width
Length
(W1)
(W3 & W4)
(L1)
358
11
11
458
512
11
358
358
1112
458
1312
458
512
512
1312
358
358
1112
458
458
1312
512
1312
512
358
358
1112
458
458
1112
512
512
1112
358
358
1612
358
358
1612
458
458
1612
458
458
1612
512
512
1612
512
512
1612
Side
Stirrup
Length
(L2)
4
4
4
4
4
4
734
734
734
734
734
734
734
734
734
10 7
8
1. The MSTQM strap is a

component of the ECCLQM
kits. It is 12 ga. (0.101");
3" wide and 48" long.
No. of
4"x212 " SDS
Screws
Main Side Deck
Beam Beam Beam
12
12
8
12
8
16
16
16
16
6
1
"
16
"
7
"
"
W1
ECCLQM
734"
7"
W3
ECCLLQMDG-KT
12"
MSTQM
(Included)
16" Square
Grout-Filled CMU Pier 3,6
Uplift (160)
Lateral
Main
Side
(160)
Total
Beam
Beam
6750
6750
2460
6750
5375
6750
2460
6750
5375
6750
2460
6240
6240
7300
2220
6240
6240
7300
2220
1. The allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading
2. Total uplift load and lateral load is based on tested anchor failure in the pier.
3. Allowable loads are based on either a 16" square grout-filled CMU pier with f'm of
1500 psi or a 16" square CMU shell filled with 3000 psi concrete. A minimum of
(4) #7 vertical rebars are required. The Designer shall design and detail the
CMU/concrete pier to resist all forces including uplift, shear, and moment.
4. Pier height per Designer.
5. Side beam and main beam uplift loads assume DF members and are not additive.
184
CCCQM
CCQM
4"
Model
No.
W1
16" Square CMU Shell

Filled with 3000 psi Concrete 3,7
Uplift (160)
Lateral
Main
Side
(160)
Total
Beam
Beam
6855
6855
2770
6855
6720
6855
2770
6855
6720
6855
2770
6240
6240
8260
2680
6240
6240
8260
2680
Deck Joist
Connection
Download Uplift
5475
2010
Code
Ref.
F24
6. The allowable loads listed for grout-filled CMU apply to solid concrete piers
of 2500 psi concrete a minimum of 16" square.
7. The allowable loads listed for CMU shell-filled with 3000 psi concrete apply
to solid concrete piers of 3000 psi concrete a minimum of 12" square.
8. The ECCLQM-KT is a kit packaged with (2) MSTQM straps and (32) Strong-Drive
14" x 212" SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws. One strap may be installed on each
face of the ECCLQM (as shown), using the Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws into the beams and 26-16dx212" nails (not provided) into the wall framing.
The MSTQM straps allowable tension load is 6240 lbs.
9. Any side stirrup not fully supported by grout or concrete filled CMU has an
allowable down load of 7000 lbs.
Masonry Connectors
CCQM3.62-SDSHDG
CCQM4.62-SDSHDG
CCQM5.50-SDSHDG
CCTQM3.62-SDSG
CCTQM4.62-SDSG
CCTQM5.50-SDSG
CCCQM3.62-SDSG
CCCQM4.62-SDSG
CCCQM5.50-SDSG
ECCLQM3.62G-KT 1
ECCLQM4.62G-KT 1
ECCLQM5.50G-KT 1
ECCLLQMD3.62G-KT
ECCLRQMD3.62G-KT
ECCLLQMD4.62G-KT
ECCLRQMD4.62G-KT
ECCLLQMD5.50G-KT
ECCLRQMD5.50G-KT
W2
7"
Dimensions
Model No.
4"
4"
Masonry Connectors
CCQM/CCTQM/ECCLQM/CCCQM/ECCLQMD Column Caps for CMU and Concrete Piers
Typical CCQM Installation
Typical ECCLRQMD-KT Installation
Typical ECCLQM Installation
16" Nominal
16" Nominal
16"
Nominal
Grout
(typ.)
112"
16" Square CMU Pilaster Filled

with 3000 psi Concrete
(Plan View)
16" Square
Grout-Filled CMU
(Plan View)
(4) #7 rebar
or equivalent
area of steel
(4) #7 rebar
or equivalent
area of steel
Typical CCTQM Installation

Main channel of CCCQM cannot
be centered when installed into
16" grout-lled CMU piers,
layout considerations should
be made accordingly
Masonry Connectors
16"
Nominal
3000 psi
concrete
16"
8"
16"
8"
16"
Pier
height
per
Designer
16" Nominal
16"
8"
Pier
height
per
Designer
#7 rebar
(4 total)
16"
Nominal
Grout
(typ.)
CCCQM
3 " min. from
outside face to
SSTB-style anchor
CCCQM Installed on
16" Square Grout-Filled CMU
(Plan View)
16" Square CMU Pilaster Filled

with 3000 psi Concrete
16" Square Grout-Filled CMU
185
Straps & Ties
HRS/ST/PS/HST/HTP/LSTA/LSTI/MST/MSTA/MSTC/MSTI Strap Ties

Straps are designed to transfer tension loads in a wide variety of applications.
HRSA 12 gauge strap with a nailing pattern designed for installation on the
edge of 2x members. The HRS416Z installs with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws.
LSTA and MSTADesigned for use on the edge of 2x members, with a nailing
pattern that reduces the potential for splitting.
LSTILight straps that are suitable where pneumatic-nailing is necessary
through diaphragm decking and wood chord open web trusses.
MSTSplitting may be a problem with installations on lumber smaller than 312";
either fill every nail hole with 10dx112" nails or fill every-other hole with 16d common
nails. Reduce the allowable load based upon the size and quantity of fasteners used.
MSTCHigh Capacity strap which utilizes a staggered nail pattern to help minimize
wood splitting. Nail slots have been countersunk to provide a lower nail head profile.
MSTC28 shown
MSTA - 49
MSTC40, MSTC52, MSTC66, MSTC78 similar
FINISH: PSHDG; HST3 and HST6Simpson Strong-Tie gray

paint; all othersgalvanized. Some products are available

in stainless steel or ZMAX coating; see Corrosion

OPTIONS: Special sizes can be made to order. Contact Simpson

Strong-Tie.

MSTC and RPS meet code requirements for reinforcing

cut members (16 gauge) at top plate and RPS at sill plate.

International Residential Code 2000/2006 R602.6.1

International Building Code 2000/2006 2308.9.8

(For RPS, refer to page 223.)
ST2115
ST9, ST12,
ST18, ST22
MSTC
ST
6"
Straps & Ties
3" HTP37Z
MSTI
MST
16"
HRS12
HRS8
HRS6
7"
HST
LSTI
314"
HRS
186
Typical MSTI Installation

(MIT hanger shown)
LSTIsimilar
Typical LSTI
Installation
Typical
HRS Installation
HRS416Z
LSTA and MSTA
(Pilot holes not shown)
Straps & Ties
HRS/ST/PS/HST/HTP/LSTA/LSTI/MST/MSTA/MSTC/MSTI Strap Ties

2"
End Distance

LSTA9
LSTA12
LSTA15
LSTA18
LSTA21
LSTA24
ST292
ST2122
ST2115
ST2215
LSTA30
LSTA36
LSTI49
LSTI73
MSTA9
MSTA12
MSTA15
MSTA18
MSTA21
MSTA24
MSTA30
MSTA36
MSTA49
ST6215
ST6224
ST9
ST12
ST18
ST22
MSTC28
MSTC40
MSTC52
HTP37Z
MSTC66
MSTC78
ST6236
HRS6
HRS8
HRS12
MSTI26
MSTI36
MSTI48
MSTI60
MSTI72
HRS416Z
Ga
20
18
16
14
12
Dimensions
W
114
114
114
114
114
114
2116
2116
3
4
2116
114
114
334
334
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
114
2116
2116
114
114
114
114
3
3
3
3
3
3
2116
138
138
138
2116
2116
2116
2116
2116
314
Fasteners
(Total)
L
9
8-10d
12
10-10d
15
12-10d
18
14-10d
21
16-10d
24
18-10d
9516
12-16d
121316
16-16d
16516
10-16d
16516
20-16d
30
22-10d
36
24-10d
49
32-10dx112
73
48-10dx112
9
8-10d
12
10-10d
15
12-10d
18
14-10d
21
16-10d
24
18-10d
30
22-10d
36
26-10d
49
26-10d
16516
20-16d
23516
28-16d
9
8-16d
1158
10-16d
1734
14-16d
2158
18-16d
2814 36-16d sinkers
4014 52-16d sinkers
5214 62-16d sinkers
7
20-10dx112
6534 76-16d sinkers
7734 76-16d sinkers
331316
40-16d
6
6-10d
8
10-10d
12
14-10d
26
26-10dx112
36
36-10dx112
48
48-10dx112
60
60-10dx112
72
72-10dx112
16 16-SDS 14"x112"
Allowable
Tension Loads
(DF/SP)
Allowable
Tension Loads
(SPF/HF)
(160)
740
925
1110
1235
1235
1235
1265
1530
660
1875
1640
1640
2975
4205
750
940
1130
1315
1505
1640
2050
2050
2020
2095
2540
885
1105
1420
1420
3455
4745
4745
1850
5860
5860
3845
605
1010
1415
2745
3800
5065
5080
5080
2835
(160)
635
795
950
1110
1235
1235
1120
1505
660
1875
1640
1640
2555
3830
645
810
970
1130
1290
1455
1820
2050
2020
1900
2540
760
950
1330
1420
2980
4305
4745
1600
5860
5860
3845
525
880
1230
2325
3220
4290
5080
5080
2305
Code
Ref.
Typical LSTA Installation

(Hanger not shown)
Bend strap one time only,
max 12/12 joist pitch.
I4, L3, L5, F2
Material Dim.
Bolts Code
Model
Thickness
Ref.
No.
Gauge W L Qty Dia
3
PS218
2 18 4
4
7 ga
PS418
4 18 4 34 180
PS720
634 20 8 12
F2, L3, L5
I4, IL14, L3, L5, F2
I4, L3, L5, F2
1. PS strap design loads must be determined

by the Designer for each installation. Bolts
are installed both perpendicular and parallel to-grain. Hole diameter in the part may be
oversized to accommodate the HDG.
Designer must determine if the oversize
creates an unacceptable installation.
2. For allowable tension loads, see page 230.
Straps & Ties
Model
No.
Beam and Strap
I4, L3, L5, F2
L5
I4, L3, L5, F2
PS
L5, F26
I4, L3, L5, F2
170
2 10dx112" nails may be substituted where 16d sinkers or 10d are specified at 100% of the table loads
except where straps are installed over sheathing.
3. 10d commons may be substituted where 16d sinkers are specified at 100% of table loads.
4. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 314" long) or 10d commons may be substituted where 16d commons are
specified at 0.84 of the table loads.
5. Use half of the nails in each member being connected to achieve the listed loads.
6. Tension loads apply for uplift when installed vertically.
7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 314" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long.
Typical PS720 Installation
187
Straps & Ties
HST/MST/MSTC/MSTA Strap Ties

Floor-to-Floor Clear Span Table
MSTA49
MSTC28
MSTC40
MSTC52
MSTC66
MSTC78
MST37
MST48
Straps & Ties
MST60
MST72
Clear
Span
Fasteners
(Total)
Allowable Tension
Loads (DF/SP)
Allowable Tension
Loads (SPF/HF)
(160)
(160)
18
26-10d
2020
2020
16
26-10d
2020
2020
18
12-16d sinkers
1155
995
16
16-16d sinkers
1540
1325
24
20-16d sinkers
2310
1985
18
28-16d sinkers
2695
2320
16
32-16d sinkers
3080
2650
24
36-16d sinkers
3465
2980
18
44-16d sinkers
4235
3645
3975
16
48-16d sinkers
4620
30
48-16d sinkers
4780
4120
24
54-16d sinkers
5380
4640
18
64-16d sinkers
5860
5495
16
68-16d sinkers
5860
5840
30
64-16d sinkers
5860
5495
24
72-16d sinkers
5860
5860
18
76-16d sinkers
5860
5860
1495
24
14-16d
1725
18
20-16d
2465
2135
16
22-16d
2710
2345
24
26-16d
3215
2780
18
32-16d
3960
3425
16
34-16d
4205
3640
30
34-16d
4605
3995
24
40-16d
5240
4700
18
46-16d
6235
5405
30
48-16d
6505
5640
24
54-16d
6730
6345
18
62-16d
6730
6475
Nails are
not required
in the rim
board area.
Stitch nailing
of double studs
by others
an
r Sp
Clea
Typical Detail with Strap

Installed Over Sheathing
Floor-to-Floor Tie Installation
showing a Clear Span
Model
No.
Dimensions

(DF/SP)
Fasteners (Total)
Ga
Bolts
Bolts
Nails
Bolts
Dia
(160)
(160)
(160)
(160)
3700
2165
3200
2000
5080
3025
4480
2805
5310
3675
5190
3410
6730
4485
6475
4175
6730
4485
6475
4175
5220
4835
10650
9870
7680
6660
15470
13320
Nails
2116
27
30-16d
2116
3712
42-16d
MST48
2116
48
50-16d
MST60
2116
60
68-16d
10
2116
72
68-16d
10
2 2
21 4
2114
12
2512
2512
12
MST37
MST72
HST2
HST5
HST3
HST6
12
10
7
3
Qty

(SPF/HF)
Nails
MST27
2. Install bolts or nails as specified by Designer. Bolt and nail values may not be combined.
3. Allowable bolt loads are based on parallel-to-grain loading and these minimum member
thicknesses: MST212"; HST2 and HST54"; HST3 and HST6412".
4. Use half of the required nails in each member being connected to achieve the listed loads.
5. When installing strap over wood structural panel sheathing, use 212" long nail minimum.
6. Tension loads apply for uplift as well when installed vertically.
7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 314" long,
188
When nailing
the strap over
OSB/plywood,
use a 212" long
nail minimum.
Code
Ref.
I4,
L3, F2
Model
No.
Straps & Ties
CS/CMST
Coiled Straps
CMSTC provides nail slots for easy installation; it can be cut to length. CS are continuous utility
straps which can be cut to length on the job site. Packaged in lightweight (about 40 pounds) cartons.
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, page xx-xx.
Wood shrinkage after strap installation across horizontal wood members may cause strap
to buckle outward.
Refer to the applicable code for minimum nail penetration and minimum wood edge and end distances.
The table shows the maximum allowable loads and the nails required to obtain them.
Fewer nails may be used; reduce the allowable load as shown in footnote #3.
The cut length of the strap shall be equal to twice the End Length noted in the table plus
the clear span dimension.
CMST onlyUse every other round hole if the wood tends to split. Use round and triangle
holes for comparable MST loads, providing wood does not tend to split.
For lap slice and alternate nailing information, refer to technical bulletin T-CMST.
CS straps are available in 25' lengths, order CS14-R, CS16-R, CS18-R, CS20-R or CS22-R.
Sheathing not
shown for clarity
Typical CS
Installation as a
Floor-to-Floor Tie
(CMST requires
minimum
2-2x studs)
an
r Sp
Clea
Nails not
required in
clear span
Engdth
Len

DF/SP
Total
L
Ga
CMST12
40'
12
CMST14
5212'
14
CMSTC16
54'
16
CS14
100'
14
CS16
150'
16
CS18
200'
18
CS20
250'
20
CS22
300'
22
SPF/HF
Fasteners
End
Length
Allowable
Tension
Loads
(160)
33"
39"
26"
30"
84 - 16d
98 - 10d
66 - 16d
76 - 10d
38"
44"
30"
34"
9215
9215
6490
6490
50 - 16d
sinker
20"
58 - 16d
sinker
25"
4585
26 - 10d
30 - 8d
20-10d
22 - 8d
16 - 10d
18 - 8d
12 - 10d
14 - 8d
10 - 10d
12 - 8d
15"
16"
11"
13"
9"
11"
6"
9"
7"
7"
30 - 10d
36 - 8d
22 - 10d
26 - 8d
18 - 10d
22 - 8d
14 - 10d
16 - 8d
12 - 10d
14 - 8d
16"
19"
13"
14"
11"
12"
9"
9"
7"
8"
2490
2490
1705
1705
1370
1370
1030
1030
845
845
Fasteners
End
Length
74 - 16d
86 - 10d
56 - 16d
66 - 10d
Code
Ref.
CS16 Hole Pattern

(all other CS straps similar)
I4,
L3, F2
1. Fastener quantities and end lengths are calculated using an increase for wind or seismic loading.
2. Use half of the required nails in each member being connected to achieve the listed loads.
3. Calculate the connector value for a reduced number of nails as follows: Allowable Load = No. of Nails Used x Table Load
No. of Nails in Table
Example: CMSTC16 in DF/SP with 40 nails total.
40 Nails (Used)
Allowable Load =
x 4585 lbs = 3668 lbs
(Half of the nails in each member being connected)
50 Nails (Table)
4. Tension loads apply for uplift when installed vertically.
5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long,
16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 314" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long.
Cut Length
Strap Clear Span
NOT SURE HOW MUCH COIL

STRAP YOU NEED?
Simpson Strong-Tie has a web-based app,

the Coil Strap Length Calculator, which can
help you quickly determine the cut length
of each strap and the total amount of
coil strap needed for each application
on a project.
For more information or to access,
go to www.strongtie.com/software.
End Length
CMST14 Hole Pattern

(CMST12 similar)
CMSTC16 Hole Pattern
Straps & Ties
Model
No.
End h Cut
Lengt ength
L
Gauge stamped on part for

easy identification
Minimum End Distance

is 10x Diameter of Nail
(Typ.)
End Length
Roof Sheathing
Sub-Purlin/Stiffener
CMST requires 3x or
2-2x minimum
Typical Horizontal
CS/CMST Installation
Hanger
Purlin
(Beam or Truss typ.)
189
Straps & Ties
TS Twist Straps
Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood members.
An equal number of right and left hand units are supplied in each carton.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge.
TS should be installed in pairs to reduce eccentricity.
TS
Model
No.
Fasteners
(Total)
Allowable Loads
(160)
TS9
8-16d
530
TS12
11 8
10-16d
665
TS18
1734
14-16d
930
TS22
2158
18-16d
1215
Code
Ref.
170
1. Install half of the fasteners on each end of the strap to achieve full loads.
2. Loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with
3. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 314") may be substituted for the specified
16d commons at 0.84 of the table loads.
4. Loads are for a single TS.
5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long,
Typical TS Installation
A seismic tie for horizontal ties across intervening members.

FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
May not be suitable for floor diaphragms which protrude
above beams.
SA36 can be field-bent for other intermediate beam widths.
Model
No.
Strap
Section
Fasteners
(Total)
L
Nails
SA36 12 ga x 2116 36
22-16d
Allowable
Horizontal Loads
Bolts
Qty. Dia.
4
Nails
(160)
Bolts
(160)
1900
1900
2. Allowable loads assume a restrained member of 312" min. thickness with
bolts in single shear.
3. Bolt and nail values may not be combined.
4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long,
190
18 Max
Code
Ref.
I15, L7
Strap
9"
Saddle Hanger
Typical SA Installation
with Saddle Hanger
Straps & Ties
SA Strap Connectors
Straps & Ties
STRONG-DRIVE SDWF FLOOR-TO-FLOOR Screw

The Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDWF Floor-to-Floor screw is
designed to simplify the floor-to-floor, wind-uplift restraint connection while
providing superior performance over the life of the structure. The unique
design of the Strong-Drive SDWF Floor-to-Floor screw enables it to attach
upper and lower walls together from the top, spanning the floor system and
providing an easy-to-install connection within the continuous uplift load path
of the structure.
The innovative TUW take-up washer plays a key role in the long-term
performance of the Strong-Drive SDWF Floor-to-Floor screw when installed
between the screw and the sole plate of the upper floor. As the structure settles
because of shrinkage and construction loading, the threaded portion under the
head of the screw ratchets up through the tabs of the TUW, which is fastened
with Strong-Drive SD Connector screws. The interlock between the tabs of
the take-up washer and the threads under the head of the Strong-Drive SDWF
Floor-to-Floor screw prevent the screw from sliding back under load, providing a
simple yet reliable means of shrinkage compensation up to "
per story.
MATERIAL: SDWF carbon steel, TUW 10 gauge
FINISH: SDWFE-Coat; TUWGalvanized
Refer to flier F-SDWFTUW, or the Simpson Strong-Tie Fastening
Systems catalog or visit www.strongtie.com.
KIT CONTAINS: 25Strong-Drive SDWF Floor-to-Floor screws,

25TUW take-up washers, 100 #9x212 Strong-Drive SD Connector

screws, 516" hex driver bit and screw depth guide.
312"
314"
TUW
U.S. Patent 8,276,323
16"-26"
Product Information and Withdrawal Loads

Allowable Joist Depth Below (in.)
Model No
Size
(in.)
Thread
Length
(in.)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
SDWF2716-TUW
0.27 x 16
812
1012
678
SDWF2720-TUW
0.27 x 20
1212
1412
1078
13
SDWF2724-TUW
0.27 x 24
1612
1812
1478
17
SDWF2726-TUW
0.27 x 26
18 2
20 2
16 8
19
Single Bottom Plate
Double Bottom Plate
Allowable Withdrawal per

Thread Penetration (lbs./in.)
(100)
SP
DF
SPF
295
250
180
Code
Ref.
I24,
I26,
F31,
L24
5"
SDWF
ng-Drive
One Stro -FLOOR screw
O
FLOOR-T stalled between
in
must be 12" on each
d
4" an
r-wall,
ny uppe
side of a -plate splice
m
o
bott
Upper wall
bottom-plate
splice shown
Strong-Drive
SDWF
U.S. Patent
8,276,323
Straps & Ties
1. Allowable loads may be increased for load duration up to CD = 1.6.

2. Joist depth listed based on the 34" subfloor and 3" of thread penetration into double top plates.
Joist
Depth
1" Min.
Rim
Joist
in.
4" M
Ende
c
tan
Dis
Lower wall
top plate
splice shown
Typical Strong-Drive SDWF FLOOR-TO-FLOOR

and TUW Installation
2 Max.
Typical Strong-Drive SDWF FLOOR-TO-FLOOR
Angle Limit Installation
191
Straps & Ties
STRONG-DRIVE SDWF FLOOR-TO-FLOOR Screw

Uniform Uplift Loads
Maximum Strong-Drive SDWF FLOOR-TO-FLOOR Screw Spacing (in.) Along Wall Bottom Plate for Wind Uplift
Bottom Plate
Interstory Unit Wind Uplift Lbs. Per Lineal Foot (plf)
Single 2x4
100 plf 150 plf 200 plf 250 plf 300 plf 350 plf 400 plf 450 plf 500 plf 550 plf 600 plf
SP
46
40
36
34
30
28
26
24
24
22
22
DF
48
42
38
34
32
30
30
26
24
22
20
SPF
46
40
36
34
32
30
26
22
20
18
16
Single 2x6
100 plf 150 plf 200 plf 250 plf 300 plf 350 plf 400 plf 450 plf 500 plf 550 plf 600 plf
SP
56
48
44
40
38
36
34
34
32
30
28
DF
56
48
44
40
38
34
30
26
24
22
20
SPF
52
46
42
38
34
30
26
22
20
18
16
1. Spacing listed based on lesser of: single bottom

plate bending allowable load, single bottom plate
deflection limited to spacing/240 and 14" max,
screw allowable withdrawal load, and take-up
washer allowable load.
2. Withdrawal load is based on a CD = 1.6 and
minimum 3" penetration into lower wall
double top plates.
3. Stud-to-plate connections are required to
complete the load path. These connections shall
not exceed the lesser of 48" o.c. or Strong-Drive
SDWF Floor-To-Floor spacing.
4. Spacing values listed for SP lumber consider
new base values adopted by AWC on June 1, 2013.
Concentrated Uplift Loads

Single Strong-Drive SDWF-TUW
Allowable
Tension Load
(160)
Model No
SP
DF
SPF
Double Strong-Drive SDWF-TUW

Allowable
Tension Load
(160)
Deflection
at Highest
Allowable
Load
(in.)
SP
0.095
2270
DF
Deflection
at Highest
Allowable
Load
(in.)
SPF
SDWF2716-TUW
SDWF2720-TUW
SDWF2724-TUW
1410
1200
865
2125
1730
SDWF2726-TUW
0.142
1. Allowable loads listed include a wood load duration

factor of CD = 1.6 for wind or earthquake loading
2. Single and double Strong-Drive SDWF-TUW
applications listed are for concentrated load uplift
restraint conditions (i.e. end of header, at girders,
or at the end of shearwalls).
1" Maximum
Straps & Ties
Note: Stud-to-plate
connections are required
to complete the load path
and are the responsibility
of the Designer.
Post and blocking

per designer
Double Strong-Drive SDWF-TUW

Concentrated Load Restraint
Detail at Continuous Wall
(Single Strong-Drive SDWF-TUW similar)
Perspective View of Corner Conditions

with Double Strong-Drive SDWF-TUW
(Single Strong-Drive SDWF-TUW similar)
192
Straps & Ties
FSC Floor Span Connector

As an alternative to coil strap, our new FSC-Floor Span Connector
connects upper floors to lower floors from the inside of the wall. The
convenient obround holes make installation in narrow wall cavities easy.
Installs with a 38" all thread rod, nut and washer (not included).
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
Can be used on a single 2x stud.
Threaded rod, washers and nuts are not supplied with the FSC.
Use 38" threaded rod grade A307 or better, with matching nuts

and cut washers.
FSC may be installed a maximum of 18" from the sill or

top plates.
Drill 12" to 34" diameter hole through the plates for threaded rod

access, hole should be located approximately 112" away from

the face of stud used for FSC attachment.
Nails can be installed up to 30 degree angle with no reduction

in load capacity.
Fasteners
Model
Ga
No.
FSC
12
Stud
Anchor
15-10dx112
Allowable Tension Load

DF/SP
SPF/HF
(160)
(160)
8" ATR
1830
1570
Code
Ref.
IP1, L18, F25
FSC
Patent Pending
1. The allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake

2. Load values are based on a minimum lumber thickness of 112".
3. Standard cut washer is required with the 38" all thread rod.
4. The FSC can be used on offset studs provided the horizontal offset
is no greater than 3". Refer to flier F-FSC for more information.
Nut and
washer
required
Typical FSC Installation
The MSTC48B3 and MSTC66B3 are pre-bent straps designed

to transfer tension load from an upper story shearwall to a beam on
the story below.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
Min. 2-2x or 4x
38 Nails

Model
No.
Min. Wood
Beam Dim.
Fasteners
Beam
Width Depth
Face Bottom
(min) (min)
MSTC48B3
MSTC66B3
3 2
1
914
12-10d
11 4 14-10d
1
38 Nails
Min.
Length 21"
Start nails
1" up from
end of stud
Allowable
Tension Loads
No Nails Reqd
Code
Studs/
Ref.
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Post
4-10d 38-10d
(160)
(160)
3975
3420
4505
3875
Min. 2-2x or 4x
I4,
F26
1. Using fewer than 38 nails in the studs/post will reduce the capacity of
the connection. To calculate a reduced capacity use 199 lbs. per nail for
DF/SP or 172 lbs. per nail for HF/SPF. Minimum length of extent of reduced
nails may not be less than a 21" as is shown in graphic.
MSTC48B3
2. Nails in studs/post shall be installed symmetrically. Nails may be installed
over the entire length of the strap over the studs/post.
3. The minimum 3" wide beam may be made up by double 2x members.
4. MSTC48B3 and MSTC66B3 installed over wood structural panel sheathing
up to 12" thick achieve 0.85 of table loads.
5. PSL beam may be used in lieu of standard dimension lumber beam with no load reductions.
6. Multiply allowable loads by 1.85 to attain an allowable load for installations where two straps
have been installed with a 112" clear space between straps.
7. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that either show the wide face or the edges of the
lumber strands/veneers known as the narrow face. Values in the tables reflect installation into the
wide face. See Technical Bulletin T-C-SCLCLM for load reductions due to narrow face installations.
Face Nails
Beam
Start nails
1" up from
end of stud
Min.
Length 21"
Straps & Ties
MSTC48B3/MSTC66B3 Pre-Bent Straps
No Nails
Reqd
Rim
Joist
Face Nails
Beam
MSTC66B3
Installation
with Rim Joist
2" Pre-bent
Bottom Nails
MSTC48B3
Installation with
no Rim Joist
193
Straps & Ties
FTA/LFTA Floor Tie Anchors

Designed for use as a floor-to-floor tension tie,
one FTA replaces two comparably sized holdowns and
the threaded rod.
The LFTA Light Floor Tie Anchor is for nailed
installations.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: LFTAgalvanized;

FTASimpson Strong-Tie gray paint

See General Notes.
Washers required on side opposite FTA for
full loads.
Nail holes between floors allow preattachment
to the joist during installation; these nails are
not required.
OPTIONS:
The standard models clear span of 17" will
accommodate up to a 12" joist. The clear
span of the FTA may be increased with a
corresponding increase in overall length.
Ga
LFTA
FTA2
FTA5
FTA7
16
10
10
3
FTA
Clear
Span
Qty
Dia
214
3
312
312
17
17
17
17
3838
3712
4512
56
16-10d
4
4
6
5
8
3
4
7
8
Clear Span
Clear Span
LFTA
Typical FTA Installation
Fasteners
(Total)
Dimensions
Model
No.
Allowable Uplift Loads1 (160)

Vertical Member Thickness
2
212
3
2515
3120
3385
3000
3750
4400
5020
6210
7600
112
1890
2240
3715
312
3385
4400
7600
Code
Ref.
LFTA 2
1205
I17, L6, F16
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
2. Reduce the allowable load for the LFTA according to the code when nails penetrate wood less than 134".
and
L Strap Ties
T and L Strap Ties are versatile utility straps. See

Architectural Products Group for aesthetically pleasing options
with black powder-coated paint.
CODES: See page 12 for Code Listing Key Chart.
Dimensions
Model
No.
Ga
55L
66L
88L
1212L
66T
128T
1212T
16
14
14
14
14
14
14
434
6
8
12
6
12
12
434
6
8
12
5
8
12
114
112
2
2
112
2
2
Fasteners
Bolts
Nails
Qty Dia
5-10d
3
10-16d
3
8
1
12-16d
3
2
1
14-16d
3
2
3
8-16d
3
8
1
12-16d
3
2
1
12-16d
3
2
W
W
2"
2"
H
Code
Ref.
1" Typ.
1212HT
& 1616HT
2"
L
180
Installed
in pairs
d1
Typical T d2
Installation
1212HL
1616HL
1212HT
1616HT
194
7
7
7
7
W
212
212
212
212
H
12
16
12
16
L
12
16
12
16
d1
212
212
212
212
d2
438
438
438
438
Bolts
Qty Dia
5
5
8
5
5
8
5
6
8
5
6
8
55L
1" Min.
1. These connectors are not load-rated.

Minimum Bolt
Dimensions
End & Edge
Model
Ga
Distances
No.
1212HL
1212HT
Allowable Loads1,2
Tension/Uplift
F1
(100/160)
(100/160)
1535
1535
2585
2585
565
565
815
815
1. 1212HL, 1616HL, 1212HT and 1616HT are to be installed in pairs with machine bolts
in double shear. A single part with machine bolts in single shear is not load-rated.
2. Allowable loads are based on a minimum member thickness of 312".
3. 1212HT, 1616HT loads assume a continuous beam.
1" Min.
Code
Ref.
170
1" Typ. 66T

1" Typ. 128T & 1212T
Installed
in pairs
d1
Typical L
Installation
d2
" Typ. 66L
1" Typ. 88L & 1212L
Straps & Ties
Straps & Ties
PCT Purlin Cross Ties

Designed using a section that works in both
tension and compression.
MATERIAL: 112" square tube steel
ASTM A500 Grade B
See General Notes.
PCT18 and 23 are sized to span a
maximum hanger seat depth
(B dimension) of 4".
PCT27 and 38 are sized to span a
maximum hanger seat depth
(B dimension) of 6".
Tube section helps with drilling alignment,
through the purlin.
Offset angle to allow drilling access
through glulam.
212" or a 2916" diameter hole required for the
PCT to pass through the carrying member.
Install in pairs.
OPTIONS: Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for
other lengths.
Model
No.
Tube
Thickness
Total
Length
L
L1
L2
4" Typ. PCT18, 23, 27

4" Typ. PCT38
Nail Hole for
Temporary Placement
L2
L1
PCT
U.S. Patent 6,862,854

Hanger not shown
for clarity
Glulam
Purlin
1" Typical
2"
Hanger not shown

for clarity
Typical PCT
Installation
Purlin
Hanger not shown

for clarity
PCT Installed in Pairs

(Top View)
Allowable Loads per Pair of PCTs
No. and
Size of
Fasteners
Steel
Tension
Steel
Compression
24665
19165
Capacity Based on Double Shear Application and

Length of Bolt in Purlin - DF/SP (160)
318
312
518
512
634
17235
19110
19110
19090
19050
PCT18
4434
14
1734
8-58 MB
PCT23
52 4
14
17 4
10- 8 MB
24665
19165
21390
23645
23645
23620
23525
PCT27
16
6658
1912
2312
12-58 MB
39665
28665
24855
27705
28400
28430
28255
PCT38
16
7158
1912
2312
12-34 MB
39665
26030
29105
33020
40485
40570
40190
2. Install in pairs.
Code
Ref.
3. Minimum bolt length is (Purlin width + 3" (PCT) + 1" (nut)).

4. Bolt value assume minimum 1012" deep purlin.
5. Engineer of record is responsible for evaluating the glulam.

Model
No.
Fasteners
(Total)
Qty
Allowable Loads
Dia
HCSTR2
HCSTR3
HCSTR4
(160)
9725
14170
18770
Straps & Ties
HCSTR Hinge Connector Straps

Use Hinge Connector Straps for retrofit applications to strap
horizontal wood members together where a hinge connector interferes.
All bolt holes shall be 132" (minimum) and 116" (maximum) larger
than the bolt diameter (2012 NDS 11.1.3.2).
MATERIAL: HCSTR2, HCSTR37 gauge; HCSTR43 gauge
FINISH: HCSTR4Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint.

All othersGalvanized
OPTIONS:
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for longer lengths.
For use with Simpson Strong-Tie hinge connectors.
I15,
L7
Holes for Optional

Locating Nails
Clear Span
HCSTR
Install an HCSTR
on each side
Code
Ref.
Typical
HCSTR4
Installation
170
1. Allowable loads are for straps used in pairs and include a 60% increase
for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce
2. Allowable loads assume a carrying member of 518" minimum
thickness with bolts in double shear.
3. Designed for HC style hinge connectors; contact Simpson Strong-Tie
for lengths for HCA and HC3A (only) style hinge connectors.
HC Style Hinge
Connector shown
195
Straps & Ties
H/TSP Seismic & Hurricane Ties

Simpson Strong-Tie hurricane ties provide a positive connection
between truss/rafter and the wall of the structure to resist wind and
seismic forces. New additions to the line provide even more options.
H10AR The heavy-duty design of the H10A available
with a 2" wide throat to accommodate rough lumber
H10A-2 The H10A design with a 3" throat for double
2x members
H2ASS, H2.5ASS and H10ASS Popular ties now available
in stainless steel.
MATERIAL: See table.
FINISH: Galvanized. H7Z and H11ZZMAX coating. Some
models available in stainless steel or ZMAX; see Corrosion
Information, pages 13-15 or visit www.strongtie.com.

H1 can be installed with flanges facing inward
(reverse of H1 installation drawing; number 1).
H2.5T, H3, H4, H5 and H6 ties are shipped in equal quantities of
right and left versions (right versions shown).
Hurricane ties do not replace solid blocking.
When installing ties on plated trusses (on the side opposite the truss
plate) do not fasten through the truss plate from behind. This can
force the truss plate off of the truss and compromise truss performance.
H10A optional nailing to connect shear blocking, use 8d nails.
Slots allow maximum field bending up to a pitch of 6:12, use H10A
sloped loads for field bent installation.
3"
PLAT
LINE
"
10
3"
PLA
TE
LIN
E
1"
H4
H2.5A
H2.5T
(H2.5ASS similar)
1"
H2A
5"
1"
(H2ASS similar)
3"
4716"
11"
Straps & Ties
778"
H5
1"
"
158"
1"
H6
TSP
H8
H7Z
2"
1"
318"
3"
13
16"
3"
H10S
3"
312"
6"
6"
614"
H10AR
5"
H10A
(H10ASS similar)
H10A-2
5"
6 916"
H14
Profile
196
H10-2
H11Z
H14
H1
H3
Straps & Ties

Fasteners
Model
No.
Ga
H1
H2A
H2ASS
H2.5A
H2.5ASS
H2.5T
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7Z
H8
H10A Sloped
H10A
H10ASS
H10AR
H10S9,10
H10A-2
H10-2
H11Z
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
20
18
16
16
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
H14
18
TSP
16
To Rafters/
Truss
6-8dx112
5-8dx112
5-SS8D
5-8d
5-SS8d
5-8d
4-8d
4-8d
4-8d
4-8d
5-10dx112
9-10dx112
9-10dx112
9-SSN10
9-10dx112
8-8dx112
9-10dx112
6-10d
6-16dx212
1 12-8dx112
2 12-8dx112
9-10dx112
9-10dx112
To Plates
To Studs
4-8d
2-8dx112 5-8dx112
2-SS8D
5-SS8D
5-8d
5-SS8d
5-8d
4-8d
4-8d
4-8d
8-8d
8-8d
2-8dx112
8-8d
5-10dx112
9-10dx112
9-10dx112
9-SSN10
9-10dx112
8-8dx11210
8-8d
9-10dx112
6-10d
6-16dx212
13-8d
15-8d
6-10dx112
6-10d

Uplift
Lateral (160)
(160)
F1
F2
585
485
165
575
130
55
400
130
55
600
110
110
440
75
70
545
135
145
455
125
160
360
165
160
455
115
200
950
985
400
745
75
855
590
285
11407
590
285
970
565
170
1050
490
285
1010
660
215
1245
815
260
760
455
395
830
525
760
13507
515
265
13507
515
265
740
310
190
890
310
190
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no

further increase allowed: reduce where other loads govern.
2. Allowable loads are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 212"
must be used when framing anchors are used on each side of the joist and
on the same side of the plate (exeption: connectors installed such that
nails on opposite side dont interfere).
3. Allowable DF/SP uplift load for stud to bottom plate installation (see detail
15) is 390 lbs. (H2.5A); 265 lbs. (H2.5ASS); 360 lbs. (H4) and 310 lbs. (H8).
For SPF/HF values multiply these values by 0.86.
4. Allowable loads in the F1 direction are not intended to replace diaphragm
boundry members or cross grain bending of the truss or rafter members.
5. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided in the
members, mechanical reinforcement to resist such forces may be considered.
6. Hurricane Ties are shown on the outside of the wall for clarity and assume a
minimum overhang of 312". Installation on the inside of the wall is acceptable
(see General Instructions for the Installer notes u on page 17). For uplift
Uplift with
8dx112 Nails
(160)
455
400
575
365
425
415
360
455
630
550

Uplift
Lateral (160)
(160)
F1
F2
400
415
140
495
130
55
345
130
55
535
110
110
380
75
70
545
135
145
320
105
140
235
140
135
265
100
170
820
845
345
565
75
760
505
285
1015
505
285
835
485
170
905
420
285
870
570
185
1070
700
225
655
390
340
715
450
655
1050
480
245
1050
480
245
635
265
160
765
265
160
Uplift with
8dx112 Nails
(160)
370
345
495
310
425
290
235
265
510
475
Code
Ref.
I17, L5, L6, F16
IP1, L18, F25
170
I17, L5, L6, F16
170
IP1, L18, F25
I17, L6, F16
I17, L5, L6, F16
I17, F16
L5, L10, L18, F26
I17, L5, L18, F25
170
IP1, L18, F25
L18, F25
I17, L6, F16
170
IP1, L18, F25
F26
Continuous Load Path, connections in the same area (i.e. truss to plate connector and plate to stud
connector) must be on the same side of the wall. See T-HTIECONPATH for more information.
7. Southern Pine allowable uplift loads for H10A = 1340 lbs. and for the H14 = 1465 lbs.
8. Refer to Simpson Strong-Tie technical bulletin T-HTIEBEARING for allowable bearing
enhancement loads.
9. H10S can have the stud offset a maximum of 1" from rafter (center to center) for a reduced
uplift of 890 lbs. (DF/SP) and 765 lbs. (SPF).
10. H10S nails to plates are optional for uplift but required for lateral loads.
11. Some load values for the stainless-steel connectors shown here are lower than those for
the carbon-steel versions. Ongoing test programs have shown this to also be the case with
other stainless-steel connectors in the product line that are installed with nails. Visit
www.strongtie.com/corrosion for updated information.
10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 212" long, 8dx112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long.
13. SCREWS: Strong-Drive SD #9x112" (model SD9112) = 0.131" dia. x 112" long (for the
models marked with the orange flag only). Full table loads apply.
Straps & Ties
PLAT
LINE

PLATE
LINE
1
H1 Installation
2
H2A Installation
7
H3 Installation
(Nails into upper top plate)
3
TSP Installation
4
H2.5A Installation
(Nails into both top plates)
5
H2.5T Installation
8 H4
Installation
(see footnote 3)
6 H2.5T Installation
11
9
H4 Installation
(Nails into upper top plate)
10
H5 Installation
H6 Stud
to Top Plate
Installation
12 H6 Stud to Band
Joist Installation
13 H7Z Installation
197
Straps & Ties
18
15
rafter to double
top plates
H8 attaching
stud to sill
(4-8d into plate,
5-8d into stud,
refer to footnote
3 for loads)
16 H8 attaching
I-joist to double
top plates
17 H10A Field-Bent
Installation
Minimum
Edge
Distance
"
19
H10S Installation
with stud offset
H10A
Installation
AVOID A
MISINSTALLATION
23
H14
Installation
to double
2x header
H10A optional nailing connects shear blocking to rafter.

Use 8d common nails. Slot allows maximum field-bending up to a
pitch of 6/12, use 75% of the table uplift load; bend one time only.
Considerations for Hurricane Tie Selection

1.
2.
3.
4.
What is the uplift load?

What is the parallel-to-plate load?
What is the perpendicular-to-plate load?
What is the species of wood used for the rafter and the top plates?
(Select the load table based on the lowest performing species of wood.)
5. Will the hurricane tie be nailed into both top plates or the upper top plate only?
6. What load or loads will the hurricane tie be taking?
Straps & Ties
double top plates
Minimum
Edge
Distance
"
H10-2 Installation
21
(H11Z similar)
20
22 H14 Installation to
8d commons to
plates. Fill one of
three holes to H14
bottom flange.
1
Plate nails
for lateral
loads only
8d commons to header.
Fill all three triangle
holes to straightened
bottom flange.
Do not make
new holes or
overdrive nails!
Hurricane Tie Installations to

Achieve Twice the Load (Top View)
Both connectors shall be same model.
Install diagonally across

from each other for
minimum 2x truss.
Wall
Top Plate
Wall
Top Plate
Wall
Top Plate
When a connector is loaded simultaneously in more than one direction, the

allowable load must be evaluated as shown here. For all connectors use the
following equation:
Design Uplift/Allowable Uplift + Design Lateral Parallel to Plate /

Allowable Lateral Parallel to Plate + Design Lateral Perpendicular

to Plate / Allowable Lateral Perpendicular to Plate < 1.0.
The three terms in the unity equation are due to the possible directions that exist
to generate force on a connector. The number of terms that must be considered for
simultaneous loading is at the sole discretion of the Designer and is dependent on
their method of calculating wind forces and the utilization of the connector within
the structural system.
As an alternate, certain roof to wall connectors (embedded truss anchors, pages
180-181, seismic and hurricane ties, pages 196-198, and twist straps, pages
202-203) can be evaluated using the following: The design load in each direction
shall not exceed the published allowable load in that direction multiplied by 0.75.
Products can be on the

same side of the wall
provided they are
configured as shown.
Nailing into both sides of

a single ply 2x truss may
cause the wood to split.
7. Select hurricane tie based on performance, application, installed cost

and ease of installation.
VB Knee Braces
2" Min.
The VB provides lateral resistance force at the bottom of beams

when installed approximately 45 or more to the vertical plane.
INSTALLATION: Use specified fasteners. See General Notes.
16-N54A fasteners are included with the brace.
198
Model
No.
H
(Beam Depth)
Fasteners
(Total)
VB5
VB7
VB8
VB10
VB12
10" - 15"
15" - 2212"
2212" - 2812"
2812" - 36"
36" - 42"
5'
7'
8'
10'
12'
16-N54A
16-N54A
16-N54A
16-N54A
16-N54A
Allowable Tension Loads1

Floor (100)
Roof (125)
990
1240
990
1240
990
1240
990
1240
990
1240
1. Roof loads have been increased 25% with no further increase allowed.
H10S
Installation
Hanger
not shown
Six N54A
Nails
Code
Ref.
I15, L7
One N54A
in each tab
Accommodates
beam widths of
3" to 10"
Two N54A
in seat
Typical VB Installation
14 H8 attaching
Plate nails
for lateral
loads only
Straps & Ties
STRONG-DRIVE SDWC TRUSS Screws

The Strong-Drive SDWC Truss Screw is tested
in accordance with ICC-ES AC233 (screw) and AC13
(wall assembly and roof-to-wall assembly) for uplift
and lateral loads between wall plates and vertical wall
framing and between the top plate and the roof
rafters or trusses. Strong-Drive SDWC15450 is
recognized for use in chemically treated wood as
described in the evaluation report.
MATERIAL: Carbon steel
FINISH: SDWC15450E-Coat; SDWC15600Clear

Zinc Coating (with Orange Topcoat)
CODES: IAPMO-UES ER-262
66
412"
Strong-Drive SDWC15450
6
6"
Strong-Drive SDWC15600
Strong-Drive SDWC TRUSS Screw Allowable Roof-to-Wall Connection Loads DFL, SP, SPF, HF1-8
Model
No.
Minor
Diameter
(in.)
Length
(in.)
Thread
Length
(in.)
SDWC15600
0.152
534
Allowable Loads
Uplift
615
DF/SP
F1
130
1. Loads have been increased for wind and earthquake (CD = 1.6);
no further increases allowed. Reduce when other loads govern.
2. Allowable loads are for an Strong-Drive SDWC Truss screw installed
per the Recommended or Optional installation instructions. The
Strong-Drive SDWC Truss screw is to be installed through a double 2x
top plate into a minimum 2x4 truss or rafter.
3. An Strong-Drive SDWC Truss screw may be used in each ply of 2- or
3-ply rafters or trusses. The allowable uplift load for each screw shall be
multiplied by 0.90, but may be limited by the capacity of the plate or the
connection between the top plate to the framing below. Strong-Drive SDWC
Truss screws in multi-ply assemblies must be spaced a minimum of 112" o.c.
F2
225
SPF/HF
F1
115
Uplift
485
F2
192
Code
Ref.
IP5, F14
4. Screws are shown installed on the interior side of the wall. Installations
on the exterior side of the wall are acceptable when the rafter or truss overhangs
the top plates a minimum of 312".
5. For Uplift Continuous Load Path, top plate to stud connectors such as the H2.5A,
TSP or MTS12 must be located on the same side of the wall as the screw.
6. When the screw is loaded simultaneously in more than one direction, the allowable load
must be evaluated using the following unity equation: (Design Uplift Allowable Uplift) +
(Design F1 Allowable F1) + (Design F 2 Allowable F 2) 1.0.
7. Table loads do not apply to trusses with end-grain bearing.
8. Top plate, stud and top plate splice fastened per applicable Building Code.
Typical Roof-to-Wall Connection

Optimal 2212
10 0
12" minimum
edge distance
for full values
(with or without
a plate splice)
30
Splice may
be in upper or
lower plate
F1
12"
Straps & Ties
F2
Max.
Offset 14" from
top plate splice
for full values
Typical Strong-Drive SDWC Installation
Truss Aligned with Stud
(Offset truss similar)
Installation Angle Limit
Min. Edge Distance for Top Plate Splice
Optional Roof-to-Wall Connection

30 Max.
12"
Min.
12" minimum
edge distance
for full values
(with or without
a plate splice)
Splice may
be in upper or
lower plate
Do not install
Strong-Drive
SDWC in
hatched area
Overhang
Optional Strong-Drive SDWC Installation
Truss Offset from Stud
12"
Min.
134" Max.
Allowable Installation Range

(Truss offset from stud only)
Offset 14" from

top plate splice
for full values
Min. Edge Distance for Top Plate Splice

199
Straps & Ties
STRONG-DRIVE SDWC TRUSS Screws

Strong-Drive SDWC Allowable Stud-to-Plate Connection Loads DFL, SP, SPF, HF 1-7
No. of
Screws
Installed
Model
No.
Minor
Diameter
(in.)
Length
(in.)
0.152
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
SDWC15450
SDWC15600
SDWC15600
Thread
Length
(in.)
Plate
Size
412
414
2x
0.152
534
2x
0.152
534
(2) 2x
DF/SP
Code
Ref.
SPF/HF
Uplift
F2
Uplift
F2
360
690
1035
450
865
1295
590
1135
1700
215
390
585
189
345
515
177
320
485
310
595
895
310
595
895
510
980
1470
153
280
420
153
280
420
152
275
415
IP5, F14
1. Loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading (CD = 1.6) with no further increases allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
2. Allowable loads are for Strong-Drive SDWC installed per the installation instructions.
3. The Strong-Drive SDWC15450 is to be installed through the face of 2x stud into a single 2x bottom plate over a concrete/masonry foundation.
4. The Strong-Drive SDWC15600 is to be installed through the face of 2x stud into a single 2x bottom plate over a wood floor system.
5. The Strong-Drive SDWC15600 is to be installed through the face of 2x stud into a double 2x top or bottom plate.
6. Double-top plates shall be fastened together as required by applicable Code.
7. When the screw is loaded simultaneously in more than one direction, the allowable load must be evaluated using the following
unity equation: (Design Uplift Allowable Uplift) + (Design F 2 Allowable F 2) 1.0.
Stud-to-Plate Connections
Optimal 22
30
10
Optimal 22
Stud-to-Top Plate Connection

(This application requires
Strong-Drive SDWC15600)
30
Stud-to-Bottom Plate Connection

Over Wood Floor
(Strong-Drive SDWC15600 shown.
See page 191 for Strong-Drive SDWF-TUW
FLOOR-TO-FLOOR Connections.)
Strong-Drive SDWC15450-KT and

SDWC15600-KT
contains:
(50) Strong-Drive SDWC Truss screws
(1) Matched-tolerance driver bit
(Part no. BIT30T-2-RC3; also sold separately)
(1) Metal installation guide tool
- SDWC-GUIDE
(for SDWC15600 only; also
sold separately)
or
- SDWC-GUIDE275
sold separately)
200
20
2"
Stud-to-Bottom Plate Connection

Over Concrete/Masonry Foundation
(This application requires
Strong-Drive SDWC15450)
Strong-Drive SDWC15450B-KT and

SDWC15600B-KT
contains:
(500) Strong-Drive SDWC Truss screws
(2) Matched-tolerance driver bits
(Part no. BIT30T-2-RC3; also sold separately)
(2) Metal installation guide tools
- SDWC-GUIDE
sold separately)
or
- SDWC-GUIDE275
sold separately)
Straps & Ties
3" 14"
Straps & Ties
H Seismic & Hurricane Ties

The hurricane tie series features various configurations
of wind and seismic ties for trusses and rafters.
The H16 series has a presloped seat of 5/12 for
double trusses.
The presloped 5/12 seat of the H16 provides for a tight fit
and reduced deflection. The strap length provides for various
truss height up to a maximum of 1312" (H16 series). Minimum
heel height for H16 series is 4".
The HGA10 attaches to gable trusses and provides good
lateral wind resistance. The HS24 attaches the bottom chord of
a truss or rafter at pitches from 0/12 to 4/12 to double 2x4 top
plates. Double shear nailing allows for higher lateral resistance.
MATERIAL: See table
HGA10KT: sold as a kit with (10) HGA10 connectors.
Connector screws are included.
HS24 requires slant nailing only when bottom chord of
truss or rafter has no slope.
Ga
To
Rafters/
Truss
To
Plates
To
Studs
HGA10KT 14 4-SDS 14"x112" 4-SDS 14"x3"
Presloped at
5/12. Truss/
Rafter Pitch of
3/12 to 7/12
is acceptable
1"
SPF/HF
Allowable Loads1
Lateral
(160)
(160) F1
695 1165
F2
940
2"
Code
Ref.
Lateral
(160)
Uplift
F3
780
(160)
500
F1
840
F2
675
F3
495
F26, L18
520
555
880
I17,
F16, L6
HS24
18
8-8dx112
& 2-8d slant
H16
18
2-10dx112
10-10dx112
1470
1265
H16S
18
2-10dx1 2
10-10dx112
1470
1265
H16-2
18
2-10dx112
10-10dx112
1470
1265
H16-2S
18
2-10dx112
10-10dx112
1470
1265
8-8d
605
645
1025
3
"
2"
HS24
U.S. Patents
5,603,580
F26
F2
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed;
2. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to resist
such forces should be considered.
3. HS24 DF/SP allowable loads without slant nailing are 605 lbs. (uplift), 590 lbs. (F1), 640 lbs. (F2).
For SPF/HF loads multiply these values by 0.86.
4. For H16-2S, S = short.
5. Allowable loads in the F1 direction are not intended to replace diaphragm boundary members
or prevent cross grain bending of the truss or rafter members. Additional shear transfer
elements shall be considered where there may be effects of cross grain bending or tension.
F1
HS24 Installation
HGA10
3"
2"
H16-2
and
H16-2S
Install 6-10dx112
to face of 2x
H16 Installation
Uplift
Install 4-10dx112 to
inside edge of 2x
Straps & Ties
H16 and
H16S
DF/SP
Allowable Loads1
Fasteners
Model
No.
Depending on
heel height,
strap may wrap
to back of plate.
312"
Depending on
heel height,
strap may wrap
to back of plate.
HGA10
Installation to
Double Top Plates
Presloped at
5/12. Pitch of
3/12 to 7/12
is acceptable
Install 4-10dx112 to
inside edge of 2x
Install 6-10dx112
to face of 2x
H16-2 Installation
HGA10
Installation
to Rim Joist
201
Straps & Ties
LTS/MTS/HTS Twist Straps

Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood
members. They resist uplift at the heel of a truss economically.
LTS/ MTS have a 2" bend section and HTS has a 334" bend
section that eliminates interference at the transition points
between the two members.
MATERIAL: LTS18 gauge; MTS16 gauge; HTS14 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless
steel and ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information,
pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION:
LTS, MTS and HTS are available with the bend
reversed. Specify "-REV" after the model number,
such as MTS16-REV
1" Typ.
LTS12
(MTS and
HTS similar)
SIMPSON
Strong-Tie
1"

DF/SP Allowable
Uplift Loads
Fasteners
L
10d
10dx112
SPF/HF Allowable
Uplift Loads
10d
10dx112
10d
10dx112
Code
Ref.
(160)
(160)
(160)
(160)
LTS12
12
12-10d
12-10dx112
775
720
665
620
LTS16
16
12-10d
12-10dx1 2
775
720
665
620
LTS18
18
12-10d
12-10dx112
775
720
665
620
LTS20
20
12-10d
12-10dx112
775
720
665
620
MTS12
12
14-10d
14-10dx112
1000
1000
860
860
MTS16
16
14-10d
14-10dx112
1000
1000
860
860
MTS18
18
14-10d
14-10dx112
1000
1000
860
860
I17, L6, F16
MTS20
20
14-10d
14-10dx112
1000
1000
860
860
I17, L5, L6, F16
MTS30
30
14-10d
14-10dx112
1000
1000
860
860
I17, L6, F16
MTS24C
24
14-10d
14-10dx112
1000
1000
860
860
MTS30C
30
14-10d
14-10dx112
1000
1000
860
860
HTS16
16
16-10d
16-10dx112
1260
1150
1085
990
HTS20
20
20-10d
24-10dx112
1450
1450
1245
1245
HTS24
24
20-10d
24-10dx112
1450
1450
1245
1245
HTS30
30
20-10d
24-10dx1 2
1450
1450
1245
1245
HTS30C
30
20-10d
24-10dx112
1450
1450
1245
1245
I17,
L6, F16
MTS30
(HTS30 similar)
HTS30C
(MTS30C similar)
I17, L5,
L6, F16
F26
I17, L6, F16
MTS Installation as a
Truss-to-Top Plate Tie
1. Loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no

2. LTS12 thru LTS20, MTS16 through MTS30, HTS24 through HTS30C
(except HTS30) have additional nail holes.
3. Install half of the fasteners on each end of strap to achieve full loads.
4. All straps except the MTS30 and HTS30 have the twist in the center
of the strap.
5. Twist straps do not have to be wrapped over the truss to achieve the load.
6. May be installed on the inside face of the stud.
7. Allowable lateral loads are F1 = 75 lbs. and F2 = 125 lbs. when the
following installation requirements are met. The first 7 nail holes
each side of the bend must be filled with 10dx112 minimum nails.
All additional fasteners may be installed in any remaining strap holes.
F1
F2
Typical MTS30
Installation
202
UPDATED 03/27/15
MTS30 Installation
with I-joist Rafter
Straps & Ties
Model
No.
Straps & Ties
HTSQ Twist Strap

The HTSQ twist straps provide a tension connection between
two wood members and are designed to resist uplift for decks,
boardwalks and beams economically. The HTSQ is quicker, easier
and more economical to install when compared to bolted straps.
HTSQ provides a strong connection with fewer fasteners than nailed
HTS straps when incorporating Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws. Strong-Drive SDS screws with
a double-barrier coating finish are included with HTSQ straps in a
ZMAX coating. For stainless-steel HTSQ straps, stainless-steel
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws are provided.
FEATURES:
Quicker and more consistent installation than bolts
Better fastener withdrawal resistance than nails
Corrosion resistance finish options
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: ZMAX coating or stainless steel.
INSTALLATION:
10 38" Z
6
HTSQ1
38"
2
1
0Z
HTSQ2
L
112" Min.
6116"
HTSQ16Z
(Others similar)
Typical HTSQ16Z Installation
Dimensions
(in.)
Model
No.
HTSQ16ZKT or
HTSQ16SS-SDS
(W)
(L)
114
16
Allowable Uplift Loads

DF/SP
Fasteners
8- 14"x112" SDS
HTSQ20ZKT or
HTSQ20SS-SDS
114
Code
Ref.
SPF/HF
(100)
(160)
(100)
(160)
1000
1145
720
800
170
20
Typical HTSQ
Installation with
Multiple Straps
Straps & Ties
1. Uplift (160) loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no
further increase allowed.
2. Tabulated loads are for a single connector. Multiple connectors may be used when
the fasteners do not interfere.
3. Install four fasteners in each member to achieve full loads. HTSQ20 has (2) extra
holes per side to allow for installation flexibility
HH Header Hangers
For fast, accurate installation of door and window headers and
other cross members. HH header hangers can speed up the job,
strengthen the frame, and eliminate the need for trimmers.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized

Attachment to 2x studs will result in two round holes not

being filled in the studs and load reductions as noted in table.
Model
W
No.
HH4
Stud
Header
2x
7-10dx112
4-10dx112
855
1035
575
725
7-16dx212
4-16dx212
1010 1140 1195
710
750
9-16d
4-16d
1085
312 21316 Dbl 2x

3x
512
518
Min.
Post
Size
F1
F2
(100) (115) (125)

965
F3
(160)
1295 1470 1585
780
795
1220 1380 1480
1065 1025
Dbl 2x 10-16dx212 6-16dx212
1440 1595 1595
1065 1085
3x
12-16d
6-16d
1730 1960 2115 1025 1105 1700
HH Load
Directions
Code
Ref.
F4
10-10dx112 6-10dx112
2x
HH6
Fasteners
HH4
(HH6 similar)
170
I14, L18, F13
170
I14, L18, F13
1. Loads have been increased with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
2. For 3x posts, 16dx212" nails may be substituted with no reduction in load.
3. For SPF/HF lumber use 0.86 x DF/SP allowable loads.
4. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long, 16dx212 = 0.162" dia. x 212" long, 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long.
Typical HH
Installation
203
Straps & Ties
LGT/MGT/VGT/HGT Girder Tiedowns

The LGT, MGT, VGT and HGT are girder tiedowns for moderate to high load
LGT3 = 10"
3"
2"
LGT4 = 12"
capacity applications. The LGT and VGT are also suitable for retrofit applications.
LGT connectors provide a low profile connection to the studs for easy
installation of drywall. Simple to install and can be installed on the inside or
CL = 1"
4"
3"
outside of the wall. LGT connectors also provide exceptional bearing enhancement
for heavy download applications. The LGT series has been extended to include
the new LGT4-SDS3 for 4-ply girders.
The Variable Girder Tiedown (VGT) is a higher capacity alternative to the LGT and
MGT for girder trusses. It attaches with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS
3"
Heavy-Duty Connector screws to the side of truss and features a predeflected
crescent washer that allows it to accommodate top chord pitches up to 8/12. The
VGT
VGT is also available with one flange concealed for attachment to trusses with no tail.
LGT3 = 14"
U.S. Patent 7,707,785
The HGT offers the highest uplift capacity for girders and can be installed on
LGT4 = 15"
trusses and beams with top chord slopes up to 8/12.
MATERIAL: HGT, VGT-7 gauge, LGT2-14 gauge, MGT, LGT3, LGT4-12 gauge.
FINISH: HGT-Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint; LGT, MGT, VGT-Galvanized
INSTALLATION: When the HGT-3 is used with a 2-ply girder or beam,
shimming is required. Fasten to act as one unit.
4"
Before installing fasteners, ensure LGT3-SDS2.5 makes complete
LGT3 = "
6
LGT4 =

contact with bottom of truss.
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws included with LGT3,
LGT3-SDS2.5
LGT4 and VGT Series.
(LGT4-SDS3 similar)
VGTCan be installed on roof pitches up to 8/12 or on a bottom chord
designed to transfer the load.
Typical
VGTScrew holes are configured to allow for double installation on a
two-ply (minimum) truss.
LGT3-SDS2.5
VGTThe product can be installed in a single application or in pairs to
Installation
achieve a higher uplift capacity.
4"
VGTWhen installed on trusses with no overhangs, specify VGTR/L.
VGTInstall washer component (provided) so that top of washer is horizontal as well as
parallel with top of wall top plate.
LGT3-SDS2.5The four large hexagon holes are intended for CMU and concrete applications.
See pages 182-183 for masonry applications.
OPTIONS: LGT3 and LGT4 are available with reduced widths of W = 434" and W = 6516"
order as LGT3N-SDS2.5 and LGT4N-SDS3.
LGT2
LGT3-SDS2.5
LGT4-SDS3
MGT
Straps & Ties
VGT
VGTR/L
HGT-2
HGT-3
HGT-4
1
2 ply
1
3 ply
1
4 ply
1 2 ply min.
1 2 ply min.
2 ply min.
2
3 ply min.
1 2 ply min.
2 2 ply min.
1
2 ply
1
3 ply
1
4 ply
O.C.
Dim.
Between
Anchors
534
738
9
Fasteners
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Allowable Allowable
Code
Nails or
Uplift Loads Uplift Loads Ref.
Anchor
Girder
(160)
(160)
Diameter
14-16d Sinkers 16-16d Sinkers
2050
1785
26-16d Sinkers 12-SDS 14"x212"
3685
2655
30-16d Sinkers 16-SDS 14"x3"
4060
29255
1- 58
22-10d
3965
3300
1- 58
16-SDS 14"x3"
4940
3555
F26
2- 58
32-SDS 14"x3"
7185
5175
2- 58
32-SDS 14"x3"
8890
6400
1- 58
16-SDS 14"x3"
2230
1605
2- 58
32-SDS 14"x3"
5545
3990
2- 58
16-10d
10980
6485
I17, L10,
2- 58
16-10d
10530
9035
L16, F16
2- 58
16-10d
9250
9250
1. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or

earthquake loading with no further increase allowed.
2. LGT2F1 load = 700 lbs.; F2 load = 170 lbs. with installation
of 4-16d sinkers optional nail holes.
3. LGT3F1 load = 795 lbs.; F2 load = 410 lbs.
4. LGT4F1 load = 2000 lbs.; F2 load = 675 lbs. with installation
of 7-16d sinkers in optional nail holes.
5. LGT4Uplift for DF/SP girder and SPF studs is 3860 lbs.
6. MGT can be installed with straps vertical for full table load
provided all specified nails are installed to either a solid header
or minimum double 2x6 web.
7. LGT connectors can provide bearing enhancement loads for
truss download reactions. The DF/SP allowable load shall be
Typical LGT2 Installation

Crescent washer
supplied and
required
LGT3 = 4"
LGT4 = 4"
LGT2
HGT-2
(HGT-3,
HGT-4 similar)
= 3"
HGT-2 = 4"
-3
HGT -4 = 6"
2060 lbs. for LGT2 and 4100 lbs. for LGT3
HGT
and LGT4 (for SPF/HF values use a 0.68 multiplier).
Install two LBP58" washers
For more information refer to technical bulletin
on top of each crescent washer
T-HTIEBEARING.
(total four 58" washers) for wood
8. Girder tiedowns installed on the outside of the wall require a 312"
installation. All washers and
overhang to achieve table loads.
crescent washers are required.
Crescent washers are supplied.
are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved
by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2007
Sections 7.5.3.4 and 8.9.2 are met (pre-drilling required through
the plate using a maximum of 532" bit).
10. NAILS: 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 314" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long.
Install a
minimum
of 6-10d
nails into
the face
1"
3"
204
MGT
Typical MGT
Installation with HDU4
Typical VGTR Single

Installation with HDU2
Typical VGT Double

Installation with HDU4s
Typical HGT-3
Installation with
Full Height Threaded Rod
No. of
Qty.
Plies
Model
No.
LGT3 = 5"
LGT4 = 6"
(See Options)
Straps & Ties
DSP/SSP/SP/SPH/RSP4/TSP
Stud Plate Ties
This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation,

b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
The Stud Plate Tie series offers general solutions for connecting
the stud to the top and bottom plates. All models can be used to
make a connection to either the top or bottom plate, and several are suitable for
double top plates and studs.
MATERIAL: DSP/SSP/SPH18 gauge; TSP16 gauge; all others20 gauge

TSP/DSP/SSPsill plate installation-fill all round holes.
TSP/DSP/SSPtop plate installation-fill all round and triangle holes
SP1/SP2/SP3/SP5one of the 10d common stud nails is driven at a
45 angle through the stud into the plate.
Dim.
W
Double
Single
Top Plate Sill Plate
Studs
3-10dx112
1-10dx112
SSP 138 61116
3-10d
4-10d
1-10d
6-10dx112
8-10dx112
2-10dx112
3
11
DSP 2 4 6 16
6-10d
8-10d
2-10d
6-10dx112
3-10dx112
TSP 112 778
6-10dx112
1
9-10dx1 2
6-10d
Dim.
W
SP1
SP2
SP4
SP6
SP8
SPH4 or
SPH4R
SPH6 or
SPH6R
312
312
3916
5916
7516
3916
4116
5916
6116
Code
Ref.
I17,
L18,
F16
F26
SPH8
7516 838
RSP4(1) 218 412

RSP4(2) 218 412
Typical TSP
Installed to
Sill Plate
4716"
778"
TSP
U.S. Patent
D618,085
158"
2x
2x
2x
2x
2x
4x
6x
8x
2x
4x
2x
6x
2x
2x
2x
2x
8x
8x
Stud1
6-10d
6-10d
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
10-10dx112
12-10dx112
10-10dx112
12-10dx112
10-10dx112
12-10dx112
4-8dx112
4-8dx112

Code
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Ref.
Plate Side8 Center9 Side8 Center9
(160) (160) (160) (160)
4-10d 585 585 535 535
6-10d 1065 1065 605 605
440 885 380 760

I17,
F16, L6
440 885 380 760
440 885 380 760
620 1240 530 1065
680 1360 585 1170

170
620 1240 530 1065 I17, F16, L6
680 1360 585 1170

170
620 1240 530 1065

I17,
F16, L6
680 1360 585 1170

4-8dx112 315 315 285 285
I17, L5,
L6, F16
4-8dx112 450 450 370 370
1. SP1/SP2drive one stud nail at an angle through

the stud into the plate to achieve the table load
(see illustration).
3. RSP4see Installation details (1) and (2) for reference.
4. RSP4 F2 is 250 lbs. (installation 1) and 250 lbs.
(installation 2). F1 load is 210 lbs. for both installations.
5. Maximum load for SPH in Southern Yellow Pine is
1490 lbs for center loading and 745 lbs for side loading.
6. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension
cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to
resist such forces should be considered.
7. For retrofit application see technical

bulletin T-C-STRAPS.
8. Use Side (eccentric) load when uplift loads
are applied to only one face of the top plate.
9. Use Center (concentric) loads when uplift
loads are applied at the centerline of the top
plate, or where equal loads are applied to
both sides of the top plate. Center loads should
also be used for stud to bottom plate loads.
10. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long,
10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long,
8dx112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long.
and information.
Typical TSP
Installed to
Top Plate
1"
(1) Typical
RSP4 Stud
to Single
Bottom Plate
U.S. Patent
5,697,725
Fasteners
Plate
Stud
Width
L
5116
658
714
734
8516
834
814
914
834
DSP
U.S. Patent
7,065,932
7,356,973
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with
no further increase allowed.
2. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical
reinforcement to resist such forces should be considered.
3. Allowable loads for DSP installed to a rim joist are 660 lbs. (DF/SP), 545 lbs. (SPF/HF).
4. Noted values only apply to DF/SP members. For SPF values, multiply by 0.86.
5. Southern pine allowable uplift load is 585 lbs.
Model
No.
Typical DSP
Installed to Top Plate
(SSP similar for
Single Stud)
(2) Typical RSP4 Stud to

Double Top Plate
(See footnote 4)
Straps & Ties
4-10dx112

(160)
Double
Single Sill Plate
Top Plate
DF/SP/SPF DF/SP SPF/HF
350
420
325
435
455
420
775
660
545
825
825
600
4705
425
7554
10154
SSP
U.S. Patent
7,065,932
7,356,973
2x
Stud
SP1
SP1 Nailing
Profile
", "
or "
OSB or
plywood
Typical SP2 Installation

Center (concentric)
load when uplift
loads are applied
at centerline of top
plate (footnote 9)
Side (eccentric)
load when uplift
loads are only
applied to one
face of top plate
(footnote 8)
SIMPSON
Strong-Tie
Model
No.
Fasteners
Typical SSP
Installed to Sill Plate
(DSP similar for
Double Stud)
1"
Typical SPH4R installed on

bottom of 2x stud wall
(Sill plate anchorage not shown)
10dx1" Nails
Each Side
of Stud
Typical SP4 Installation

(SPH similar)
205
Straps & Ties
Framing Angles & Plates
The larger LTP5 spans subfloor at the top of the blocking

or rim joist. The embossments enhance performance.
The LTP4 Lateral Tie Plate transfers shear forces for top
plate-to-rim joist or blocking connections. Nail holes are
spaced to prevent wood splitting for single and double top
plate applications. May be installed over plywood sheathing.
The A35 anchors exclusive bending slot allows instant,
accurate field bends for all two- and three-way ties. Balanced,
completely reversible design permits the A35 to secure a
great variety of connections.
MATERIAL: LTP4/LTP520 gauge; all others18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel

or ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
A35Bend one time only.
A34
A35

LTP4

DF/SP
Allowable Loads
Joists to Plate
with A Leg Inside
SPF/HF
Allowable Loads
Direction
Model Type of
Fasteners
No. Connection
of Load Floor Roof
Floor Roof
(160)
(160)
(100) (125)
(100) (125)
A34
A35
1
2
9-8dx112
12-8dx112
Straps & Ties
8-8dx112
12-8dx112
LTP4
12-8dx112
LTP5
12-8dx112
F1
395
485
515
340
415
F2 5
395
455
455
340
390
390
A1, E
295
365
395
255
315
340
C1
210
210
210
180
180
180
A2
295
365
380
255
315
325
C2
295
365
370
255
315
320
230
230
230
200
200
200
F1
595
695
695
510
600
600
595
670
670
510
575
575
580
670
670
500
570
575
580
600
600
500
515
515
580
620
620
500
535
535
545
545
545
470
470
470
206
Code
Ref.
IP1,
L5,
L18,
F13
Joists to Beams
Ceiling Joists to Beam
1 A34
2 A35
I14,
L5, F13
IP1,
L18, F25
1. Allowable loads are for one anchor. When anchors are installed on each side of the joist,
the minimum joist thickness is 3".
2. Some illustrations show connections that could cause cross-grain tension or bending
of the wood during loading if not reinforced sufficiently. In this case, mechanical
reinforcement should be considered.
3. LTP4 can be installed over 38" wood structural panel sheathing with 8dx112 nails
and achieve 0.72 of the listed load, or over 12" and achieve 0.64 of the listed load.
8d commons will achieve 100% load.
4. The LTP5 may be installed over wood structural panel sheathing up to 12" thick
using 8dx112 nails with no reduction in load.
5. Connectors are required on both sides to achieve F 2 loads in both directions.
Studs to Plate
with B Leg Outside
445
F2 5
Chimney Framing
LTP5
LTP4 Installed over

Wood Structural
Panel Sheathing
3 A35
4 A35
LTP4 attaching
Top Plates to
Rim Joist
6
LTP5 Installed over Wood

Structural Panel Sheathing
LTP4/LTP5/A34/A35
Straps & Ties
RBC Roof Boundary Clip

Late
The RBC Roof Boundary Clip is designed to aid installation

and transfer shear loads between the roof diaphragm and wall.
The locator tabs make proper location of the clip easy. The RBC
can be used on wood or masonry walls and will handle roof
pitches from 0/12 to 12/12.
Field bend to desired angle one time only.
See flier F-C-RBC for more information on installation
and code requirements.
ral
1
RBC
Typical RBC
Installation
U.S. Patent
7,293,390
The RBC installed to blocking resists rotation

and lateral displacement of rafter or truss.
Code references:
IRC 2009/2012, R802.8 Lateral Support
IBC 2009/2012, 2308.10.6 Blocking
Blocking allows proper edge nailing of sheathing.
Code references:
IRC 2009/2012, Table R602.3(1), footnote i
IBC 2009/2012, 2305.1.4 Shear Panel Connections
Model Type of
Bending
No. Connection Angle
RBC
SPF/HF
DF/SP
Allowable Allowable
Code
Loads
Loads
Ref.
Lateral
Lateral
To Blocking
(160)
(160)
Fasteners
To Wall
2 Typical RBC Installation
45 to 90
6-10dx112
6-10dx112
445
380
< 30
6-10dx1 2
6-10dx112
435
375
30 to 45
6-10dx1 2
6-10dx1 2
480
415
0 to 45 3-14x214 Titen4 6-10dx112
350
350
IP1,
L18,
F25
1. Allowable loads are for one anchor attached to blocking minimum 112" thick.
2. RBC can be installed with up to 34" gap and achieve 100% of the listed load.
3. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake loading with no further
4. When attaching to concrete use 3-14x134" Titen screws.
5. RBC installed over 1" foamboard has a load of 395 lbs. (160) in a parallel to wall
(F1) load direction for Douglas Fir. For SPF, the load is 340 lbs.
6. RBC may be installed over 12" structural sheathing using 10dx112 nails with no load reduction.
3 Typical RBC Installation

to CMU Block
Late
ral
Typical RBCP
Installation
U.S. Patent
7,549,262
The RBC is available

with prongs into one
side (RBCP) for
pre-attachment of
the part to a block at
the truss plant. Refer
to technical bulletin
T-RBCP for more
information.
Straps & Ties
Typical RBC
Installation Over
1" Foamboard5
A Angles
Our line of angles provides a way to make a wide range of 90 connections.
MATERIAL: A21 and A2318 ga.; all other A angles12 ga.

Model
No.
A21
A23
A33
A44
A66
A88
A24
A311
Dimensions
W1 W2
2
2
3
4916
578
8
378
11
112
112
3
438
578
8
2
358
L
138
234
112
112
112
2
212
2
Fasteners
Base
Post
Bolts Nails Bolts Nails
2-10dx112 2-10dx112
4-10dx112 4-10dx112
4-10d
4-10d
4-10d
4-10d
2-38
3-10d
2-38
3-10d
3-38
4-10d
3-38
4-10d
1-12
1-12
2-10d
1-12
1-12
4-10d

2. For SPF/HF lumber use 0.86 of table loads.
3. Connectors are required on both sides to achieve
Allowable Loads
DF/SP
(160)
F13
F2
365
175
715
565
800
330
800
295
Code
Ref.
A44 Installation
(A33 similar)
I14,
L5, F13
A21/A23
Installation
Moisture
barrier
not shown
L3, L18,
IP1
180
F1 loads in both directions.

4. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long,
10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See pages 22-23
for other nail sizes and information.
A311 Installation
A24 Installation
207
Straps & Ties
Z Clips
Z clips secure 2x4 flat blocking between joists or trusses to support sheathing.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: Galvanized
Z clips do not provide lateral stability. Do not walk on stiffeners or
apply load until diaphragm is installed and nailed to stiffeners.
Ga
Z2
Z4
Z28
Z38
Z44
20
12
28
28
12
Dimensions
W
2516
112
2516
2516
212
H
112
312
112
212
312
B
138
218
138
138
2
TF
138
134
138
138
138
1. Z28 and Z38 do not have nail holes. Fastener

quantity and type shall be per Designer.
2. Allowable loads may not be increased.
Fasteners1
(Total)
4-10dx112
2-16d
10dx1121
10dx1121
4-16d
Allowable
Download
(100)
470
465
865
L18
I14, L18, F13
170
I14, L18, F13
Typical Z2 Installation
Versatile angle gussets and heavy angles promote standardization

and construction economy, and are compatible with Simpson
Strong-Tie structural hardware.
FINISH: 7 ga ModelsGalvanized; 3 ga ModelsSimpson Strong-Tie
gray paint. May be ordered HDG. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
OPTIONS: Gussets may be added to HL models when L 5"
(specify G after model number, as in HL46G).
Uplift
Optional
Gusset
HL55
(Others
similar)
3. Z4 loads apply with a nail into the top and a nail into the seat.
HL Heavy Angles and Gussets
HL53
Z4
Code
Ref.
Typical HL55 Installation
Model
Ga
No.
W1
&W2
HL33 7 314
HL35 7 314
HL37 7 314
HL53 7 534
HL55 7 534
HL57 7 534
HL43 3 414
HL46 3 414
HL49 3 414
HL73 3 714
HL76 3 714
HL79 3 714

Allowable
60% for wind or
Loads
Code increased
earthquake loading with no
Ref.
further increase allowed; reduce
L D1 D2 D3 D4 Qty Dia Uplift F1
Bolts
(Total)
Dimensions
212
5
712
212
5
712
3
6
9
3
6
9
114
114
114
114
114
114
112
112
112
112
112
112
212
212
212
212
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
234
234
234
234
234
234
212
212
212
3
3
3
2
4
6
4
8
12
2
4
6
4
8
12
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
910
910
910
910
910
910
1555
1555
1555
1555
2115
2115
1
1
4
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
3
2. Use 0.85 times table load
1580
for Hem Fir.
3. Parts should be centered on
1580
the face of the member to
1580
which they are attached.
4.
Wood members for the 3
1580
and 5 series must have a
1580
minimum width and thickness
of 312" for table loads to apply.
1580
5.
Wood
members for the 4 and
170
7 series must have a minimum
1580
width and thickness of 518"
2025
for table loads to apply.
6. Parts must be used in pairs.
2025
7. Lag bolts of equal diameter
2025
(minimum 5" long) may be
substituted for machine bolts
3800
into beam with no reduction
3800
in load.
Straps & Ties
L/LS/GA Reinforcing and Skewable Angles

LStaggered nail pattern reduces the possibility for splitting. LSField-adjustable
0 to 135 angles.The GA Gusset Angles embossed bend section provides added strength.
MATERIAL: L16 gauge; GA and LS18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX coating;
LSfield skewable; bend one time only.
Joist must be constrained against rotation (for example, with solid blocking)
when using a single LS per connection.
Nail the L angles wider leg into the joist to ensure table loads and
allow correct nailing.
Model
Fasteners
No.
GA1 4-10dx1 12
GA2 6-10dx1 12
L30 4-10dx1 12
L50 6-10dx1 12
L70 8-10dx1 12
L90 10-10dx1 12
6-10dx1 12
LS30
6-10d
8-10dx1 12
LS50
8-10d
10-10dx1 12
LS70
10-10d
12-10dx1 12
LS90
12-10d
208
L
2 34
3 14
3
5
7
9
3 38
4 78
6 38
7 78
Df/SP Allowable Loads

Wind/
Floor Snow Roof Seismic
(100) (115) (125) (160)
235 270 290
330
355 405 435
550
245 250 250
250
365 415 445
555
485 550 595
740
610 690 740
925
325 325 325
325
355 395 395
395
475 540 565
565
475 540 585
730
595 640 640
640
595 675 730
915
715 810 845
845
715 810 875 1040

Wind/
Floor Snow Roof Seismic
(100) (115) (125) (160)
200 230 250
285
305 350 375
475
210 215 215
215
315 355 385
475
415 475 510
635
525 595 635
795
280 280 280
280
305 340 340
340
410 465 485
485
410 465 505
630
510 550 550
550
510 580 630
785
615 695 725
725
615 695 755
895
Code
Ref.

Adjustable
from 0 to 135
Bend one time only.
IP1, L5,
L18, F13
IP1,
L5, F13
Shipped
at 45
LS Top View
IP1, L5,
L18, F13
Typical GA Installation
Load
Direction
See
Installation
Notes
1. L anglesloads are for condition F1 or F2; LS anglesloads are for condition F1 only.
2. GA1 and GA2 angles table loads are F1 loads for F2 are 235 lbs. and 355 lbs. (100) and
290 lbs. and 435 lbs. (125), respectively.
Typical L50 Installation
4. Connectors are required on both sides to achieve F 2 loads in both directions.
5. GA angles may be installed with 10d nails.
UPDATED 03/27/15
GA1
LS
L90
Load
Direction
Typical LS70 Installation
Model
No.
Decks & Fences
DTT tension ties are safe, cost-effective connectors designed

to meet or exceed code requirements for deck construction.
These versatile DTT connectors are also load rated as a holdown
for light-duty shearwalls and braced wall panel applications.
For new construction or to make an existing current deck
code-compliant, the DTT1Z can be used as a tension-tie to satisfy
the 2015 IRC provision for a 750 lbs. lateral load connection
to the house at four locations per deck. This new code detail
permits the lateral connection from the deck joists to be made
to top plates, studs, or headers within the supporting structure,
which eliminates the need to access to the floor joists inside
the home.
The new DTT1Z fastens to the narrow or wide face of a
single 2x with Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SD Connector
screws or nails and accepts a 38" machine bolt, anchor bolt, or
lag screw (washer required) or can be installed with the new
Strong-Drive SDWH Timber-Hex HDG screw with an integral
washer. The DTT2 fastens easily to the wide face of a single or
double 2x using Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS HeavyDuty Connector screws (included) and accepts a " machine bolt
or anchor bolt.
The DTT2 can be used to satisfy the IRC provision for a
1,500 lbs. lateral load connection at two locations per deck.
Additionally, the DTT2 has been tested and evaluated in deck
guardrail post applications to resist the code-specified lateral
forces at the top of railing assemblies. The DTT2 is also
available with longer 2" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws (model DTT2Z-SDS2.5) to achieve higher
loads when needed.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: DTT1Z/DTT2ZZMAX coating;
DTT2SSStainless steel; see Corrosion Information,
pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION:
A standard cut washer (included) must be installed
between the nut and the seat.
Connector screws install best with a low speed high
torque drill with a 38" hex head driver.
Strong-Drive SD Connector screws install with
a 14" hex head driver.
Strong-Drive SDWH Timber-Hex HDG screws install
with a 38" hex head driver.
112"
6-SD#9x1"
screws (shown) or
8-10dx1" nails
7 8"
1
38" HDG lag screw

with HDG washer or
SDWH Timber-Hex
HDG screw (shown)
into top plate, studs,
or header
DTT1Z
4151
3" Min. Thread

Penetration
"
1 71
DTT1Z
Typical DTT1Z Deck-to-House

Lateral Load Connection
For more information on lateral
load connections, see technical
bulletin T-DECKLATLOAD
"
U.S. Patent Pending
314"
CL
Anchor
Dia.
8 6
or
SDWH3
3
DTT1Z
DTT2Z /DTT2SS
13
16
DTT2Z-SDS2.5
13
16
Fasteners
Minimum
Wood
Member
Thickness
6151
"
Floor joist
(Solid 2x joist or
2x blocking)
1 58
"
6-10dx1 2
1
840
910
6402
910
850
112
1825
1800
2145
1835
2145
2105
8-10dx112
8-14"x112" SDS
8-14"x212" SDS
Allowable
Tension Loads
840
1 2
DTT2Z
Typical DTT2Z Deck-to-House

Lateral Load Connection
For more information on lateral
load connections, see technical
bulletin T-DECKLATLOAD
Decking
(typ.)
SPF/HF
Deck
joist
1 58
"
DTT2Z
DF/SP
6-SD #9x112
Continuous flashing
(per code), not shown
2"
Model
No.
Floor sheathing
nailed at 6" max.
on center to joist
with holdown
" diameter
HDG threaded
rod with nuts
and washers
2. DTT1Z installations with allowable loads below 750 lbs. do not satisfy the 2015 IRC
requirements for deck-to-house lateral load connections.
3. The Strong-Drive SDWH Timber-Hex HDG screw with a minimum of 3" of thread penetration
into dry lumber has an allowable withdrawal load (160) of 1380 lbs. into SP, 1225 lbs.
into DF and 1020 lbs. into SPF/HF.
4. Load values are valid if the product is flush with the end of the framing member or
installed away from the end.
5. The guardrail post illustration above addresses an outward force on the guardrail.
An additional DTT2Z can be added at the lower bolt to address an inward force.
6. A 38" HDG round washer is required when using a lag screw.
UPDATED 03/27/15
Code
Ref.
4x4 post
min. (typ.)
Uses SDS "x1"

screws (included)
2"
160
I6,
L8, F5
Decks & Fences
DTT Deck Tension Ties
DTT2Z
" diameter HDG
machine bolts or
threaded rods with
nuts and washers
(Simpson
RFB#4x7 HDG)
2x8 Min.
Standard cut washer
required between
nut and seat
(provided)
DTT2Z Installed
as a Lateral Connector
for a Deck Guardrail Post
For more information on
guardrail post connections, see
technical bulletin T-GRDRLPST
209
Decks & Fences
STRONG-DRIVE TIMBER Screws

The Strong-Drive SDWS Timber screw is designed to provide
an easy-to-install, high-strength alternative to through-bolting and
traditional lag screws. The Strong-Drive SDWH Timber-Hex SS screw
provides a structural wood-to-wood connection, including for ledgers.
As a Type 316 stainless steel fasteners, the Strong-Drive SDWH
Timber-Hex SS screw offers maximum corrosion protection.
MATERIAL: Strong-Drive SDWS Timber screwheat-treated
carbon steel, Strong-Drive SDWH Timber-Hex SS screwType
316 stainless steel
FINISH: Strong-Drive SDWS Timber screwDouble-barrier coating
Strong-Drive SDWS Timber screws install best with a low-
speed 12" drill and a T-40 6-lobe bit. The matched bit included
with the screws is recommended for best results.
Strong-Drive SDWH Timber-Hex SS screws install best with
a low-speed 12" drill and a 516" hex driver bit. The matched bit
included with the screws is recommended for best results.
Pre-drilling is typically not required. Where pre-drilling is
necessary, use a 532" drill bit for Strong-Drive SDWS Timber
screws and 0.188" Strong-Drive SDWH Timber-Hex SS screws.
Use a 732" drill bit for 0.276" Strong-Drive SDWH Timber-Hex
SS screws.
Screw heads that are countersunk flush to the wood surface
are acceptable if the screw has not spun out.
For additional information, visit www.strongtie.com/fasteners.
0.75"
Identification on
all Strong-Drive
SDWS TIMBER
screw heads
4" - 12"
0.220"
L
TL
Strong-Drive
SDWS TIMBER
TL
Strong-Drive
SDWH
TIMBER-HEX SS
U.S. Patents
5,897,280;
7,101,133
U.S. Patents
5,897,280;
7,101,133
Strong-Drive SDWS TIMBER Screw Product Information

Retail Pack1
Thread
Length TL Fasteners
Packs Per
Model No.
(in.)
Per Pack Master Carton
1
0.220 x 3
1 2
12
10
SDWS22300DB-RC12
12
10
SDWS22400DB-RC12
0.220 x 4
238
0.220 x 5
234
12
10
SDWS22500DB-RC12
0.220 x 6
234
12
10
SDWS22600DB-RC12
0.220 x 8
234
12
10
SDWS22800DB-RC12
0.220 x 10
234
12
10
SDWS221000DBRC12
Mini-Bulk Bucket1
Size
Dia.x L
(in.)
Fasteners
Per Pack
50
50
50
50
50
50
Packs Per
Master Carton
6
6
6
6
6
6
Bulk1
Model No.
SDWS22300DB-R50
SDWS22400DB-R50
SDWS22500DB-R50
SDWS22600DB-R50
SDWS22800DB-R50
SDWS221000DB-R50
Fasteners
Per Pack
950
600
600
500
400
250
Model No.
SDWS22300DB
SDWS22400DB
SDWS22500DB
SDWS22600DB
SDWS22800DB
SDWS221000DB
1. Retail and mini-bulk packs include one deep, 6-lobe, T-40 driver bit; bulk packs include two driver bits.
Decks & Fences
Size
(in.)
Package
Bucket
Hex Drive
(in.)
Thread Length
(in.)
Fasteners Per Pack
Model No.
Fasteners Per Bucket
Model No.
16
5
16
5
16
5
16
5
16
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2.40
2.75
2.40
2.40
2.40
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
2.95
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
SDWH19400SS-R20
SDWH19450SS-R10
SDWH19500SS-R10
SDWH19600SS-R10
SDWH19800SS-R10
SDWH27300SS-R10
SDWH27400SS-R10
SDWH27500SS-R10
SDWH27600SS-R10
SDWH27800SS-R10
SDWH271000SS-R5
SDWH271200SS-R5
100
100
100
100
50
100
100
50
50
25
25
25
SDWH19400SS-R100
SDWH19450SS-R100
SDWH19500SS-R100
SDWH19600SS-R100
SDWH19800SS-R50
SDWH27300SS-R100
SDWH27400SS-R100
SDWH27500SS-R50
SDWH27600SS-R50
SDWH27800SS-R25
SDWH271000SS-R25
SDWH271200SS-R25
0.188 x 4
0.188 x 4.5
0.188 x 5
0.188 x 6
0.188 x 8
0.276 x 3
0.276 x 4
0.276 x 5
0.276 x 6
0.276 x 8
0.276 x 10
0.276 x 12
Strong-Drive SDWS TIMBER Screw Allowable Shear Loads Douglas Fir-Larch and Southern Pine
210
Size
Dia.x L
(in.)
Model
No.
Thread
Length
TL
(in.)
0.220 x 3
0.220 x 4
0.220 x 5
0.220 x 6
0.220 x 8
0.220 x 10
SDWS22300DB
SDWS22400DB
SDWS22500DB
SDWS22600DB
SDWS22800DB
SDWS221000DB
112
238
234
234
234
234
1.5
255
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
405
2.5
305
360
405
405
405

Shear (100)
Wood Side Member Thickness (in.)
3
3.5
4
360
325
405
365
365
405
395
395
405
395
395
Code
Ref.
4.5
355
395
395
395
395
395
IP4,
F32, L23
Strong-Drive SDWH TIMBER-HEX SS Screw Product Information
Decks & Fences
STRONG-DRIVE SDWS TIMBER
Screws
Strong-Drive SDWS TIMBER Screw Allowable Shear Loads Spruce-Pine-Fir and Hem-Fir
Size
Dia.x L
(in.)
Model
No.
Thread
Length
TL
(in.)
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
0.220 x 3
SDWS22300DB
112
190
0.220 x 4
SDWS22400DB
238
385
285
215
0.220 x 5
SDWS22500DB
234
405
290
290
290
195
0.220 x 6
SDWS22600DB
234
405
365
365
365
310
310
210
0.220 x 8
SDWS22800DB
234
405
365
365
365
310
310
280
280
0.220 x 10
SDWS221000DB
234
405
365
365
365
310
310
280
280
280
Shear (100)
Code
Ref.
1. All applications are based on full penetration into the

main member. Full penetration is the screw length
minus the side member thickness.
2. Allowable loads are shown at the wood load duration
factor of CD = 1.0. Loads may be increased for load
duration per the building code up to a CD = 1.6.
Tabulated values must be multiplied by all applicable
adjustment factors per the NDS.
3. Minimum fastener spacing requirements to achieve
table loads: 6" end distance, 1716 " edge distance, 58"
between staggered rows of fasteners, 4" between
non-staggered rows of fasteners and 8" between
fasteners in a row.
4. For in-service moisture content greater than 19%,
use CM = 0.7.
6" Min. end distance
IP4,
F32, L23
8" Min. between fasteners

1716"
Min. edge
distance
58"
Min.
between
staggered
rows
58"
Min.
stagger
4" Min.
between
nonstaggered
rows
Strong-Drive SDWS TIMBER Spacing Requirements
Allowable Shear Loads
Size
(in.)
Model
No.
Thread
Length
(in.)
112
312
0.188 x 4
SDWH19400SS-R100
2.40
177
0.188 x 4 2
SDWH19450SS-R100
2.75
177
177
0.188 x 5
SDWH19500SS-R100
2.40
177
177
177
0.188 x 6
SDWH19600SS-R100
2.40
177
177
177
0.188 x 8
SDWH19800SS-R50
2.40
177
177
177
0.276 x 4
SDWH27400SS-R100
2.95
235
0.276 x 5
SDWH27500SS-R50
2.95
235
235
235
0.276 x 6
SDWH27600SS-R50
2.95
235
235
235
0.276 x 8
SDWH27800SS-R25
2.95
235
235
235
0.276 x 10
SDWH271000SS-R25
2.95
235
235
235
0.276 x 12
SDWH271200SS-R25
2.95
235
235
235
3" Min.
end distance
Code
Ref.
IP4, F32
3" Min.
between fasteners
1716"
Min. edge
distance
112" Min.
between
staggered rows
1. All applications are based on full penetration into

the main member. Full penetration is the screw
length minus the side member thickness.
2. Allowable loads are shown at the load duration
factor of CD = 1.0. Loads may be increased for load
duration per the building code up to a CD = 1.6.
adjustment factors per the NDS.
3. Table values based on testing in SPF lumber.
4. Minimum fastener spacing requirements: 3" end
distance, 1716" edge distance, 112" between staggered
rows of fasteners, 3" between non-staggered rows
of fasteners and 3" between fasteners in a row.
5. Design values include NDS wet service factor; no
adjustment required for in-service moisture content
greater than 19%.
6. Allowable loads are perpendicular or parallel to grain.
7. Installs best with 18v high-torque cordless or 12" low
speed drill. If splitting occurs predrill with 532" drill bit
for 0.188"screws and 732" drill bit for 0.276" screws.
8. Allowable withdrawal load for the 0.188" screw for
DF/SP is 155 lbs./in. and for SPF/HF is 108 lbs./in.
Allowable load is based on inches of thread
penetration into the main member.
9. Allowable withdrawal load for the 0.276" screw for
DF/SP is 260 lbs./in. and for SPF/HF is 160 lbs./in.
Allowable load is based on inches of thread
penetration into the main member.
10. For LRFD values, the reference connection design
values shall be adjusted in accordance with NDS-12,
section 10.3.
Decks & Fences
Strong-Drive SDWH TIMBER-HEX SS Screw Allowable Shear Loads

Douglas Fir-Larch, Southern Pine, Spruce-Pine-Fir and Hem-Fir
3" Min.
between
nonstaggered
rows
112" Min.
stagger
Strong-Drive SDWH TIMBER-HEX SS Screw

211
Decks & Fences
Screws
Strong-Drive SDWS TIMBER Screw Douglas Fir-Larch, Southern Pine,

Spruce Pine Fir and Hem Fir Lumber Allowable Withdrawal Loads
Reference Withdrawal
Max. Reference Withdrawal
Fastener Thread
Design Value, WMax
Length, Length, Design Value, W (lbs./inch)
TL
L
DF and SP
HF and SPF
DF and SP
HF and SPF
(in.)
(in.)
Main Member Main Member Main Member Main Member
Model
No.
SDWS22300DB
112
164
151
245
225
SDWS22400DB
238
179
160
425
380
SDWS22500DB
234
214
187
590
495
SDWS22600DB
234
214
187
590
495
SDWS22800DB
234
214
187
590
495
SDWS221000DB
10
234
214
187
590
495
Code
Ref.
IP4,
F32, L23
1. The tabulated reference withdrawal design value, W,

is in pounds per inch of the thread penetration into
the side grain of the main member.
2. The tabulated reference withdrawal design value,
WMax, is in pounds where the entire thread length
must penetrate into the side grain of the main member.
3. Tabulated reference withdrawal design values, W and
WMax, are shown at a CD = 1.0. Loads may be increased
for load duration per the building code up to a CD = 1.6.
adjustment factors from the NDS as referenced in the
IBC or IRC.
4. Embedded thread length is that portion held in the
main member including the screw tip.
5. Values are based on the lesser of withdrawal from the
main member or pull-through of a 112" side member.
6. For in-service moisture content greater than 19%,
use CM = 0.7.
Strong-Drive SDWS TIMBER Screw 2009 and 2012 IRC Compliant Spacing for a Sawn Lumber Deck Ledger to Band Joist
40 psf Live
10 psf Dead
2x
60 psf Live
10 psf Dead
40 psf Live
10 psf Dead
SDWS22400DB
2-2x
60 psf Live
10 psf Dead
Decks & Fences
SDWS22400DB
2x
SDWS22500DB
2-2x
Band Joist
Material and
Minimum Size
Screw
Model No.
SDWS22500DB
1" OSB
1" LVL
118" OSB
1516" LVL
114" LSL
2x SP, DF 2x SPF, HF
1" OSB
1" LVL
118" OSB
1516" LVL
114" LSL
1" OSB
1" LVL
118" OSB
1516" LVL
114" LSL
1" OSB
1" LVL
118" OSB
1516" LVL
114" LSL
Floor
joist or
blocking
Up to 10 ft. Up to 12 ft. Up to 14 ft. Up to 16 ft. Up to 18 ft.
14
10
16
12
10
22
16
13
11
10
12
15
12
15
12
16
12
10
16
12
10
11
12
12
assembly testing with a factor of safety of 5.0. Spacing includes NDS wet
service factor adjustment.
4. Multiple ledger plies shall be fastened together per code independent of the
Strong-Drive SDWS Timber screws.
5. Screws shall be placed at least 112" from the top or bottom of the ledger or
band joist, 6" from the end of the ledger with 3" between rows and spaced per
the table. See figure below.
6. Structural sheathing between the ledger and band shall be a maximum of
12" thick and fastened per code.
Wood structural
panel sheathing
max. thickness
fastened per code
1 2"
Band joist
per Table
Ledger-toBand Joist
Assembly
(Wood-framed
lower floor
acceptable,
concrete wall
shown for
illustration
purposes)
Up to 8 ft.
Maximum On-Center Spacing of Fasteners (in.)
1. Strong-Drive SDWS Timber screw spacing values are equivalent to 2009 IRC Table
R502.2.2.1. The table above also provides Strong-Drive SDWS Timber screw spacing
for a wider range of materials commonly used for band joists, and an alternate loading
condition as required by some jurisdictions.
2. Solid-sawn band joists shall be Spruce-Pine-Fir, Hem-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch, or Southern
Pine species. Ledger shall be Hem-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch, or Southern Pine species.
3. Fastener spacings are based on the lesser of single fastener ICC-ES AC233 testing of
the Strong-Drive SDWS Timber screw with a safety factor of 5.0 or ICC-ES AC13 ledger
Exterior cladding
and flashing not
shown for clarity
212
Maximum Deck Joist Span

Up to 6 ft.
112" minimum from

top of ledger and band joist
Ledger fastener spacing may be

offset up to 3" to avoid interference
with joist attachment
SDWS wood screws

stagger vertically
space in accordance
with Table
2" nominal deck

ledger shown
(double 2"
ledger similar)
3" minimum
row spacing
6" from
end of ledger
On-center
spacing of
SDWS wood
screws
112" minimum from

bottom of ledger
and band joist
Strong-Drive SDWS TIMBER Screw Spacing Detail
Nominal
Ledger
Size
Loading
Condition
Decks & Fences
Screws

2009 and 2012 IRC Compliant Spacing for a Sawn Lumber Deck Ledger to Band Joist
0.276" Screws
Loading
Condition
Ledger
Size
40 psf Live
10 psf Dead
2x
60 psf Live
10 psf Dead
2x
2-2x
60 psf Live
10 psf Dead
2-2x
4"
SDWH27400SS
4"
SDWH27400SS
5"
SDWH27500SS
5"
SDWH27500SS
Band Joist
Material
and Size
1" OSB
1" LVL
118" OSB
1516" LVL
114" OSB
112" LVL
114" LSL
134" LVL
2x SP, DFL, SPF, HF
1" OSB
1" LVL
118" OSB
1516" LVL
114" OSB
112" LVL
114" LSL
134" LVL
2x SP, DFL, SPF, HF
1" OSB
1" LVL
118" OSB
1516" LVL
114" OSB
112" LVL
114" LSL
134" LVL
2x SP, DFL, SPF, HF
1" OSB
1" LVL
118" OSB
1516" LVL
114" OSB
112" LVL
114" LSL
134" LVL
2x SP, DFL, SPF, HF

Up to 6 ft. Up to 8 ft. Up to 10 ft. Up to 12 ft. Up to 14 ft. Up to 16 ft. Up to 18 ft.
19
14
11
19
14
11
19
14
11
13
10
13
10
13
10
19
14
11
19
14
11
19
14
11
13
10
13
10
13
10
See foonotes on page 214.
Exterior cladding
and flashing not
shown for clarity
Wood structural
panel sheathing
1 2" max. thickness
fastened per code
3" Min.
end distance
Band joist
per Table
Floor
joist or
blocking
SDWH SS wood screws

stagger vertically
space in accordance
with Table
2" nominal deck

ledger shown
(double 2"
ledger similar)
Ledger-to-Band Joist Assembly

(Wood-framed lower floor acceptable,
concrete wall shown for illustration purposes)
Decks & Fences
40 psf Live
10 psf Dead
Screw
Length and
Model No.
3" Min.
between fasteners
1716"
Min. edge
distance
112" Min.
between
staggered rows
3" Min.
between
nonstaggered
rows
112" Min.
stagger

213
Decks & Fences
STRONG-DRIVE SDWS/SDWH Structural Wood Screws

2009 and 2012 IRC Compliant Spacing for a Sawn Lumber Deck Ledger to Band Joist
0.188" Screws
Loading
Condition
Ledger
Size
Screw
Length and
Model No.
Band Joist
Material
and Size
Up to
6 ft.
Up to
8 ft.
Up to
10 ft.
Up to
12 ft.
Up to
14 ft.
Up to
16 ft.
Up to
18 ft.
40 psf Live
10 psf Dead
60 psf Live
10 psf Dead
Decks & Fences
40 psf Live
10 psf Dead
60 psf Live
10 psf Dead
2x
2x
2-2x
2-2x
4"
SDWH19400SS
4"
SDWH19400SS
5"
SDWH19500SS
5"
SDWH19500SS
14
11
14
11
14
11
10
10
10
14
11
14
11
14
11
10
10
10
DPTZ Deck Post Tie

The DPTZ Deck Post Tie products are used to attach
2x4 (DPT5Z) or 4x4 (DPT7Z) vertical posts to the side of
stringers, rims or other wood members.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information,

pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION:
Use specified HDG fasteners. See General Notes.
Install in pairs.
Install with two 38" through bolts into side
member and 5-10dx112 to post for DPT5Z or
5-10d for DPT7Z.
3"
(1" fo
r DPT
5Z)
DPT7Z
(DPT5Z similar)
These products are approved for installation with the
Strong-Drive SD Connector screw. See page 27 for
more information.
214
"
3
Typical DPT7Z
Stairway Installation
(DPT5Z similar)
1. Screw spacing values are

equivalent to 2009 IRC Table
R502.2.2.1 and 2012 IRC
Table R507.2. The table on the
left also provides screw spacing
for a wider range of materials
commonly used for band joists,
and an alternate loading condition
as required by some jurisdictions.
2. Solid-sawn band joists shall be
Spruce-Pine-Fir, Hem-Fir, Douglas
Fir-Larch, or Southern Pine
species. Ledger shall be Hem-Fir,
Douglas Fir-Larch, or Southern
Pine species.
3. Fastener spacings are based
on the lesser of single fastener
ICC-ES AC233 testing with a
safety factor of 5.0 or ledger
assembly testing with a factor
of safety of 5.0. Spacing
includes NDS wet service factor
adjustment.
4. Multiple ledger plies shall be
fastened together per code
independent of the screws.
5. Screws shall be placed at least
1716" from the top or bottom
of the ledger or band joist,
112" between staggered rows
of fasteners, 3" from the end
of the ledger with 3" between
rows and spaced per the table.
6. Structural sheathing between
the ledger and band shall be a
maximum of 12" thick and
fastened per code.

1" OSB
1" LVL
118 " OSB
1516 " LVL
114" OSB
112 " LVL
114" LSL
134" LVL
2x SP, DFL, SPF, HF
1" OSB
1" LVL
118 " OSB
1516 " LVL
114" OSB
112 " LVL
114" LSL
134" LVL
2x SP, DFL, SPF, HF
1" OSB
1" LVL
118 " OSB
1516 " LVL
114" OSB
112 " LVL
114" LSL
134" LVL
2x SP, DFL, SPF, HF
1" OSB
1" LVL
118 " OSB
1516 " LVL
114" OSB
112 " LVL
114" LSL
134" LVL
2x SP, DFL, SPF, HF
Decks & Fences
LSC Adjustable Stringer Connector

The LSC adjustable stair-stringer connector offers a versatile,
concealed connection between the stair stringer and the carrying
header or rim joist while replacing costly framing. Field slopeable
to all common stair stringer pitches, the LSC connector is suitable
for either solid or notched stringers.
Features:
Replaces additional framing and toe-nailing
Suitable for most installations on 2x10 or 2x12 header/rim joist
May be installed flush with the top of the carrying member
or lower on the face
Interchangeable for left or right applications
LSCZ features a ZMAX coating for additional corrosion
protection. Suitable for interior and some exterior applications.
LSCSS is made from stainless steel for higher exposure
environment. See www.strongtie.com/info for more information
MATERIAL: 18 gauge
FINISH: LSCZZMAX coating; LSCSSStainless steel
INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners, see table.
Before fastening, position the stair stringer with the LSC on the
carrying member to verify where the bend should be located.
Tabs on the LSC must be positioned to the inside of the stairs.
The fastener that is installed into the bottom edge of the
stringer must go into the second-to-last hole.
When installed on 1516" LVL or a 114" LSL stringer, additional
items that will not affect the structural performance of the LSC,
but should be considered, include the following:
- LSC stringer flange will protrude 14" from face of stringer.
As such, it is recommended the LSC be installed with the tabs
positioned to the outside of the stringer.
- 112" fasteners installed into 114" LSL stringer will protrude
from the opposite side.
LSCZ
LSCSS
Rim Joist
Installation
"
11
"
1
LSC
"
1
Rim Joist
48" Max.
36" Max.
48" Max.
418" Min.
to top
of LSC
258" Max.
Support
framing
Support
framing
Standard LSC Installation

Fastener Schedule
Rim
Joist 2
Stringer
Wide Face
Stringer
Narrow Face
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)

Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
860
Supported 4
8 - 10dx112"
8 - 10dx112"
1 - 10dx112"
950
1000
815
Supported
8 - SD #9x1 2"
8 - SD #9x1 2"
865
865
670
670
Standard
8 - 10dx112"
8 - 10dx112"
1 - 10dx112"
755
755
650
650
Standard
8 - SD #9x112"
8 - SD #9x112"
1 - SD #9x112"
755
755
650
650
Cantilever
8 - 10dx112"
8 - 10dx112"
1 - 10dx112"
520
520
445
445
Cantilever
8 - SD #9x112"
8 - SD #9x112"
545
545
445
445
1. Stair stringer must be minimum 1516" LVL or minimum 114" LSL.

Allowable loads for DF/SP species material shall apply.
2. When cross-grain tension forces cannot be avoided in the members,
mechanical reinforcement to resist such forces may be considered.
3. A minimum distance of 34" measured from the lowest rim-joist
fastener to edge of rim joist is required.
Code
Ref.
I18, L26
4. Simpson Strong-Tie #9x112" Strong-Drive SD Connector screws may be substituted for 10dx112"
nails to achieve published nail values if the extra screw is installed in the narrow face of stringer.
5. NAIL: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long. Nails shall be hot-dip galvanized for LSCZ and
stainless steel for LSCSS. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
6. SCREWS (LSCZ only): SD #9x112" (model SD9112) = 0.131" dia. x 112" long (see page 27).
Rim Joist
Decks & Fences
Model
No.
"
6
Rim Joist
12" Maxim
um
12" Max.
Support
framing
12" Max.
418" Min
to top .
of LSC
258" Max
.
418" m
top of in. to
LSC
Support
framing
312"
min.
Support
framing
Supported LSC Installation
LSC Cantilever Installation

215
Decks & Fences
DJT14Z
Deck Joist Tie
The DJT14Z Deck Joist Tie is designed to attach 2x deck joists to the side of
4x or larger support posts. The DJT14Z can be installed with either nails or bolts.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge
FINISH: ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION: Use specified HDG fasteners. See General Notes.
Recommended: install on post first.
Minimum 2x4 joist and 4x4 post.
Typical DJT14Z
Installation
Fasteners
Bolts
Model
No.
Nails
DJT14Z
8-16d
Dia
Floor
(100)
Roof
(125)
Floor
(100)
Roof
(125)
8 MB
1160
1400
1220
1400
Qty
2
Allowable Loads
Nails
Bolts
Code
Ref.
I18, F17,
L5, L13
1. Loads are for one DJT14Z.

2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads. Floor loads may be
adjusted for other load durations according to the code,
provided they do not exceed the roof loads.
3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long.
TA Staircase Angles
For use in structurally-sound staircase framing. The TA eliminates
costly conventional notching.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge
FINISH: TA9Z/TA10ZZMAX coating; TA9SS/TA10SSstainless steel;

ORDER: May be ordered as kits with model numbers TA9ZKT and

TA10ZKT. Each kit includes two ZMAX TAs and Simpson Strong-Tie
1

4"x112" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws.
TA9Z
TA10Z
Fasteners
Model
No.
Stringer
Tread
TA9Z
TA10Z
TA10Z
3-SDS 14"x112"
3-SDS 14"x112"
4-SDS 14"x112"
2-SDS 14"x112"
4-SDS 14"x112"
3-SDS 14"x112"
Allowable
Downloads
DF/SP (100)
750
750
1000
Code
Ref.
Typical TA9Z
Installation
(Install at
each end of
stair tread)
170
1. Loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code.
2. See page 26 for Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screw information.
ML24/ML26 Angles
The ML angle combines strength and versatility through the use of
Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws.
Fastener holes are staggered to minimize wood splitting and opposing hole
patterns allows for back to back installation without fastener interference.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge
FINISH: ML24Z/ML26ZZMAX coating; ML24SS/ML26SSstainless

steel; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
Simpson Strong-Tie 14"x112" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws are not provided with the angle.
Fasteners
(Total)
2"
ML24Z
4 6-SDS 14"x112" 515
440
440
440
440
ML26Z
6 8-SDS 14"x112" 1000 1050 1090 1090 720
830
900
935
(100) (115) (125) (160) (100) (115) (125) (160)

515
515
2"
Load
Direction
DF/SP Allowable Loads SPF/HF Allowable Loads Code

Ref.
Model
No.
515
ML24Z
(ML26Z similar)
216
Alternate
Installation
of TA10Z
Inverted for
Double 2x6 Treads
F24
Typical ML26Z
Installation
(ML24Z similar)
Decks & Fences
Decks & Fences
KBS1Z Knee-Brace Stabilizer

The KBS1Z knee-brace stabilizer makes a structural
connection between knee bracing and columns or beams to
help stabilize free-standing structures and comply with many
prescriptive deck bracing requirements such as AWCs DCA6
Prescriptive Residential Wood Deck Construction Guide.
Factory-formed at a 45 angle and easily installed with
nails, the KBS1Z braces 2x, 4x and 6x in line post-to-beam
configurations. Check with your local building department for
deck bracing requirements.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
INSTALLATION:
For installations at an angle other than 45, bend
KBS1Z along slots to desired angle. Bend one time only.
Knee Brace:
- Cut braces at desired angle
- Bend KBS1Z to desired angle if required
- Install fasteners to secure in place
- For equal-width members, install (2) KBS1Z on
each end of brace (see connection type 1)
- For 2x knee brace, install single KBS1Z on each
end of brace (see connection type 2)
Beam-to-Post: Install in pairs. See illustrations for
quantity and configuration.
Lateral
W
W
L
F1
KBS1Z
KBS1Z
Type of
Connectors
Connection per Joint
Fasteners
Each
Connector1
12-8d
12-8dx1
3
3
12-8d
2
4
12-8d
4
Post-to-Knee Brace
Connection
(Same member width)

Direction
of Load
F1
Brace angle = 45
F1
Brace angle = 30 or 603
F1
Brace angle = 45
F1
Brace angle = 30 or 603
Uplift
Lateral
Uplift
Lateral
Uplift
Lateral

In-Service Moisture Content
19%
> 19%
DF/SP
SPF/HF
DF/SP
SPF/HF
1175
1010
1055
860
835
720
835
720
630
540
470
385
510
440
395
330
1160
1725
540
485
900
1270
1000
1480
465
420
775
1095
1160
1725
540
430
900
1270
1000
1480
465
370
775
1095
1. SD9x1 screws may be substituted for the specified fasteners with no load reduction.
2. Allowable loads have been increased for wind or earthquake with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
3. For braces installed at intermediate angles, allowable loads may be interpolated between loads listed for brace angle = 45 and brace angle = 30 or 60.
Code
Ref.
160
Decks & Fences
Model
(Patent Pending)
Dimensions
(in.)
Uplift
Additional
Connectors for
4 Connector
Condition
Post-to-2x Knee
Brace Connection
(Continuous) Beam-to-Post
UPDATED 03/27/15
End Beam-to-Post
217
Decks & Fences
PGT Pipe Grip Ties
Field Bent Application
Field Bent Application
658"
238"
114"
238"
PGT2Z-R
(PGT1.5Z-R
similar)
PGT2A
PGTIC2Z-R
Top View
90 Corner
Installation
Typical PGTIC2Z-R
Fence Installation
Top View
45 Corner
Installation
Corner Installation Top View
Typical PGT2Z-R Fence Installation
Decks & Fences
PGT2E Pipe-Grip Tie
218
Simpson Strong-Tie introduces the latest time-saving

solution for building fences with 2" steel posts. The PGT2E
pipe-grip tie features a unique two-piece design that installs
quickly and provides a solid connection between fence stringer
and post. Snap the attachment plate onto the post for easy
positioning and secure the strap using one thread-tapping
screw (included).
Faster to install than other two-piece fence-post brackets
Safer to use, eliminating protruding carriage bolts
and sharp corners
Unique locking tab for the strap means only one screw
is needed to fasten
MATERIAL: 12 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
Fasten two rails using 14" Simpson Strong-Tie
or 14" lag screws (follow code requirements
for pre-drilling). See page 26 for Strong-Drive
SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screw information.
PGT2E-R50: Sold as full carton with (50) attachment
plates, (50) front straps and (55) thread-tapping screws.
7"
2"
238"
PGT2E
U.S. Patent 8,220,781
Typical PGT2E
Installation
Pipe Grip Ties attach wood fence rails to

metal fence posts, eliminating rotted and failed
wood posts. The PGT is suitable for standard
applications as well as corners and splices.
The PGTIC2Z-R is an interior corner pipe grip tie.
The PGT1.5Z-R is for 112" pipe (178" outside
diameter), and the PGT2Z-R is for 2" pipe (238"
outside diameter).
The PGT2A is for 2" pipe (238" outside
diameter).
MATERIAL: PGT2A14 gauge; all others 12 gauge
FINISH: PGTA, PGT2-R Galvanized

PGTIC2Z, PGT1.5Z, PGT2Z-R ZMAX

See General Notes.
PGTIC2Z-R to Post Install two set screws
(supplied) with 38 socket in predrilled holes.
PGTIC2Z-R to Rails Use Simpson
Strong-Tie 14"x112" Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws (not supplied).
Install on vertical pipes, offsetting corners
to allow for the correct rail alignment.
Use 3 to 4 PGTs per pipe; line up to
stringline.
Fasten PGT with 14" hex head bolt
(supplied).
PGT attaches to rails with four Simpson
Strong-Tie 14"x112" Strong-Drive SDS
Heavy-Duty Connector screws
(not supplied). See page 26 for
Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screw information.
14" lag bolts may be used. Follow the
code requirements for predrilling.
Nail or screw fence boards to rails.
Field bend PGT flanges to fit corner and
angled conditions (bend one time only).
Decks & Fences
FB/FBR
Fence Brackets
FB and FBR fence brackets make the connection between fence rails and posts
simple and strong. Eliminates the need for toe nailing or screwing. Clean, versatile
connections make planning and building fences, deck/porch railings and louvers
easier and faster.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: FB/FBRGalvanized; FB24SSstainless steel. Some products available

in ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION: Holes are sized for 8dx112", 8d commons or Simpson Strong-Tie
9x112" Strong-Drive SD Connector screws into the supporting member.

FB24R is sized for 10dx112" or Simpson Strong-Tie 9x112" Strong-Drive
SD Connector screws.

FB26 is sized for Simpson Strong-Tie 9x112" Strong-Drive SD
Connector screws.
FB24Z
(FB24R Similar)
FB26
FBR24
Dimensions
W
H
B
3
1916
338
4
Model
No.
Ga
Member
Size
FB24Z
20
2x4
FB24R
20
2x4 RGH
338
FBR24
18
2x4
1 16
2 16
112
FB26
18
2x6
1 16
1 2
Code 1. FB26 has an allowable load

Ref. for F1 of 365 lbs.
180
Typical FB24Z
Installation
2. FBR24: R = rail (not rough).

3. NAILS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112"
long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 212" long,
8dx112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long.
Typical FB26
Fencing Installation

Replacing an entire fence can be an expensive
and difficult task. Simpson Strong-Tie offers a
line of products designed to help make reinforcing
fence posts easy and economical. The E-Z Base,
E-Z Mender and E-Z Spike offer simple solutions
for all types of fence post projects.

E-Z Spike (Model No. FPBS44)

Allows easy installation of 4x4 wood posts
without digging holes or pouring concrete.

Can be used for a variety of applications
where quick-to-install posts are needed.

E-Z Mender ( Model No. FPBM44E)

Allows easy repair of rotted or damaged
4x4 wood posts installed in concrete or dirt.

Reinforces weakened wood posts without
having to replace the post or the concrete.

Sold individually. Use in pairs.

E-Z Base (Model No. FPBB44)

Allows easy installation of 4x4 wood posts
on existing concrete.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge
FINISH: Black powder-coat
INSTALLATION:

See flier F-EZFPP.

Attach post to E-Z Spike or E-Z Base with
8-14" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws or 14" HDG lag screws
and attach post to E-Z Mender using 6 HDG
nails or screws per part.
NOTE: Notwithstanding the terms of the Limited
Warranty, Simpson Strong-Tie does not
guarantee, represent or warrant that this
product will perform under, or prevent or
reduce damage caused by corrosion, any
seismic, wind, atmospheric, or other
load-producing event.
These products are approved for installation with
the Strong-Drive SD Connector screw. See page
27 for more information.
3"
Block
5"
34"
4-" Dia.
Anchors
5"
11"
28"
Decks & Fences
E-Z Base/E-Z Mender/E-Z Spike Fence Products
E-Z Spike
(FPBS44)
E-Z Mender
(FPBM44E)
E-Z Base
(FPBB44)
658"
3 4"
112" Typ.
Typ.
5 8"
Typ.
3516" 358"
358"
E-Z Base (FPBB44) Top View

219
Miscellaneous
RR Ridge Rafter Connector

An interlock provides alignment control and correct nailing locations.
For a rafter-to-face connector, flatten the top flange into the face plane.
The RR may be used with rafters sloped up to 30.
RR

Min.
Model
Rafter
No.
Size
RR
2x6
Fasteners
Header
Rafter
4-10dx112 4-10dx112
Uplift
(160)
130
Allowable Loads1
Code
DF/SP
Ref.
Floor (100) Roof (125)
365
415
I10, L5, L11, F9
Typical RR
Installation
1. Floor loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code,
provided they do not exceed the table roof loads.
PSCL/PSCA Panel Sheathing Clips

Simpson Strong-Tie Panel Sheathing Clips are used to brace unsupported
sheathing edges. The PSCA is a new version of the PSCL with less material for
a more cost effective solution. Model sizes include: PSCL38, PSCA716, PSCL716,
PSCA1532, PSCL1532, PSCL12, PSCL58; PSCL1932, PSCL34.
INSTALLATION: Use the same size sheathing clip as the panel thickness.
Maximum spans may be reduced for low slopes or high uniform loads,
refer to manufacturers installation instructions.
Span
Rating
24/0
24/16
32/16
40/20
48/24
Maximum Roof Sheathing Span No. of Clips Code

Panel
Per Span
Ref.
Thickness
With Clip
Without Clip
3
8
24
20
1
7
16
24
24
12
15
1
32, 2
32
28
12
180
5
8, 1932
40
32
1
3
4
48
36
2
PSCL
(PSCA similar)
1. Span rating and Maximum Roof
Sheathing Spans are for reference
only, refer to IBC Table 2304.7 (3) for
additional important information.
2. Maximum roof sheathing span with single
PSCA is 24". For spans > 24" use two PSCAs.
Typical PSCL Installation
Miscellaneous
Use the SBV for shelving, counter brackets, window ledge supports, at a very
competitive price.
The CF-R is used where a moderate size shelf bracket and reinforcing angle is needed.
When used for tilt-up perimeter forming, the nail hole placement ensures substantial re-use.
SBVReversible for nominal 10" or 12" shelves of any thickness.
CF-R (Retail Pack)Recommended spacing is 36" for 2xs and 18" for 1xs.
Use the 5" leg for 6" lumber and the 6" leg for 8" lumber. Holes are sized for
1
4" fasteners or 10d commons.
Model
No.
CF-R
SBV
Fasteners
Stud
3-SDS 14"x2"
4-SDS 14"x2"
DF/SP Allowable Downloads

(100)
Code
Ref.
135
145
170
SBV
Typical
CF-R Form
Installation
6"
or
8"
DS Drywall Stop
220
Eliminates costly blocking at top plate, end walls, and corners.

A typical residence will use several hundred of these inexpensive
clips with a substantial savings in blocking and labor.
The installation prongs provide even more labor savings.
MATERIAL: 20 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION:
16" on center or less, using 8d commons.
DS should not be used where gypsum board is
used for structural loads.
CODES: ICC ESR-2614, Florida FL-10865.4, City of L.A. RR 25962
DS
Typical DS
Installation
SBV/CF-R Shelf Brackets/Concrete Form Angles
Miscellaneous
RTC/FWH Rigid Tie Connectors

The Rigid Tie RTC series secures two wood members to a vertical
post forming a 90 corner. The RTC42 and RTC44 are heavy-duty structural
connectors. Based on loads of 40 lbs. per sq. ft., a 10'x10' deck can be
built using 2x8 joists and 4 RTC42s. See the table for post and joist sizes.
RTBa bracket for intersecting 2x members.
FWH4 way connectors for 2x members with bendable flanges.
RTAconnects two 2x wood members at a 90 angle.
RTFconnects two members in a pass-through application.
RTR and RTUa 2x member crosses another.
MATERIAL: RTC4414 gauge; RTA216 gauge;
RTR and RTB20 gauge; all others18 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel
or ZMAX coating; see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
Install vertical members first, then attach horizontal
members for easier alignment.
Seat wood member in bracket with a C-clamp before
securing to aid positioning and prevent skewing.
Always follow manufacturers instructions when using
power tools and building equipment.
To learn more about the

new WBSK Workbench and
Shelving Unit Hardware Kit
that includes RTC2Zs,
fasteners and plans to build
a workbench or shelving unit,
visit www.diydoneright.com.
Fasteners (Total)
Post Joist
Size Size
Post
Joist
FWH2
RTA12
RTA2Z
RTA4
RTB22
RTC22Z
RTC24
2x 2x
8-SD8x1.25
8-SD8x1.25
1x 1x
8-SD8x1.25
8-SD8x1.25
2x 2x
4-SD#9x1
4-SD#9x1
4x 4x
7-SD8x1.25
5-SD8x1.25
2x 2x
4-SD8x1.25
4-SD8x1.25
2x 2x
5-SD#9x1
6-SD#9x1
Discontinued See RTC2Z
6-SD8x1.25
6-SD8x1.25
RTC2Z 2x4 2x
6-10dx1
6-10dx1
6-SD#9x1
6-SD#9x1
14-SD8x1.25 8-SD8x1.25
RTC42 4x4 2x
14-16d
8-10dx1
14-SD#10x1 8-SD#10x1
14-16d Sinkers 15-16d Sinkers
RTC44 4x4 4x
14-16d
15-16d
14-SD#10x1 15-SD#10x1
RTF2Z 2x4 2x
4-SD#9x1
8-SD#9x1
RTT22Z 2x 2x
3-SD#9x1
7-SD#9x1
RTR
2x 2x
2-SD8x1.25
4-SD8x1.25
RTU2
2x 2x
2-SD8x1.25
4-SD8x1.25
300
710
1025
650
1975
2420
1770
2085
2420
685
500
N/A
N/A
375
875
1260
810
2430
3030
2140
2530
3030
855
500
N/A
N/A
2"
5"
RTC2Z
RTR
RTR
Installation
RTC2Z
Installation
Code
Ref.
180
RTA2Z
Installation
I18,
F17,
160
RTB22
Installation
FWH2 Installation
180
1. Allowable loads must be equally distributed on both joists.

RTC44 Installation
2. Loads are for Doug Fir Larch.
(RTC2Z similar)
1
1
3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3 2" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3 4" long,
4. SCREWS: SD#9x112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long, SD#10x112 = 0.161" dia. x 112" (see page 27), SD#8x114 = 0.156" dia. x 114" long.
RTF2Z
Installation
RTU2 Installation
Miscellaneous
Model
No.
1"
WARNING: Industry studies

show that hardened fasteners
can experience performance
problems in wet and corrosive
environments. Accordingly,
use the #8x114 SD Wafer-Head
screw in dry, interior, and noncorrosive environments only.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional

products on this page may also be available with this option, check with
Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
Allowable
Downloads
Floor Roof
(100) (125)
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
150 150
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
775 775
2"
J/JP Floor Beam Levelers

Jack piers and standard floor beam levelers offer unique
leveling simplicity during and after construction.
MATERIAL: 12 gauge plates, 34" threaded rod, 1116" O.D. steel pipe
FINISH: None.
Holes are provided for installation with 4-10dx112" nails.
Do not use J/JPs for dynamic jacking of structures,
such as houses.
Dimensions
Model
No.
H
(MinMax)
(in.)
Threaded
Rod Length
(in.)
Allowable
Bearing Loads
(DF/SP/SPF/HF)
(100)
Code
Ref.
JP44
J57
24
57
434
4
44401
4380
170
Optional
Drill
Through
Thre
aded
Rod
Keep
er
Nut
"
Dx4
Hole
Any t
h
Heig
Dx4
Hol "
e
Anyth
g
Len
(An
y)
J57 Floor Beam Leveler

1. Post design by Designer. See pages 245-246 for post allowable loads.
UPDATED 03/27/15
Two Methods
of JP44 Installation
(An
y)
221
Miscellaneous
NS/PSPNZ Nail Stoppers

Nail stoppers help prevent nails from piercing pipes and electrical lines.
Installed over utilities that pass through framing members.
PSPN516Z and PSPN58Z protecting shield plate nail stoppers meet
IRC, IBC and the International Plumbing Code. PSPN516Z meets structural
and protection requirements with one strap.
MATERIAL: 16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized, PSPNZMAX coating, see Corrosion Information, pages 13-15.
INSTALLATION: PSPN516Z 16d commons (see footnote 2 below).
Other models 8d commons or prongs.
For more information request flier F-REPRPROTECT.
PSPN516Z (16 gauge ZMAX) at top plates
International Residential Code 2009/2012 P2603.2.1 & R602.6.1
International Plumbing Code 2009 - 305.8 / 2012 - 305.6
PSPN516Z (16 gauge ZMAX) at bottom plate.
PSPN58Z (16 gauge ZMAX) at top plates and bottom plate.
International Residential Code 2009/2012 P2603.2.1
NS1 Nail stops to protect supply lines from drywall nails or screws.
International Residential Code 2009/2012 Table E3702.1
National Electric Code 2008/2011 300.4
Typical NS
Installation
W
112
112
5
5
L
3
6
8
16516
Miscellaneous
222
190
Strap
Qty.
1
2
2
3
4
CTS218
1
2
2
3
4
PSPN516Z Installation to Sill Plate
Compression and Tension Straps
The CTS218 is designed to repair wood members such as

top plates, studs and trusses and is our first strap that handles
both tension and compression loads. The unique rolled edges
of the strap allow it to span gaps as wide as 412" and its 112"
width enables installation on the narrow face of 2x lumber.
Tested specifically for top/bottom plate repair with

various multi-strap configurations
Meets the requirements of the IBC and IRC for

repairing top plates that have been cut or notched

to accommodate plumbing or HVAC ductwork
One-sided installations install one or two CTS straps
on the same side of the member.
Two-sided installation install CTS straps on opposite
sides of member. For three-part installations, install
two parts on one side, one part on opposite side.
Model
No.
PSPN516Z
Installed to
Double Top Plates
Code Ref.
1. PSPN516Z12-16d nails into sill plate

achieves 1365 lbs. for DF/SP, and
1180 lbs. for SPF/HF. 24-16d nails
into top plates achieves 1820 lbs.
for DF/SP, and 1575 lbs. for SPF/HF.
2. To meet the prescriptive IRC requirement 16d box nails
(0.135" dia. x 312") may be used.
CTS218
Typical
PSPN58Z
Installation
Installation
One Sided
One Sided
Two Sided
Two Sided
Two Sided
One Sided
One Sided
Two Sided
Two Sided
Two Sided
4" Max. gap
CTS218
Both
straps
installed
on same
side
One-Sided
Installation
Two-Sided
Installation

Allowable Loads SPF/HF
Code
Compression (160) Tension (160) Compression (160) Tension (160) Ref.
1020
2270
880
1970
2045
4540
1760
3940
24 -10dx1
2370
4540
2040
3940
3725
6810
3205
5910
F24,
4740
9080
4080
7880
I4,
1175
2480
1010
2150
L3
2350
4960
2020
4300
24 - SD#9x112
2735
4960
2350
4300
4130
7440
3550
6450
5470
9920
4700
8600
Fasteners
(Per Strap)
Typical CTS Installation

(One-sided installation
shown)
These products are approved for
installation with the Strong-Drive
SD Connector screw. See page 27
1. Allowable loads have been increased for
wind or seismic with no further increase
allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
2. Fastener quantities are for a single strap.
3. Maximum gap between wood members is 412".
4. FASTENERS: 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112",
SD #9x112 = 0.131" dia. x 112" long.
information.
Model No.
NS1
NS2
PSPN58Z
PSPN516Z
PSPN58Z
NS
Miscellaneous
RPS Strap Ties

The RPS meets IBC, IRC and City of Los Angeles code requirements
for HVAC and pipes in walls.
FINISH: Galvanized, some products available in ZMAX coating.


Use RPS22 or RPS28 (16 gauge) to reinforce top plate.

Use RPS18Z, RPS22Z or RPS28Z (16 gauge ZMAX) to reinforce sill plate.
International Residential Code 2009/2012 R602.6.1
RPS
Dimensions Notch
Model
Ga
Width
No.
W
L
RPS18
112 18516 512"
112 22516
RPS22
512"
16 112 22516
112 28516
RPS28
12"
112 28516
Fasteners Allowable Tension Allowable Tension

(Total)
Loads (DF/SP)
Loads (SPF/HF)
Nails
(160)
(160)
12-16d
1380
1190
12-16d
1380
1190
16-16d
1805
1585
12-16d
1380
1190
16-16d
1805
1585
Code
Ref.
For installations on
both sides of the plate,
arrows should always
point to the right.
I16,
L9, F15
Typical RPS Installation

(Only one strap may be necessary
to meet IRC requirements)
2. To meet the prescriptive IRC requirement 10dx112 (0.148" dia. x 112" long) may be used.
HSS/SS Stud Shoes
HSS2-SDS1.5 (16 gauge) Heavy stud shoes to reinforce and protect

single 2x studs where pipe is located. Uses 12 Simpson Strong-Tie
1
4"x112" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector screws (included).
International Residential Code 2009/2012 R602.6 & P2603.2.1
International Building Code 2009/2012 2308.9.10 & 2308.9.11
HSS2-3-SDS3 (16 gauge) Heavy stud shoe for triple 2x stud. Uses 12
Simpson Strong-Tie 14" x 3" Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector
screws (included).
International Residential Code 2009/2012 R602.6 and P2603.2.1
SS1.5 (16 gauge) stud shoes reinforce and protect plumbing in 2x.
International Residential Code 2009/2012 R602.6 and P2603.2.1
Model
No.
Stud
Size
W
(in.)
Fasteners
SS1.5
SS2.5
SS3
SS4.5
HSS2-SDS1.5
HSS2-2-SDS3
HSS2-3-SDS3
HSS4-SDS3
2x
3x
2-2x
3-2x
2x
2-2x
3-2x
4x
1916
2916
3116
4916
1916
3
4916
3916
12-10dx112
12-10dx112
12-10d
14-10d
12-SDS 14"x112"
12-SDS 14"x3"
12-SDS 14"x3"
12-SDS 14"x3"
Allowable Loads1
DF/SP
Compression
Tension
Floor (100) Roof (125)
500
500
500
500
665
785
665
785
1200
1200
1000
1200
1200
1000
1000
1000
970
1200
1200
1000
HSS
US Patent 6,176,057
Code
Ref.
STEP 1
Install HSS (HSS2-3
shown) over stud with
flanges bent at a 90 angle.
HSS2-3
STEP 2
Bend HSS (HSS2-3 shown)
flanges one time only.
Screw into position.
Miscellaneous
Stud shoes reinforce studs notched in construction. They are NOT a total
replacement of removed material. Installs over pipe up to 238" outside diameter.
HSS2-3 is designed for triple 2x studs.
HSS stud shoes provide tension load capacity as well as increased
compression loads. Flared flange provides greater strength.
HSSBend flanges at 90 angle during installation,
then bend back and screw into position (screws supplied).
Bend flanges one cycle only.
I16,
F15
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. Floor loads may be adjusted
for other load durations according to the code, provided they do not exceed roof loads.
Typical SS3
Installation
SS
Typical SS1.5
Installation
223
Miscellaneous
NCA/TB/LTB
Bridging
NCANailless installation eliminates callbacks for nail squeaks. Designed

for secure grip before the drive-home blow, and deeper prong penetration.
Precision-formed into a rigid V section.
TBTension-type bridging with maximum nailing flexibility. Use just two
of the seven nail holes at each end.
LTBStaggered nail pattern accommodates 2x8 and 2x10 joists. Use just
two of the six nail holes at each end. LTB40 has rigid prongs that install easily
into the joist, and embossments that allow crisp bends.
MATERIAL: LTB22 gauge; NCA and TB20 gauge

(except NCA2x12-1618 gauge).
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION: Support floor joists with a depth-to-thickness ratio of six or more

with bridging at intervals not exceeding 8'. If span is greater than 8', install

on 2x8 or larger joists. If span is greater than 16', use more than one pair.
Tension bridging works only in tension, so must be used in cross pairs.
Install bridging tightly; loose installation may allow floor movement.
NCA may be installed before or after sheathing, from the top or bottom.
Simply locate the bend line approximately 1" from the joist edge.
NCA has nail holes in one end for use if a prong is bent during installation.
Fully seat nails if they are used; otherwise, they may lead to squeaks.
TB requires two 10dx112 fasteners per end.
LTB requires two 6d commons per end.
Space bridging to avoid contact noises.
NCA2x8-16, 2x10-16, 2x12-16 models only
NCA
TB
LTB20
Code Reference: IRC 2009/2012, R502.7.1, R802.8.1
LTB40
TENSION BRIDGING FOR I-JOISTS
224
Joist Spacing (in.)

12
16
19.2
24
30
32
36
42
48
9 2
TB20
TB27
TB27
TB30
TB36
TB36
TB42
TB48
TB54
10
TB20
TB27
TB27
TB30
TB36
TB36
TB42
TB48
TB54
1178
TB20
TB27
TB27
TB30
TB36
TB36
TB42
TB48
TB54
12
TB20
TB27
TB27
TB30
TB36
TB36
TB42
TB48
TB54
14
TB27
TB27
TB27
TB36
TB36
TB42
TB42
TB48
TB54
TB54
16
TB27
TB27
TB30
TB36
TB42
TB42
TB42
TB48
18
TB27
TB30
TB30
TB36
TB42
TB42
TB48
TB54
TB56
20
TB30
TB30
TB36
TB36
TB42
TB42
TB48
TB54
TB56
22
TB30
TB36
TB36
TB36
TB42
TB42
TB48
TB54
TB56
24
TB36
TB36
TB36
TB42
TB42
TB48
TB48
TB54
TB56
26
TB36
TB36
TB36
TB42
TB48
TB48
TB48
TB54
TB60
28
TB36
TB36
TB42
TB42
TB48
TB48
TB54
TB54
TB60
30
TB36
TB42
TB42
TB42
TB48
TB48
TB54
TB56
TB60
32
TB42
TB42
TB42
TB42
TB48
TB48
TB54
TB56
TB60
2x8
or
2 x 10
Typical LTB20
Installation
NCA
TB
LTB
Spacing
(in.)
Model No.
2x10
12
NCA2x10-12
1212
TB20
20
2x12
12
NCA2x12-12
1358
TB20
20
2x14
12
NCA2x8-16
1514
TB27
27
2x16
12
NCA2x10-16
151316
TB27
27
2x8
16
NCA2x8-16
1514
TB27
27
LTB20 or 40
2x10
16
NCA2x10-16
151316
TB27
27
LTB20 or 40
2x12
16
NCA2x12-16
16 8
TB27
27
2x14
16
TB27
27
2x16
16
TB27
27
2x10
24
TB30
30
2x12
24
TB36
36
2x14
24
TB36
36
2x16
24
TB36
36
Model No.
Model No.
2 to 3
times faster
installation
than wood
bridging.
Typical NCA
Installation
Install from below

as shown, or from
above. Drive upper
end into joist
approximately 1"
from the top.
TENSION BRIDGING FOR SOLID SAWN LUMBER

Joist
Size
16"
Centers
Code
Ref.
I16,
F15,
L9
For all bridging avoid

contact between steel
members (this may
cause squeaks).
I16,
F15,
L9
Typical TB Installation
Miscellaneous
Joist
Height
(in.)
Miscellaneous
WB/WBC/TWB/RCWB
Wall Bracing
Model
No.
Angle and
Wall Height
WB106
WB106C
TWB10
RCWB12
WB126
WB126C
TWB12
RCWB12
WB126
WB126C
TWB12
WB143C
RCWB14
TWB14
9'-558"
9'-6"
9'-9"
11'-4"
11'-438"
11'-434"
11'-4"
11'-4"
11'-438"
11'-434"
11'-4"
14'-3"
14'-2"
14'-2"
8' @ 60
8' @ 60
8' @ 55
8' @ 45
8' @ 45
8' @ 45
8' @ 45
9' @ 53
9' @ 53
9' @ 53
9' @ 53
10' @ 45
10' @ 45
10' @ 45
Fasteners
Plates
Studs
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
2-16d
1-8d
1"
WB
WBC
Break off WBC at predetermined length
TWB
RCWB
Rolled
edges for
strength
and safety
Rolled
edge for
strength
and safety
Code
Ref.
I16, L9, F15
I16, L9, F15
I16, F15
I16, L9, F15
I16, L9, F15
I16, F15
I16, L9, F15
I16, L9, F15
Typical RCWB
Installation
1. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long,

8d = 0.131" dia. x 212" long.
and information.
WB or WBC Wall
Bracing X and
V Applications
IS Insulation Supports
The insulation supports are cut from carbon steel,
spring wire for optimum flexibility and strength. Mitered
tips dig into the wood, securing itself and insulation
when installed between joists.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: None
INSTALLATION: Install between joists. IS16 for 16" o.c.

spacing; IS24 for 24" o.c. spacing. Follow insulation

manufacturers installation instructions.
Wear safety glasses, gloves and other
appropriate safety equipment.
Model
Diameter
Length
(in.)
Joist
Spacing
IS16-R100
0.08
1512
16" o.c.
IS24-R100
0.08
2312
24" o.c.
Code
Ref.
180
Miscellaneous
Simpson Strong-Tie wall bracing products offer effective options to resist racking
during construction. Additionally the RCWB and WB/WBC can be used to fulfill the
same code bracing requirements as a 1x4 let-in brace, but are cost effective and faster
to install. Not designed to replace structural panel shearwall load-carrying component.
The WBC (coiled WB) multiple product dispenser pack weighs less than 40 pounds,
making storage and transportation easy. WB106C15 pieces per roll, WB126C
12 pieces per roll, WB143C10 pieces per roll.
The RCWB features a rolled edge (the TWB has two rolled edges) for extra
strength and safety.
MATERIAL: WB and WBC16 gauge; TWB22 gauge; RCWB20 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
WB and WBC: Install in X pairs or in opposing V fashion.
Use with 16" or 24" o.c. 2x4 (min.) studs.
RCWB and TWB: Use with 16" o.c. studs.
Use minimum of 2x4 studs with TWB.
Use minimum of 2x6 studs with RCWB (2x4 min. for interior, non-bearing wall).
Establish a run-line using the bracing as a straight edge. Single cut a saw kerf
5
8" deep (TWB) or 118" deep (RCWB) along the run line. If the wall is pre-framed
on the floor, place the part into the saw kerf, and put one nail into the top plate.
Tilt the wall up and plumb before nailing off top plate, bottom plate and studs
according to the nailing schedule.
IS16
(IS24 similar)
Typical IS Installation
225
Miscellaneous
ICFVL Ledger Connector System

The ICFVL Ledger Connector System is engineered to solve the challenges of mounting
wood or steel ledgers to insulated concrete form (ICF) walls. The ICFVL is designed to
provide both vertical and lateral, in-plane performance. The system offers many benefits
over traditional anchor bolting, including better on center spacing in most cases, faster
installation and no protrusions.
The embedded legs of the ICFVL are embossed for additional stiffness and the hole
enables concrete to flow through and around the connector. The exposed flange on the
face of the ICF provides a structural surface for mounting either a wood or steel ledger.
MATERIAL: ICFVL14 gauge; ICFVL-CW and ICFVL-W16 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized
INSTALLATION: ICFVL in ICF
WARNING:
For use with a minimum 4" thick core
Industry studies show
Snap a chalk line for the bottom of the ledger
that hardened
Mark required on center spacing
fasteners can experience
Use ICFVL to mark kerfs locations
performance problems
Cut kerfs as marked
in wet environments.
Accordingly, use this
Insert ICFVL flush to the face of the ICF
product in dry
Pour concrete
environments only.
Wood Ledger Attachment ICFVL-W or -CW
5"
ICFVL
Patent Pending
6"
Slip appropriate ledger connector underneath the ledger

Install the eight ICF-D3.62 screws partially into the ledger
Position bottom of the ledger level to the chalk line and drive
the screws through the wood and into the ICFVL
Steel Ledger Attachment
Position bottom of the ledger level to the chalk line and against the ICFVL
Attach with four 14 -14x 3 4", #3 drill point screws (not provided)
All screws should be located at least " from the edge of the ICFVL
Space screws evenly
Allowable Loads (lbs)
Ledger
Type
Fasteners
Wood
Steel
Download
(100/115/125)
Lateral F1
(160)
8-ICF-D3.62
1940
1905
4- 14 x 34 3
1660
1525
ICFVL-W and
ICFVL-CW
Designer shall evaluate as follows:

1. Fasteners for wood ledger (ICF-D3.62) are provided with

Design Download/Allowable Download + Design
the part and fasteners for steel ledger are not provided.

Lateral Load/Allowable Lateral Load 1.
2. Loads apply to ICF foam thicknesses of 314" or less.
7. The ICFVL must be installed no closer than 4" below
3. Alternately, #14 x 34" fastener may be used.
the top of the wall to achieve the allowable loads
4. Tabulated loads may not be increased.
shown. For installations where the ICFVL is installed
5. Concrete f'c = 2500 psi minimum.
less than 4" from the top of the wall (including flush
6. When combining download and lateral loads,
applications) multiply the allowable loads by 0.94.
Ledger Type
Connector Type
DF/SP/SPF
LVL
68 mils (0.068")
54 mils (0.054")
ICFVL SPACING TO REPLACE ANCHOR BOLTS (in)1,2,3

5
8"Dia. Anchors at
(2)-58" Dia. Anchors at
2 " Dia. Anchors at
12"
o.c.
24"
o.c.
36"
o.c.
48"
o.c.
ICFVL w/ ICFVL-W
ICFVL w/ ICFVL-CW
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
ICFVL
ICFVL
11
15
22
30
33
45
44
48
12"
o.c.
24"
o.c.
36"
o.c.
WOOD LEDGERS
48
48
48
48
48
48
STEEL LEDGERS
9
18
27
12
24
36
4 " Dia. Anchors at
12"
o.c.
24"
o.c.
36"
o.c.
48"
o.c.
12"
o.c.
24"
o.c.
36"
o.c.
48"
o.c.
48
48
24
24
48
48
48
48
48
48
42
42
48
48
48
48
48
48
170
36
48
170
1. The Designer may specify different spacing based on the load requirements.
2. Spacings are based on perpendicular to grain capacity of bolt in wood ledger compared to tested value of ICFVL.
Additional connectors required for out-of-plane loads.
3. See flier F-ICFVL for additional connection details.
4. For steel ledgers, the 68 mil ledger spacing is closer than the 54 mil ledger because the calculated load of
a bolt is higher in a thicker piece of steel.
5. Steel ledger values are based on steel. Fu = 60 ksi.
6. Maximum ICF foam thickness is 234".
Typical Steel Ledger

Installation with ICFVL
(minimum 16 ga steel ledger)
in.
4" M
4" M
fromin.
top o
concrf
ete
in.
4" M
Bottom
of ledg
er
O.C.
Spa
cing
1
226
ICFVL
Code
Ref.
48"
o.c.
2
Typical Wood Ledger Installation
with ICFVL and ICFVL-W
MISINSTALLATION!
Requires 4 screws
at each location.
Table provides on
center spacing.
Miscellaneous
These tables address vertical load applications only.
Miscellaneous
FC Framing Clips
For fast, accurate framing. Three-dimensional nailing pattern
results in high-strength joint values. Ideal for fence construction.
Model
No.
Fasteners
Allowable F1 Loads
(100)
Code
Ref.
FC4
FC6
3916
512
8-16d
10-16d
865
1010
IP1, L18,
F13
Typical FC
Load Installation
FC

2. A 212" minimum lumber thickness is required to achieve the full load.
BT Brick Ties
Brick Ties provide a connection between
the wood structure and brick faade.
MATERIAL: 22 gauge
FINISH: Galvanized, available in Type 304

stainless steel (order as BTBSS).
INSTALLATION:

Holes sized for 10d commons.

See code for spacing requirements.
CODES: IRC 2009/2012, R703.7.4
TO ORDER: BT-R100 = retail pack of 100

BTB = bulk carton of 500
"
6
BTB
BT-R100
Typical BT Installation
MP Mending Plates
NG
DI
E
AT
PL
S
NOT FOR TRUSSES
Typical MP
Installation
1. Connectors are
not load rated.
MENDING PLATE
TP/TPA Tie Plates

TPs are nail-on tie plates. TPAs are flanged for added support.
INSTALLATION: Holes are sized for 8d common or 8dx112" nails.
Miscellaneous
EN
SE
180
(other sizes similar)
Code
Ref.
US
TR
MP14
MP24
MP36
Dimensions
W
L
1
4
2
4
3
6
R
FO
Model
No.
MP36
L
T
NO
Versatile and easy-to-use mending plates for wood-to-wood connections.

No nails or notching of wood required. For non-structural applications only;
not for truss applications.
INSTALLATION:
Place plate over two pieces of aligned wood with arrows aligned at joint.
Hammer the plate to embed the prongs.

Model
No.
TP15
TPA37
TPA39
TP35
TP37
TP39
TP311
TP45
TP47
TP49
TP411
TP57
TPA57
Dimensions
W
L
11316
5
312
7
312
9
318
5
318
7
318
9
318
11
418
5
418
7
418
9
418
11
534
7
5
7
Number of
Nail Holes
13
32
41
23
32
41
50
30
42
54
66
60
49
Code
Ref.
TPA
180
TP
1. Connectors are
not load rated.
227
Architectural Products Group
ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS GROUP

The Architectural Products Group consists
of aesthetically pleasing, pre-finished connectors
and innovative concealed joist ties designed for
exposed wood applications. These connectors
provide structural performance and, at the same
time, add a unique appearance feature to a project.
Refer to Simpson Strong-Tie C-APG catalog.
ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES
Eliminate time consuming prep work and
costly field painting. Available finishes
include textured flat black powder-coat,
gray paint and hot-dip galvanized coating.
AVAILABILITY
Select products are in stock and readily
available. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for
product availability and lead times for
non-stocked items.
PRE-ENGINEERED AND TESTED
Load-rated products are verified to perform
to design loads, unlike custom designed
and fabricated connectors.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
No-Equal quality-controlled manufacturing
ensures product consistency and high quality.
Products shown in this section come with textured flat black powder-coat unless otherwise noted. Most
are also available with a galvanized coating or gray primer. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for availability.
www.strongtie.com/apg
BP BEARING PLATES
Model
No.
BP12PC
BP58 -2PC
BP58PC
BP34PC
BP78PC
BP1PC
228
Thickness
(in.)
16
16
1
4
5
16
5
16
3
8
3
3
Dimensions
W
L
2
2
2
2
212
212
234
234
3
3
312
312
Bolt Dia.
(in.)
Code
Ref.
2
8
5
8
3
4
7
8
1
190
BP
Typical BP Installation
SPECIAL ORDER PARTS

Simpson Strong-Tie can make a variety of flat and bent
steel shapes, which include gusset plates for heavy timber
trusses, custom ornamental shapes and retaining plates.
MATERIAL: 3 gauge maximum
FINISH: Galvanized, textured powder-coated flat black,

Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint, stainless steel.

Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for availability.
TO OBTAIN A QUOTE:
Supply a CAD drawing in .dxf format complete
with plate dimensions, hole diameter and locations,
steel thickness, desired finish (Simpson Strong-Tie
Gray Paint, Black Powder-Coat, HDG or raw steel).
Total plate shape and size up to maximum dimensions
of 48"x48" (approx. 116" tolerance).
Simpson Strong-Tie does not provide product
engineering or load values for special order plates.
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for pricing information.
Refer to General Notes, note g on page 16 for
additional information.
W and H indicate
the envelope size of
the steel shape.
Typical Installation
(Plate shown has black
powder-coat)
Bearing plates give greater bearing surface than

standard cut washers, and help distribute the load at
these critical connections.
MATERIAL: See table
FINISH: Textured flat black powder-coat

CONCEALEDJOISTTIES
The CJT is a concealed connector. It can be installed
three ways: with no routing of header/post or beam; a routed
header/post, or a routed beam.
See General Notes.
The CJT Pack is supplied with all dowels and screws
required. Screws require a hex head driver.
Router end of beam for screw heads for flush installation.
The carried member may be sloped up or down to
45 with full table loads.
To provide maximum beam width for use with
short dowels, center in beam.
To order: specify short (e.g. CJT3S) or long dowels
(e.g. CJT3L) (see footnote #1 below).
OPTIONS: See technical bulletin T-C-CJT.
Min.
Joist
Size
Model
No.
4x6
4x8
4x10
4x12
4x12
CJT3
H1
H2
5916 4716
5916 4716
7
51516
8916 7716
10 81516
CJT3
CJT4
CJT5
CJT6
318 x6
5916 4716
318 x712
7
51516
318 x9
8916 7716
318 x1012 10 81516
CJT3
CJT4
CJT5
CJT6
312 x912 5916 4716

312 x912
7
51516
1
1
9
3 2 x9 2 8 16 7716
312 x1178 10 81516
Fasteners
(Quantity-Type)
Joist Pins
Post
(2" or 4")
DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH
6 - 14 x3" SDS
3 - 12"
6 - 14 x3" SDS
3 - 12"
8 - 14 x3" SDS
4 - 12"
10 - 14 x3" SDS
5 - 12"
12 - 14 x3" SDS
6 - 12"
GLULAM
6 - 14 x3" SDS
3 - 12"
8 - 14 x3" SDS
4 - 12"
10 - 14 x3" SDS
5 - 12"
12 - 14 x3" SDS
6 - 12"
PSL
6 - 14 x3" SDS
3 - 12"
8 - 14 x3" SDS
4 - 12"
1
10 - 4 x3" SDS
5 - 12"
12 - 14 x3" SDS
6 - 12"
2"
Short dowel
4"
Long dowel
Chamfered
Steel Dowel
(Galvanized)
CJT5
(Others similar)
Allowable Loads
Typical CJT Installation

(Note that dowels should be
centered within beam)
Code
Ref.
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
985
1825
2780
3490
4565
1050
1730
2420
2950
3425
1050
1730
2785
3390
3940
1050
1730
2970
3685
4280
IP5,
F17,
L13
1825
2780
3490
4510
1835
2410
2925
3380
1835
2770
3360
3890
1835
3010
3655
4225
IP5,
F17,
L13
1825
2780
3490
4650
1855
2440
2985
3485
2135
2805
3435
4010
2320
2810
3730
4360
IP5,
F17,
L13
CJT Sloped
View
WARNING:
This connector requires special attention to
ensure correct installation. The beam must be
installed perpendicular to the support member.
The connections components may be damaged
if the beam is rotated from its opposite end
during or after installation. Damaged
components may not be noticeable and may
reduce the connectors load carrying capacity.
1. Center dowel in beam. Short dowel (12" x 234") for use with 318 glulam beam, 4x sawn lumber, or 312" wide PSL.
Long dowel (12" x 434") for use with 518 glulam beam, 6x sawn lumber or greater widths.
2. See technical bulletin T-C-CJT for additional load information with long dowels.
ORNAMENTAL JOIST HANGER

The OHU Ornamental Joist Hangers are heavy duty, loadrated joist hangers that are attached with Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Drive 14"x3" double-barrier coating SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws (supplied with product).
MATERIAL: 12 gauge
FINISH: Textured powder-coated flat black paint.
OPTIONS: No modifications.
Dimensions
Model
No.
Joist
Size
Ga
OHU46-SDS3
OHU48-SDS3
OHU410-SDS3
OHU412-SDS3
OHU414-SDS3
OHU66-SDS3
OHU68-SDS3
OHU610-SDS3
OHU612-SDS3
OHU614-SDS3
4x6
4x8
4x10
4x12
4x14
6x6
6x8
6x10
6x12
6x14
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
3916
3916
3916
3916
3916
512
512
512
512
512
5
634
834
1034
1234
5
7
9
11
13
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
OHU
Typical OHU Installation
No. of SDS 14"x3"

Wood Screws
Face
6
8
12
12
14
6
12
14
16
18
Joist
4
6
6
8
10
4
6
6
8
10
DF/SP
SPF/HF
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Snow
(115)
Roof
(125)
1930
2765
2765
3565
3565
1930
2765
2765
3565
3565
2520
3360
5040
5040
5880
2520
5040
5880
6720
7560
2900
3865
5795
5795
6760
2900
5795
6760
7730
8695
3150
4200
6300
6300
7350
3150
5955
6885
7815
8745
1390
1990
1990
2570
2570
1390
1990
1990
2570
2570
1800
2400
3600
3600
4200
1800
3600
4200
4800
5400
2070
2760
4140
4140
4830
2070
4140
4830
5520
6210
2250
3000
4500
4500
5250
2250
4290
4960
5630
6300
1. Allowable uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
UPDATED 03/27/15
Code
Ref.
CJT4
CJT5
CJT6
Dimensions
(in.)
"
Dia.
170
229

CLASSIC COLLECTION
1"
Min.
HSTPC
MATERIAL: As noted in tables

FINISH: Textured powder-coated flat black paint

See General Notes.
PS218PC and PS418PC
STRAP TIES
Ga
HST2PC
HST5PC
HST3PC
HST6PC
PS218PC
PS418PC
PS720PC
7
7
3
3
7
7
7
Dimensions
W
212
5
3
6
2
4
634
Allowable
Tension Loads1,2
(160)
5220
10650
7625
15360
4990
5030
4685
Bolts
L
Qty Dia
5
2114 6
8
2114 12 58
3
2512 6
4
2512 12 34
3
18
4
4
3
18
4
4
1
20
8
2
Code
Ref.
W
W
PSPC
1"
Min.
PS218PC and PS418PC
I4,
L3, F2
PS720PC
180
2. Allowable loads are based on parallel-to-grain loading and a minimum
member thickness of 312" with machine bolts in single shear. Straps
must be centered about splice joint and bolt edge distances must meet
NDS minimum requirements.
3. Designer must determine allowable loads when combining bolts
parallel and perpendicular to grain.
CCPC
BEAM-TO-COLUMN TIES
1212HLPC
1616HLPC
1212HTPC
1616HTPC
Ga
7
7
7
7
Dimensions
W
212
212
212
212
H
12
16
12
16
L
12
16
12
16
CBPC
Minimum Bolt
End & Edge
Distances
d1
212
212
212
212
Bolts
d2
438
438
438
438
Allowable Loads1,2
Tension/Uplift
F1
Qty Dia
5 58
5 58
6 58
6 58
(100/160)
(100/160)
1535
1535
2585
2585
565
565
815
815
Code
Ref.
170
1. 1212HL, 1616HL, 1212HT and 1616HT are to be installed in pairs with machine bolts
in double shear. A single part with machine bolts in single shear is not load-rated.
3. 1212HT, 1616HT loads assume a continuous beam.
MEGPC
without
Top Flange
COLUMN BASES
Model
No.
Ga
CB44PC
CB46PC
CB48PC
CB66PC
CB68PC
CB88PC
CB810PC
7
7
7
7
7
3
3
W1
3916
3916
3916
512
512
712
712
W2
312
512
712
512
712
712
912
Bolts
Qty
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dia
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
5
8
3
4
3
4
(160)
4200
4200
4200
4200
4200
6650
6650
Dimensions
Model
No.
LEG3PC
LEG5PC
MEG5PC
LEG7PC
MEG7PC
314
514
514
678
678
Min.
TF
H
IL8
9
9
9
9
9
212
212
212
212
212
Model
No.
Ga
CC44PC
CC46PC
CC66PC
CC68PC
CC88PC
7
7
7
7
3
Dimensions
W1
358
358
512
512
712
W2
358
512
512
712
712
L
H
7
4
11 612
11 612
11 612
13 8
Bolts
Beam
Post
Qty Dia Qty Dia
2 58 2 58
4 58 2 58
4 58 2 58
4 58 2 58
4 34 2 34
Allowable Loads
Joist
Qty Dia Qty Dia

3
3
4
4
2
4
3
3
4
4
2
4
3
3
6
4
2
4
3
3
4
4
2
4
3
3
6
4
2
4
Allowable Loads
Uplift
Down
(160)
(100)
1465
15310
2800
24060
4040
30250
4040
37810
7440
54600
Code
Ref.
I12,
L4,
F11
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading with
2. Post sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides.
3. Downloads are determined using F'c perpendicular equal to 625 psi on seat area;
reduce where end bearing value of post, L/R of post, or other criteria are limiting.
4. See page 60 for glulam beam sizes and end conditions. Add PCto the model, i.e. CC314-4PC.
5. Column caps for end conditions available to order, add an E to the start of the model
number. See page 69 for load values.
Bolts
Header
LEGPC/
MEGPC
COLUMN CAPS
Code
Ref.
2. See page 60 for glulam beam sizes. Add PC to the model, i.e. CB5-6PC.
3. Minimum side cover for full loads is 3" for CBs.
4. Install with bottom of base flush with concrete.
5. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members
from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for
BEAM HANGERS
MATERIAL:
Top flange7 ga,
Stirrups7 ga.
230
Dimensions
Allowable
Tension Loads
Typical 1212HTPC
Installation
(1616HTPC similar)
Without
Top Flange
(100)
3465
3465
5170
3465
5170
(125)
4330
4330
6460
4330
6460
No Triangle
Theory
(100)
12675
16290
19710
16290
19710
(125)
13215
16290
19710
16290
19710
Triangle
Theory
(100)
11865
11865
13570
11865
13570
(125)
12730
12730
14865
12730
14865
Code
Ref.
I19,
L14,
F18
1. Allowable loads assume a 512"

carrying member.
2. Specify desired height, minimum
height listed in the table.
3. Glulam widths listed in table.
To specify other widths add an
X to the name and specify.
4. See Glulam Connectors section
of this catalog for additional
information on these products.
5. Refer to page 104 footnote #4
For triangle theory explanation.
Model
No.
Model
No.
Typical
1212HLPC
Installation
(1616HLPC
similar)
PS720PC
L

RUSTIC COLLECTION
STRAP TIES
Dimensions
Model
No.
Ga
OS
OHS
OHS135
OHS195
12
7
7
7
Bolts
Qty
2
212
6
6
12
12
1312
1912
4
4
4
8
Dia
2
8
3
4
3
4
Allowable Loads1,2
Tension/Uplift
(160)
1565
2015
5045
10085
1"
Min.
1"
Min.
MATERIAL: As noted in tables

FINISH: Textured powder-coated flat black paint
Code
Ref.
Typical
OL/OHL
Installation
Typical
OT/OHT
Installation
170
2. Allowable loads are based on parallel-to-grain loading and a minimum member thickness
of 312" with machine bolts in single shear. Straps must be centered about splice joint and
bolt edge distances must meet NDS minimum requirements.
3. Designer must determine allowable loads when combining bolts parallel and perpendicular to grain.
OHS135
OHS195
BEAM-TO-COLUMN TIES
Dimensions
Model
Ga
No.
OL
OHL
OT
OHT
W
2
212
2
212
12
7
12
7
H
12
12
12
12
Minimum Bolt
End & Edge
Distances
L
12
12
12
12
d1
2
212
2
212
d2
312
438
312
438
Allowable Loads1,2,3
Tension/Uplift
F1
Bolts
Qty Dia
5 12
5 58
6 12
6 58
(100/160)
(100/160)
1435
1535
2585
2585
565
565
815
815
Code
Ref.
OU (7 ga)
OS
OHS
170
1. OL, OHL, OT and OHT must be installed in pairs with machine bolts in double
shear. A single part with machine bolts in single shear is not load-rated.
3. OT, OHT loads assume a continuous beam.
Model
No.
Ga
OHA33
OHA36
7
7
Dimensions
W
L
318
3
318
6
Bolts
Qty
2
4
Dia
3
4
3
4
Code
Ref.
COLUMN BASES
Model
No.
Ga
OCB44
Dimensions
Allowable
Uplift Loads
Bolts
W1
W2
Qty
3916
312
OCB46
3 16
5 2
OCB48
3916
712
OCB66
512
512
OCB68
512
712
OCB88
712
712
OCB810
712
912
Dia
(160)
4200
4200
4200
4200
4200
6650
6650
COLUMN CAPS
Model
Ga
No.
OCC44
OCC46
OCC66
OCC68
OCC88
3
3
3
3
3
Dimensions
W1
358
358
512
512
712
W2
358
512
512
712
712
L
9
12
12
12
15
H
412
712
712
712
712
Bolts
Beam
Post
Qty Dia Qty Dia
5
5
2
8
2
8
5
5
4
8
2
8
5
5
4
8
2
8
5
5
4
8
2
8
3
3
4
4
2
4
OHA
180
Code
Ref.
170

increased 60% for wind
or earthquake loading
with no further increase
allowed; reduce where
other loads govern.
2. Minimum side cover for
full loads is 3" for CBs.
3. Install with bottom of
base flush with concrete.
4. Post bases do not provide
adequate resistance to
prevent members from
rotating about the base
and therefore are not
recommended for non
top-supported installations
(such as fences or
unbraced carports).
Allowable Loads
Uplift
Down
(160)
(100)
1465
15310
2800
24060
4040
30250
4040
37810
7440
54600
1. Allowable uplift loads have been increased 60% for wind or earthquake loading
2. Downloads are determined by nominal sawn beam allowable bearing at
625 psi on seat area; reduce where shear value of beam, end bearing value of post,
L/R of post, or other criteria are limiting.
3. Post sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides.
4. For end conditions specify OECC.
Code
Ref.
170
OCC (3 ga)
OCB (3 ga)
JOIST HANGERS
Model
Ga
No.
Dimensions
W
Bolts
Allowable Loads1,2
H Header Joist
Uplift
(160)
Floor
(100)
Roof2
(125)
OU46
3916
2-34
1-34
685
1270
1590
OU48
3916
4-34
2-34
1365
2545
3175
OU410
3 16
4- 4
2- 4
1365
2545
3175
OU412
3916
11
6-34
3-34
2050
3815
4765
OU414
3916
13
6-34
3-34
2050
3815
4765
OU68
512
4-34
2-34
1365
2545
3175
OU610
5 2
4- 4
2- 4
1365
2545
3175
OU612
512
11
6-34
3-34
2050
3815
4765
OU614
512
13
6-34
3-34
2050
3815
4765
OU810
712
4-34
2-34
1365
2545
3175
OU812
7 2
11
6- 4
3- 4
2050
3815
4765
OU814
712
13
6-34
3-34
2050
3815
4765
Code
Ref.
170
1. Load values allowed assume a carrying member of not less than 312".
2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless a limited by other criteria.
Floor loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code
provided they do not exceed those in the roof column.
3. Additional glulam beam widths are available. Add an X to the name and
specify width, i.e. OU68X, W = 5.25.
4. Skew and slope options not available.
HEAVY ANGLES
231
Allowable Loads
Post
Anchor
Bolt
Uplift
Down3
CPS4
CPS46
CPS5
CPS6
CPS7
PBV6PC
PBV10PC
4x4
4x6
5x5
6x6
8x8
6" Dia
10" Dia
3 4
5516
418
5516
714
514
9316
3 4
3516
418
5516
714
1
1
1
1
114
1
1
4-10d
4-10d
4-10d
4-10d
4-10d
4-SDS14x3
4-SDS14x3
8"
2-58"
5
8"
5
8"
5
8"
5
8"
5
8"
4490
4490
4490
4490
4490
3800
3800
5195
5865
5865
7745
8315
9250
19225
Versatile angle gussets and heavy angles promote

standardization and construction economy, and are compatible
with Simpson Strong-Tie structural hardware.
FINISH: Textured powder-coated flat black paint, Simpson

Strong-Tie gray paint and also available galvanized
TO ORDER: All products with PC suffix are textured powder
coated flat black paint. 7 gauge products without the

PC suffix are galvanized. 3 gauge products without the

PC suffix are Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint.
OPTIONS: Gussets may be added to HL models when L 5".

Specify G after numbers in model number as in HL46GPC.
Uplift
Code
Ref.
170
F1
Dimensions
Model
No.
Ga
HL33PC
314
HL35PC
314
HL37PC
HL53PC
W1 & W2 L
Typical HL55PC
Installation
D1
D2
212 114
Bolts (Total)
D3
D4
Qty
Uplift
F1
910
1580
910
1580
910
1580
910
1580
910
1580
910
1580
1555
1580
1555
2025
1555
2025
1555
2025
2115
3800
2115
3800
314
712 114 212
534
212 114
212
HL55PC
534
114 212
212
HL57PC
534
712 114 212
212
12
HL43PC
414
112 234
HL46PC
414
112
234
HL49PC
414
112
234
HL73PC
714
112 234
HL76PC
714
112
234
HL79PC
714
112
234
12
Allowable Loads
Dia
114 212
HL53PC
HL55PC
es
1. Allowable uplift load capacities are for solid sawn posts with specific
gravity of 0.36 minimum except the PBV, which is based on round Viga
(Ponderosa Pine) wood posts.
2. All allowable uplift loads are based on a lowest ultimate load from testing
divided by a safety factor of 4. Concrete anchorage to be designed by
others, refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Anchoring and Fastening Systems for
Concrete and Masonry catalog (form C-SAS).
Allowable uplift capacities shall not exceed those shown in the table.
3. Download capacities are calculated based on the standoff bearing area and a
concrete strength of 2500 psi except the PBV, which is based on the wood
bearing strength (700 psi for Ponderosa Pine).
4. Allowable loads may not be increased for short term loading.
5. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long.
Optional
Gusset
232
Typical CPS4 Installation
Typical PBV6PC Installation
gi ST
ne R
e r ON
ed G
fo -TI
rN E
o- CO
Eq M
ua PO
l P SI
er TE
fo S
rm
an
c
En
PBVPC
Post or
Column
Size
HL HEAVY ANGLES & GUSSETS
10"
Model
No.
CPS4
(other sizes
similar except
CPS46)
Code
Ref.
170
1. Allowable loads have been increased 60% for wind or

earthquake loading with no further increase allowed; reduce
2. Use 0.85 times table load for Hem Fir.
3. Parts should be centered on the face of the member to
which they are attached.
4. Wood members for the 3 and 5 series must have a
minimum width and thickness of 312" for table loads to apply.
5. Wood members for the 4 and 7 series must have a
minimum width and thickness of 518" for table loads to apply.
6. Parts must be used in pairs. Lag bolts of equal diameter
(minimum 5" long) may be substituted for machine bolts
into beam with no reduction in load.
Fasteners
10d Nail
CPS46
The CPS is a Composite Plastic Standoff designed for increased

concrete surface area.
MATERIAL: Engineered composite plastic
INSTALLATION: PBV and CPS
Post:
Drill a 34" diameter hole, 10" into the center of the post.
Clean out dust. Fill hole halfway with Simpson Strong-Tie
SET Epoxy Anchoring adhesive.
Insert all-thread rod and allow epoxy to set and cure.
Secure standoff to post using four 10d nails except PBV which
uses four Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty
Connector screws.
Concrete:
Drill a 34" diameter hole per anchor design (see footnote 2 below).
Clean out dust. Fill hole halfway with Simpson Strong-Tie SET
Epoxy Anchoring adhesive. Insert post subassembly into hole and
allow epoxy to set and cure.
members from rotating about the base and therefore are not
recommended for non top-supported installations (such as
fences or unbraced carports).
Dimensions
S
TR
O
N
G
-T
IE
S
IM
P
S
O
N
The PBVis a hidden standoff post base. Two different sizes fit a
variety of posts shapes.
MATERIAL: 14 gauge galvanized steel
FINISH: Textured powder-coated flat black paint or galvanized
ORDER: For powder-coated flat black, order PBV6PC or PBV10PC.

For galvanized coating, order PBV6 or PBV10. For kit containing

Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Drive SDS Heavy-Duty Connector

screws, RFB bolt, SET Epoxy Anchoring adhesive, and powder
coated PBV, order PBV6KT or PBV10KT.
1" Diameter
P
4 S
X
6
"
STANDOFFBASES
Hanger Options
HANGER OPTIONS GENERAL NOTES

HANGER MODIFICATION OPTIONS AND APPLICATIONS
The Hanger Options Matrix for Face Mount and Top Flange Hangers on pages 234-235 shows hanger modifications and special applications
(uplift, nailers and weldability) that are available for each model series. Modifications may not be available for all models in the series, and some
combinations of hanger options are not available. Many hanger modifications result in load reductions. For all modifications, refer to the listed hanger
option pages for additional information regarding the availability of each modification, associated load reductions, and installation requirements.
For more information regarding the applications, refer to the individual product pages throughout the catalog.
HANGER OPTIONS GENERAL NOTES

This information applies only to the hangers manufactured by Simpson Strong-Tie and installed per our instructions. Some combinations of
these options on a single hanger have not been evaluated. In some cases, combinations of these options cannot be manufactured. A qualified Designer
must always evaluate each connection, including header and joist limitations, before specifying the product.
Testing is performed using a standardized hanger test method. The joist in the test setup may include the minimum amount of structural stability
where appropriate. For example, the sloped down hanger tests are assembled with a joist cut on the lower end to lie flush with a wood member attached
with three 8d common toenails. Header and other attached structural members are assumed fixed in actual installations. Horizontal loads induced by
sloped joists must be resisted by other members in the structural system.
MATERIAL: Gauge may vary from that specified depending on the manufacturing process used. U, HU, HUTF, W and B hangers normally have

single-piece stirrups; occasionally, the seat may be welded. Hanger configurations, height and fastener schedules may vary from the tables

depending on the joist size, skew and slope.
FINISH: See specific hanger tables. Welded specials: Simpson Strong-Tie gray paint.

Specials that are not galvanized before fabrication can be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication; specify HDG.
CODES: Modified hangers, due to their numerous variations, are not on code reports.
LOADS: For multiple modifications on the same connector, use the single multiplier factor that yields the lowest design loads.
TO ORDER: Use the abbreviations below to order specials. The example shows a W410 hanger and illustrates most available options;

most special hangers have only a few of these features. For assistance, contact Simpson Strong-Tie.
INSTALLATION:
Fastener quantities may be increased beyond the amount specified in the standard hanger table.
Fill all holes with the table-specified fastener types.
Some skewed hangers require bevel cut joists; refer to the specific notes provided for each product.
W410 X
SKL20
TFDL20
Seat
Skewed
Top Flange
Sloped
Left (20)
Down Left
Down (SKR = Skewed
(20)
Right)
(30)
(TFDR =
(SLU = Seat Up)
X = Modification
Top Flange
Down Right)
TFO20
OSR
Top
Flange
Open
(20)
Offset
Top Flange
Right
(OSL = Offset
Top Flange
(TFC =
Left)
Top Flange
Closed)
The new Joist Hanger Selector

software enables you the most
optimum product for your project.
The software takes into consideration
all the characteristics seen in this
catalog. Visit www.strongtie.com/jhs.
HEIGHT FOR SLOPED HANGERS

Height 1 (H1) is the joist height before the slope cut has been made.
Specify Angle
Net Height (Net H) is the joist height after the slope cut has been made.
Provide H1 when ordering a connector. Connectors are made
assuming dry lumber is being used in continuously dry conditions.
Simpson Strong-Tie will calculate the Net H dimension based on the
mathematical formula of H1/cos angle.
Hanger Options
Base
Model
SLD30
233
Hanger Options
FACE-MOUNT HANGER OPTION MATRIX

HANGER MODIFICATION OPTIONS
APPLICATIONS
SKEWED &
SLOPED SEAT
CONCEALED
FLANGE(S)
Slopeable
Slopeable&
Skewable
Concealed
HGU
45
See Note 4
HGUM
45
See Note 4
FACE MOUNT HANGERS
HGUQ
HGUS
45
HHGU
HHUS
45
HSUL/HSUR
45 Std.
HSULC/HSURC
45 Std.
HTU
6712
HU
6712
HUC
See Note 3
45
243
243
237
243
237
Std.
237
236
Std.
U, W
236
Std.
Std.
243
243
LTHJA
LTHMA
LU
243
45
45
HUSC
IUS
LGU
45
LGUM
45
LSU/LSSU
See Note 4
Field skewable and slopeable to 45 available for some models
LUC
Std.
LUS
MGU
45
See Note 4
MIU
MUS
SUL/SUR
45 Std.
SULC/SURC
45 Std.
THGB/THGBH/
THGBV/THGBHV
THGQH
Std.
See Note 4
238
45
238
THJU
6712
45
THJA
Hanger Options
Weldable
U, W
HUCQ
234
Uplift
45
237
236
1. Refer to the specific product pages for uplift, nailer, and weld information.
2. Refer to the listed pages for each model series for restrictions, required load reductions, and
additional information regarding the hanger modifications.
3. HUC less than 314" wide cannot be skewed 45. See page 236 for allowable skews for narrower widths.
4. Square cut allowed for beams up to 512" and 4-ply trusses.
= Available for all models
= Available for some models
Std. = Available with standard model (no modification required)
UPDATED 03/27/15
SLOPED SEAT
Butt Cut
WELDABILITY
HANGER OPTION PAGE(S)
SQUARE CUT
JOIST ALLOWED
Skewable
BASE
MODEL
SERIES
UPLIFT
ALTERNATE WIDTHS
ALLOWABLE
SKEW
SKEWED SEAT
Hanger Options
TOP-FLANGE HANGER OPTION MATRIX

APPLICATIONS
45
45
BA
EG
45
EGQ
45
RIDGE
HANGER
Sloped Top Flange
Open Top Flange
Closed Top Flange
Offset Top Flange
Saddle Hanger
Ridge Hanger
TOP FLANGE HANGERS
45
45
GH
45
GLS
50
45
GLT
50
45
GLTV
50
45
HB
45
45
45
HGB
HGLS
50
45
HGLT
50
45
HGLTV
50
45
45
HHB
45
HUSCTF/HUCITF
HUTF/HUITF
45
HW/HWI
84
45
45
HWU
45
45
Weldable
Nailer
240
U, N, W
242
242
U, W
240
238
U, W
239
U, W
239
U, N, W
239
U, N, W
240
240
U, W
239
U, W
239
U, W
239
U, W
240
U, N
Std.
242
Std.
242
N, W
241
U, N, W
241
HIT
HUCTF
Uplift
U, N, W
45
GB
ITS
U, N
LB
U, N, W
LBAZ
LBV
45
LEG
45
MBHA
45
MEG
45
MIT
20-45
MSC
25-45
MSCPT
45
45
45
45
U, N, W
U, N, W
240
242
242
242
U, N
THA
U, N
THAC
Std.
U, N
PF
THAI
THAR/L
45 Std.
THASR/L
22-75 Field
Skewable
W/WI
84
WM/WMI
45
WNP/WP/WPI
WPU/WNPU
84
45
45
45
45
45
U, N
N, W
241
235
N, W
241
U, N, W
241
Hanger Options
SADDLE
HANGER
Concealed
OFFSET
TOP FLANGE
Slopeable&
Skewable
CLOSED
TOP FLANGE
CONCEALED
FLANGE(S)
Slopeable
OPEN
TOP FLANGE
SKEWED &
SLOPED SEAT
Butt cutt
UPLIFT
NAILERS
WELDABILITY
SLOPED
TOP FLANGE
SLOPED SEAT
Skewable
ALTERNATE WIDTHS
SQUARE CUT
JOIST ALLOWED
BASE
MODEL
SERIES
ALLOWABLE
SKEW
SKEWED SEAT
HANGER OPTION PAGE(S)
HANGER MODIFICATION OPTIONS
See foonotes on page 234.
= Available for all models
= Available for some models
Std. = Available with standard model (no modification required)
UPDATED 03/27/15
235
Hanger Options
HANGER OPTIONS
U/HU
Skew
Angle
Slope
Angle
A Flange
Typical HU
Sloped Down,
Skewed Right
Installation
Typical HU
Installation
Manufactured with
Flanges Straight
Typical HUC
Installed on a Beam
A Flange
Acute
Side
A
Flange
Maximum Skew Degree

for Skewed HUC Hangers
Hanger
Width
(in.)
Maximum
Skew
(degree)
2516
31
2 8
31
2916
34
234
37
318
41
3 4
42
Specify Angle
Specify Angle
51 to 67
Top View U Hanger

Skewed Right < 51
(Square Cut)
Top View U Hanger

Skewed Right 51
(Square Cut)
A Flange on
Acute Side Concealed
1. Widths greater than 4932"

maximum skew is 45.
Top View HUC

Concealed Hanger
Skewed Right
(Square Cut)
Specify Angle
See Hanger Options General Notes.

Not all slope and skew combinations are available.
SLOPED, SKEWED, AND SLOPED/SKEWED
For low-cost, code-reported 45 skews, see SUR/SUL
and HSUR/HSUL. See also LSU/LSSU connectors.
These options only apply to wood-to-wood connections.
U/HU may be skewed to a maximum of 45 and
sloped to a maximum of 45. Hangers 512" or less
in width may be skewed to 6712. Hangers skewed
51- 6712 require a square cut.
For all options, uplift loads are 0.75 of table loads.
For skewed hangers 3916" and less in width, the
allowable download is 100% of the table load. For
skewed hangers over 3916" in width the allowable
download is 80% of the table load. For slope only,
the allowable download is 100% of the table load.
For combined slopes and skews, the maximum
Skewed hangers may have joist nails only on one side.
STRAIGHT OR CONCEALED FLANGE
HU is available with the A flanges straight at 100%
of the table loads if W 312".
- If W < 3", use N10 nails at 0.64 of the table load.
- If W 3", use 10d nails at 0.84 of the table load.
HU is available with A flanges concealed, provided
the W dimension is 2516" or greater, at 100% of the
table load. Specify HUC.
HU is available with one flange concealed when the W
dimension is less than 2516" at 100% of the table load.
For skewed only HUC hangers, the flange on the
acute side can be concealed at 100% of the table load.
See table for skew limitations.
For sloped only hangers, flanges can be concealed
at 100% of the table load.
For sloped and skewed hangers, the flange on the
acute side can be concealed at 0.80 of the table load.
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for skew limitations.
When nailing into the carrying members end grain,
the allowable load is 0.67 of the table load.
For welding see technical bulletin T-HUHUC-W.
Hanger Options
WM/WMI/WMU
236

INSTALLATION: Bevel-cut the joist for skewed hangers (see illustration).
HANGER HEIGHT
For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load
SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT
WM/WMI may be skewed and/or sloped to 45 maximum.
The allowable load is 100% of the table load.
OFFSET TOP FLANGE
The top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the
end of a header. The allowable load is 0.50 of the table roof load.
UPLIFT (WMU Only)
No modifications on WMU.
Typical WM Sloped Down,

Skewed Right Block Wall
Installation
Typical WM
Top Flange Offset Left
Hanger Options
HANGER OPTIONS
HTU
SKEWED SEAT
Skewable up to 6712.
Available in single and 2-ply size.
No bevel cut required.
A
Flange
Acute
Side
A
Flange
Allowable Loads for Skewed HTU Hangers

Model
No.
HTU26
HTU28
HTU210
HTU26-2
HTU28-2
HTU210-2
Skew Angle
(Degree)
< 51
51-6712
< 51
51-6712
< 51
51-6712
< 51
51-6712
< 51
51-6712
< 51
51-6712
Fasteners
Carrying
Member
20-16d
20-16d
26-16d
26-16d
32-16d
32-16d
20-16d
20-16d
26-16d
26-16d
32-16d
32-16d
Carried
Member
14-10dx112
12-10dx112
20-10dx112
17-10dx112
26-10dx112
22-10dx112
14-10d
12-10d
20-10d
17-10d
26-10d
22-10d
1. Uplift loads have been increased for wind or earthquake

loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where
other loads govern.
2. Allowable downloads may not be increased.
DFL/SP Allowable Loads1,2
HF/SPF Allowable Loads1,2
Uplift
(133/160)
1315
970
2015
1485
2715
2005
1335
1110
2470
1710
3600
2255
Uplift
(133/160)
1130
835
1730
1280
2335
1725
1145
955
2120
1470
3100
1940
Download
(100/115/125)
2945
2595
3060
2815
3175
3040
2555
2700
3890
3775
4935
4790
Download
(100/115/125)
2530
2230
2630
2420
2730
2615
2200
2320
3345
3245
4245
4120
3. Maximum hanger gap between end of joist (truss) and face of carrying
member is 18".
4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 312" long, 10dx112 = 0.148" dia. x 112" long,
10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See pages 22-23 for other nail sizes and information.
Specify Angle
Top View HTU Hanger

Skewed Right < 51
Specify Angle
51 to 67
Top View HTU Hanger

Skewed Right 51
HGUS/HHUS
HGUS SKEWED SEAT

HGUS hangers can be skewed only to a maximum of 45o. Allowable loads are:

HGUS Seat Width

W < 2"
W < 2"
2" < W < 6"
2" < W < 6"
W > 6"
Joist
square cut
bevel cut
bevel cut
square cut
bevel cut
THJU
HANGER WIDTHS
THJU is available in intermediate seat
widths between 518" (THJU26 width)
and 818" (THJU26-W width).
Allowable download and uplift for all
intermediate widths is 100% of the
THJU26-W table loads.
For double hip installation, divide the
total allowable load by 2 to determine
the allowable load for each hip.
Order as THJU26X and specify width;
see table for reference.
Down Load
0.62 of table load
0.72 of table load
0.85 of table load
0.46 of table load
0.85 of table load
Acute
Side
Specify Angle
Top View HHUS Hanger Skewed Right

(joist must be bevel cut)
All joist nails installed on the
outside angle (non-acute side).
Uplift
0.46 of table load
0.46 of table load
0.41 of table load
0.41 of table load
0.41 of table load
THJU Intermediate Width Options

Carried Member Combination
Hip Skew
2-Ply Hip and Single-Ply Jack
45
638
Single-Ply Hip and 2-Ply Jack
45
634
Double (Terminal) Hip
45
738
2-Ply Hip and 2-Ply Jack
Single-Ply Hip
and Single-Ply Jack
Width (W)
45
Use THJU26-W
44- 46
Use THJU26
47- 49
512
50- 52
534
Hip
Skew
53- 55
56- 57
638
58- 59
658
THJU Top View Installation
60- 61
62- 63
738
64- 65
Use THJU26-W
Hanger Options

HHUS SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT
HHUS hangers can be skewed to a maximum of 45 and/or sloped to a maximum of 45.
For skew only, maximum allowable download is 0.85 of the table load.
For sloped only or sloped and skewed hangers, the maximum allowable download is 0.65 of the table load.
Uplift loads for sloped/skewed conditions are 0.72 of the table load, not to exceed 2475 lbs.
The joist must be bevel-cut to allow for double shear nailing.
237
Hanger Options
HANGER OPTIONS
THGQH
Working Point

SKEWED SEAT
THGQH may be skewed 45 for
the models shown. Carried members
may be bevel cut.
For Hem-Fir or Spruce-Pine-Fir
members, multiply tabulated
allowable loads for the skewed
45
THGQH by 0.86. Connector must
be installed centered on girder
vertical webs.
Model #
Max.
B.C.
Depth
(in.)
THGQH2 SK45
17
THGQH3 SK45
Face
2x6
18-14"x3" SDS
2x8
28-14"x3" SDS
2x8
30-14"x412" SDS
2x10
36-14"x412" SDS
2x8
34- 4"x6" SDS
2x10
40-14"x6" SDS
14
THGQH4 SK45
Fasteners
Min.
Vertical
Web Size
13

Joist
Uplift
(160)
18-14"x3" SDS
4570
18-14"x412" SDS
3875
18-14"x6" SDS
3180
Down
(100/115/125)
6090
9470
10270
12480
11890
13990
Working Point
45
Typical THGQH2 SK45
Installation Skewed Left
(Top View)
Typical THGQH2 SK45

Hanger Options

SKEWED SEAT
THGB/THGBH/THGBV/THGBHV hangers can be
skewed to a maximum of 45.
The maximum allowable down load and uplift load
for skew is 0.87 of the table load.
DROPPED BUCKET
THGBV/THGBHV backplates can be extended to
allow for up to a 6" dropped bucket.
Allowable loads are 100% of the table loads.
Order as X version, specify the total backplate
height, BK_PLT, equal to the hanger height (H)
plus the dropped bucket amount (db).
Ex: a THGBV3.62/9 with a 4" dropped bucket
would have a total backplate height of 2714".
238
THGBH3
(Skewed Left)
THGB/THGBH/THGBV/THGBHV
Typical THGBH
GH Girder Hanger
SKEWED SEAT
GH hangers may be skewed to a
maximum of 45; bevel cut required.
The allowable loads are 100%
of the table load.
Specify GHD for saddle-style
hangers. GHD may not be skewed.
GHD
Typical GH Installation
Skewed Right
Hanger Options
HANGER OPTIONS
INSTALLATION: Bevel-cut the carried beam for

skewed hangers.
HANGER HEIGHT
For hangers exceeding the joist height by 12",
allowable load is 50% of the table roof load.
GLT/GLTV/HGLT/HGLTV and GLS/HGLS series
may be skewed to a maximum of 50 or sloped
to a maximum of 45.
For skews greater than 15, multiply the table
uplift load by 0.50.
For sloped only, the maximum allowable load is
6500 lbs. for the GLT/GLS/GLTV, 9165 lbs. for
the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV.
For skewed only, the maximum allowable load is
6550 lbs. for the GLT/GLS/GLTV, 7980 lbs. for
the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV. The deflection at full
loading may reach 14".
Sloped and skewed GLT/GLS/GLTV configurations
have a maximum allowable load of 5500 lbs.
Sloped and skewed combinations are not
allowed for the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV.
Sloped and/or skewed seat hangers may not be
installed in non-backed nailer/header installations.
SLOPED TOP FLANGE
A top flange may be sloped down left or down right
to 30 with or without a sloped and/or skewed seat
(see illustration). Reduce allowable table loads
using straight-line interpolation (see page 241).
OFFSET TOP FLANGE
The top flange may be offset left or right for
placement at the end of a header. Minimum seat
width 314". The maximum allowable load is 0.50
of the table load for the GLT/GLS/GLTV, and 0.45
for the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV.
For skewed and offset top-flange GLS/GLT/GLTV
hangers with inward configuration, the maximum
allowable load is 3,500 lbs. Outward configuration
is not allowed.
For skewed and offset top-flange HGLS/HGLT/HGLTV
hangers with inward or outward configuration, the
maximum allowable load is the lesser of a) 45% of
the catalog load or b) 4,300 lbs,
No uplift load.
W2
W1
H2
GLSX SKL TFOL

Typical GLT
(HGLT similar)
W2
GLS (Skewed Inward)

Skewed Left, Offset Left
(Top View)
SK
SIDE 2
S
Specify Low Side,

High Side, or Center
Flush with Header
(Low Side Flush Shown)
Specify
Angle
SIDE 1
(Reference Side)
SK
HGLS (Skewed Outward)

Skewed Right, Offset Left
(Top View)
SK
SIDE 2
S
SIDE 1
Typical
HGLT Top Flange
Sloped Down Left
with Low Side Flush
(Reference Side)
SK
W1
Center Flush
Shown
Low Side Flush

Shown
CL
Skew
Angle
Slope
Angle
Skew
Angle
High Side Flush

Shown
Slope
Angle
Skew
Angle
Slope
Angle
Hanger Options
GLT/HGLT/GLS/HGLS/GLTV/HGLTV
Typical GLT Sloped Down, Skewed Right

When ordering, specify Low Side Flush, Center Flush or High Side Flush
239
Hanger Options
HANGER OPTIONS
B/LBV/HB/HHB/GB/HGB
Center Flush Shown
Low Side Shown
Specify Angle
Specify Angle
Specify Angle

MATERIAL:
Gauge may vary from that specified depending
on the manufacturing process used. Hanger
configurations, height and fastener schedules
may vary from the tables depending on the joist
size, skew and slope.
CODES:
Modified hangers, due to their numerous
variations, are not in code reports.
LOADS:
For multiple modifications on the same
connector, use the single multiplier factor
that yields the lowest design loads.
INSTALLATION:
Fastener quantities will typically increase
beyond the amount specified in the standard
hanger tables.
Web stiffeners are required for I-joists.
Fill all holes with the table-specified
fastener types.
Bevel cut the carried member for skewed
applications.
High Side Shown
B Hanger Sloped Down and Skewed Left with Sloped Top Flange Installation
Specify
Angle
Specify
Angle
Typical LBV Sloped Down

Installation with Full Backing
Typical LBV Sloped

Down with Top Flange Open
Typical LBV Sloped

Down on Nailer
Non-Backed
Reduction Factors for Allowable Loads for Modified Hangers1
Condition
Hanger
Series
LBV
Sloped Down
& Skewed
45
45
35
30
914
14
914
14
1114
914
Download
1.00
0.91
1.00
0.90
1.00
0.91
0.91
(90-x)/90
(90-x)/90
Uplift
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
914
14
914
14
144
914
0.82
0.66
0.95
0.54
0.82
0.64
0.64
(90-x)/90
(90-x)/90
All Widths
45
45
Top Flange Top Flange

Down
Open/Closed
Less than
212" Wide2
Download
Uplift
1.00
1.00
1.00
0.90
1.00
0.90
1.00
1.00
1.00
2 2"
and Wider3
Download
0.80
0.95
1.00
0.70
1.00
0.80
0.80
(90-x)/90
(90-x)/90
Uplift
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1114
14
1114
14
144
1114
0.84
0.70
1.00
0.47
0.84
0.62
0.69
(90-x)/90
(90-x)/90
Less than
212" Wide2
Download
Uplift
1.00
1.00
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
0.71
1.00
1.00
2 2"
and Wider3
Download
0.87
0.70
0.96
0.59
0.87
0.70
0.70
(90-x)/90
(90-x)/90
Uplift
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
914
Download
0.70
Uplift
1.00
Minimum Height
Hanger Options
All Widths
Factory Weld
Top View B Hanger

Skewed Right
1. Use this table to calculate

allowable loads for modified
hangers. Apply the reduction
factor to the appropriate
allowable load for the header
condition including headers.
2. B and HB hangers less than
212" wide are assumed to use
10dx112 joist nails.
3. B and HB hangers 212" or wider
are assumed to use 16dx212 or
16d common nails in the joist.
4. For B and HB hangers with TF
Down that are less than 538" in
width, minimum hanger height
is 1114 inches.
5. These hangers may deflect an
additional 132" at design load.
6. For HB hangers on nailers,
100% of allowable nailer uplift
value may be used. (See nailer
table)
7. In the table the term x refers
to the angle of the modification.
8. For top flange closed option,
install upper nails slightly angled
downward to avoid interference
with top flange.
SADDLE HANGER
Specify
Angle
240
Sloped Up
& Skewed
45
Minimum Height
HHB
GB
HGB
Sloped Skewed
Up
Only
Angle Limit
HB
Sloped
Down
Support Member
Modifications5
Minimum Height
Minimum Height
B
Carried Member
Modifications
Typical BD
Saddle Installation
Saddle hangers are made to order; add D to

model (e.g. BD412); specify S (for saddle)
dimension. They may be used for most conditions
except at end wall locations and are preferred
for nailer applications. Minimum S dimension
(saddle width) is 3916". Minimum supporting
member width is 312". Minimum nailer thickness
apply (see page 84 and 120). Saddle hangers
achieve catalog load listed. Saddle hangers on
stud walls do not achieve catalog loads.
UPDATED 03/27/15
Specify
Angle
Hanger Options
HANGER OPTIONS
Models that have an I in the model number (e.g., HWI) have the same
properties and modifications as the standard models without the I in the
name (e.g., HW).
INSTALLATION: Some models are available in Type A (Bevel Cut) and

Type B (Square Cut) styles; all models are available in Type B style.

Contact Simpson Strong-Tie when ordering.
Bevel-cut the joist for skewed Type A hangers (see illustration).
Butt-cut the joist for Type B hangers.
Hangers with a skew greater than 15 may have all the joist nails on
the outside angle.
Skewed HWs have face nails and require a minimum header depth of 312".
HANGER HEIGHT
Minimum height may increase significantly with modification.
Check availability when ordering.
For hanger heights exceeding the joist height by more than 12",
the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load.
Non-skewed hangers can carry the design load when the seat slope
is within 14 :12 of the joist slope. Designer must check that wood
bearing is not limiting.
W/WNP/WP/HW series may be skewed to a maximum of 84 and/or
sloped to a maximum of 45.
For slope only, skew only, or slope and skew combinations, the
allowable load is 100% of the table load.
UPLIFT LOADS (WPU, WNPU, HWU only)
Uplift loads not available on W, WNP, WP, HW hangers.
See page 236 for WMU.
Hangers can be sloped to 45 and/or skewed 45 at 100% of the uplift load.
Skew option is only on hangers with W 3916" or less.
Specify the slope up or down in degrees from the horizontal plane
and/or the skew right or left in degrees from the perpendicular
vertical plane. Specify whether low side, high side or center of joist
will be flush with the top of the header (see illustration).
Uplift loads are not available for open/closed TF, TF sloped,
and offset options.
SLOPED TOP FLANGE
A top flange may be ordered sloped down left or down right to 35
with or without a sloped and/or skewed seat (see illustration).
Reduce allowable table loads using straight-line interpolation
Example: For a top flange sloped down 30, reduce load to
[(90-30)/90] x table load.
OFFSET TOP FLANGE
The top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the end of
a header (see illustration). The allowable load is 0.50 of the table load.
For skewed and offset top flange hangers, the maximum allowable
load is 0.50 of the table load or 2000 lbs., whichever is lower.
For type B hangers skewed and top flange offset in the opposite direction,
hangers 312" and less wide have allowable load of 25% of the table load or
1335 lbs. whichever is lower, and for hangers wider than 312", the allowable
load is 30% of the table load or 1620 lbs. whichever is lower.
OPEN/CLOSED TOP FLANGE
The top flange may be opened more or closed less than the standard
90 (see illustration) to a maximum of 30, except the HW which cannot
be closed. W and WI hangers must use 10dx112" nails for closed
application. Reduce allowable loads using straight-line interpolation
(see sloped top flange).
SADDLE HANGER
To order, add D to model and specify S dimension (see illustration).
Saddle hangers achieve catalog load listed. Saddle hangers on stud
walls do not achieve catalog loads.
Recommended S dimension is 116" oversized for carrying members
212" wide and less or 18" oversized for greater than 212" wide.
RIDGE HANGER (not available for uplift models)
Top flange may be sloped to a maximum of 35 to accommodate a
ridge (see illustration). Specify angle of the slope. Reduce allowable
load using straight-line interpolation. See Open/Closed example.
Low Side Flush
Skew
Angle
Specify
Angle
Typical W Top View

Skewed Left Type A Hanger
(Bevel Cut Joist Shown)
Typical HW
Top Flange Sloped Down
Left with Low Side Flush
Top Flange
open 20
Typical W
Skewed Left
Type B Hanger
(Square Cut Joist Shown)
110
WNP
with Open
Top Flange
WD Saddle
Hanger
Specify
Flush Top
of Beam
at Center
or Low Side
Typical W Top Flange Offset Left
Skew
Angle
Specify
Angles
(Max. 35)
Typical W Ridge Installation
High Side Flush
Center Flush Shown
Slope
Angle
Specify
Low Side,
High Side,
or Center
Flush with
Header
(Low Side
Flush
shown)
Specify
Angle
Slope
Angle
Skew
Angle
Typical HW Sloped Down, Skewed Right with Type A Hanger (Joist end must be bevel cut)
Slope
Angle
Hanger Options
W/WNP/WNPU/WP/WPU/HW/HWU
241
Hanger Options
HANGER OPTIONS
LEG/MEG/EG
Specify
Angle

SKEWED SEAT TOP FLANGE MODELS ONLY
The LEG/MEG/EG series can be skewed up to 45. The maximum
allowable load is 10,000 lbs. for LEG and MEG, 14,250 lbs. for EG.
SLOPED SEAT TOP FLANGE MODELS ONLY
The LEG/MEG/EG series can be sloped up to 45. The maximum
allowable load is 9665 lbs.; see illustration.
NO SLOPED AND SKEWED COMBO AVAILABLE.
OFFSET TOP FLANGE
The LEG/MEG (only) top flange may be offset left or right for
placement at the end of a header (see illustration). The maximum
allowable load is 5665 lbs. (Min. H = 11" for MEG, 9" for LEG)
No skews allowed on offset hangers.
Typical LEG/MEG
Typical LEG
Sloped Down Installation
(MEG/EG similar)
EGQ
SKEWED SEAT
The EGQ can be skewed a maximum of 45.
The maximum allowable download when
skewed is 16,300 lbs.
The maximum allowable uplift when skewed
is 5770 lbs.
Joist must be bevel cut for skewed seat installation.
SLOPED SEAT
The EGQ can be sloped up or down a maximum
of 45.
The maximum allowable download when sloped
is 15360 lbs.
The allowable uplift when sloped is 100% of
the table load.
Sloped seat installation requires an additional
14 joist screws (supplied with the connector).
18" - 22"
0
Specify
Angle
(1- 45)
Typical EGQ
Sloped Down
Installation
Specify Angle
(1-45)
Top View EGQ

Skewed Right
HUTF/HUITF
Hanger Options
242

HUTF can be skewed to a maximum of 45 or sloped to a maximum
of 45. HUTF can be skewed and sloped down only, provided W 238".
Hangers with a skew greater than 15 may have all the joist nailing
on the outside angle. No skew with slope up options available.
For skews greater than 15, uplift loads are 0.75 of the table loads.
For sloped and skewed combinations, the allowable loads are
0.70 of the table loads.
HU43TF may be skewed only 45 at 0.45 of table loads.
No options for HU24-2TF and HU44TF.
For sloped down only hangers, allowable load is 0.78 of the table load.
CONCEALED FLANGE
HUTF is available with one A flange concealed at 0.85 of the catalog
table load. HUTF is also available with both flanges concealed provided
the W dimension is 2916" or greater, at 0.85 of the table load. Specify
HUCTF for both flanges concealed. No skew options available.
Specify
Angle
Specify
Angle
Typical HUTF
Sloped Down Installation
Top View HUTF Hanger

Skewed Right
NO SLOPED AND SKEWED COMBO AVAILABLE.
Hanger Options
HANGER OPTIONS
Min. one #5 rebar top course (typ.)
LGU/MGU/HGU/HHGU/LGUM/HGUM
Typical Concealed
Flange HGUM
Installation at
End of Wall

CONCEALED FLANGE

LGU, MGU, HGU, HHGU and HGUM hangers are available
with one flange concealed. Specify flange to conceal.

Allowable Loads for one flange-concealed option:
LGU
1.00 of published load
MGU
HGU
HHGU 0.75 of published load
HGUM see table below

LGU with W 314" or less, MGU with W 4" or less and HGU
with W 41116" or less, flanges cannot be concealed.
Min. one #5 rebar

in top course
Vertical rebar
per Designer
Min.
one
block
return
Typical MGU
Installation with
Right Flange Concealed
Typical
Concealed
Flange HGUM
Right Installation
at Outside Corner
Concealed Flange Allowable Loads with One Flange Concealed

Fasteners
Model
No.
HGUM
W
(in)
H
(in)
514 to 9 11 to 30
End of Wall
CMU/
Concrete
Joist
Titen HD
Anchors
SDS
Screws
8-58"x5"
24-14"x212"
Outside corner
CMU Wall
DF/SP/SCL Beam
Uplift
Download
(160)
Concrete Wall
CMU/Concrete Wall
DF/SP/SCL Beam
DF/SP/SCL Beam
Uplift
Uplift
Download
Download
(160)
(160)
1285
3150
5750
7025
3150
3" min. to
top of wall (typ.)
7555
SKEWED
LGU, MGU, HGU, LGUM and HGUM hangers are available skewed up to 45.

Apply the following reduction factors to published loads:
Reduction Factors for Skewed LGU, MGU, HGU
Model
Beam Cut
Square Cut
Bevel Cut
Square Cut
MGU/HGU
less than 6" wide Bevel Cut
MGU/HGU
Bevel Cut
6" and wider
LGU
Download
0.90
0.90
0.75
0.80
Uplift
0.60
0.60
0.65
0.65
0.80
0.55
Shaded cells
grouted and
reinforced per
Designer (min.)
For LGUM and HGUM see table below.

Concealed flanges are not available with skewed models.
LGUM/HGUM Allowable Loads for Skewed (L/R) Applications
LGUM26-2X
LGUM26-3X
LGUM26-4X
LGUM46X
LGUM28-2X
LGUM28-3X
LGUM28-4X
LGUM48X
LGUM210-2X
LGUM210-3X
LGUM210-4X
LGUM410X
HGUM5.25X
HGUM5.50X
HGUM7.00X
HGUM7.25X
HGUM9.00X
Fasteners
CMU/Concrete
Joist
Titen HD
SDS
Anchors
Screws
Allowable Loads CMU/Concrete

(DFL, SP, LVL, PSL, LSL)
Uplift
Download
(160)
(100/115/125)
4- 38"x4"
4- 14"x212"
565
1965
6- 38"x4"
6- 14"x212"
1085
3080
8- 38"x4"
8- 14"x212"
1605
4190
8- 58"x5"
8- 14"x212"
1430
6455
8- 58"x5"
8- 14"x212"
1440
5820
8- 8"x5"
8- 4"x2 2"
1445
5185
15" min.
to end of wall
Top View HGUM

Skewed Right
Bevel Cut
0
Specify angle 45
12" min.
to end of
wall
Top View LGUM

Skewed Right
Square Cut
0
Specify angle 45
Hanger Options
Model
No.
Typical Concealed
Flange HGUM Installation
at Outside Corner
(Concealed right shown)
Typical Skewed
MGU Installation
(Skewed left shown)
MBHA
SKEWED SEAT
Seat can be skewed at 45 only. The maximum allowable download is 3495 lbs.
and 1585 lbs. uplift for Height 714". For all other models, use the table listed
download and uplift of 2390 lbs.
Order MBHAR for skew right and MBHAL for skew left.
Typical MBHA
Skewed Right
Installation
243
CONTINUOUS LOAD TRANSFER PATH

This drawing shows the connection points for a continuous load
transfer path from the rafters to the foundation of a two-story house.
TYPICAL ROOF/WALL CONNECTIONS

Pages 196 to 205
Building with a continuous load path is an essential part of creating

a structure better able to withstand the forces of mother nature.
This drawing is for illustrative purposes only and should not be
considered an engineered system. Refer to the page numbers for the
full range of Simpson Strong-Tie connectors. Consult a qualified
Designer to ensure that correct connector quantities and installation
methods are used to achieve the full design load values.
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
PLATE
LINE
LATERAL SYSTEMS
Visit www.strongtie.com
for more information
244
TYPICAL
FLOOR-TO-FLOOR
CONNECTIONS
Pages 46 to 50,
185 to 194
TYPICAL FOUNDATION
CONNECTIONS
Pages 29 to 54
POST CAPACITIES
Post Allowable Compression Loads for Douglas-Fir-Larch
Lumber
Framing
4-Inch
Wall
6-Inch
Wall
Size
Grade
2x4
3x4
2-2x4
4x4
3-2x4
4x6
4x8
4x10
2x6
3x6
2-2x6
4x6
3-2x6
6x6
6x8
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#1
#1
Perp to
Grain,
Pc
3280
5470
6565
7655
9845
12030
15860
20235
5155
8595
10315
12030
15470
18905
25780
Compression Capacity Parallel to Grain, Pc (100)

Nominal Top Plate Height (ft.)
8
9
10
11
12
3170
2565
2105
1755
1485
5285
4275
3510
2930
2475
6340
5130
4215
3515
2970
7395
5985
4915
4100
3465
9510
7695
6320
5270
4455
11540
9360
7700
6425
5430
15090
12270
10105
8440
7140
19080
15555
12835
10730
9085
8970
7940
6935
6025
5235
14945
13235
11560
10040
8725
17935
15885
13875
12050
10470
20925
18530
16185
14060
12215
26905
23825
20810
18075
15705
25260
23500
21505
19415
17375
34450
32045
29320
26475
23690

8
9
10
11
12
3345
2665
2170
1795
1510
5570
4440
3615
2995
2520
6685
5330
4335
3590
3020
7800
6215
5060
4190
3525
10030
7995
6505
5390
4535
12215
9745
7935
6575
5535
16035
12805
10435
8650
7285
20365
16285
13280
11015
9280
11030
9230
7740
6535
5575
18385
15380
12895
10895
9290
22060
18455
15475
13075
11145
25735
21530
18055
15255
13005
33090
27685
23215
19610
16720
34255
30035
26025
22475
19450
46715
40955
35485
30645
26520
Post Allowable Compression Loads for Southern Pine

Lumber
Framing
4-Inch
Wall
6-Inch
Wall
Size
Grade
2x4
3x4
2-2x4
4x4
3-2x4
4x6
4x8
4x10
2x6
3x6
2-2x6
4x6
3-2x6
6x6
6x8
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#1
#1
Perp to
Grain,
Pc
2965
4945
5935
6920
8900
10875
14335
18290
4660
7770
9325
10875
13985
17090
23305

8
9
10
11
12
2815
2270
1860
1550
1310
4690
3785
3105
2585
2180
5625
4540
3725
3100
2620
6565
5295
4345
3615
3055
8440
6810
5585
4650
3925
10260
8295
6810
5675
4790
13450
10890
8950
7460
6305
17055
13835
11380
9495
8030
8195
7190
6230
5385
4660
13655
11980
10385
8975
7765
16390
14375
12465
10765
9320
19120
16775
14540
12560
10875
24580
21565
18695
16150
13980
21495
20270
18835
17260
15655
29315
27640
25680
23540
21345

8
9
10
11
12
2955
2350
1910
1580
1330
4920
3920
3185
2635
2220
5905
4700
3820
3165
2660
6890
5485
4460
3690
3105
8860
7050
5735
4745
3990
10800
8600
6995
5795
4875
14195
11315
9210
7630
6420
18055
14405
11730
9720
8180
9905
8235
6875
5795
4930
16510
13725
11460
9655
8220
19810
16470
13755
11590
9865
23115
19215
16045
13520
11505
29715
24700
20630
17385
14795
30025
26820
23595
20610
17975
40940
36575
32180
28105
24515
Post Allowable Compression Loads for Spruce-Pine-Fir

Lumber
Framing
4-Inch
Wall
6-Inch
Wall
Size
Grade
2x4
3x4
2-2x4
4x4
3-2x4
4-2x4
2x6
3x6
2-2x6
3-2x6
4-2x6
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
Perp to
Grain,
Pc
2230
3720
4465
5205
6695
8925
3505
5845
7015
10520
14025

8
9
10
11
12
2775
2250
1850
1540
1305
4625
3745
3080
2570
2170
5545
4495
3695
3085
2605
6470
5245
4310
3595
3040
8320
6745
5545
4625
3910
11095
8990
7395
6165
5215
7745
6885
6035
5255
4575
12905
11475
10060
8760
7625
15485
13770
12070
10515
9150
23230
20660
18110
15770
13730
30970
27545
24145
21025
18305

8
9
10
11
12
2930
2340
1905
1575
1325
4885
3895
3175
2630
2210
5865
4675
3805
3155
2655
6840
5455
4440
3680
3095
8795
7015
5710
4730
3980
11730
9355
7615
6310
5310
9600
8055
6770
5725
4885
16000
13425
11280
9545
8145
19200
16110
13540
11450
9770
28795
24165
20305
17180
14660
38395
32225
27075
22905
19545
Post Allowable Compression Loads for Hem-Fir

Lumber
Framing
4-Inch
Wall
6-Inch
Wall
Size
Grade
2x4
3x4
2-2x4
4x4
3-2x4
4-2x4
2x6
3x6
2-2x6
3-2x6
4-2x6
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
Perp to
Grain,
Pc
2125
3545
4255
4960
6380
8505
3340
5570
6685
10025
13365

8
9
10
11
12
2630
2115
1730
1435
1210
4385
3525
2880
2395
2020
5260
4230
3460
2875
2425
6140
4935
4035
3355
2830
7890
6340
5185
4310
3635
10525
8455
6915
5750
4850
7950
6880
5905
5065
4365
13250
11470
9840
8440
7270
15900
13765
11810
10130
8725
23855
20645
17715
15195
13090
31805
27525
23620
20260
17455

8
9
10
11
12
2745
2180
1770
1465
1230
4570
3630
2950
2440
2050
5485
4355
3540
2925
2460
6400
5085
4125
3415
2870
8230
6535
5305
4390
3690
10970
8715
7075
5855
4920
9385
7735
6425
5395
4580
15640
12890
10710
8995
7635
18765
15470
12850
10790
9165
28150
23205
19275
16185
13745
37535
30935
25700
21585
18325
245
POST CAPACITIES
HD3B
Vertical
Installation
HTT4
Vertical
Installation
Post Tension Loads for Douglas-Fir-Larch
4-Inch
Wall
6-Inch
Wall
Size
Grade
2x4
3x4
2-2x4
4x4
3-2x4
4x6
4x8
4x10
2x6
3x6
2-2x6
4x6
3-2x6
6x6
6x8
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#1
#1
0
7245
12075
14490
16905
21735
23025
28015
32765
9865
16445
19735
23025
29600
32670
44550
6080
10135
12160
14190
18240
19325
23510
27500
8860
14765
17715
20670
26575
29330
39995
Framing
5820
9705
11645
13585
17465
18500
22510
26330
8635
14390
17265
20145
25900
28585
38980
5305
8840
10610
12375
15915
16855
20510
23990
8185
13640
16370
19100
24555
27100
36955
1
5045
8410
10090
11775
15135
16035
19510
22815
7960
13270
15920
18575
23885
26360
35945
Post Tension Loads for Spruce-Pine-Fir

Framing
4-Inch
Wall
6-Inch
Wall
Size
Grade
2x4
3x4
2-2x4
4x4
3-2x4
4-2x4
2x6
3x6
2-2x6
3-2x6
4-2x6
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
#1/#2
0
5670
9450
11340
13230
17010
22680
7720
12870
15445
23165
28315
4760
7930
9520
11105
14275
19035
6930
11555
13865
20795
25420
4-Inch
Wall
6-Inch
Wall
Size
Grade
2x4
3x4
2-2x4
4x4
3-2x4
4x6
4x8
4x10
2x6
3x6
2-2x6
4x6
3-2x6
6x6
6x8
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#1
#1
0
5670
9450
11340
13230
17010
18480
22330
24605
7920
13200
15840
18480
23760
43560
59400
4760
7930
9520
11105
14275
15510
18740
20650
7110
11850
14220
16590
21330
39105
53325
4555
7595
9115
10630
13670
14850
17945
19770
6930
11550
13860
16170
20790
38115
51975
4150
6920
8305
9685
12455
13530
16350
18015
6570
10950
13140
15330
19710
36135
49275
Framing
4555
7595
9115
10630
13670
18225
6755
11260
13515
20270
24775
Allowable Tension
P t, (160)
Bolt Diameter (in.)
Lumber
4150
6920
8305
9685
12455
16605
6405
10675
12810
19215
23490
1
3950
6580
7900
9215
11845
15795
6230
10385
12460
18690
22845
4-Inch
Wall
6-Inch
Wall
Size
Grade
2x4
3x4
2-2x4
4x4
3-2x4
4-2x4
2x6
3x6
2-2x6
3-2x6
4-2x6
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
0
7245
12075
14490
16905
21735
28980
9865
16445
19735
29600
39470
6080
10135
12160
14190
18240
24325
8860
14765
17715
26575
35430
5820
9705
11645
13585
17465
23290
8635
14390
17265
25900
34535
5305
8840
10610
12375
15915
21220
8185
13640
16370
24555
32740
1. The allowable (ASD) capacities are based on the 2012 National Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS) including the March 2013 Addendum,
for lumber with a moisture content of 19% or less.
2. Post heights are based on standard precut stud heights and associated top plate heights. For Douglas Fir, wall height is nominal height plus 34" (California stud height).
For all other species, wall height is nominal height plus 118". Effective post lengths, le, are the actual wall height s minus the thickness of 3-2x plates (412").
3. Shaded values are limited by the Perpendicular to Grain bearing capacity, Pc , when posts bear on wood sill plates. Where posts and sill plates are different species,
Designer shall limit allowable load to the lower of the post capacity or the perpendicular to grain capacity for each species used.
4. Perpendicular to grain allowable loads do not include the NDS Bearing Area Factor, Cb. For posts whose bearing area is not closer than 3" from the end of a sill plate,
the Pc values may be multiplied by Cb.

T (in.) 1.5
2.5
3
3.5
4.5
5.5

Cb
1.25 1.15
1.13
1.11 1.08 1.07
246
1
3950
6580
7900
9215
11845
12870
15550
17135
6390
10650
12780
14910
19170
35145
47925
Post Tension Loads for Hem-Fir
Allowable Tension
Pt, (160)
Bolt Diameter (in.)
Lumber
Allowable Tension
P t, (160)
Bolt Diameter (in.)
Lumber
6
1
T = Bearing Length (post thickness)

Cb = Bearing Area Factor per NDS 3.10.4
5. Tension loads are based on net section assuming hole size equal to bolt diameter plus 116". Tension loads have been increased for
wind or seismic loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern.
6. Values do not consider combined axial and out-of-plane bending.
7. Bolt diameter None indicates full cross section.
1
5045
8410
10090
11775
15135
20185
7960
13270
15920
23885
31845
Framing
HDU
Vertical
Installation
Post Tension Loads for Southern Pine
Allowable Tension
Pt, (160)
Bolt Diameter (in.)
Lumber
Typical
CBSQ-SDS2
Installation
Bearing
length
Post
size by
Designer
NOTES
247
NOTES
248
NOTES
249
NOTES
250
Every day we work hard to earn your business,

blending the talents of our people with the
quality of our products and services to exceed
your expectations. This is our pledge to you.
Home Office
5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard
Pleasanton, CA 94588
Tel: 925/560-9000 Fax: 925/847-1603
Kent Specials Factory

22023 68th Avenue S.
Kent, WA 98032
Toll Free: 877/564-2041
Northwest USA
5151 S. Airport Way
Stockton, CA 95206
Tel: 209/234-7775 Fax: 209/234-3868
Eagan Warehouse & Specials Factory

3711 Kennebec Drive, Suite 700
Eagan, Minnesota 55122
Tel: 651/681-2061 Fax: 651/681-2046
Southwest USA
12246 Holly Street
Riverside, CA 92509
Tel: 714/871-8373 Fax: 951/369-2889
Eastern Canada
5 Kenview Boulevard
Brampton, ON L6T 5G5
Tel: 905/458-5538 Fax: 905/458-7274
Northeast USA
2600 International Street
Columbus, OH 43228
Tel: 614/876-8060 Fax: 614/876-0636
Western Canada
11476 Kingston Street
Maple Ridge, B.C. V2X 0Y5
Tel: 604/465-0296 Fax: 604/465-0297
Southeast USA
2221 Country Lane
McKinney, TX 75069
Tel: 972/542-0326 Fax: 972/542-5379
Distribution Centers
Chandler, AZ; Enfield, CT;
High Point, NC; Houston, TX;
Jacksonville, FL; Kansas City, KS;
Jessup, MD;
INTERNATIONAL FACILITIES
Please visit our website for address and
contact information for our European facilities.
This catalog reflects changes in the allowable loads and configurations of some Simpson Strong-Tie
Company Inc. products. This catalog is effective until December 31, 2016, and supersedes all information
in all earlier publications, including catalogs, brochures, fliers, technical bulletins, etc. Use this edition as
a current printed reference. Information on allowable loads and configurations is updated annually.
We post our catalogs on www.strongtie.com. Please visit our site and sign up for any information
updates. Allowable loads in this catalog are for the described specific applications of properly installed
products. Product modifications, improper loading or installation procedures, or deviations from
recommended applications will affect connector allowable load-carrying capacities.
UPDATED 03/27/15
251
Can You
Define
Genuine?
We Can.
We believe in:
Doing whats right
Tackling problems
differently
Sharing our
knowledge
Going the extra mile
Having the right

solutions at the
right time
C-C-2015 Effective 1/1/2015 Expires 12/31/2016

2015 Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.

C C 2015 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

C C 2015 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

C C 2015 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

WOOD

For nearly 60 years, Simpson Strong-Tie has steadfastly

Wood Construction Connectors

HGUGirder Hanger...............102, 117, 234, 243

This icon indicates a product that is preferable to similar connectors because of

C-C-2015 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/14

Wood Construction Connectors

C-C-2015 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/14

MTSMTwist Strap........................................ 182

STCTRoof Truss Clip................................... 169

VBKnee Brace.............................................. 198

Wood Construction Connectors

ENGINEERED WOOD & STRUCTURAL

KEEP THIS CATALOG IT IS VALID FOR TWO YEARS

C-C-2015 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/14

Wood Construction Connectors

CONNECTOR SELECTION KEY

Products are divided into fifteen general categories,

Caps & Bases

Engineered Wood &

Straps & Ties

Decks & Fences

In-house R&D and tool and die professionals

C-C-2015 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/14

THE SIMPSON STRONG-TIE

We help people build safer structures

When you call for engineering technical

Chief Executive Officer

WE ARE ISO 9001-2008 REGISTERED

Wood Construction Connectors

NEW PRODUCTS FOR 2015

Deck Tension Tie

JBA and LBAZ

See page 84 for more information.

Retrofit Post Base

Jack Truss Connector

C-C-2015 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/14

The next-generation version of the JB and LB top-flange hangers,

Wood Construction Connectors

REPLACEMENT PRODUCT (C-C-2015 Page #)

C-C-2015 2015 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/14

Wood Construction Connectors

REPLACEMENT PRODUCT (C-C-2015 Page #)

MTS24C, ... 30C

POST CAPS & BASES

PC44, 44-16; 46,

(Available until 12/31/2015)

(Available until 12/31/2015)

(Available until 12/31/2015)

EPC44, 44-16; 46,

(Available until 12/31/2015)

(Available until 12/31/2015)

(Available until 12/31/2015)

(Available until 12/31/2015)

(Available until 12/31/2015)

(Available until 12/31/2015)

(Available until 12/31/2015)

(Available until 12/31/2015)

(Available until 12/31/2015)